Descriptive Catalogue Of Manuscripts Vol 17 Part 02

Author(s): Parshuram Krishna Gode
Publisher: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
Catalog link: https://jainqq.org/explore/018110/1

Page #1

GOVERNMENT
COLLECTIONS OF MANUSCRIPTS
BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL
RESEARCH INSTITUTE
INSTITUTE
POONA
FOUNDED 1917
॥ तेजस्वि नावधीतमस्तु॥
Published by Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
1936

Page #2

DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF
MANUSCRIPTS
IN THE
GOVERNMENT MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY
PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE MANUSCRIPTS DEPARTMENT OF THE BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE,
POONA
ST
FOUNDED
1917
विपीतमस्त
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
POONA
i 1936

Page #3

Copies can be had direct from the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona 4 ( India )
Price: Rs. 4 per copy, exclusive of postage
Printed and published by Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, M. A., Ph. D., at the Bhandarkar Institute Press, Bhandarkar Oriental
Research Institute, Poona No. 4.

Page #4

Descriptive Catalogue of the Government Collections
of Manuscripts
deposited at the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
COMPILED BY HIRALAL RASIKDAS KAPADIA, M. A.
Volume XVII : JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY
Part II: (a) Āgamika Literature
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
POONA
1936

Page #5


Page #6

ENTS
PAGE PREFACE
... XI-XVI RULES FOR THE GOVT. MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY...XVII-XIX LIST OF CATALOGUES AND REPORTS
... XX-XXII SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION
... XXII
A. AGAMIKA LITERATURE
PAGE
No. 434-438 439 440-442 443-448 449-451 453 454 455,456
PART II. IV. Six Chedasūtras :
The 1st Chedasūtra Niśithasutra
Do with tippaņaka Niśíthasuprabhasya Niśithasūtravikesacurpi Niśīthasůtractanivisasaddesakavyākbavā Niśīthasútraparyaye Niśīthasūtracurnyadipargāya
The End Chadastra Mahānisichastitra Do
with fabba
13-26 25-27 27, 28
29-35
457-460 461
The 3rd Chadasutra
462-465
Vyavahāras tra
37647 42, 48
466.
Do
with abban

Page #7

Contents
No. 467, 468 469 470-475
Vyavahārasútrabhäşya
Do it with fikā Vyavaharasútrabhāşyaţikā Vyavahārasútracũrņi Vyavahārasütraparyāya
PAGE 43-47 47, 48 48-56 56-58 58, 59
476
477,478
The 4th Chedasūtra
60--65 65,66
484
67-69
69-74 74-77 77, 78 79-90 90-92
502
479-483. Daśāśrutaskandhasūtra
Do with tippaņaka 485-487. Daśāśrutaskandhasūtraniryukti : 488-491 Daśāśrutaskand hasútracũrņi 492, 493 Janahita ( Daśāśrutaskandhasūtraţikā ) ... 494, 495 Daśāśrutaskandhasūtraparyāya 496-501 Kalpasūtra
Do with Samdehavişausadhi 503-505 Samdehavişauşadhi (Kalpasūtra
..
pañjikā) 506-508 Kalpasútra with avacũrņi 509-513 Do Do Kalpakiraņāvali 514-516
Do Kalpapradipika 517-519
Do Kalpamañjari 520-522
Do Kalpalatā. 523-527
Do Kalpasubodhikā . 528, 529
Do Kalpakaumudi 530
Do Do Jäānadspikā (tabbā) ... 531-534
Do Do Kalpadrumakalika ... 535
Kalpadrumakalikā (Kalpasůtravrtti)
Kalpasūtra with ţikā 537
Do Do avacūri 538
Do Do ţippaņaka 539 * Do Do vācanikämnāya ..... $49. - Do Do sabba tips
. Do
Do
92-95 95-102 102-113 113-121 122-127 127-139 139-152 152-158
158-163 . 163-175
176, 177 177, 178 179, 180 180, 181 181-184 184-186
536

Page #8

No.
541
542-544
545
546
547
548
549-5621
563,564
565
566
567
568-570
571
*
572-575 576, 577
578,579
580, 581
582, 583
584
585, 586
587
588
589,590
I
Contents
Kalpasūträntargata-Neminathacaritra
with balavabodha
Kalpasūtraniryukti with Samdehaviṣauṣadhi Kalpasūtraniryuktyavacüri
Kalpasūtravṛtti
Kalpasūtraṭippaņaka
Kalpasūtradurgapadanirukta Kalpantarvācya
Paryuṣaṇāṣṭāhnikávyākhyāna
Paryuṣaṇāparvavicāra (?)
Paryuṣaṇāvicara
Paryuṣaṇādaśaśataka with svopajña vṛtti...
The 5th Chedasutra
Do Do Bṛhatkalpasūtralaghubhāṣya Bṛhatkalpasútra with tabba Bṛhatkalpasūtracūrņi
Bṛhatkalpasūtraviseṣacārņi Bṛhatkalpasūtrabṛhadbhāṣya Bṛhatkalpasūtraparyaya
The 6th Chedasūtra
Pañcakalpasútracarni Pañcakalpasūtrabṛhadbhasya
Pañcakalpsutraparyāya
Out of these No. 554 is styled as Kalpasamarthana, too.
Bṛhatkalpasūtra Do
(Pithika) with
laghubhaşya and vivarapa Do Do tika
600
vii
PAGE
186, 187
187-191
191-192
192-195
195-197
197-199
200-215
216-218
219, 220
221
222, 223
224-230
230-232
232-243
244, 245
246-248
248-251
251-253
254, 255
255,256
257,258 258-261
261,262

Page #9

Contents
No. 591
592
PAGE 263–265 266-267 267-269 269-276
593 594-596 597
Jitakalpasutra Do
with vivaraņalava Do Do vivști Jitakalpasūtracúrņi Jitakalpasūtracūrņigata
siddhathetyadivivarana Jitakalpasūtraparyaya Jitakalpasūtra padaparyāya Yatijītakalpasütfa
Do with vivrti Śrāddhajitakalpasūtra with vytti
198, 599 600-602 603 664-606 607
276, 277 277, 278 278-980 281, 282 282–287 288, 289
V. Two Culikasutras
The ist Cúšikāsūtra
868-61
Nandisutra
Zgd-297 613 Do with bälavabodha
297, 298 614 Nandisattacarti
298-300 61$=619 Nandisttravivarana
300-307 626 . Nandisůtravivärahadury#pädavyakhya 369, 308 621-623 Nandisůtravişathapaddparyaya
308-310 624-28 Sthaviravali
311-314 629 Do with avacari
314,315 630 Do Do abba
315,316 631 Sthavirāvalivștti with bälavabodha
317, 318 632,633 Sthavirävalyavacūri
318-320 Sthavirāvalyavacūrai
320, 321 The 2nd Qulikāsūtra 635,638 Anuyogadvarashtra with výtti ... 322-328
1 Nos. 617-619 are by a different author, though the title of the work is the
634
SA
same.

Page #10

No. 637-641
642
643
ADDENDA TO PARTS I & II
""
Appendices I-IV
APPENDIX I Jaina and non-Jaina characters
II
ور
Contents
در
Anuyogadvarasūtravṛtti Anuyogadvārasūtra with vārtika Anuyogadvarasūträntargatasādhūpamā
dvadaśi with tika
IV
(a) Jaina symbols and characters (b) Supplement
(c) List of Manuscripts from which the symbols and characters in Appendix II have been reproduced (d) Explanatory Notes to Appendix II III Typical letter-numerals from No. 36 of 1880-81 (Plates I-II)
...
...
0.0
(a) Variants of typical letter-numerals (Plates I--V)
(b) List of Manuscripts from which the letter-numerals in Appendix IV have been reproduced
46
c) Explanatory Notes on Appendix IV
ix
PAGE
328-333
333-335
335, 336
337-363
1-3
4-14
5
6-10
II-14
15,16
17-24
17-21
22, 23
24

Page #11


Page #12

PREFACE
It is a pleasant feature to note that only after a lapse of about seven months this second part of the Descriptive Catalogue of the Agamika Literature gets published. This is due to the fact that this time the progress in printing has been even a little bit more than double of what it has been in the case of Part I.
To begin with, I may say a few words about the procedure adopted in this second part.
As already stated in the preface. (pp. xiii-xiv) of Part I of this Volume, the headings of description, the inter-arrangement of descriptive sheets pertaining to the same text, and the matter to be included here were: practically decided by Rao Bahadur Dr. S. K. Belvalkar, m. A., Ph. D., the then Hon. Secretary of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute and Hon. Superintendent of the Mss. Department.
I may however note that some changes have been introduced in the general outlines of this part. The mere expression “Devanāgari characters” used by me rather reluctantly in the first part and in the first 8 forms of this second part, has been found to be inadequate so far as the special features of most of the Jaina Mss. are concerned. Consequently I have here added the word “Jaina" before "Devanagari characters " where necessary. The expression “ Jaina Devanagarī character " is used in Prof. A. B. Keith's Catalogue of the Sanskrit and Prakrit Manuscripts in the Library of the India Office, Vol. II, pt. II, Nos. 7441, 7442 etc.
It is a fact that the Jaina Devanāgari characters differ in various ways from the non-Jaina Devanagari characters. This will be clear from the chart of Jaina and non-Jaina characters given at the end as Appendix I. Since, in this chart some of the Jaina characters
1 Three pages of this Appendix have been printed at the Nirnayasagar Press, Bombay. On p. 2, 1. 18 T ought to have been placed before out, and that the special symbol in Hindi ought to have been used for us.

Page #13

Preface
usually met with in the Jaina Mss. could not be given for want of suitable types, I got two plates' of the same prepared according to ny instructions. For the necessary arrangements made in this connection I am indebted to Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, M. A., Ph. D., the Hon. Superintendent of the Mss. Department and the Hon. Secretary of the Institute..
It has been found that on the whole most of the Ja na Mss. begin in a number of ways, and that therein bhale (W ) styled by some scholars as a Jaina diagram occupies a prominent place.? As the necessary type for this bhale was not available while printing Part I, it was omitted ; but now this discrepancy is here removed for which I have to thank Mr. P. K. Gode, M. A., the Curator of the Institute.
There was up till now another discrepancy remaining to be attended to. It pertained to the printing of letter-numerals used for foliation in Jaina Mss. As it was not found possible to do inore than to give as approximate a representation of these letter. numerals as was consistent with the materials at the disposal of the press of the Institute, seven plates prepared under my instructions have been given here. In this connection, too, I have to thank Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, who most willingly agreed to get the corresponding blocks prepared, when I drew his kind attention to the fact that I had to deal with a number of Jaina palmyra Mss. forming a very rich collection in the Government Mss. Library deposited at the Institute.
During the course of the printing of this second part, I got an opportunity of consulting Prof. Keith's Catalogue of the Sanskrit and Prakrit Manuscripts in the Library of the India Office. So, from the eleventh form, information about additional Jaina Mss. has been incorporated, and the corresponding information connected with the Mss. described in the first part of this Volume has been
1 See Appendix II, pp. 4 and s. On p. 5 there ought to be gi instead of pi, in the small square inside the sist square.
2 See Appendix II, p. 12. 3 Two of them are given in Appendix III, and the rest in Appendix IV.

Page #14

Preface
xiii
given here in the addenda wherein the following three' additional works are made use of :
(1) La Religion Djaina by A. Guérinot. (2) fara magtrat EFAPSTÊT HID a . (3) Die Lehre der Jainas nach der alten Quellen dargestell
by Walther Schubring. The serial number for the Mss. given in the rectangular bracket in the top-line of a page requires a word of explanation. On every even page, a number referring to the Ms. of which the descrip. tion is continued or in the absence of such a Ms., a number pertaining to the very first Ms. taken up for description, ought to be usually given; instead of th.it in the present part the number of the last Ms. taken up for description is given. I was all the while under the impression that this different method was introduced in my Catalogue by the Publication Department and so I did not modify it. But, very recently when I came across a printed form of the Alamkāra, Samgīta and Nățya, the 12th Volume of Descriptive Catalogue of the Government Collections of Manuscripts, I found therein the other method followed. On this matter being referred to the Hon. Secretary, it was decided that the method followed up till now should be given up and the other method should be adopted in order that there might be uniformity as regards the Descriptive Catalogues published by the Institute. Consequently the method adopted in this part as well as in the first part, will be discontinued hereafter.
The system of transliteration followed here is identical with that adopted in Part I as will be seen from page xxiii.
All textual matter which appeared to me to be superfluous is enclosed within rectangular brackets [ ], while additions and alterations, are enclosed within parantheses ( ).
As regards the appendices given in this part, I may say that they are different from those referred to in the preface (p. xiv ) of Part 1.
.
These have been utilized from p. 221 in this part.

Page #15

Preface
I
Now a word about the contents of this second part. As is wellknown to a student of Jaina Literature the canonical treatises of the Jainas are usually divided by the Svetambara school into six groups, viz. (1) the Angus, (2) the Upangas, (3) the Prakirņakas, (4) the Chedasutras, (5) the Culikäsutras and ( 6 ) the Mulasutras. Out of these the first three groups have been already treated in Part I. This part, therefore, commences with the fourth group. Over and above this it deals with the fifth group viz. the Calikasutras along with their explanatory literature as recorded in Sanskrit and Gujarati languages in the Mss. themselves.
xív
As regards the six Chedasutras, the Jaina tradition replaces by Jiyakappasutta, the Pancakappasutta (the 6th Chedasutra) which is not available at present. But, since its curņi etc., are available, herein is given exegetical literature of seven works instead of six only. Furthermore, the two works Jaijiyakappasutta and Saddhajiyakappasutta, each of which is subsequently composed on the basis of Jiyakappasutta, are treated here along with their exegetical literature.
The Calikasutras contain 2 works viz. Nandisutta and Anuogaddāra.
It may be mentioned that there seems to be no hard and fast rule laid down regarding the order of the six Chedasutras or the two Calikasutras; so I need not dilate upon it here. All the same
it
may be pointed out that the order for the Chedasutras here adopted agrees with that found in Verzeichniss der Sanskrit und Prakrithandschriften der Königlichen Bibliothek zu Berlin Vol. II, pt. II, p. X, La Religion Djaïna, (pp. 78-79), A History of Indian Literature Vol. II, p. 429 etc.
It may not be amiss to say a few words about the contents of the remaining portion to be included in Volume XVII which is devoted to the Agamika Literature. This portion will deal with the Malasutras, miscellanea and some of the works on Jaina ritualism. As a rule the Mulasutras are four in number. Even then under this heading will be given five works viz. Uttarajjhayanasutta, Dasaveyaliyasutta, Avassayasutta, Pindanijjutti and Ohanijjutti. For, out of these five works the first three are universally

Page #16

Preface
XV
accepted as the Malasutras, while it is left to an individual to choose either of the last two works as the fourth Malasutra.
Under miscellanea will be included such works as are Agamika owing to their being appendages of the Avassyasutta or to their being closely related to the canonical treatises of the Jainas.
The ritualistic works will be followed by the Appendices to be published at the end of Volume XVII under the following heads :
(1) Index of authors. (2) Index of works. (3) Classification of works according to languages. (4) List of works according to the date of their composition.
5) Correspondence table of Mss. (6) Chronological order of dated Mss. (7) Names of places where Mss. were written and works
composed. (8) Names of scribes, presentees and others. (9) Abbreviations occurring in Mss.
When the foregoing portion will be printed Volume XVII will be completed, and thereafter will arise the question of bifurcation regarding almost every section to follow. For, so far as the Agamas are concerned, there is no chance for any bifurcation since the Digambaras believe that all of their Ágamas have been irrevocably lost for ever and thus they have no canonical works of their own. The Svetämbaras, however, believe and rightly that cxcept the twelfth anga, the remaining Agamas are not entirely lost and hence they do possess at least to some extent the eleven Angas along with the twelve Upangas etc.
In the end I may gladly and respectfully record my indebtedness to Vidvadvallabha Muni Punyavijayji, a disciple of Munirāja Śrī Caturavijaya and a grand-disciple of Pravartaka Śrimat Kantivijaya, who has once more quite willingly rendered to me valuable

Page #17

xvi
Preface
assistance by going through a duplicate copy of the page-proofs of the non-English portions. I am also indebted to the Secretary and the members of the Executive Board of the Institute for having expedited the printing and thus given an early opportunity to the public in general and the Jaina community in particular to know more about the Jaina Mss. pertaining to this part.
Bhandarkar O. R. Institute,
Poona. 22nd Feb. 1936
Hiralal R. Kapadia

Page #18

Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
1. “The Government Manuscripcs Library” formed and maintained by the Government of Bombay, and formerly deposited at the Deccan College, Poona, is now, subject to the general control of the Department of Education, Bombay, placed under the direct charge of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona.
2. The Department is administered by a Superintendent appointed by the Executive Board of the B. O. R. Institute subject to the approval of Government.
3. The Manuscripts are available at the Institute, during working hours, for purposes of bona fide study.
4. The Manuscripts in the Library, if, in good condition, and subject to the requirements of Department, are lent out to bona fide scholars on their applying for them in writing to the Superintendent of the Department or to the Secretary of the Institute. Such scholars shall, however, execute a bond for the value of the manuscripts required, this value being fixed by the officers in charge of the Library.
5. In the case of scholars from outside India, all requisitions for loans of manuscripts shall be made to the Secretary of State for India in Council, through whom also the transactions in manuscripts shall take place. Such scholars shall execute the necessary bond with the Secretary of State for India in Council, at his discretion.
6. In the case of scholars in India the execution of the bond shall be necessary before the manuscripts are lent out. When the applicant is not sufficiently known to the Superintendent of the Department, this latter officer shall have the power to call upon the applicant to produce a certificate as to his interest in the study of Sanskrit Literature, and of his being a fit person to be entrusted with Government manuscripts. Such a certificate shall have to be

Page #19

xviii
Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
signed by Orientalists of recognised position, or by Government officers of the Provincial or other highest service, not below the rank of a Deputy Collector or Extra Assistant Commissioner. The certificate should contain a reference to works or eassays published by the applicant.
N. B. - In the case of scholars residing within the jurisdiction of a Native State, the certificate may be signed either by the Chief Sabib or the Divan or the administrator of the State.
7. All applications for manuscripts shall state the reasons for which the manuscripts are required and the period for which the loan is sought.
8. If any manuscripts belonging to this Library have been used in the publication of an edition, or in any other learned disquisition, the author should present to the Manuscripts Library a copy of the work or works so published.
9. The number of manuscripts to be, lent out at a time to a scholar, and the period of loan, is determined by the officer in charge of the Library. Usually, however, in the case of Indian scholars, not more than five manuscripts are allowed to remain with them at a time, and the period of loan shall not normally exceed six months.
10. Immediately on receipt of manuscripts, the scholars are requested to examine them carefully before signing and returning the receipt-form accompanying the manuscripts, as no complaints will be enteratain thereafter.
II. When the manuscripts are returned to the Library they are duly examined, and if found in their original condition, the receipt formerly signed for them is returned and the bond cancelled. The liability of the borrowers ceases only after the re. turn of this recipt.

Page #20

Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
xix
12. If scholars find that, owing to the work on the manuscripts not being completed within the stipulated period, they cannot return the manuscripts when due, they shall, sufficiently in advance, apply in writing to that effect to the Superintendent of the Department, ot to the Secretary of State for India in Council, as the case may be. The period of loan will be extended at discretion. In no case, however, shall any maunscripts be allowed to remain with a scholar longer than two years in India, and five years outside India.
13. The Manuscripts Department reserves to itself the right of refusing to lend out any manuscript to any scholar at any time, and in the case of manuscripts lent out, of demanding their return before the expiry of the stipulated period, if the manuscripts be required for library or other purposes.
14. All postal charges shall be borne by the applicant.
15. The Department undertakes to procure on loan, for the members of the Institute, manuscripts from other lending Libraries.

Page #21

A LIST OF PRINTED CATALOGUES AND REPORTS
ABOUT MANUSCRIPTS
The following is the list of works (Catalogues, Reports, etc.) already published embodying the results of the search and preservation of Sanskrit manuscripts in the Bombay Circle from 1868 to 1915. All lists published up to 1884 have been incorporated in our consolidated catalogue prepared by Mr. S. R. Bhandarkar, M. A., in 1888. The lists for the subsequent years are to be found embodied in the various Reports published thereafter. These Reports are of considerable value, inasmuch as they give in many cases the history of individual manuscripts, personal details of authors, their chronology, and such other items. All these works are therefore here put together in one place for ready reference. ..
Papers' relating to the Collection and Preservation of the Reports of ancient Sanskrit Literature, edited by order of Government of India, Calcutta, 1878, by Mr. E. A. Gough. This is a useful work for the general history of the Search during the earlier period upto 1878 and contains, among other things, lists of manuscripts bought for Government during the years 1868–69, 1869-70, 1870-71, 1871-72, 1872-73 and 1874-75. All these lists, originally published at different times, were also inculed in our consolidated catalogue (to be mentioned below) published in 1888,
Report on the results of the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in Gujarat during 1871-72, by G. Bühler, Surat, 1872, II pages in folio.
Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1872-73, by G. Bühler, seven and seventeen pages. Bombay, 1874.
Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1874-75, by G. Bühler, 21 pages. Girgaum, 1875.
Detailed Report of a Tour in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts made (in 1875-76), in Kashmir, Rajputana and Central India, by G. Bühler. Extra No. XXXIVA, Vol. XII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1877, Bombay.

Page #22

A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports
xxi
Lists of the Sanskrit Manuscripts purchased for Government during the years 1877-78, and 1869-78, and a list of the Manuscripts purchased from May to November 1881, by F. Kielhorn, Poona, 1881.
A Report on 122 Manuscripts, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1880, 37 pages in folio.
Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1880-81, by F. Kielhorn, Bombay, 1881.
A Catalogue of Sanskrit Maunscripts in the Library of the Deccan College ( being lists of the two Viśrāmabāg collections ) Part I prepared under the superintendence of F. Kielhorn ; Part II and Index prepared under the superintendence of R. G. Bhandarkar, 1884, 61 pages in folio.
A Report on the Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts during 1881-82 by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1882.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1882--83, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1884.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1883--84 by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1887.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1884-87 by R. G. Bhandarkr, Bombay, 1894.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1887-91, by R. G, Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1897.
A Consolidated Catalogue of the Collection of Manuscripts deposited in the Deccan College ( from 1868-1884 ) with an Index, by S. R. Bhandarkar.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1891-1895, by A. V. Kathawate, Bombay, 1901.
Detailed Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, August 1882 to March 1883, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLI, Vol. XVI of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1883, Bombay.

Page #23

xxii
A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports
way.
A Second Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1883 to March 1884, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIV, Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1884, Bombay.
A Third Report of Operation in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1884 to March 1886, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLV of Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1887, Bombay.
A Fourth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1886 to March 1892, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIXA of Vol. XVIII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1894, Bombay.
A Fifth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1892 to March 1895, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1896.
A Sixth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1895 to March 1898, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1899. This contains also a list of manuscripts purchased by Professor Peterson from 1898-99.
Lists of Manuscripts Collected for the Government Manuscripts Library by the Professors of Sanskrit at the Deccan and Elphinstone Colleges containing the following Collections :
(i) 1895–1902, (ii) 1899–1915, (iii) 1902–1907, (iv) 1907–1915, ( v ) 1916-1918, (vi) 1919-1924 and (vii) 1866–68.

Page #24

SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION
अ a आ = Titi उu ऊ wr F छ ! एe पे ai ओ ० औ au
k kh g gh z च् c छ ch जj - jh ञ् । द् : h d dh ण् at e th d dh in Ip ph b bh am य y r ल् । व्_v शू ई
प्
स् s
& b
visarga h, anusvaram.

Page #25


Page #26

JAINA MANUSCRIPTS

Page #27


Page #28

JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY
A. ÁGAVIKA LITERATURE
IV. 6 CHEDASŪTRAS
THE FIRST CHEDASŪTRA
161.
निशीथसूत्र
Nisīthasūtra (fatica)
(Nisībasutta ) No: 434
1873–74. Size.— 104 in, by 44 in. Extent. — 32 folios ; fi lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description - Country paper thin, rough and white; Detanāgari
chárdeters with artTENTS; bold, big, quite clear auld good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four linės 'in' black ink; fol. 1 blank ; red chalk and yellow pigment as well, used; edges of the first and last foll. slightly worn out; ' foll, 2 to 10 somewhat worm-eaten; condition tolerably
fair; complete. Age. - Old. Author: A Jaina saint. Subject.- Out of the six chedasūtras this is the first and it con
tains twenty uddeśakas This āgama is called Ācārapagappa'
Acāraprakalpa, Nisīhajjhayaņa and Nišithadhiyayarias as 1-2 See Nos. 440 and 435 respectively.

Page #29

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 435.
well. Like the other chedasútras this chedasútra prescribes rules for the life to be led by monks and nuns and atonements and penances by way of punishment for vanious transgressions against these rules of daily life. Thus all the chedasútras have almost the same contents as we meet with, under the name of Vinaya in Buddhist literatare. As observed by Winteruitz this Niśithasūtra which deals with the discipline of the order “has embodied the major portion of the Vavahāra in its last sections and has numerous similar sūtras in common with cūlas I and II of the Ayaramga. Probably these works originated in one and the
same earlier source." ! Begins.- fol. rb lo ll A ataTtiTie II
a fet 744+å etc., as ip No: 439. Ends.- fol. 320 FT FEET(FE) etc., up to a = as in No. 439
**followed by forete SHEH TEH 3 HATTII Reference.--- Published along with Vyavahārasūtra by W. Schubring,
Leipzig, in A. D. 1918. It is also published with ( Bțhát )Kalpasūtra and Vyavahārasútra by Jaina Sāhitya Samsodhaka Samiti, Poona, in A. D. 1923 in Devanāgari characters, under the title “ 9-CETT-farsfeer". For conlents etc., see Weber JI, p. 623, Indian Antiquary, vol. XXI, ,. 180, and Peterson Reports I, p. 88. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 393 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 31. G. Bühler's Report on Sanskrit Mss. (pp. 4-5). for 1872-73, Bombay, 1874 and Z. D. M. G. (vol. XLII, P: 550), Leipzig, 1888 may be also consulted.
निशीथसूत्र
Nisīthasutra
740.. No. 435 ..... .... . .
1892-95. Size: 124 in. by 4; in. I
See "A History of Indian Literature” (vol. II, pp. 464-465 ) published by the University of Calcutta, in A. D. 1933.

Page #30

436)
1. Ô Chedasairasti
D
Extent.- 13 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, brittle and grey; Devanāgari e characters with AES; bold, big, legible and good hand
writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; yellow pigment used; edges of the first and last foll. somewhat damaged; fol. 1* blank; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre and the numbered, two more, one in each margin; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; the IIth fol. wrongly numbered as 12th in the left-hand margin ;
condition tolerably good; complete; extent 812 ślokas. Age.-- Old. Begins.-- fol. ID 116 011 (A:) staattor[:] 11 FAT awar(at)g!!
ET FF99FH etc., as in No. 439. Ends.-- fol. 136 a figi etc., up to stori as in No. 439. Then
follow the lines as below :- ..
वा णिमीहे वीसमउ उद्देसउ संम्मत्तो ॥ २० ॥ समाप्तं निशीथाEper HATA Il sostre BE 3173 698. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 434.
निशीथसूत्र
Nisītbasutra
442. No. 436
1882-83. Size.- 108 in. by 41 in. Extent.- 16 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper rough and grey ; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional HTETS; bold, big, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; complete; condition very good.
Age.- Samvat 1609.

Page #31

faina Literature and Philosophy
1437, Begins.— fol. 14 11 4g a lI TA: true
farne Frueh etc., as in No. 439. Enden--fal. 16 ana etc., up to mai as in No. 439 followed
by the lines as under:
णितीहे बीमइमो उद्देसो सम्मत्तो ॥ छ । समाप्तं निशीथाध्ययनसूत्रामिदमिति नाम ॥ संवत् १६०९ वर्षे भाद्रपदवदि १२ बुधे...' श्री मेडतानगदे ॥ श्रीसमल्लविजयराज्ये ॥ शुभं भवतु लेखकाठकोः ॥ आचंद्राः
igrah H.llllll N. B.-- For further particulars see No..434.
35.
निशीथसूत्र
Nisithasūtra NO :437;
1880-81. Size. 255 in. by 24 in. Extent.- 15+3+2=29 leaves ; 4. 19. 7 lines to a leaf ; 129 to 130
letters to a line. Description. Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish ; Devanägari
characters with ATEITS; small, legible, uniform and tolerably good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the ist column extend to the remaining ones; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right-hand one as I, 2, etc., and in the left-hand one as eft. *
nietq.; leaf 1* blank; three extra blank leaves preceding the first, and two following the 15th; these last ones are numbered here as 16 and 17; some lines are seen written on them; some leaves slightly worm-eaten ; condition
tolerably good ; complete. I Letters are made illegible. 2. This is numbered at the back as toe.

Page #32

438.]
1. 6 Chedasūtras
Age.--. Old. Begins.- leaf ib॥६०॥ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
जे भिकाबू हत्थकम्मं etc. Ends.-leaf IF आदिमज्झे अवप्ताणे ससअ), सहेतुं सकारणं अहितमातरित्तं ।
तेण परं छम्मासाटुं णिसीहस्स ॥ छ । वीसमओ उद्देसओ समत्तो ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ स(से)सपरिखेवंसि सोवाहिरियसि कज्जति न(नि)ग्गंथाणं हेमन्त ग्रिम्हास दो मासा क्यसे गासंसि वा नगरान्सि(रंसि) वा जाव रायहाणिसि
बा॥छ ।। छ मंगवं महाश्रीः ॥ ,, -leaf IS' We have in a different hand the lines as.under :---
प्रभासं पुष्करं गंगा कुरुक्षेत्र सरस्वती देविका चंद्रभामं(गा) च सिंधुश्वैन महानदी। मलया यहना (१२)वा नप्नि(नेमिच गया तथा स्वरगुः(१) कौशिकां चैव लौहिकां च महालदं।
एतैस्तीर्थम(म)हद्धिकोः कुर्यादेबाभिषेक्ष(प)कं etc. -leaf. 16a The following lines are written in a different hand:
अवाचा सि पसाबणपाते पाते नामान प्रमाणानस संघपा) प्राम(?) माता बनरी पिता सब बालो जेन. It ends thus. , ---leaf 17 मिच्छात्तजयणा...' N. B.- For additional information see No. 434.
निशीथसूत्र.
Nisīthasutra (उदेशक,१-१०).
(Uddesakas 1-10)
119. No. 438
1872-73. Size.- 321 in. by 21 in. Extent.- 239 + I + I = 241 leaves ; 5 to 6 lines to a leaf; abou
100 letters to a line.
I Letters are not legible.

Page #33

faina Literature and Philosophy
( 438.
Description. - Palm- leaf thin, durable and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with cars; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines are continuous borders of each of the columns ruled mostly in four lines in black ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right--hand margin as 105, 106 etc.; leaves 116 etc. as 1, 2 also; in the left--hand margin in letters as in other palmleaf Mss. ; this Ms. starts with leaf numbered as 105; over and above the first ten uddeśakas of Niśithasútra, it contains Niśithacūrni commencing on leaf 1166 and ending on leaf 3436; this work is separately numbered in the Government collections of Mss. ; some leaves at the end seem to be written in a different hand and are not quite legible, since ink has faded ; even leaves 105, 1055 and 106 are less legible for the same reason ; leaves 10s to IIS are tied down in a reverse order i. e. to say as 115, 114 etc., by means of strings passing through two holes ; one of these holes is in the space between the ist and the 2nd columns, and the other, between the 2nd and the 3rd; leaf 1164 blank; one extra blank leaf in the beginning and one in the end ; edges of some of the leaves slightly worn
out; condition on the whole good. Age. Fairly old. Begins.--- fol. 1056 TA: stalini
I PTFEUER SE etc. Ends.-- fol. 1156 GRAVID AT TÊTE 7 Toata stor at mawila i ! Forester terraced YUFT..... 'FETE HAS THT FTTT IN
8 | 8 | N. B.- For further particulars see No. 434. .
1. Letters are illegible, for, ink has faded.

Page #34

439.]
I. 6 Chedasu'ras निशीथसूत्र
Nisíthasātra टिप्पणकसहित
... with tippaņaka No 439
207.
1871-72. Size. - 101 in. by 48 in. : Extent.-- 37 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devaņāgari charac
ters with occasional Teass; bold, big, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink, and edges, in two lines in black ink ; fol, rá blank; so is the fol. 375; yellow pigment and red chalk used; marginal notes added in Gujarāti on almost every fol. practically up to the 34th ; extent 7705 (?) ślokas ; condition very good; complete; the entire text is divided into 20 sections (uddeśakas) as under :--- Uddeśaka .. I . foll. Ib to 3* .!
II
III
in in com
IV
V
VI
Ib! 15b .
VII VIII IX
202
x
2b
XI XIII XIII XIV XV XVI
Po op. po o AHOO .
286
30a
, 31°
XVII
.
XVIII XIX.
„ 33
, 34 4„ 352 : 35* , 372
,

Page #35

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1440.
Age:- Not modern. Begins.- (text) fol. 1 ॥ ६ ॥ जे भिक्खू हत्थकम्मं करेइ । करेंत पा सांतिजति ।
जे भिक्खू । अंगादाणं । कटेण वा । कलिंचेण वा । etc. , -(com.) fol. Ib साति । करावइ करतानइ अनुमोदइ अंगाद । गुरुदेस
इंद्रिवशेषलिंग ॥ कलिंचे । क्षुद्र काष्टे करी ॥१॥ ,, - (com.) fol. 24° गाममहा ।। गाममुं महोछव थातो होइ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 37.
तस्स २ लिहियं निसीहं धम्मधुराधरणपवरपुज्जस्स आरोगधाराणज्ज सिस्सपसिस्सोवभौज्जं च ३
छ । इति वीसइमी उद्देसो सम्मत्तो २० ग्रंथाग्रंथ ७७०५(२) मु(शुभं करोतु लेषकपाठकयोः छ ऋषि श्री ५ गोविंदपठनार्थ (शुभं भवतु । , - (com.) fol. 34° पत्तंण । पतंति त्रिणी वरस उपरांति दीष्वा लीधइ हुइ ।
८॥ अव्वलं। जाव कखादिस रोमसंभवो ण्ण(न) भवति ताव अव्वतो।
तस्स भावे वन्नो जाव सोलस वरिसो ताव अव्वलो परो भोवनो etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 434.
निशीथसूत्रभाष्य
Nisītbasūtrabhāsya (निसीहसुत्तमास)
( Nisībasuttabhāsa )
1188. No. 440
1887-91. Size.— 134 in. by s in. Extent.— tos folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and greyish; Devanägari
characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and olegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in both the margins; unnumbered sides have a small design mainly in yellow colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; fol. 1 blank; a beautiful picture of a Jaina saint and śrāvakas listening to

Page #36

1. 6. Chedasatras
his sermon is given on fol. I on the right-hand side; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out ; strips of paper pasted to fol. 105b; foll. 98 to 105 have a portion on the lefthand side gone; condition very fair ; complete. Since Niśīthasútra is divided into 20 uddeśakas, this bhāşya, too,
is correspondingly divided into 20 sections. The extent of ... each of them is as under :Section II
foll. 10 to 150 II
sa , 279 7a , 320
320 , 376 VI VII VIII
39042 IX.
425 , 444
159 „ 25.
III.
on
V.1
6 " 396
A41555
.
XI XII XIII XIV.
555 , 64 69* „ 726 726 , 750
64" », 692
1
XV
756 ,, 816
"
} :
XIX XX
n
..XX
XVI
81" „ 934 XVII
93 , 940 XVIII
» 940 , 952
952 „ 986
986 ,, 1056 Age.- Not later than Samvat 1655. Subject.-- A commentary in Prākrit in about 6439 verses on Niśithasūtra. See No. 442. "
! Begins. — fol. 101 601 FAT Pret :
णवबंभचेरमइउ(ओ) अट्ठारसपदसहस्सि(ओ) वैदो।
NATIE HE T agua perritor ? o . 2 [ J. L. P.)

Page #37

faina Luterature and Philosophy rap. आधारगप्पस उइमाई गोणाई णामधिल आयोरेमीइयाई पाथि(च्छि क्षण होगारी॥ आर्यारो अंगतिय पप्पतह लिया जिसीह ति। "णीसितह) सुतत्व तहस्तिति दुआणवि अक्खीत । 'आयरि सियो चविधी सविधीय अगिरगाम्म । 'छक्को ये पंकप्पैमी चलियाएं निसाथ य॥
णाम उवणायारो एसों खेल । आयारे णिक्खेवो चव्धिहो होइ । 'णामण घोषण वासण सिक्खावण सुकरणाविरोधीणि । दव्वाणि जाणि लोए दवायारं बियाणाहि। गाणे सण चरणे तए(वे) (प) विरिए य भावमार्योरो ॥ अहहह दुवालस विरिय महाणीतु जा तेसिं। कोले विणए बहुमाणे उवषैण तहा अणिण्हवणे'। चजण अत्य(त)दुभए अझविधी णाणमायारो। .. "जं जंमि होइकाले आयरियध्वं स कालमायारो। “यतिरित्तो तु अकालो लहुगा अकालकारिस्स।
कोओ उरस्स कालो मइण व रधोवणे व्व को कालो etc. fol. 10 : इति निशीथभाष्ये पि(पोठिका समाप्ता । छ. 3. I fणसीथभाष्ये प्रथमोद्देशकः । छ । , '1zb "एवं विमग्गमाणे जे दिअण्ण पादपुंछणं न लगे।
... चेष शु कटेजा जावणलब्भती ताव। .. ... ऐसे व कमो णियमा समैणाणं पादपुंछणे। ..
विधे णवरं पुण णाणत वडउ दंडउ तासि । सूत्रं विसआवणसक्कषणं तं कप्पयमुंजवि ब संबद्ध ।
तं कठिणदोसकरण कप्पति सक्कवे तुं ॥ 254 इति निसीथभाष्ये द्वितीयोदेशकः ॥ छ । ,, 27 इति निशीथभाष्ये तृतीयोदेशक(:)।३।।
32 चतुर्थः । छ । ४। 37 ईति निसीथभाष्ये पंचमो(5)ध्यायः । छ।
पष्टः(ठः)॥ 39 निशीथभाष्ये सप्तम उद्देशसतिः । छ। 420 अटमः । ।८।
.-. . " 44 नवमः। छ।९। । .
. ,550 दशमः।छ।१०। 1,64° एकादशमः।छ।११। 169* बारतमो ।१२।

Page #38

1,6 Chedasūtras. for 720 मिलीथमाये त्रयोद्रयामः । छ ।.१३।
".75 मिलीभामरे चशमा जोड १४।। ...797 एमांगकिया समस :।। ,, पंचशमाछ- ॥१५॥ ,,,928 कोतका १६ छ। ", 94 सस ) ।।१७। 1.95 अझरसस्पे. ओ(उ)हेसओ.सम्मको.॥छ ॥१८॥
1.98 इति, निशीथमाये उद्देशक पोनविंशतितमः ५. छु ॥ १९ । Ende: -2.folur 10s":
कि पुण पालो किस्ती निस्वानुमान राबद्दोसहिउनके जोमो असमाति (क) माझेसाणमतो जो जोगोसा-अजम्बाओ ). पावं अवायभीतो पावायतणाई परिहरति लोगो। तेण अवातो बगहा पदे देसितो। दुग्गविसमे विन खतिः जो पंथे.सोस बहमासले... कज्जे विवज्जबज्जा स कहं सवेज्ज दप्पणं ॥ . अम्हे वि एत धम्मा आसी बटुंति (ज)त्थं सो तारा । इति गारवलहकर कहपणय सावए लज्जा। पछित्तणुवादेणं कातणुवातण केवि अहिगारा। ओ(उ)वहिसरीरणवाया भावणुवादेण य कहिं पि। जोरणे)गविहकुसमपुष्फो व कार सरिसा तु(तु) के अभिमारा।। . सस्सवति भूमिभावितरणसति बाप्पे पकप्पाम। भिण्णरहस्से व नरे निस्साकरे एव मुक्कजोगी वा। छबिहगतिगुविलंमी सो संसारे भगवि(?मिहिदी। अरहस्सदारए पारए य असाइड)करणे नुलोवमे समित।
कप्पाशुपालणा दीवफा य आराहण झिएणसंसारे । छ । नमो। सुयदेवयाए भगवती ॥ छ ॥छ। निसीधामा समाप्तं ।। छ॥ ग्रंथानं ८४००।छ । शुभं भवतु । छ । छ॥ After this there follows some portion which appears to have been written in a different hand. It is.as under:
संवति १६ प्रमिले। श्रभितीर्थ बेलाको । कात्तिकहदि प्रयोदशीवासरे ॥ श्रीबुधवारमाहरे ॥ संगसम्यभंगीबासनासमाहतकठोरतरसाधुसियामास । कृसक्दाक्दकुवादितिरस्कार राशीसीसमक्षं दूरीकृतोत्सूत्रासभ्यवचनमयप्रवचमरीक्षाविसाव्याख्यानाविचार । विशिष्टस्वेष्टमंत्रादि
प्रमाधित पंचनद पतिलोमराजादियक्षपरिवार । अधरितमधमाधुर्पकर्स बाक्चातुर्यरंजितनिखिलभुजालभूपालमौलिमौलिमामिलामापका कश्मीर'

Page #39

Jaina Literature and Philosophy जजलधौतचरणकमलजलालदीश्रीअकबरपातिसाहिवितीर्णाषाढीया(? ढाद्या)टाहि(ह्नि)काऽमारिवर्षावधिश्री स्तंभतीर्थीय जलध्यंतर्बर्तिजलचरजीवततिसं. रक्षणसमुद्भूतभूतयशसंभार श्रीसाहिप्रदत्त युगप्रधान बिरुदाधार जाग्रद्भाग्यसौभाग्यप्राग्भार । शासनाधा(धी )श्वरश्रीमवीरवर्द्धमानजिनपट्टप्रतिष्ठितपंचमगणधर । श्रीसुधर्मस्वामिप्रमुखयुगप्रधानाचार्याविच्छिन्नपरंपरायातश्री'चंद्र'कुलचंद्रश्रीउ(द)द्योतनसरि-श्रीवर्द्धमानसूरि-श्रीजिनेश्वरसूरि-श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरि-श्रीअभयदेवसूरि-श्रीजिनवल्लभसूरि-श्रीजिनदत्तसूरिसंतानीयश्री'वृहत्खरतरगणशृंगारमौक्तिकहारश्रीजिनमाणिक्यसूरिपट्टोद्या (दया)चलप्रभाकरविजयमानयुगप्रधानश्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिभिः श्री स्तंभतीर्थभांडांग्मरे श्रीसंघाय प्रसादीकृता । प्रवाच्यमान(ना) चिरं नंदतादाचंद्रार्के । शुभं बोलवीतु श्रीस्तंभनकपार्श्वनाथप्रसादात् ॥ श्रेयो(ड)स्तु ॥ श्री॥ कल्याणमस्तु । कृता श्रीरत्ननिधानोपाध्यायैः ॥ लिवीकृतं पं०. धर्मसिंधुरगणिना ॥ श्री ॥छ।.. .. . .
.... Reference. --- See Weber II, p. 626ff.
..
.
..
.
निशीथसूत्रभाष्य
Nisīthasūtrabhāsya
36 (b). No. 44115 .. ..
1880-81. Extent. leaf 235* to leaf 414". Description. Complete extent 8400 ślokas.. For other details to forint see: Nišitlaasūtracūrņi No.
: Age:- Sarivat II46. Begins.-leaf 235 ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञायः॥.... ...... ..णयबंभचेरमइओ अटारसपदसहस्सितो वेदो। ........::, हवति ज्ज(य) सपंचचूलो बहुबहुतरतो पदग्गेणं॥: : ...... : आयारपकप्पस्स तु इमाइं गोणाई मवेज्जो(?णामधेजा)ई। ....: आयामरादिताई पायच्छित्ते अधिगारो ॥ etc..... Ends. - leaf 413° किं पुण पावो etc., up to छिण्णसंसारे practically as in
No440 followed by छ ।।..............

Page #40

442:] . ." 1. 6 Chedästtras
13 एतं पकप्पणामं अज्झयणं जो पराए भत्तीए । ....... ... सुणिहिति वक्खाणेहिति तस्स सुहं देति सुतदेवी ॥..
छ ॥ छ । ठ(?इ)ति निशीथभाष्यविंशतितमोद्देशकः परिसमाप्तः । छ ॥ समाप्तं चैतनिशीथभाष्यमिति ॥ संवत् ११४६ श्रावणशुदि ६ सोमे
gestara 680011 etc. N. B.- For other details, see No. 440. .
razīture=HICU .
Nisīthasūtrabhāsya
8. No. 442
1881-82. Size.— 314 in. by Itin. Extent.— 195(?)+2=197 (?) leaves ; 6 lines to a leaf ; about' T25 ( l!: letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf somewhat thick and greyish ; Devànāgari
characters with AFTS; small, clear, uniform and very good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but'; really it is not so, since the lines are continuous; borders of each of the columns ruledin four lines in black ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as 1, 2, 3, etc.; in the left-hand one as sft, a( ? ) CA, , #, letö: the fitst ninety leaves are very much 'corroded; some Broken into fragments,;? fèw leaves at the end sharing the same condition ; "condition very bad leaves ra and 194"?) blank,6439verses in alt; two blank leaves 'extra at the end; the work, if judged ftom the end is no doubt what the title indicates hül, from the beginning it appears to be the text; ti is however not possible to ascertain for certain, since
leaves in the beginning ate 'in fragments. e Age:--- Oid.

Page #41

Jaina Literature and Philosophy . Begins.- leaf I ॐ कमा सशसः ।
जे
मियाकारको....' , -leafsb स्कोको भवेश को आगाके मेसोमा अतिशास्सा(?)इए
असती। एगखेत्त ......त्य तु पहिताहाणी हवेज्ज तहियं ण विहरेज्जा ।
सूत्रं ॥ छ । व्यासेते काले....... Ends.- leaf 194 ((195) असढकरणे नुलोवमे । समिते etc., up to छिन्नसंसारे
practically as in No. 440 followed by छ। ग्रंथानं गाथा ६४३९॥ छ ॥ इति भगवनिशीथभाष्यं समाप्तं ॥ छ । छ ।
N BE-For additional particulars see No. 440.
निशीथसूत्रविशेषचूर्णि
Nisīthasūtravisesacūrni (निसीहसुत्तर्विसेसचुण्णि)
( Nisībasuttavisøsacuņņi ) Nor 442
1201 (8) Size — 10 in. by 44 in. Ement.-74458+6-07741 folios; 1:3 lines to ai page ; 48 letters to
a line. Description.-Country paper thin, smooth and greyish; Devana
gari characters with occasional मात्राs; bold, big, legible and' gond hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll, 13, 5860 and 744b blank.; edges. of the first. fol.. slightly. damaged ; numbers.of some of the follh doubly, entered; foll. 548 to 583 numbered also as I,, . etc.; foll. 178, 297, 307, 359, 379, 394, 443 and. 493. lacking: foll.. 275, 368. 395, 442,512 and 558.repeated; folk 328th numbered also as 329th ;, the succeeding foll, hence oumbered, as: 330 etc.; fol. 184th wrongly numbered in the right-hand margin
1-2
Letters are missing, since the corresponding portions are worm outh

Page #42

***.lj
1. 6 Chasutras
2 as 185, föl. 157th wrongly numbered in Mie left-Hand margin
kes 198;"Foll. "Y80 to 221 'Wörm-edten ; tome of them very badly damaged; condition fair ; almost complete ; this work ends on fol. 7086; it contains the grees of Niśithasūtra; extents of the corresponding portions of this cūrņi explaining the 2010tesakas'in order 'áreas under :Section
föll. 1b to 1280
128a , 179 III » 579* , 1896
1896 , 2126 2125 , 2366
IV
VI
2366
» 2426
'VII
2426 , 2456 VIII
2456 , 2576 IX
72596 „, 2635
2635 -33a XI
3364. „2383
-3832 , 4106 XİN
4100 , 4300 XIV
4306 1,7458 XV
4510 , 500 XVI
300* ,-5794 XVHL
579,4586
586) 90a XEX
» 590° , 616b XX » 68%b, fogo Kis Ms. contains an additiorial work viz. farattaatproiferentes* CUTIT Comitièticing on fol. 1886 and ending
O fol. 746. Age.-- Samvat 1650. Author.- finadasa Gaņi -Mahattara, -pupil of Pradyumna. Subject. A commentary to Nisithasutra. It is based apon a com
mentary composed by some Acarya 'who fourished earlier

Page #43

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[443.
than Jinadāsa. This work is taken up after finishing ...... Vimutticula. The author explains how Nisithacula is relat.... ed to it. Begins.- fol. I" ए ६० ॥ नमो अरहंताणं
नमिऊण(उरहताणं सिद्धाणं(ण) य कम्मचकमुक्काणं । सयणमिण( सिणे )ह विमुक्काण सवसाहूण भावेणं (॥१॥) सविसेसायरजुत्तं काउ पणामं च अत्थदायिस्स । पज्जुण(पण)खमासमणस्स चरणकरणानु(ण)पालस्स ॥ एवं कयप्पणामो पकप्पणामस्स विवरणं मन्ने। पुवायरियकयं चिय अहंपि तं चेव उ बिसेसे ॥
भाणया विमुत्तिचूला । अहणावसरो णिसीहचूलाए ।
को संबंधो तस्सा भण्णइ इणमो णिसामेहि ॥ etc. --- fol. 128 विसेसणिसीहचुण्णीए पढमो उद्देसउ(ओ) सम्मत्तोः ] ।
छ ॥ ग्रंथानं ९९५ उ(उ)भयं सर्वग्रंथसंख्या ५३९५ ॥ छ । -fol. 586इति विसेसणिसा(सी)हचुण्णीए सत्तरसमो उद्देसउ( ओ)
सम्मत्तो ॥ छ । भाणओ सत्तरसमो इदाणिं अट्ठारसमो इमो भणइ etc. Ends.- fol. 708
अणुगमो त्ति दारं सम्मत्तं ॥छ इदाणिं नय त्ति दारं । णी() प्रापणां(णे)। अनेकविध (अर्थ) प्रापयंतीति नया अथवा णित्थि(च्छि)यमत्थं गं(ण)यंतीति नया। जो सो अत्थो उवक्कमादीहिदारोहिं हारेहिं] वण्णिओ सो सम्वो एहि समोयारेयज्जो(वो) । ते य सत्त णयसत्ता(ता)दो चेव या जाता ॥तं जहा णाणणयो ध(?य) चरणणयो य । तच्छ(थ) णाणमओ इमो णायाम गाहा ॥ इदाण चरणणओ सव्वेसि पि गाहा ॥
जो गाहो(हा)मुत्तच्छो(त्थो) चे वितिधि(:) पागा(ग)डो पु(फ)डपदत्थो रइतो परिभासाए साहुरहू)ण अपुग्गहहाए। ....... तिचउपण अद्ध()मव(ग्गा) तिपणतितिगअक्खरा वेते(चेव), तेसिं पढमततिएहिं ति(ति)दुसरखु(जु)एहि णामं कं(क)यं जस्स , , गुरुदिण्णं च रा(ग)णितं महत्तच(रत्तं)च
तेण कएसा चुण्णी विसेसनामा णिसीहस्स ॥ .. : :. नमो सुयदेवा(व)याए भगवता(ती)जिणदासमणिमहत्तरेण (र)इया नमः ..तीर्थकदभ्यः1.छ.. ...... ....
.......!

Page #44

1. 6 Chedasūtras
17
Reference.— See “Transactions of the ninth international congress
of Orientalists” vol. I, pp. 215-218, wherein remarks are made by E. Leumann, in connection with a Ms. of Pindaniryukti and Niśithacūrņi. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 626 and Indian Antiquary vol. X, p. 101. For an extract see Abhidhanaräjendra vol, IV, p. 2143.
निशीथसूत्रविशेषचूर्णि
Niśīthasūtraviśesacūrņi
1187 ( a ). No. 444
1887-91. Size.— 113 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 670+1=671 folios; 13 lines to a page; 54 letters to
a line.
Description. - Country paper rough and grey ; Devanāgari charac
ters with ATEITS; small, uniform, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; fol. 1a practically blank; for, only the title etc. written on it ; foll, numbered mostly in the right-hand margin only ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; some of the foll. somewhat worm-eaten ; some very badly ; foll. 512 to 517 torn; condition fair ; fol. 374th repeated ; 1965 of the sutras given ; vide fol. 427", etc.; red chalk and yellow pigment rarely used ; complete ; this work ends on fol. 6466 ; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. fafterfaite RTGUTETT beginning on fol. 6466 and ending on fol. 6706. See No. 450.
Age.- Pretty old. Begins. - fol. 1b 96 on FÆÐ STEATUI
HA(55) TATUT I FTGTUT(U) AT TUTI सयण [सयण सिणेह विमुक्काण सव्वसाह(ह)ण भावेण । सविससायरजुत्तं काउ पणामं च अत्थदायिस्स ।।
TUTO(OUT) TATHAUTE CUTTOTTUTTOFF 3 [J. L. P.)

Page #45

28
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[445.
एवं कयप्पणामो-पकप्पणामस्स विवरणं मन्ने पुबारियकयं चिय अहं पितं चेव उ विसेसे ॥
' भणिया विमुत्तिचूला । अहणावसरो णिसीहचूला(ए)
को संबंधो तस्सा । भणइ इणमो णिसामहि । णवबंभचेरमतिओ गाहा णव इति संख्यावायगो सदो बंभं चउविह णामादो(दी) तत्थ णामबंभ । जीवादीणं जस्स बंभ इति नाम कज्जति ठवणाबंभं अक्खातिविणासो अहवा जहा बंभणुप्पत्ती। आयारे भणिया तहा भाणियव्वा गयाउ णामठवणाओ इयाणि दवबंभं तं दुविहं आगमओ णोआगमओ य आगमओ जाणएय(अ)ण(पु)वउत्ते। नोआगमओ जाव वइरितं अण्णा )णीणं जो वत्थिसंजमो जाओ य । अकामियाउ रंडकुरंडाउ बंभं धरंति। [बमव्वं दव्व (भावभंबं(बंभं) दुविहं आगमओ णोआगमओ णोआगमउ य । आगमओ।
आणए उवउत्ते णोआगम(ओ) साहणं वत्थिसंजमो वत्थिसंजमोत्ति मेहणउव
रती सा य अहारसबिहा भवति । etc. Ends.- fol. 646 अणुगमो त्ति दारं सम्मत्त etc., up to महत्तरेण रइया । नमः
तीर्थकद्भ्यः ।। as in No. 443. - N. B.- For other details see No. 443.
निशीथसूत्र(उद्देशक १-१०)विशेषचूर्णि
Nisithasutra(Uddesakas I-X)višesacūrņi
114. 1872-73
No. 445
Extent.- leaf 1166 to leaf 3436.
Description.- Complete so far as the cārni of the first ten udde
Sakas is concerned. For further particulars see No. 438. Begins.-leaf II6b ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
णमिऊण रहताणं etc., as in No. 443.

Page #46

446. }
1. 6 Chedasatras
19
Ends.- leaf 3436 gÀ P ETET II PE TOT HUITFUTT PT Suranit
परखेत्ते गेण्हेज्ज पच्छा जाए तं दायव्वं अहण देति तो चउगुरुं उवगरणणिप्फणं वा आउाहिए बा गिलाणस्स जत्तिएण कज्जं तं गेण्हतिः। से समतिरित्तं ॥ गिण्हतीत्यर्थः ॥ छ ॥ इति विसेसणिसीहचुण्णीए दसमओ उद्देसो
Haugal Il etc. N. B. - For other details see No. 443.
Faaitis(5ÈTTA 8-80) विशेषचूर्णि
Niśīthasūtra (Uddesakas 1-10 )
višeşacūrņi
37.
No. 446
1880-81. Size.-- 30} in. by 1} in. Extent. -- 326+1+1= 328 leaves ; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf; 120 to 140
letters to a line.
Description.- Palm-leaf thin and greyish; Devanāgari characters
with enters; small, legible, and very good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, for, the lines are continuous; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; there are two holes in each leaf, one in the space between the ist two columns and the other in that between the second and the third ; leavęs numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as 1, 2 etc.; and in the left-hand one as in the case of other palm--leaf Mss.; numbers such as 74, 75 etc. are written as f, etc.; especially left-hand corners
and edges of several leaves more or less worn out; condition poor; an extra blank leaf at the beginning ; leaf 1 blank; so is the leaf 3266; it is followed by a blank leaf; the cũrņi
of ist ten uddeśakas complete. Agę. - Samvat 1359.

Page #47

20
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[447
Begins.— leaf 16 afa550 Talvi etc, -Ends.-leaf 326a sarang ut frieur et a(?)aratie**ETI FRU FIE -
AITET I Surrant etc., practically up to faceafureire goutए दसमो उद्देसओ सम्मत्तो ।। as in No. 445 followed by मंगलं महाश्री 11 Il etc. JH W STU Il y lleva 3949 af arfare ! FThall are raramente ane(?)Ę This FRA H etc.
N. B.- For further particulars see No. 443.
Parantarea
Nisīthasūtra(3] Th?8-20 )
(Uddeśakas XI-XX ). विशेषचूर्णि
višeşacūrņi
38 (a). No. 447
1880-81. Size.-- 324 in. by 24 in. Extent.- 353+3=356 leaves ; 4 to 6 lines to a leaf ; 120 TO 130
letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with TATS; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the first column are continued to other columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as 1, 2 etc., and, in the left-hand one from the 4th as , & etc. ; leaves I to 3, 140
to 149, 189 to 200, 214 to 224, 252 to 271 and 273 to 275 are written on paper and not on palm-leaves; complete so far as the uddeśas II to 20 are concerned; the cũrņi of the last uddeśaka ends on leaf 334o; leares 311, 3124 and a few more illegible; this Ms. contains in addition fazfrera TESTOSYTET which begins on leaf 335b, since

Page #48

448.1
I. 6 Chedasatras
21
leaves 334b and 335• are blank, and it ends on leaf 353602); three extra blank leaves in the beginning ; leaf ia, too, blank; after the leaf 352th, there are two leaves in fragments, one of which is not legible; but they seem to be
parts of the leaf 353th. Age.- Samvat I294. Begins.---leaf I इदानीं एकादशमः॥प्रारभ्यते । तस्याभिसंबंधो इमो। वुत्तं घुच्छे
गाहा । दशमे अंतसूत्रेषु वस्त्रग्रहणमुक्तं । एकादशे आद्यसूत्रे पात्रमुच्यते।
एष संबंधः। अहवा दशमसूत्रे कालप्रतिषेध उक्तः ॥ etc. Ends.-leaf 3344 अणुगमो त्ति दारं गतं ।। छ॥ इयाणिं णतो त्ति दारं । णी
प्रापणे । अनेकविधमर्थ प्रापय(यंतीति नयाः etc., up to विसेसनामा निसीध(ह)स्स practically as in No. 443 followed by छ । संवत् १२९४वर्षे वैशाखशुदि ३ रवावद्येह 'स्तंभतीर्थ निवासिना श्री श्रीमाल'वंशोद्भवेन ठ० साढासुतेन ठकुमरसीहेन निसीथचूर्णिणद्वितीयखंड
पुस्तकं लेखयांचवे ।। छ ॥ शुभं भवतु etc. N. B.- For additional information see No. 443.
निशीथसूत्र
Nisithasutra(उद्देशक १४-२०)
(Uddesakas XIV-XX )विशेषचर्णि
višeşacūrņi No. 448
36 (a).
1880-81. Size.- 251 in. by 2 in. Extent.-- 414+1+1=416 leaves ; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf; 120 to 130
letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf thin and greyish; Devanagari characters
with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns, except that leaves 235a and 414.show as if the work is written in six separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines are continuous; borders of the leaves 235 and 414 ruled; on leaf 235 three beautiful diagrams in the inter-spaces between the ist and the and, the

Page #49

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[448.
3rd and the 4th and the 5th and the 6th columns; the same is the case with leaf 414; small, legible and good handwriting ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as I, 2 etc., and in the left-hand one as श्री, दे, व, एका etc.; leaf ra blank; an extra blank leaf preced१ २ ३ ing it; leaf 2a less legible, ink having faded ; edges of several leaves slightly gone; condition on the whole tolerably fair ; complete so far as the uddeśakas 14 to 20 both inclusive are concerned ; cũrņi of the last uddesaka ends on leaf 235a; leaf 414b blank ; it is followed by one extra blank leaf; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. : निशीथसूत्रभाष्य commencing on leaf 235b and ending on leaf 414"; this Ms. is placed between two wooden boards.
Age.- Samvat 1146. Begins.-leaf Ib॥ नमो वीतरागाय ।।
___ णमो अरहंताणं णमो सिद्धाणं णमो सुतदेवताए भगवतीए ॥ उक्तस्त्रयोदशमः इदाणि[नीं] चतुर्दश.....' गाथा वाति आदि जाव जोग पि शे(?) एते साधु आविसुद्ध त्ति काउं परिसिद्धा ॥ पादं पि पिण्डो चेव अविसुद्ध
बज्जेतव्वं ॥ Ends.-leaf 234 अणुगमो त्ति दारं समत्तं ॥छ॥ etc., practically up to
तीर्थकद्भ्यः as in No. 443 followed by संवत् ११४६ ज्येष्टवदि १४ लिखितमिदं ॥ छ । 'धन(क)रीजा(?)ग्रामे मुंध(?)पसायेन 'श्रीतलवाटा'वस्थितेन महाराजाधिराजश्रीकन(र्ण देवराज्ये ॥ छ ।
यदक्षरपरिभ्रष्टं मात्राहीनं च यद् भवेत् (1) क्षेतमहमि(न्ति?) विद्वान्सः(द्वांसः) कस्य न स्खलते मनः?॥ छ । हस्त(स्त्य)श्वरथयानानि प्रस्खलंति समे पथि।
जिह्वायां तु किमाश्चर्य श्लेष्मव्याकुलिते मुखे ? ॥
मंगलं महाश्री ॥छ ॥छ॥ N. B.- For additional information see No. 443.
1. Letters are not legible, since ink has faded.

Page #50

449. ]
1. 6 Chedasūtras
निशीथसूत्रचूर्णि
Nisīthasūtracurņiविंशोद्देशकव्याख्या
virnsoddesakavyākhyā No. 449
1201 (b).
1884-87. Extent.- fol. 708b to fol. 744". Description.- Complete. For other details see Nisithasutravisesa
curni No. 443. Age.- Samvat 1650. Author.- Śricandra Sūri, pupil of Silabhadra Sūri. Subject. - This is a commentary in Sanskrit explaining difficult
words etc., occurring in Jinadāsa's cūrņi of the twentieth uddeśaka of Niśithasūtra. This is therefore called Ersfree
चूर्णिविंशोदेशकदुर्गपदवृत्ति. It is composed in Samvat II74. Begins.- fol. 708 ६० ॥ नम(:) सा(स)र्वज्ञाय ॥
प्रण[ म]म्य वीर(२) सुरवंदितक्रम
विशुद्धशुद्धाखिलनष्टकल्मषं । गुरुरू)स्तथा निर्मलशुद्धिकारिणो
विशुद्धतत्त्वात् जगते हितैषिणां ॥१॥ पिंशोदेशे श्रीनिशीथस्य चूर्णी .
दुग्गै वाक्यं यत्पदं वा समस्ति । स्वस्मृत्यर्थ तस्य वक्ष्ये सुबोधां
व्याख्यां कांचित्सद्गुरुभ्योऽवे(ब)बुद्धां । आदौ मासिकपदमिह तत्प्रस्तावात् समागता मासाः। Ends.- fol. 743° तथा परिभाष्यतेऽर्थोऽनयेति परिभाषा चूर्णिरुच्यते ॥ छ । अधुना
चूर्णिकारः स्वनामकथनार्थे गाथायुग्ममाह । तिथिं चेत्यादि वर्गा इह । “अ । कचटतप । य । श । वर्गाः" इति वचनात्स्वरादयो हकारांता ग्राह्याः। तदिह प्रथमगाथया जिणदास इत्येवं रूपं नामाभिहितं । द्वितीयगाथया तदेव विशेषयितुमाह । जिणदासमहत्तर इति । तेन रचिता चूर्णिरियं ॥ छ ॥
सम्यग् तथा(ss)म्नायाभावादत्रोक्तं (यदुत्सूत्रं)॥ मतिमांद्याद्वा किंचित्तच्छोध्यं श्रुतधरैः कृपाकलितैः । श्रीशीलभद्रसूरीणां शिष्यैः श्रीचंद्रसूरिभिः । विंशकोद्देशके व्याख्या दृष्टा(ब्धा) स्वपरहेतवे।

Page #51

2424
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[] वेदाभ्वरुद्र (१९७४ )युक्ते विक्रमसंवत्सरे तु मृगशीर्षे । माघातद्वादश्यां समर्थितोऽयं रबौ वारे ॥
॥ छ ॥ श्रीनिशीथ चूर्णिविंशकोद्देशक व्याख्या समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्टं । etc. up to न दीयते followed by सं० १६५० वर्षे मा० शुक्लपक्षे ९ दिने पं० पंडित विद्म ( ? ) विजयभद्रन ( ? ) गणितत् शिष्य पंडित चक्रचूडामणिपं० श्रीहर्ष सोम गणिवाचनार्थे ॥ शुभं भवतु कल्याणमस्तु श्रीरस्तु । ॥
श्रीमत् 'तप' गणगगनांगणगगनमणिप्रभैः स्वपुण्यार्थे । विजयानंदमुनींद्वैश्वित्कोशे (S) सौ प्रतिर्मुमुचे ॥ १ ॥
श्रीश्रीश्रीही रवजे (विजय) सूरी श्रीवजे (विजय) सेन सूरि कल्याणभूत् (?) सुभ Reference. — For an extract see Abhidhānarājendra vol. IV, p. 2143.
निशीथसूत्र चूर्णि विंशोद्देशक व्याख्या
[ 450.
No. 450
Extent.— fol. 646b to fol. 670b.
Description.— Complete. For other details see No. 444.
Begins. fol. 6466 नमः सर्वज्ञाय | प्रणम्य वीरं सुरवंदितक्रमं etc.
Nisithasutracurņi. vimśoddeśakavyākhyā
1187 (b).
1887-91.
Ends. fol. 670 थारे त्ति क्वचिदपाठो भाष्ये क्वचिच्च दीहे त्विततो द्वितीयपाठमप्यर्थतो व्याख्यातवान् । दीहं कालमित्यनेन ॥ छ ॥ अनवदग्रैऽपरिमितेः (तैः) । इदानीं चूर्णिकारो यदर्थं मया चूर्णिः कृता इत्येतदाविष्करोति । जे गाहेत्यादिगाथाशब्देन भाष्यं गाथानिबद्धत्वादभिधीयते । ततो गाथा च सूत्रं च । तयोरर्थ इति विग्रहः । पागडो त्ति प्राकृतः प्रकटो वा पदार्था वस्तुभावा यत्र स तथा परिभाष्यतेऽर्थोऽनयेति परिभाषा चूणिरुच्यते ॥ छ ॥ अधुना चूर्णिकार: etc., practically up to श्रीनिशी (थ) चूणिविंशकोद्देश कव्याख्या समाप्तः (ता) ॥ as in No. 449 followed by छ ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥
N. B. For other details see No. 449.

Page #52

452.!
1. 6 Chedasatras विशीथसूतपूर्णि
Nisīthasutracūrņiविंशोदेशकन्याख्या
vinsoddesakavyākhyā
38(b). No. 451
1880-81. Extent.— leaf 335b to leaf 353b. Description.- Almost complete. For other details see No. 447. Begins.-- leaf 335 नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
प्रणम्य वीरं सुरवंदितक्रमं etc. Ends.- leaf 3526 नवमसंयोगफलानि पाश्चात्वगत्वा यथाक्रमं पंचचत्वारिंशता
गणितानि चतुर्थतृतीयद्विती(य)प्रथमसंयोगयुणितफलसंख्यानि भवंति etc. Hereafter letters are not quite legible. - leaf 353° (fragment) अधुना चूर्णिकारः स्वनामकथनार्थ गाथागुग्ममाह तिचेत्यादि । वर्गा इह “अकचटतपयशवर्गाः” इति वचनात्स्वरादयो हकारांता ग्राह्याः । तदिह प्रथमगाथया जिणदास इत्येवं. This Ms.
ends thus. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 449.
निशीथसूत्रपर्याय
Niśīthasūtraparyaya
736 (34). No. 452
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 4Ib. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka
paryaya No. _736 (I)..
1875-76.
Subject.— Some of the difficult words etc. occurring in Niśīthasútra
____explained in Sanskrit. Begins.- fol. 40° उद्दाणे भोइयंमि मृते भर्तरि पुप्पुमा कोउय । नाइ वेस सकर ... अतिमयं बुज्या प्रवेश्यते संचणियाय । etc. 4 (U.L.P.]

Page #53

26
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[454.
Ends..-- fol. 41 एतदंगान्येव गंधादि तेषां गंधादीनां तत्प्रतिपत्ति() लेश्यातां. .... वित्म(रष्णु)प्ररूपणां । उवठाए समीपे । दुविन्हं पि । ऐहिकपारात्रिकाणां
वा(दो)ग्गह भेडीअज्झाए अना(स्वाध्यायाभोव । छ॥
निशीथसूत्रपर्याय ...
Nisīthasūtraparyāya
. ...789 (34).. No. 453
1895-1902. Extent.-- fol. 684 to fol.:69a. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka paryaya
789(I). NO. 1895-1902. Begins.-- fol. 68 उदाणे भोइयंमि etc.. Ends.-fol. 69 एतदंगान्येव etc., up to अनास्वाध्यायाभावे as in No. 452
followed by निसीथपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥ संवत् १६४४ वर्षे पौषमासे शुक्लपक्षे पूर्णमास्यां तिथौ बुधवासरे उजारुद्रलिखितं । लेषकपाठक( योः)
जयो(s)स्तु ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥............. N. B.-- For additional information see No. 452.
.
.
.
निशीथसूत्रपर्याय
Nisīthasutraparyāya ..NO. 454. .. ......
... 332 (17).
....... Tig Description.- Complete. For other details see Nandisātravisama° ....... .. . 332 (I).
Age.-- Samvat 1672 Begins.- fol. 59 उदा(वा)मे भोइयंमि । (स)ते भरि etc., as in No. 452.

Page #54

•455.]
1. 6 Chedasutras ......
Ends.- fol.614 अनेन प्रकारेण परं ववइ । सोहेइ साज्जोगो दवे जथइ अन्नद..थेसु । अनिसाहो वहीणेय आमिश्रितेन तपः कार्य जेणे वीसरिए । ऐश्वर्य
संमणं च-पुत्रादीनां । तज्जपेन आचार्येण यत आज्ञा तं तेनैव । अनेस एव मोक्ष एवं त(द)धेतुत्वे । समता तेषां रागादीना । को()नयोः विकृतिसमतयो तत्पद्वेषां कामादि । तदनुग्रहः कल्पा तदापतना रागादि तद्वारेण मोह। एतदंमान्येव etc., up to अवास्वाध्यायाभावे as in No.452. Then we have the lines as under:-. ॥ छ । मंगलं महाश्रीसूत्रं समाप्तः ॥ संवत् १६७२वर्षे माहासूद १४ सोमे दने
लषतं 'मोढ'नाती जोसीवाघजीः ॥ श्रीसुभं ॥ . N. B.-- For additional information see No. 452. .
निशीथसूत्रचूादिपर्याय
Nisīthasūtracūrṇyādiparyāya
736 (10). No. 455
1875-76. Extent.-- fol. 4b to fol. gb. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya No. 736 (I)..
— 1875-76.
Subject. - Difficult words etc. occurring in Niśíthasútracũrņi etc.
explained in Sanskrit.
Begins.- fol. 4' निसीथचूर्णिप्रभृतिपर्याया यथा। अत्येण कारणं पप्यत्येण भाष्येत
कार त्ति रुचिः । लोमसियाणं ति विभडी गोधमेवो य सविशेषो । etc. Ends.- fol. 9 एतेषु यथासंख्यं तृतीयपंचमतृतीयाक्षराणि गृह्यते । जणदसरूपाणि
एतानि वति दुसरजुएहिं ति तृतीयस्वर इकारः ॥ द्वितीयः स्वर आकार आभ्यां युतानि क्रियते ततो जिणदास इति नामायातं ॥ छ । इति निसीथपर्यायाः समाप्ताः।

Page #55

faina Literatue and Philosophy
(456. विशीथसूचूाविपर्याय Nisithasūtracūrnyādiparyāya
789 ( 10 ). No. 456
1895-1902. Extent. folie 6* to fol. 144 Description. Complete. For further details see Pañcavastuka
789 (1). paryaya No. 1899-1902. * Begins.— fol. 6* farzitera forrafa cenfet tar I etc., as in No. 455. Ends.— fol. 14* gay THEY guia etc.
N. B.- For additional information see No. 455.

Page #56

457.1
II. 6 Chedasūtras
29
THE SECOND CHEDASUTRA
महानिशीथसूत्र
Mahānisīthasūtra (HEITÄENICETT)
( Mahānisībasutta ) No. 457
165.
1881-82. Size.- 13 in. by 5 in. Extent.-- 56 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters
with EAETS; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; fol. ra blank ; so is the fol. 566; several foll. more or less worm-eaten ; strips of paper pasted to foll. ja and 566; foll. I to 3 partly torn; condition very fair ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; complete ; extent 4544 ślokas. This work consists of 8 adhyayanas, the extent of each of which is as under :
Adhyayana
foll. »
D to sa »
sb Irb
IV
V
236 » 34 3441 4ra » 466
VII
VIII
Age.- Pretty old. Subject. - This is one of the six chedasūtras. It is written in
Prākrit. A three-fold division referred to in the beginning is not to be found. There are specific titles for the ist, 2nd, 5th and 6th adhyayanas. They indicate the subjectmatter. The 3rd and the 4th adhyayanas treat of kusila. In

Page #57

30
Jaina Literature and Philospohy
[457.
the 4th there is also a narrative about two brothers Sumati and Naila. The sth deals with the relation between the guru and his pupil. This adhyayana seems to have supplied materials for composing Gacchācāra'. The 6th adhyayana treats of prāyaścittas and contains a narrative pertaining to a teacher Bhadda and Rayyā, the aryikā. The last two adhyayanas which are styled as cūliyās supply information about
the daughter of Suyyasivi. Begins.-fol. I ए ६०॥ ॐ नमो तित्थस्स । ॐ नमो अरहताणं । सुयं मे आउसं .. तेणं भगवया एवमक्खायं । इह खलु छउमत्थसंजमकिरियाए वट्टमाणे । जे णं
केइ साह वा साहुणी वा से णं इमेण परमत्थतत्तसारप(स)न्भूयत्थपसाहगसुमहत्थातिसयपवरवरमहानिसीहसुयक्खंधसुयाणुसारेणं तिविहं तिविहेणं सव्वभावतरंतरेहि णं णीसल्ले भवित्ता गं आयहियद्राए । अञ्चंतघोरवीरुग्गकढ़तवसंजमाणुट्टाणेसुं । सव्वपमायालंबणविप्पमुक्के । अणुसमयमहण्णि समणालसत्ताए सययं अणुवि (चि)ण्णे | etc. fol. 5• महानिसीय(ह)मुयक्खंधस्स पढमं अज्झअणं 'सल्लुद्धरणं नाम ।
छ । II महानिसीय(ह)मुय( क )खंधस्स 'कम्मविवागवागणं' नाम
बीयमज्झयणं ॥ छ । , 20* महानिसीय(ह)मय(क)खंधस्स तइयमज्झयणं ॥ छ । , 23 महानिसीहस्स चउत्थज्झयणं ।। छ ।
अत्र चतुर्थाध्ययने बहवः सिद्धांतिकाः etc. up to न किंचिदाशंकनीयं
as in No. 458. ,, 34 महानिसीय(ह)मुय(क)खंधस्स दुवालसंगसुयनाणस्स 'णवनीय
' सार'नार(?म) पंचमं अज्झयणं ॥ छ ॥ , 4I" महानिसीहसुयक्खंधस्स छ?मज्झयणं ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ 'गीयत्थ
विहारं' नाम सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । ,, 46 अणिओगदाइयं संखेज्ज अक्खरे अणते पज्जवे जाव णं दंसिजतिः । उवदंसिज्जंति अज्जे(?आव)विज्जति । पन्नविज्जति । पर(रू)विज्जति कालाभिग्गहित्ताए। भाव(वा)भिग्गहित्ताए जाव णं आणुपुबीए अणाणुपुवीए
जहाजोगं गुणट्टाणसु ठि(ति)॥छ । बेमि ॥ . . This seems to be the end of the first calika.:
I.
See my “Descriptive Catalogue of Jaina Mss." ( vol. XVII, pt. I, No. 374) published by the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute.

Page #58

457.]
II. 6 Chedasutras
Ends. fol. ssb अत्थेगे जे य णं अइरेणेव विमुञ्चेज्जा से भ(य) वं जम्मजरामरणे (णा) - इअणेगसंसारियदुक्खजालविमुक्ते समाणे जत्तं कहि परिवसेज्जा अत्थेगे जे य ..णं अइरे (णे) व विमुच्चेज्जा | से भयवं जम्मजरामरणे अणेगसंसारियदुक्ख जालविमुक्के समाणे जत्तं परिवसेज्जा । गोयमा । जत्थ णं न जरामरणं न मच्चू । न वाहिओ णो अयसभक्खाणसंताणवुञ्चेवगकलिकलदारिद्ददंड (द) परिके (के)संण इटविउ (ओ )गो किं बहुणा एगंतेणं । अक्खयधुबसासयनिरुवमअनंतसोक्खं परिवसेज्जत (? त्ति) वे (बे) मि ॥ छ || महानिसीहस्स पि ( बि ) इया चूलिया छ ॥ समत्तं च महानिसी हय ( क) खंधं ॥ छ ॥ १
ॐ नमो चउवीसातित्थंकराणं । ॐ नमो तित्थस्स । ॐ नमो सुयदेवयाए । नमो सुयकेबलीणं । ॐ नमो सव्वसाहूणं । नमो सवसिद्धाणं ॥ छ ॥ नमो भगवओ अरहओ । से (सि) ज्झउ मे भगवई । महइमहाविज्जा व इइरु (र) । एम् । (अ) ह । अअवइइ[य]रए । जय वे (व) - इइरे(र) ए। इसुणे (? सेण) । वइइ । रए । वद्व । म् । अअण् । वइइ रए । ज । य अम (म्) । तए । अपरे (र) अअ । ज । इए । सव । अ । आहं (? अह) । अआ । उपचारो चउत्थभत्तेणं साहिज्जइ एसा विज्जा सव्वगओ । ण । इत्थ । अअरग । पुआ । रग । अओ । होइ । उवड । अअ । वणा अ अ गणस्स वा अणउ । न आएवा एसा सत्तवारा परिजवेयव्वा णित्थारगपारगा होइ ॥ जेण कप्पसम्मत्तीए विज्जा अभिमंतिऊण विग्घोवणाइगा। आराहंति सूरेसं. गोमे (से) पवितो अ(व) राजिओ होइ । जिणकप्पसमत्तीए विज्जा अभिमंतिऊण खेमवहणी मंगलवहणी भवइ
॥ छ ॥
चत्तारि सहस्साई पंच सयाओ तहेव चत्तारि ।
चत्तारि सिलोगा । वि मह (हा) नि[ स् ] सीह (म्) मि पाएण ||
31
ग्रंथाग्रं ॥ ४५४४ एवं महानिसीह समाप्तमिति ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
'साही वच्छाते साहसहिस किरणपुण्यार्थि पुस्तक कारिता सुतवर्द्धमानपुस्तकपरिपालनार्थः ॥
Reference. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 631ff. and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, pp. 183-185. For an extract see Abhidhānarājendra vol. VI, p. 189.

Page #59

32
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[458.
महानिशीथसूब
Mahānīšīthasūtra
792. No.458 .....
. . .
1892-95. Size.- 121 in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 68 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough, brittle and grey; Deva
nagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and -good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines; the space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in both the margins; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; foll. Ia and 686 as well, decorated with different designs in red colour; edges of almost all the foll, slightly worn out; fol. 68th partly torn; condition very fair; complete;
extent 4544 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.-fol. I. ६०॥ ॐ नमो तिस्थरस । ॐ नमो अरहंताणं as in No. 457.
-fol. 6'लभेज्जा उत्तम रु(रू)वं सोहग्गं जहणं नो सिज्झिज्जा तब्भवे त्ति बेमि ॥४९॥ ___ छ । महानिसीहसयक्खंधस्स पडमं अज्झयणं नाम ॥ छ । एयस्स य कुलिहियदोसो न दायब्बो सुयहरेहिं । किंतु जो चेव एयस्स पुवायरिसो आसि तत्थेव । कत्थइ सिलोगो कत्थइ सिलोग, कत्थइ पयक्रखरं कत्थइ अक्खरपंतिया कत्थइ पन्नगपुट्रिय(या) कत्थइ बे तिन्नि पन्नगाणि एवमाइ बहुगंध 'परिगलियं ति ॥छ netc.......... - fol. 21 एयं तुज पंचमंगलसुयक्खंधस्स वक्खाणं तं महया पबंधेणं अणंतगमपज्जवेहिं सुत्तस्स य पिहभूयाहि निज्जुत्ती-भास-चुण्णोहिं जहेब अणंतनाणदसणधरेहिं तित्थयरेहि बक्खाणि(य) तहेव समासओ वक्खाणिज्जतं आसि । अहन्नया कालपरिहाणिदोसणं ताओ निज्जुत्ती-भास-चुन्नीओ वुच्छिन्नाओ इउ(? ओ) यं वच्चंतेणं कालसमएणं महिडीपत्ते पयाणुसारी वयरसामी नाम दुवालसंगसुयहरे समुप्पन्ने तेणेयं पंचमंगलमहासुयक्खंधस्स उद्धारो मूलसुत्तस्स मज्झे लिहिओ मूलसुत्तं पुण सुत्तत्ताए गणहरेहिं अत्थत्ताए अरहंतेहि भगवंतेहि धम्मतित्थकरेहिं तिलोगमहिएहिं वीरजिणिंदेहिं पन्नवियं ति । एस वुडसंपयाओ । एत्थ य जत्थ जत्थ पएणाएलग्गं सुत्तालावगं

Page #60

458.]
II. 6:Chedasntras
33
न संपज्जइ । तत्थ तत्थ सुयहरेहिं कुलिहियदोसो न दायबो त्ति । किंतु जो सो एयस्स अचिंतचिंतामाणिकप्पभूयस्स महानिसीहसुयक्खंधस्स पुवायरिसो आसि तहिं चेव क्खंडाखंडीए उद्देहियाइएहिं हेऊहिं बहवे पत्तगा परिसडिया तहावि अच्चंतसहमत्थाइसयं ति । इमं महानिसीहसुयक्खधं कसिणपवयणस्स परमसारभूयं परं तत्तं महत्थं ति कालऊणं॥पवयणवच्छल्लते(त्ते)बहुभबसतो(त्ता)वयारियं च काउं तहा य आयहियट्टयाए आयरियहरिभद्देणं जं तत्थायरिसे दिटुं त(त) सव्वं समतीए साहिऊणं लिहियं ति ॥ अन्नेहिं पि सिद्धसेणदिवायर-वुडवाइ-जक्खसेण-देवगुत्तजसवद्धणखमासमणसीसरविगुत्त-णेमिचंद-जिणदासगाणखमगसव्वरािस? सच्चसिरि)पमुहहिं कु(ज)गप्पहाणयहरेहिं बहुमन्नियमिणं ति
fol. 25 तहा उसन्ने सुजाणे णित्थ लिहिज्जइ पासत्थे णाणमादीणं । सच्छं(त्थं) देउस्सुरूं मग्गगामी । सबले णेत्थं लिहिज्जंति ॥ गंथवित्थरभयाओ भगवयाओ ण एत्थं पत्थावे कुसीलादीमहापबंधेणं पन्नविए एत्थं व जा जा कच्छ(त्थ)इ । असेणे वायणा सा मुणियसमयसारेहिं नो पउसेयब्वा । जतु(तो)। मूलादरिसे चेव बहुं गंथं विप्पणटुं । तहिं च जत्थ २ । संधाणुलग्गं गंथं संबज्झइ तत्थ तत्थ बहुएहिं सुयहरेहिं संमिलिऊणं संगोवंगदुवालसंगाओ सुयसमुद्दाओ अन्नमन्नअंगउवंगा सुयक्खंधअज्झयणुदेसगाणं समुच्चिणिऊण किंचि २ संबज्झमाणं एत्थं लिहियंति ण उणं(ण)सकव्वलं) कयंति। पंचे एस न(ज)हापावोजणवज्जेज्ज गोयमा। संलावादीहिं कुसीलादीभमिही सो मुमती जहा । भवकायट्रितीए संसारे घोरदुक्खसमोत्थउज्जा अलहंतो दसविहे धम्मे बोहिमाहिंसाइलक्षणो एवं तु कीरदिहतं संसग्गीगुणदोसारिसभिल्लासमवासणं णिप्फप्ले(?) गोयमा सुणे । ..तम्हा कुसीलसंसग्गी सव्वोवाएहिं गोयमा।
वज्जिज्जा(s)यहियाकंखी अंडजदिटुंतजाणगे ॥ छ ।। महानिसीहसुयक्खंधस्स तइयमज्झयणं ॥ छ । fol. 29* एवं वुच्चइ जहा णं गोयमा सिद्धीए । तो गोयम कुसीलसंस
गी(ग्गी)ए विप्पहियाए । एवइयं अंतरं भवइ त्ति । छ । महानिसहिस्स चउस्थमज्झयणं ।। छ ॥४॥
अत्र चतुर्थाध्ययने बहवः सैद्धांतिका(:) केचिदालापकान्न सम्यक श्रद्दधत्येव । तैरश्रद्दधानरस्माकमपि न सम्यक् श्रद्धानं इत्याह हरिभद्रसूरिः॥ न पुनः सर्वमेवेदं चतुर्थाध्ययन अन्यानि वा अध्ययनानि अस्यैव कतिपयैः परि. मितेरालापकैरश्रद्धानमित्यर्थः । यत(:)। स्थान-समवाय-जीवाभिगम
प्रज्ञापनादिषु न कथंचिदिदमाचख्ये यथा । प्रतिसंतापस्थलमस्ति तइ गुहा[J. L. P.]
5

Page #61

faina Literature and Philosophy
[459.
वासिनस्तु मनुजास्तेषु च परमाधार्मिकाणां पुनः सप्ताष्ट वारान यावदुपपातस्तेषां च । तैदारुणैर्वज? ब्र)सिलाघरदृसंपुटै(:) पीलितानां परिपीड्यमाना(ना)मपि (न) संवत्सरं यावत्प्राणव्यापत्तिर्भवतीति ॥ छ । वृद्धवादस्तु पुनर्यथा तावदिदमार्षे सूत्रं विकृतिन तावदन्नप्रविष्टा प्रभूताश्चात्र श्रुतस्कंधे अर्थाः सुध्वतिशयेन सातिशयानि गणधरोक्तानि चेह वचनानि तदेवं स्थिते न किंचिदाशंकनीयं ॥ छ ।
Ends.-fol. 68 अत्थेगे ज(जे) णं णो etc., practically up to ग्रंथा४५४४ as in
No. 457 followed by 'उदीचं ना(ज्ञा)तीयं न(?) श्रीपतिसुतपोचा
लष्यतं ४॥ . N. B.- For other details see No. 457.
महानिशीथसूत्र
Mahānisīthasūtra
178. No. 459
1873-74. Siže.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 129 folios ; 13 lines to a page, 48 letters to a line. 'Description.-Country paper rough, thin and greyish; Devanagari
characters with frequent ATEITS; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; the first seven old foll. replaced by new ones, wherein yellow pigment is profusely used; fol. 1* blank; strips of paper pasted to some of the foll., e, g. 8, 13, 19, 25, 26 etc.; edges of several foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole toterably fair ;
complete; extent 4544 ślokas. Age.--Samvat 1594. Begins.-fol. I ॥ ६॥ ॥ श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥
ॐ नमो अरहंताणं । सुर मे आउसं तेणं etc., as in No. 457. Ends.-fol. 128 अत्थेगे जे य णं etc., up to एवं महानिसीहं समाप्त ॥
practically as in No. 457. Then we have the lines as under :- .

Page #62

35
460.)
II. 6 Chedasūtras संवत् १५९४ वर्षे मार्गशीर्षमासे प्रथमपक्षे १० श्रीमत् खरतरंग(ब) N. B.- For other details see No. 457.
ft...........
महानिशीथसूत्र
Mahānisīthasūtra No. 460
228.
1871-72. Size.- 11} in. by 41 in. Extent.— 75-1 =74 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanāgari
characters wrth TTATES; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin: only ; foll. 65th numbered as 66th also; the following foll. hence numbered as 67, 68, etc.; the unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too ; fol. 1* blank; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1 ; most of the foll, worm-eaten in several places; condition tolerably fair ; complete ; yellow pigment rarely
used. Age.- Samvat 1566. Begins.-fol. Ibu toul AA face il GAT Garu i gu r 3 # etc. Ends.-fol. 758 37TT FUT etc., up to date ATTO II 11 as in
No. 457. This is followed by the lines as under:
faa 24@gao u pra s'utiegi Tah... harya THEIGETTE VI ll ll 11 Then in a different hand we have :
पं० भुपतिविजयनी पस्त छै । N. B.- For other details see No. 457.
1. Letters are gone, since a strip of paper is pasted here. 2. Letters are illegible, since yellow pigment is used,

Page #63

36
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[461,
महानिशीथसूत्र
Mahānisīthasūtra टब्बासहित
with tabbā No. 461
1308.
1886-92. Size.— 108 in. by 48 in. Extent.— 268 folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charac
ters; big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; white paste used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; this Ms. contains at times the tabbā; e. g. on pp. I to 12, SI to II3 etc.; fol. 210th numbered as 20103; foll. Ist and 267th slightly torn; condition on the whole good; complete; red chalk used rarely; while marking the end of the 2nd adhyayana
named as कम्मविवागरण; extent 4544 Slokas. Age.- Not quite modern. Subject.--- The text with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- ( text ) fol. I" ॥६॥ ॐ नमो तित्थस्स । ॐ नमो अरहंताणं etc., as . . in No. 457. .,, - (tabba),, ,, पंचपरमेष्टि(ष्टि)रूप मंत्र छै रक्षा करो न० नमस्कार
हुवो ति तीर्थ नै वा त्रिकालवर्ति जिननै etc. Ends.-- fol. 267* अत्थेगे जेणं णो अइरेण etc., practically up to महानि
साहमि पाएणं(1) ग्रंथानं ४५४४ as in No. 457 followed by इति ज्ञेयं महानिसीहसूत्रं संपूर्णः छः लीषतं गोकलसु(सु)दर दादाजीरी धरमसाल
मे अंमं ]नगरे वाचनार्थ , -(rabba ) fol. II3 एतले प्रकारे गुरुने गुणे करी सहित ते गुरुने
जाणवो etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 457.

Page #64

462.]
111. 6 Chedasatras
37
THE THIRD CHEDASŪTRA
daha
व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavahārasūtra (Tanga)
(Vayahārasutta )
1338. No. 462
1886-92. Size.— 129 in. by 4 in. Extent. -- 15 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; si letters to a line. Description.—Country paper very thin, brittle and grey; Devanā
gari characters with ASTS; bold, big, legible and beutiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; fol. I blank; edges of the first three and those of the last two somewhat damaged ; condition on the whole very fair ; complete; 10 uddeśakas in all; their extents are are under :Uddeśaka I fol. 1b to fol. 3a
, 3a
, 45 III
II
»
در
ای
-
IV
Auto
VI VII VIII
»
10b
"
Ib
13b Igb
X
„" 13b , Age. — Samvat 1563. Subject. - This is the third chedasūtra. It deals with prescriptions
and interdictions. In short it points out what Jaina saints ought to do and what they are expected to refrain from ; in case of violating the prescribed rules, they have to go in for prāyaścittas (expiations). This chedasūtra is utilized in composing Gacchācāra.' and it has some portion in
common with Niśithasūtra.? . 1 See my Descriptive Catalogue of Jaina Manuscripts." (vol. XVII; pt. I, • No. 374 ) published by the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute,
2 See No. 435, p. 2,

Page #65

38
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[462.
Begins.- fol. 1॥६० नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय :]।
जे भिक्खू मासियं परिहारट्राणं परिसेवित्ता आलोएज्जा अप्प(प)लिउंचिय आलोए etc. - fol. IS* चत्तारि अंतेवासी पन्नत्ता तं जहा उद्देसणंतेवासी पानं एके णो वायणंतेवी(वा)सी जाव धम्मंतेवासी जाव धम्मं ततो सेहभूमीउ(ओ) पण्णचाउ(ओ) तं जहा सत्तराइंदिया चाउम्मासि(या) छम्मासिया तओ थेरभूमीओ पन्नत्ताउ तं जहा जाइथेरे मुयथेरे परियागथेरे सट्रिवासजायए समणे णिग्गंथे जाइथेरे दाणसमवायधरे समणे जिग्गंथे सुत्तथैरे वीसवासपरियाए समणे णिग्गंथे पारयागथेरे णो कप्पति णिग्गंथाण वा णिग्गंथीण वा अणकडवसजातयं उवढावेत्तए वा संभु( )जित्तए वा णिग्गंथाण वा खुड्डगं वा सातिरेग चपासजाये। यं उवावेत्तए वा संभुजित्तए वा मो कप्पति णिग्गंथाण वाणिग्गंधीणा का खुड्डगस्स वा खुड्डियाए वा अवंजणजायकस्स आयारप. कम्फणामज्झयणे उहिसित्तए वा कप्पति णिग्यथाण वा णिम्गंथीण वा खुड्डगस्स वा खुड्डियाए वा वंजणजायकस्स आयारपकप्पे णामं अज्झयणे उहिसित्तए चउपासपरियागस्स समणस्स णिग्गंथस्य(स्स) कप्पति सूयकडे णाम उदिसित्तए पंचवासपरियागस्स समणस्स णिग्गंथस्स कप्पव्ववहारा णामज्झयणा इहिसित्तए अट्टवासपरियागस्स समणस्स णिग्गर्थस्स कप्पति ठाणसमवाए णाम अंगे उद्दे(दि)सित्तए दसवासपरियागस्स समणस्स णिग्गंथ. स्स कप्पति विवाहे णाम अ(अं)गे उद्दिसित्तए एक्कारसवासपरियागस्स समणस्स णिग्गंथस्स कप्पति खुड्डिविमाणपविभत्ती-महल्लियाविमाणपविभत्ती-अंगचूलिया-वंगचूलिया-विवाहचूलिया णाम अज्झयणं उद्दिसित्तए एवं बारसवासपरिया[ए]गस्स म(अ)रुणोववाए गरुलोववाए वेलंघरोववाए णामं अज्झयणे [उज्झयणे] उदासत्तए तेरसवासपरियागस्स उहाणपरियाप समुहाणसुते देविंदोववाए णागपरियावलिया णामं अज्झयणं उदिसित्तए चोद्दसवासपरियागस्स समणस्स आसीविसभावणा णामं अज्झयणे उदिसित्तए पण्णरवासपरियागस्स दिट्रिविसभावणा णाम अज्झयणे उहिसित्तए सोलसवासपरियागस्स समणस्स चारणभावणा णामं अज्झयणे उदिसित्तए सत्तरवासपरियागस्स समणस्स कप्पति महासुमिणभावणा प्रामं अज्झयणे उदिसित्तए अट्टारसदासपरियागस्स समणस्स कप्पति णामज्झयो उहिसिनए बीसवासपरियायरस पुल्वमुयाणवादी दसविहे वेयाबच्चे पणते तं जहा आयरिपक्यावच्चे थरवेया(बच्चे) लवस्सिवेयावच्चे
सेहवेयावच्चे गिलाणवेयावच्चे संपवेयावरचे साहम्मिययावच्चे छ etc. Ends.- fol. IF महापज्जवसाणे भवलि संघवेयावञ्चं करेमाणे समणे सहाणिज्जरे
महापज्जवसापो भवइ साहम्मियवेयाचं करेमाणे महाणिज्जरे महापज्जव' साणे भवति त्ति बेमि छ ।

Page #66

463.) 11. 6 Chedasutras.
39 इति श्रीव्यवहारसूत्रं समाप्त:] छ 'संघत् १५६३वर्षे मार्गशरवदि C ortari J T mag[:] '11 Reference.- Published along with Niśithasūtra by W. Schubring,
Leipzig, 1918 and also by Jaina Sahitya Samsodhaka Samiti, Poona, Samvat 1979. See No. 434. The text is published with bhāşya etc.; see No. 467. For cotents etc. see Weber II., p. 638, Indian Antiquary, vol. XXI, p. 210, and G. 'Bühler's Report for 1872-73. For an additional: Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 396.
व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavahārasūtra
131. No. 463
1872-73. Size.— 331 in. by 24 in. Extent. 14+439+2+1+I-I=458 leaves ; 6 lines to a leaf ; 124
letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf somewhat thick and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with CATETS; sufficiently big, legible and very good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines are continuous; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the righthand margins as , R etc., &, etc.; in the left-hand margin
स्त स्तू as 204, 806, ft, 20 etc.; leaf 1* blank ; so is the leaf 145; one extra blank leaf preceding the ist leaf; and one following leaf 146; this work ends on leaf 148 ; complete; extent soo ślokas; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. व्यवहारसूत्रभाष्यटीका which is separately numbered and which commences on leaf 1 following leaf 146'( leaf 1* being blank) and which ends on leaf 439 which is followed by two extra blank leaves ; out of this second set leaves 27th and 47th are repeated and leaf 370 is numbered as 371 also, the subsequent ones hence numbered as 372 etc.; edges

Page #67

40 .
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[464.
are slightly worn out; on the whole condition tolerably
good, this Ms. is placed between two wooden boards. .Age.- Sarmvat I412... . . "Begins.- leaf r" नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥.
जे भिक्खू मासिय परिहारट्टाणं etc. Ends.- leaf 14 महापज्जबसाणे etc., up to महापज्जवसाणे भवति as in .. . No. 462 followed by छ ॥ ववहारस्स दसमो उद्देसतो समत्तो॥
छ । छ । कप्पववहारा सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ छ । ग्रंथाग्रं ५००॥ छ । मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥छ । छ । शिवमस्तु [॥ छ । छ । सर्वजगतः [॥ छ ॥ छः ॥]
परिहि (होतदुरिता भवंतित) खव्वे(? सर्वेऽपि [॥छः ॥] दोषा()प्रयांतु नाशाय
सर्वत्र सुखी भवतु लोकः ।।
छ । etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 462.
व्यवहारस .
..
Vyavahārasūtra (उद्देशक १-३) .....
(Uddesakas I-III) .. . ... .. No. 464.
.. 12 (a). . ......
.. 1881-82. - Size.-29 in. by 21 in.
Extent.-- 6+485+3=494 leaves ; s lines to a leaf; 120 letters to : a line... .... Description.-- Palm-leaf somewhat thick, durable and greyish;
Devanāgari characters with HATATS ; small, legible and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, as the lines are continuous; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink; leaves numbered in bo:h the margins; in the right-hand one as १,२ etc.; and in the left-hand one as स्व, स्ति, श्री, पर्क etc.; leaf I

Page #68

465.]
III. 6 Chedasatras
blank; three extra blank leaves preceding this leaf; this work ends on leaf 6b; complete so far as the Ist three uddesakas making up the ist khanda are concerned ; leaves after the sixth are again numbered as 1, 2, etc.; the leaf 385th wrongly placed after the ist; so it appears to be missing after the 384th leaf; in each leaf in the spaces betweeen the columns there are two holes in all ; a string passes through them; so the 384th leaf is not being shifted to its due place; this Ms. contains व्यवहारसूत्रभाष्यटीका; it commences on leaf b, since leaf It is blank, and it ends on leaf 485a3 leaf 485° blank ; see No. 472; two wooden boards encom
pass this Ms. Age.-- Old. Begins.- leaf I• ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञायः ।
__ जे भिक्खू मासियं परिहारट्टाणं etc. Ends.-- leaf 6 भिक्खुणो बहुस्सुत्तो(तो) वब्भागमा बहुसो २ आगाढागाढेस
कारणेसु माई मुसाबाई पावजीवी जावज्जीवाए तेसिं तप्पत्तियं तं चेव । एवं बहवे गणावच्छेतिया बहवे आयरियउवज्झाया बहवे भिक्खुणो व(ब)हवे गणावच्छेइता । बहवे आयरियउवज्झाया बहुस्सुता वन्भागमा । बहुसो। आगाढागाढेसु कारणेसु माई मुसावाई अमु(सु)ति पावजीवी जाव(ज)जीवाए तेसिं तत्पत्तियं णो कप्पइ आयरियत्तं वा जाय(व) उहिसित्तए वा ॥छ। तईओ उद्देसओ समत्तो॥ छ ॥छ। समाप्तं प्रथमखण्डस्य सत्रं ॥छ ॥ छ। मंगलमस्तु । शुभं भवतु श्रीश्रमणसंघस्य ॥ छ ।
मांगल्यं दद्यात् ॥छ ॥ छ । N. B.- For other details see No. 462.
व्यवहारसूत्र (उद्देशक १-३)
Vyavahārasūtra (Uddesakas I-III)
18 (1)
No. 465
1881-82. Size.- 341 in. by 2 in. Extent.- 4+345 +3 +2=354 leaves ; about 6 lines to a leaf , 160
letters to a line. 6 [J.L. P.]

Page #69

42
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 466.
Description. - Palm-leaf thin and greyish; Devanāgari characters
with A S ; small, quite legible and very good handwriting; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really speaking, it is not so ; for, the lines are continuous; borders of each of the colunms ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as १ स्त, २ स्त, ३ स्त, and ४ स्त and thereafter as 3, R, etc.; in the left-hand margin as *a, fer, aft, and then fa, fa, eft, ut etc"; leaf 1* of each
ains in
leaf I
f, in
of the sets blank; three extra blank leaves at the beginning and two such extra leaves at the end ; this work ends on leaf 4b; complete so far as the first three uddeśakas are concerned ; this Ms. contains in addition UTERTESTET 3. १-३)टीका which commences on leaf Ib and ends on leaf 3456; there are two holes in each leaf, in the spaces between the columns; a string passes through them; a number of leaves corroded ; so, several leaves are in a frag
mentary condition ; condition on the whole fair. Age. - Samvat 1391. See No. 473. Begins.- leaf 10 FA: HETTI
A patarE HTTÄÄ greetegroi etc. Ends.-leaf 4 भिक्खुणो बहुस्सुत्तो etc., up to जाव उहिसित्तए वा practically
as in No. 464 followed by afarat erhaT HATT 115 11 FATE
TACUERTE 3 ll ll gå all Il N. B.--For other particulars see No. 462.
व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavahārasutra टब्बासहित
with tabba
193. No. 466
1873–74. Size.— 10g in. by 48 in. Extent.- 50 folios ; 6 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.

Page #70

467.]
-
III. 6 Chedasatras
43
Description.-Country paper thick, smooth and white; Devanagari
characters ; big, clear and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly; a Gujarāti commentary known as tabbā written line for line above the corresponding portions of the text; fol. ra blank; yellow pigment used; condition very good; complete; extent
740 ślokas. Age.- Samvat I753. Subject. - Vyavahārasūtra along with its explanation in Gujarāti, Begins.-( text) fol. 1॥॥श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
जे भिक्खू etc., as in No. 462. , -(tabba ) fol. I' श्रीमहावीराय नमः।
जे कोइ साधू । मास एक परिहार प्रायछित(श्चित्त) स्थानक । अंगी
कार करी etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 50* महापज्जवसाणे भवई । ९ ! संघवेयावच्चं etc., up to
महापज्जवसाणे भवई as in No. 462 followed by the line as under:-..
दसमोइसो सम्मत्तो ॥१०॥ इति श्रीव्यवहारसूत्रं समाप्तं ॥ संवत् १७५३ वर्षे शाके १६१९ पृ(प्र)वर्तमाने । कात्तीशुदि १३ रवौ दिने । 'पाटणमध्ये लिपीकृतं । सूत्रग्रंथाग ७४० ॥ श्रीरस्तु etc. -(tabba ) fol. So श्रमण । निग्रंथनि । मोटी निर्जरा । मोटु फल होई ॥ १०॥ दसमो उद्देसो समाप्त ॥१०॥
___ इति श्रीव्यवहारसूत्रार्थटबो समाप्तः ॥ N. B.--For other ditails see No. 462.
व्यवहारसूत्रभाष्य
Vyavahārasūtrabhāsya (ववहारसुत्तभास)
(Vavahārasuttabhāsa)
151. No.467
1881-82. Size.- 12g in. by 5 in. Extent.- 128 + I = 129 folios; I3 lines to a page; 53 letters to a
line,

Page #71

44
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 467.
Description.- Country paper thin, tough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with quales; big, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; most of the foll. numbered only once, in the right-hand margin; the first few foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition good ; fol. 42nd repeated ; some foll. have partly stuck together, owing to the presence of gum in the ink used; foll. 18 and 1286 blank; complete; extent 5200 ślokas; for the last lines see No. 476 ; this bhāşya is divided into 10 sections corresponding to the 10 uddeśakas of Vyavahārasūtra ; the extent of each of these sections is as under:Section
foll. a to 286
286 , 385 III
„ 482 IV
489 , 645 V VI VII VIII
10rb IX
105
682
932
»
IOS
1284
Age.- old. Subject. This work starting with the pīļhikā or introduction end
ing on fol. 66 is a commentary in Prākrit in verses explaining Vyavahārasūtra.
ing on
Begins.- fol. 1b Ž TAC:) s taat 1
ववहारो ववहारी ववहर(रि)[तियन्वो य जे जहा पुरिसा ।
एतेसिं उ पमाणं पत्तेव(य) पतहरू)वणं वोच्छं । १। fol. 66 gfa Hor(a)at GTAETTATO POT' HATAT tê gita
hrerit ll 11 11 ,, 18 पवत्तिणी गणावछेइणी भिं(भिक्खुणीसूत्रं आलोयणा प्रकृतं
CETUT
F I frá FEAT 11
1.
This contains 183 verses.

Page #72

468.] III. 6 Chedasūtras
45 fol. 28' इति व्यवहारभाष्ये प्रथमोहेशकः ॥ समाप्तः छ ॥ छ ॥ एवं
. सर्वा ग्रंथानं ९७९॥छ । ,, 38 व्यवहारे द्वितीयः ॥१॥ छ । ,, 48a इति व्यवहारभाष्ये पट्टबद्धोदेशकस्तृतीयः परिसमाप्तः ॥ छ । ,, 64 इति व्यवहारभाष्ये चतुर्थो(s)ध्यायः ॥ छ ॥ छ । ,, 682 इति व्यवहारे पंचम) ॥ छ ॥ छ । ,, 78 व्यवहारभाष्ये षष्टः(टः) ॥ छ ॥ ६॥ ,, 93 इति व्यवहारभाष्ये (सप्तमः) समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥ ७॥ , lor' इति व्यवहारभाष्येऽष्टमोऽध्यायः समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥८
,, Ios इति व्यवहारभाष्ये नवमो(s)ध्यायः समाप्तः । छ । Ends.- fol. 128
कप्पव्ववहाराणां भासं मोतु(तू )ण वित्थरं सोउं । पुवायरिएहिं कयं सीसाण हितोवएसत्थं । (१)४१ । etc. जयति जि[प]णो वीरवरो सह(सोरुह(हर)तवणिज्जपुंजपिंजरदेहो । सव्वसुरासुरणरवरमउडतडालीडया(पा)वीडतढो(डो)। १४३ ।
णमो सुतदेवयाए भगवतीए ॥ छ ॥ इति व्यवहारभाष्यं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ etc. followed in red ink by the lines as under:साहश्रीवच्छासतसाहसहसकिरणेन पुस्तकमिदं गृहीतं सुतवर्द्धमानशांति
दासपारपालनार्थ न लषाव्यउ लेषक जो भूपत्ति ग्रं. ५२०० माहाजनइ. Reference. This bhāşya is published together with the original
work, Niryukti and Malayagiri Sūri's Sanskrit commentary by Keshavlal P. Modi in 12 parts in Samvat 1982 to 1985.
व्यवहारसूत्रभाष्य
Vyavahārasūtrabhāsya
401. No. 468
1880-81. Size. — 13} in. by s} in. Extent. — 78 - 2 = 76 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 62 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish; Deva
någari characters with THEITS; small, quite legible, uni

Page #73

46.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[468, form and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used profusely; foll. numbered in both the margins; unnumbered sides have a small design mainly in yellow colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; edges of some of the foll. e. g. 2nd, 4th etc., damaged and slightly worn out; condition tolerably good; foll. Ist and 3rd missing; otherwise the work is
complete ; 4629 gathās. Age.- Samvat 1655. Begins.- ( abruptly ) fol. 2a ...ण यं च्छंदनुतु) मंचेवच्छंदितो सतो।
(2)वमंतरंमि ठावे तित्थगराणं तरं संघ । (३०) पियधम्मे दढधम्मे संविग्गे चेव जे उ पडिवक्खा। ते विहु ववहरियव्वा कि(किं) पुण जे तेसि पडिवक्खा (३१) वितियमुवएसमकादिया जे होत ऊ पडिवक्खा । ते विहुवि(व)वहा(ह)रियव्वा पायच्छित्ता भवंतेया (३२) उप( एसो उअगीए दिज्झति बितिओ ओ(उ) सोधिववहारो गहिए य अणाभवे दिज्झति वितियं नुपत्थित्तं ॥ (३३) दारं। पायच्छित्तनिरुत्तं भेयाजत्ते परूवणहुत्तं । अज्झयणाण विसेसो तदरिहपरिसा य मुत्तत्थो ॥(३४)
दारं॥
पावं []छि(छिं)दति [म जम्हा पायछित्तं तु भण्णए तेण । (पा)एण वा वि चित्तं विसा(सो)धय(ए) तेण पच्छित्तं (३५)
णिरुत्तदारं ॥ etc. Ends:- fol. 78 कप्पववहाराणं भासं etc., up to विढतो(त )डो as in
No. 467 followed by एवं गाथा ॥ ४६२९ ॥ व्यवहारभाष्यं समाप्त ॥छ ॥ संवति १६५५प्रमिते । श्री स्तंभतार्थ वेलाकूले । कार्तिकसुदि त्रयोदशीवासरे। श्रीबुधवारभासुरे । रंगद्वैराग्यभंगीवासनासमादृतकठोरतरसाधुक्रियासमाचार । कृतवदावदकुवादितिरस्कार । श्रीसाहिसमक्षं दूरीकृतक़मतिकृतोत्सूत्रासभ्यवचनमयप्रवचनपरक्षिादिशास्त्रव्याख्यानविचार । विशिष्टस्वेष्टमंत्रादिप्रभावप्रसादित पंचनदंपतिसोमराजादियक्षपरिवारा अधरितमधुमाधुर्यवयंवाक्चातुर्यरंजितनिखिलभूपालमौलिमाणिक्यप्रभापटलकश्मीरजजलधौतचरणकमलजलालदीश्रीअकबरपातिसाहिवितीयो (?) पालियां हि? अष्टाहि(ह्नि)कामा? मा)रिवर्षावधि श्री स्तंभतीर्थ' विज()लध्यंतर्वर्तिजलचरजीवततिसंरक्षणसमुद्भतप्रभूतयशःसंभार । श्रीसाहे प्रदत्तयुगप्रधानबिरुद्यधार। श्रीजिनदत्तमरिसंतानीय । श्री वृहत्खरतरगणशृंगारमैक्तिकहार

Page #74

469.]
Ili, 6 Chedasntras
:47
श्रीजिनमाणिक्यसूरिपट्टोदयाचलप्रभाकरविजयमान । श्री । युगप्रधानश्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिभिः श्री स्तंभतीर्थ भांडागारे श्रीसंघाय प्रसादीकृता । प्रवाच्यमाना चिरं नंदता(दा)चंद्राळ । शुभं बोभवीतु । श्रीस्तंभकपार्श्वनाथप्रसादात्
॥श्री॥ श्री॥ N. B.-- For other details see No. 467.
व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavahārasutra (उद्देशक १-३)
(Uddesakas I-III)भाष्य टीकासहित
bhāşya with tīkā
194. No. 469
1873-74. Size. - Io in. by 4g in. Extent.-329-1-1 = 327 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 52 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari chara
cters with occasional TeaTETS; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in both the margins; Ist fol. missing; fol. 188th numbered as 189th also; the following hence numbered as 190 ete. ; fol. 266th numbered in the right-hand margin as 166th; similarly 289th as 309th; 309th as 209th in both the margins; the bhāsya goes up to the end of the third uddesaka only; fol. 329th blank ; small strips of paper pasted to fol. 41; edges of the
second fol. slightly damaged ; condition very fair. Age.-Pretty old. Author of the commentary.- Malayagiri Suri. Subject.-- A chedasātra along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text ) fol. 3b
व्य(व)वहारा(रो) व्य(व)वहारी वध(ब)हरियव्वा य जे जहा पुरिसा। एएसिं उ पमाणं पत्तेय परूवणं वोच्छं ॥ etc. बवहारी खलु कत्ता ववहारो होइ करणसूतो उ । ववहा(ह)रियव्य कज्ज कुभादितियस्य जह सिद्धी । etc

Page #75

48
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[470.
Begins.- (com.) fol. 2" क्रमः ॥ शरीरभव्यशरीरव्यतिरिक्तत्रिविधः । सचित्ता
चित्तमिश्रभेदात् तत्र सचित्तद्रव्योपक्रमे etc. (com.) fol. SI" इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितायां व्यवहारटीकायां
व्यवहारपीठिका समाप्ता] ॥ छ ॥ग्रंथानं २३५५ छ गतो नामनिष्पन्नो निक्षेप संप्रति सूत्रालापकनि
ष्पन्नस्य निक्षेपस्यावसरः । etc. , , 233' इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितायां प्रथम उद्देशकः
समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥ सपीठिके प्रथमोद्देशके ग्रंथानं १०८७८ ॥ छ ॥ व्याख्यात प्रथमादेशकः ।१। सांप्रतं द्वितीयमारभ्यते । तस्य चेदना(मा)दिसूत्रं छ
दोसो हम्मियाए गतो विहरंति इत्यादि । etc.. " , 295" इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचिताया(यां) व्यवहारटीकायां
द्वितीयोद्देशकः ॥ छ ॥ छ । उक्तो द्वितीयोद्देशकः)। संप्रति तृतीय आरभ्यते। तत्र चेदमादिसूत्रं भिक्ख
य इच्छेज्जा गणं धारितएत्यादि । etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 329b
आगाढमुसावादी वितियईए य लोवतिवए ऊ (1)
मो(मा)यी य या(जा)व(ज् )जीव असुइकिन्ने कणगदंडे (1) , -(com.) fol. 329 कनकदंडः संज्ञालिप्तः स्पष्टुं न कल्पते एवमेषो(ोपि
न कल्पते यावज्जीवमाचार्यत्वादिपदेषु स्थापयितुमिति । छ । -
इति श्रीमलयागरिविरचितायां व्यवहारटीकायां तृतीयोद्देशकः
समाप्तः ॥छ । ग्रंथानं १६८५६ प्रथमषंड परिपूर्णा छ etc. Reference.- Published. See No. 467. For the commentary see
Weber II, pp. 640-644.
16.
व्यवहारसूत्र
ahārasutraभाष्यटीका
bhāsyatīkā No. 470
1881-82. Size.— about 25} in. by it in. Extent.-400 leaves as stated in the printed catalogue.

Page #76

471.)
III. 6 Chedasü:ras
49
Description. ---Palm-leaf; Devanāgarī characters; almost every leaf
broken into three pieces; several leaves stuck together; condition extremely unsatisfactory ; further description not possible as the Ms. placed between two wooden boards is
not to be taken out of the box. N. B.- For other details see No. 469.
व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavahārasūtra( 321 )
(Uddesaka I)(Hozretit
bhāsyatīka . No. 471
14.
1881-82. Size.- 32 in. by i in. Extent.— 10+401+1=412 leaves ; 3 to 4 lines to a' leaf; about
I 20 letters to a line. Description. - Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish; Devanagarī
characters with occasional Teatars; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and very good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used; there are two holes in each leaf in the inter-spaces between the columns; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as 3, 2, 3 etc. and in the left-hand one as sft:, R. 3,
U etc. ; leaf Ia blank; this is preceded by 1o extra blank leaves; complete so far as the ist uddeśaka is concerned ; extent 10878 ślokas; leaf 401 is slightly worn out; it is followed by one extra blank leaf; this Ms. is placed between
two wooden boards. Age.- Samvat 1344. Author.- Malayagiri Sūri. .
7 I J. L. P. ]

Page #77

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 471.
Subject. Commentary in Sanskrit to the 1st uddeśaka of Vyavahārasūtra.
Begins.-- leaf rb ॐ नमः सर्व्वविदे ।
Spo
प्रणमत नेमिजिनेश्वर etc., as in No. 472; the 4th verse etc., being as under :
भाष्यं क चेदं विषमार्थगर्भ
कवा (चा) होल्वमतिप्रकर्षः ।
तथापि सम्यग्गुरुपर्युपास्ति
प्रसादतो जातदृढप्रतिज्ञः ॥ ४ ॥
उक्तं कल्पाध्ययनमिदानीं व्यवहाराध्ययनमुच्यते etc.
Ends. -- leaf 401 स्वयं ददति प्रयच्छंति विशोधीः प्रायश्वित्तानि याः पुनः प्रत्युत्पना (:) संप्रत्युत्पन्ना देवतास्ता महाविदेहेषु गत्वा तीर्थकरान पृच्छंति पृष्ट्वा च साधुभ्यः कथयंतीति ॥ छ ॥
ज्ञा●
॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ etc.
श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितायां व्यवहारटीकायां प्रथम उद्देशः समाप्तः
सपीठिके प्रथमोद्देशके ग्रं. १०८७८ संव (द) १३४४बर्षे अश्विन शु० ५ 'साकंभरी' देशे 'सिंहपुर्थी' 'मथुरा'न्वये कायस्थ पंडि (त) सांगदेवेन लिखितमिति । 'पोहवाला'न्वये सा० गोगासंताने सा० सपूनपुत्र सा० दुर्लभ । आइड धनचंद्र | वीरचंद्र तत्पुत्र सा० वोल्हा सा० जाहड सा० हेमसिंह | vediनां तत्पुत्र सा० हूलणदेवचंदकुमरपालप्रसृषा(ख) पुस्तकमिदं ॥ सं० १३४४ श्रीकम्ह ( ? न्ह ) रिसिसंताने श्रीपद्मचंद्रोपाध्यायसिं...... सिंहस्य श्रेयसे श्रीव्यवहार सिद्धांतस्य पुस्तकत्रयं 'हुलकेन स्वपितृव्यभक्तिमता लिखापितं ॥ छ ॥ यावच्चंद्रदिवाकरौ शिरि (?) गुरुर्यावच्च.... ....यतिजने यावच्च रत्नाक.
Then in a different hand we have :
संवत् १४५१ वर्षे सा० खेतसिंहपुत्रिकया 'माल्ह' कुलकमलराज - मरालसा · झांझणनंदनोत्तम सत्कर्माकर सा० क..... कर्मादेव श्राविकाया श्रीव्यवहार सिद्धांतपुस्तकं स्वकीयशुल्क स्वापतेयेन गृहीत्वा सविचार(?) श्री' खरतरगच्छे सुगुरुश्रीजिनराजसूरीणां समुपकारित (?) वाच्य - मानं चिरं नंदतात् ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ Reference.- Published. See No. 467.

Page #78

472.]
-व्यवहारसूत्र( उद्देशक १-३ )भाव्यटीका
No. 472
III. 6 Chedasūtras
5 2
Vyavaharasutra(Uddeśakars I-III)bhāṣyatika
12 (b). 1881-82
Extent. - 485 leaves.
Description.- Leaves 14 and 485b blank; complete so far as the first three uddeśakas are concerned ; extent 2465 slokas. For other details see No. 464.
Begins.— leaf r ँ नमो वीतरागाय ॥ अहं ॥
Subject. A Sanskrit commentary explaining the first three uddeśakas of Vyavaharasutra.
प्रणमत नेमिजिनेश्वरमखिलप्रत्यूहतिमिररविबिंबं । दर्शनपथमवतीर्ण शशिवद् दृष्टेः प्रसत्तिकरं ॥ १ ॥
गुरुपदकमलं व्यवहारमहं विचित्रनिपुणार्थे । विवृणोमि यथाशक्ति प्रबोधहेतोर्जडमतीनां ॥ २ ॥ विषमपदविवरणेन व्यवहर्तव्यो व्यधायि साधूनां । व्यवहारः श्रीचूर्णिकृते नमस्तस्मै ॥ ३ ॥ etc.
leaf [385 - संप्रति याथा भ्रतार्थो ज्ञायते । तथा प्रतिपिपादायेषुर्द्वारगाथामाह ॥ छ ॥ वारिया पुच्छणपण कावालिय तवो य संघो जं भणइ । चभंगो तिरिक्सी देवचा य तहियं चिहीए एसो ।
तत्र भूतार्थे ज्ञातव्ये । एष विधिवरिका परिवाणिका तस्था प्रच्छनाय वृषभाणां प्रेषणं । स वत्सत्यवादी न मन्यते । etc.
Ends.— leaf 485 कनकदंडा (ड) संज्ञालित : etc, up to समाप्तः as in No. 469 followed by छ । तृतीयोदेशके ग्रंथाग्रं २४६५ ॥ छ ॥ etc.
N. B. For other details see No. 471.
I This leaf is placed after the first leaf of the work here noted, whereas the leaf 385th is wanting after 384th; so it seems to have been misplaced.

Page #79

52
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1473.
.. व्यवहारसूत्र
Vyavahārasūtra(उद्देशक १-३)
(Uddesakas I-III) भाष्यटीका
bhāsyatikā
13 (b). No. 473
1881-82. Extent.- leaf 16 to leaf 345b. Description.—Complete so far as the Ist three uddeśakas are con....... cerned; this Ms. contains a prasasti. For other details see
__ No. 465. Age. - Samvat 1391. Begins.- leaf I ॐ नमो बोतरागाय ।
प्रणमत नेमिजिनेश्वर etc. Ends..- leaf 3454 कनकदंडः etc., up to स्थापयितव्यमिति छ ॥ as in No.
469 followed by the lines as under:
___ इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितायां व्यवहारटीकायां तृतीय उद्देशकः समाप्तः ग्रंथानं २४६...... छ छ शुभं भवतु श्रीसंघस्य संवत् १३९१वर्षे आश्विनसुदि १ सोमे अयेह स्तंभ'तीर्थे व्यवहारग्रंथस्य प्रथमखंडं संपूर्ण संजातमिति छ छ॥ 'ऊकेश'वंश इह शैवली(लि)नीशबंधु
रुत्तं तुंगभंगिसुभगोरुयशोनिवासः खत्प्रतापवडवानलडंबरायः
संशोभते कलगभीरिमलक्ष्मिरम्यः ॥१॥ - इह.........रुभक्त्या रंजितानेकलोको
- गुणगणघृणिपूर्णः पुमाणिर्मूलराजः ... ......... समजनि जनवित्ता पंच पुत्रास्तदीया
जिनदृषकृतिसज्जाः पांडवाभा बभूवुः ॥ २ ॥ लालाख्य(ः) प्रथमः परस्तिहुणसिंहाख्यस्तृतीयः पुनः .... श्राद्धो राजति हेमसिंह इतरः सद्धर्मकर्मोद्धरः । तुर्यो वर्यगुणो विभात्य(5)जयसिंहोऽन्यो जगत्सिंहको
तेऽमी दिव्यविवेकमे...कस्मै न चित्रप्रदाः ॥३॥ लालाकस्य कला(कला)पकलिता भार्या बभौ सुंदरी
सोमाख्यस्तनयोत्तमोऽस्य दयिता सोमल्लदेवी प्रिया तस्या डोंगरसिंहनंदनवरः साधुर्बभौ सद्गुणो __यत्कायो नयधैर्यमुख्यकगुणैः सद्भूषणैर्भुषितः ॥४॥ .

Page #80

473.]
III. 6 Chedasutras
जल्पाककल्पितप्रकल्पजटालजल्प
कुट्टाकक...... (नि)श्छन(झ)धर्मपुरसार्वपथीनबुद्धि
ज॑ज्ञे गुरुर्जिनपतिर्यतिचक्रवर्ती ॥ ५॥ तत्पदृपद्मारमणीविलास
निवासवर्या मुनिचक्रधुर्याः । कंदर्पदोदलना(:) प्रधाना
जिनेश्वराख्या गुरवो बभूवुः ॥६॥ श्री चंद्र'गच्छसरसीसरसीरुहश्री
विद्यामरालललनाललनाभिरामः नैLथ्यमार्गसुरतः सुरतप्रसक्ति
मुक्तोऽभवत्तदनु सूरिजिनप्रबोधः ॥७॥ तदनु मदनरूपो............
......दुरूपः सर्वसिद्धांतरूपः। युगवरकमलोरश्वित्रपत्रांकुराभः
स्म जयति जिनचंद्राभिख्यसूरिप्रधानः ॥ ८॥ दिगंतप्राप्ते यद्यशसि जलधौ भ्रश्यदवधौ
नवीनश्री शत्रुजय'शिखरिचैत्यच्छलवशात् घनस्त्यानीभूतः प्रविलसति डिंडीरनिकरः
कले 'चांद्रेते श्रीजिनकुशलसूरीश उदगुः ॥९॥ श्री चंद्र'गच्छांबरतिग्मभानवः
सुभाग्यभंगीसुभगंभ(म्म)विष्णवः गु............
...... युश्चिरं श्रीजिनपद्मसूरयः ॥१०॥ तद्वक्त्रामृतकुंडमंडनवचःपीयूषयूषं कणे
हत्यास्वाय ससुन्मिषच्छुभमतिः सोमाभिधः श्रावकः लालाभिख्यपितुषाय सुकृती सद्वर्ण्य(ण)वर्णाततं ।
पुस्तं श्रीव्यवहार आद्यदलकं संलेखयामासिवान् ॥ १२(११)॥ शैलस्तोमसरोमहर्षखचिता शृंगार/गायिता
सूर्यश्वेतगुकांतिकुंकुमकलश्रीषंडलिप्तांगका । यावत्क्रीडति............गा मेदिनी
___तावन्नंदतु पुस्तमेतदनिशं वावाच्यमानं बुधैः ।। १२ ।। श्रीव्यवहारसिद्धांतप्रशस्तिः ॥छ ।। etc. श्रीः ॥ छ । शुभं भवतु ॥
शिवमस्तु ॥ छ । सकलश्रीसंघस्य ॥ छ । श्रीः ॥ N. B.-For further particulars see No. 472.

Page #81

faina Literature and Philosophy
[474.
व्यवहारसूत्रउद्देशक ४-१०). भाष्यटीका
Vyavahārasutra(Uddesakas IV-X)bhāsyatīkā
132. 1872-73.
No. 474
Extent.--439 +
I-I = 439 leaves.
Description.-Leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right
hand one as I, 2 etc.; in the left-hand one as स्व, स्ति, श्री,
र्क etc.; leaves 27 and 47 repeated; leaf 370th also numbered as 371th; so the following numbered as 372, 373 etc.; leaf Ia blank; this Ms. commences with the commentary of the
4th uddeśaka. For other details see No. 463. Age.-Samvat 1412. Author.- Malayagiri sūri. Subject.- Commentary in Sanskrit explaining the uddesakas ( 4 to
10 ) of Vyavahārasútra. Begins.- leaf I° नमः सर्वज्ञायः ।
उक्तस्तृतीयोद्देशकः संप्रति चतुर्थ आरभ्यते । तत्रेदमादिसूत्राष्टकं । नो कप्पड आयरि(य)उवज्झायस्स एगाणियस्स इत्यादि । अथास्य सूत्राष्टकस्य
कः संबंध इति संबंधप्रतिपादा(दनार्थमाह एंयंदोसविमुक्को होइ etc. Ends.- leaf 439
कप्पब(व)वहाराणं भासं मुसूण वित्थरं सव्वं । पुव्वायरियेहिं कयं सीसाण हियोवएसत्थं ॥ न(भ)षसयसहस्समहणं एवं ता(ना)हिंति जे उ काहिति । कम्मरविप्पमुको(का) मोक्खमविग्घेण गच्छंति ॥ देशक इव निर्दिष्टा विषमस्थानेषु तत्त्वमार्मस्य । विदुषामतिप्रशस्यो जयति श्रीचूर्णिकारोऽसौ ॥ विषमोऽपि व्यवहारो अधापि(व्यधायि)सुगमो गुरूपदेशेन । यादवापि चात्र पुण्यं तेन जन(:) स्यात्सुगतिभागी (1) दुर्बोधातपकष्टव्यपगतमलच्चै(१)कविमलकीर्तिभरः ।।।) टीकामिमामकार्षीत् मलयगिरिः पेशलवचोभिः ॥॥) व्यवहारस्य भंगवतो यथास्थितार्थप्रदर्शने दक्षा(क्ष) (1)

Page #82

1:35.]
III. 6 Chedasutras
55
विवरणमिदं समाप्तं श्रमणगणानाममृतभृ(भूतं ।
इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचिता व्यवहाराध्ययनटीका समाप्ता ॥ छ । दशमोद्देशके ग्रंथा० ४१३३ सर्वसंख्याया ग्रंथाग्रं ३७६२५ ॥ छ ॥ द्वितीयखंडे तु ग्रंथानं १०३६६ ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १४१२वर्षे अयेह 'स्तंभ'तीर्थे श्री श्रीमाल'ज्ञातीयमंत्रीलूणसीहभार्या चांपलदेवी तयोः पुत्र महं(?)सोहडभार्या हांसलदेवी तयोः पुत्र सलषणः तेन श्रीहेमचंद्रसूरीणां शिष्येन श्रीमदागम'गच्छनायकश्रीजयतिलकसूरीणां बांधवेन अमरकीर्तिगणिना पंडस्फुटितव्यवहारद्वितीयपंडपुस्तकं निजश्रेयो(5)र्थे संपूर्णी
कृतं ॥ श्रीः ॥ छ । Reference.- Published. See No. 467.
व्यवहारसूत्र(उद्देशक ७-९).
भाष्यटीका
Vyavahārasūtra(Uddesakas VII--IX)
bhāsyatīkā
No. 475
15. 1881-82.
Size.- 311 in. by 2 in. Extent.- 99+3%D102 leaves; 6 lines to a leaf ; I24 letters to a line.
Description.- Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but really it is not so; for, the lines are continuous; red chalk used; some of the leaves slightly worm-eaten; a few leaves in the begining have their right-hand corners worn out; some have their edges partly worn out ; condition on the whole unsatisfactory; for, even some leaves are in fragments; leaves numbered in both the margins as usual ; this Ms. starts with the sist leaf marked as G, so it begins
abruptly ; even the end is abrupt, though there are three

Page #83

56
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[476.
extra blank leaves in the end. This Ms. contains a part of the commentary to the 7th uddeśaka along with that of the 8th and the oth uddešakas, that for the latter incomplete.
Age.--Fairly old. Author.- Malayagiri Suri. Subject.- A Sanskrit commentary explaining the uddesakas (7 to 9)
of Vyavahārasútra. Begins.-leaf SI च्छति तस्य चागच्छति इयं सामाचारी यदि समागच्छन्
नैष(षे)धिकीं न करोति कालवधः। अथ नमो रखमासमणाणामति......एवं दंडकारिणा निवेदने कृते etc. एष दृष्टांतोऽयमर्थोपनयः । छ। एविहवी
दट्टज्ज(व्वं) दंडधरो होति दंडो तेसिं च etc. Ends.- leaf 149 अथवा ब्रूयात् गृहवासे()प्येते अदृष्टकल्याणा दीनां(ना) अदत्त
दाणा(ना) आसीरन् तेन मध्ये प्रविशति ॥ उपसंहारमाह । एतान् दोषान् ज्ञात्वा मध्ये प्रविशेत् । अत्र चोदक(:) प्राह यदि एलुकविष्कंभे एते दोषा अंत:प्रविष्टे
च सविदोषास्तत एलुकविष्कंभसूत्रफलं ......... स्यात् तत आह ॥ छ ।.. . उम्बरविष्क(क्खं)भ(भं)मि वि जति दोसा अतिमयंमि सविसेसा
तहवि अफलं न सुत्तं सुत्तनिवाइमो जम्हा ॥ यद्यपि उम्वरविष्कंभे दोषा अतिगते मध्यमप्रवेशे सविशेषास्तथापि सूत्रफलं. न भवति यस्मादयं सूत्रीनपातः सूत्रविषयस्तमेव दर्शयति ॥ छ ।
उच्चा(?)प्पडासत्थेसेणासंवट्टवयपवादीवा ॥
वहिनिग्गमणा जले(स) भुंजड. This Ms. ends thus. Referance. — Published. See No. 467.
व्यवहारसूत्रचूर्णि
Vyavahārasūtracūrņi (ववहारसुत्तचुण्णि)
. ( Vavaharasuttacunni)
152. No. 476
1881-82. Size.-- I2p in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 219 folios; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.-Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari cha
racters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, clear and good hand-writing

Page #84

476.]
III. 6 Chedasatras.
57
II
III
, 122b
borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; every fol. more or less worm-eaten; condition fair; fol. I. blank; complete ; extent 10360 ślokas. This work is divided into 10 sections corresponding to the lo uddeśakas of Vyavahārsūtra ; the extent of each of these sections is as under:Section
___foll. I to S4 , 54* ,, 68
- 68, 860 IV
,, II60 V VI
, 122° ,, 1438 VII
, 143* ,, 167 VIII
167° ,, 186 IX
186° ,, 190
190° , 219 Age.-- Sarhvat 1566. Subject.-- A commentary in mixed Prākrit and Sanskrit to Vyava
harasutra. Begins.- fol. I'ए ६ ० ए ॐ नमोऽहद्भयः ॥ नमो जिणाणं ॥
उक्तः कल्पः । अधुना व्यवहारस्यावसरः प्राप्तः। तत्र कल्पव्यवहार• स्यायं संबंध(6) ॥ कल्पे आभवंतपच्छित्तं वत्तव्वं जं च कप्पे ण भणितं तं घवहारे भण्णति । आलो(य)णविही ववहारे भण्णति । अनेन संबंधेनापातस्य व्यवहार(रा)ध्ययनस्य अनुयोगटारचतुष्टयं । वत्ताणे(?) जहा etc. fol. 103 ववहारपेडिया सम्मत्ता ॥छ । , 39 ते भणंति। अक्खाह दीवेह गुरु(स)णगाहा ॥ कंठ्या ॥०॥
२०००॥ एवं अणापुच्छाए वि वश्चेज्जा । इदाणिं पडिसिद्धे
अववादो एमेव य गाहा etc. , 104 एवं आविदिण्णण कप्पति णिग्गंतुं । जं तत्थ थेरेहिं आविदिण्णेहि
एगततो सेसंतरा छेदे वा परिहारे वा अंतरति जाव ण पडिक्कमति । तस्स टाणस्स ताव जदि छेद वा परिहारं वा आव
ज्जेज्ज । एष सूत्रार्थः । अधुना नियुक्तिविस्तरः । ते पुण किं 8 [J.L.P.1

Page #85

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[477.
जिग्गछति अत उच्यते । आकिपणे माहा etc. _ fol. 1682 संथारंगा विफलगाहा घेष्यति । ग्रं ८०००। .., 190° छटा पिंडेसणा व्यवहारस(स्य) नवमोद्देशकः समाप्तः । छ । , 216° सेसातो गाहातो कंठातो ॥ छ ॥ व्यवहारप्रकृतं समाप्तं ॥
छ ॥ चत्तारि पुरिसज्जाया गयं णं सि परितसंति । etc. Ends.- fol. 219 मिण्हितब्बे अगेण्हतत्वंमि व इति ।
जो उवसि पि प्रयाण बहुविधवत्तव्वयं णिसामेत्ता ।
तं सम्बणयविसुद्ध जे चरणं(ण)यणट्रितो साधू ॥ छ । वक्हारस्य दसमोदेसतो सम्मतो ॥ छ ॥ ववहारचुण्णी सम्मत्ता । सर्वतोऽपि नं० १०३६० षष्यधिकानि त्रिशतानि दश सहस्राणि ॥छ॥ संवत् १५६६वर्ष(र्षे) ज्येष्ठवदि ६ बुधे श्री'वीसलनगरे लिखित तमिदं चिरं जीयात् ॥ छ ॥ etc. साहश्रीवच्छासुतसाहसहस्रकिरणे पुस्तकमिदं
गृहीतं मुतवर्द्धमानशांतिदासपरिपालनार्थे । Reference.-- For an extract see Peterson Reports III, pp. 171-172.
व्यवहारसूत्रपर्याय
Vyavaħārasūtraparyaya - No. 477
736 (18).
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 12s to fol. 13*. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya . No. 736 (I)...
1875-76..
Subject.- Difficult words etc., occurring in Vyavahārasútra etc., .. explained in Sanskrit. Begins.--- fal. 12b व्यवहारपाया यथा । अप्पे()माणो(णा)ए धुवलंभो त्ति अल्पा
पमानायां । खालयाइस अपशकुनावि etc.. Ends.-- fol. 13° वंजणमुवछिरोमाणि अपानरोमाणीत्यर्थः। भाष्ये वेज्जवम्वेव इति
वैयावृत्त्यं । इति दशमे उद्देशके व्यवहारस्य । छ। इति व्यवहारपर्यायाः समाप्त (प्ताः)।

Page #86

478. ]
III. 6. Checdesatrat.. CUTETTELETTUIT
to travi Vyavahārasūtraparyāya NO. 478
169. (12)
1895Imo..; Extent.-- fol. 192"to fol. 202. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastúkáparyāya
No. 789 ( 1 ). NO 1895-1902.
No. Begins.--- fól. Iga p retutan Fren promuevarg etc., as in No. 4772 Ends.- fal. 20° tutaratATOT etc.
N. B.- For other particulars see No. 477.

Page #87

to
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
479.
THE FOURTH CHEDASUTRA
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र
Daśāśrutaskandhasutra ( TETETUARTET)
( Dasāsuyakkhardhasutta ) No. 479
608.
1875-76. Size.— 109 in. by 4 in. Extent. 25 folios ; 19 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line.
Description.-Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional Balats; small, legible and good hand-writing ; edges of several foll. slightly damaged; condition very fair; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; fol. rblank; complete. This work is divided into 10 sections. Out of them i to 7 and 9 are called dasā (daśā), while the eighth and the tenth as well, are called ajjhayaņa ( adhyayana ). Their extents are as under :Daśā
fol.
1b
III IV
foll.
I to 2a
VI
IX
VII
sa ,, 66 Adhyayana VIII
» 66,, 212 Daśā
fol. 212, 210 Adhyayana X
foll. - 212 , 256 Age. - Fairly old. Subject. This chedasútra is known as Dasão', Ayaradasão? and
Acaradaśa, too. It is said to have been extracted by Bhadrabāhusvāmin from the 9th Půrva. It consists of ten significant sections. The respective topics treated therein are as under:
( 1 ) 20 Afegrut ( tarperura ), ( 2 ) 21 Frate ( Tayt ), (3) 33 TETTOTT ( straat ), (4) 8 TOTT 1-2. See Nos. 482 and 480 respectively.

Page #88

479.]
IV. 6 Chedasútras
(गणिसम्पदा), (5) 10 चित्तसमाहिटाण (चित्तसमाधिस्थान), (6) II उवासगपडिमा (उपासकप्रतिमा), (7) 12 भिक्खुपडिमा (भिक्षुप्रतिमा ), (8) पज्जोसवणाकप्प (पर्युषणाकल्प ), (9) 30 मोहणिज्जटाण ( मोहनीयस्थान ) and (10) आयातिट्ठाण (आयतिस्थान ).
It may be added that each of the 7 daśās dealing with regulations pertaining to the discipline of the sādhus and śrāvakas begins with suyam me ausam etc. as in Acārāngasútra and ends with ti bemi. In the sth dāśā there is given a narrative about a sermon of Lord Mahāvīra at the time of king Jitasattu. It goes up to 17 verses. The 9th daśā gives us a sermon of Mahāvīra under king Koniya, in 39 verses. In the 10th section we find Seņiya and his queen Cellaņā listening to Mahāvīrā's sermon. Their splendour etc. detracted the mind of almost all the sādhus and sādhvis and consequently Mahāvira delivered a lengthy sermon.
Begins.- fol. Ib ५ ६० ॥ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
नमो अरिहंताणं etc., up to सव्वसाहूणं as in No. 484 followed by सुत(यं) मे आउसं तेण भगवया etc. fol. b वीसं असमाधिठाणा पण्णत्ते त्ति बेमि । पढमा दसा सम्मत्ता। ,,, एक्कवीसं सबला पण्णत्त त्ति पे(बे)मि पि(बि)तिया दसा समत्ता ॥छ , 2 भगवतेहिं [पटे] (ते)त्तीसं आसायणाउ(ओ) पण्णत्ताउ(ओ) त्ति ए(बे)मि
ततिया दसा समत्ता ,, 3 अट्टाविवा(धा)रा(ग)णिसंपदा पण्ण(त) त्ति पे(बे)मि । छ । चउत्थिया
दसा समत्ता इ[णि]ति णमो सुतदेवयाए भगवं(योतीए । छ । , 3 एवं अभिसमागस्स(म्म) चित्तमादाए आउसो
सोणिसोविधिोमुवागम्म अंतमोचिसु चेव ति त्ति पे(बे)मि । छ । पंचमा दस(सा) समत्ता। छ । ,, 40 पढमा उवासगपडिमा ,5* दसमा उवासगपडिमा , 5 एक्कारस उवास(ग)पडिमाउ(ओ) पण्णत्तातो त्ति पे(बे)मि । छ ।
छट्ठा दसा । छ । ,, 6° बारस भिक्खूपडिमातो पण्णत्तातो त्ति पे(बे )मि । छ । सत्तमा दसा
समत्ता । छ । ,, 6° तेणं कालेणं तेणं समये(ए)णं भगवं महावीरे पंचहत्थुत्तरे होत्था etc.

Page #89

Jaina Literature and Philosophy ( 480 ,, 21* सकारणं भुज्जो भुज्जो । अ(उ)वदंसेति ति पे(बे)मि । छ। पज्जो
सवणाकप्पो सम्मत्तो । छ । , 21 सव्वमोहविणिमुक्का । जातीमरणमंतिच्छित
त्ति पे(बे)मि । छ । समत्ता मोहणिज्जठाणं णवमा दसा । छ। ,, 23° सेणियं रायं चेल्लणं देविं पासित्ता । इमेतारूवे। अब्भत्थिते जाव
समुप्पजित्था आहो णं सेणिए राया महिडीए जाव से सं साहू से पूणं अज्जो अत्थेय । समटे हंता अवि एवं खलु समा(मोणाउसो एवं धम्मे पण्णचे इणा(ण)मेव णिग्गंथे पावयणे सत्वे। अणुत्तरे ।
पडिपुण्ण etc.' Ends.- fol. 25 मज्झगए एवं आइक्खति etc., up to सम्मत्ताओ आयार
दसाओ । as in No. 484 followed in a different hand by सा.
शिवादत्त एषा प्रतिः॥ Reference.- Published with Hindi translation of Amolaka Rsiji.
Another Hindi translation is recently published in Sri Ratnaprabhākarajñana-puşpamāla, Falodi (Marwar). For contents etc. see Weber II, pp. 644-648 and W. Schubring's " Das Kalpa-sūtra, die alte Sammlung jinisticher Mönchsvorschriften,” Leipzig, 1905. Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 211f. and Peterson's Reports III, pp. 142 and 181 and IV, p. 100 may be consulted. For another Ms. see G.O. Series vol. XXI, p. 42.
____1163
देशाश्रुतस्कन्धसुत्र
Daśāśrutaskandhasutra __No. 480
1884-87. Size.— 102 in. by 4; in. Extent. — 10 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 72 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and grey; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional gears ; small, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; each fol. torn in three parts ; out of them one part, missing; a strip of white paper pasted to fol. 1'; condition unsatis
factory; the work goes up to the end. .1 Cf. Leumann's edition of Aupapātikasūtra p. 62.

Page #90

481.]
IV. 6 Chedøsütras
Age.- Samvat 1772. Begins.- fol. I॥ ६॥ ॥ श्रीवीतरागाय ॥
सुयं मे आउसं तेणं भग ... वीस(सं) असमाहिठा(ट्रा)ण(णा) पण्णत्वा etc. Ends.- fol. I0 सुराए परिसाए etc., up to भुज्जो २ उव as in No. 484
followed by त्ति बेमि आयातिठाणं समत्तं । नवपावणियाण ठाणं ॥ दसमज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ १० ॥ सम्मत्ते आयारदसाउ॥ ' संवत १७७२ वर्षे कार्त्तकशुक्त(क्ल)...सोमवारे लिषतं मणसा कंठ करवाने
अर्थे । N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 479.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र
No. 481 . .
Daśāśrutaskandhasutra
436. 1888-83.
Size. - Fo in. by 4 in.
.
Extent.- 19 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin and grey ; Jaina Devanagari
characters; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pig
ment used; fol. I blank ; edges of several foll. worn out; a strip of white paper pasted to foll. 2a, 6", 12", 184, 19*
and 196; condition very fair ; complete. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.-- fol. I ६०॥ ॐ नमः श्रीशांतिनाथाय ।ए
_ नमो अरहंताणं etc., up to सव्वसाहूणं as in No. 484 followed by the lines as under :--
एसो पंच नमोकारो । सब्वपावप्पणासणो।
मंगलाणं च सव्वेसिं । पढमं हवइ मंगलं ॥१॥ सुयं मे आउसं तेणं भगवया etc. Ends.-- fol. 19 सदेवमणुयासुराए etc., up to आयारदसाओ as in No.
484 followed by इति दशाश्रुतस्कंध समाप्तं । संपूर्ण ॥॥श्रीरस्तुः ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 479.

Page #91

64
Age. Pretty old.
Begins.-- fol. 1 ए ६० ॥ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र
No. 482
Size. 13 in. by 5 in.
Extent. 33 folios; 17 lines to a page; 62 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, tough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with Tars; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders thickly ruled in two lines in red ink; space between them coloured yellow; red chalk used; there are some lacunæ on fol. 13b; foll. 1a and 33b blank; unnumbered sides marked with a disc as it were in yellow colour in the centre only, while the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; several foll. worm-eaten ; condition fair; this Ms. contains an addilional work viz. दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रनिर्युक्तिं which commences on fol. 3ob and ends on fol. 33a.
Ends. fol. 30
a
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र
No. 483
[483.
Daśāśrutaskandhasutra
157 (a).
1881-82.
णमो अरिहंताणं etc., up to सव्वसाहूणं as in No. 484 followed by सुयं मे आउसं तेण (णं) भगवया etc.
т etc., up to 3afa af as in No. 484 followed by णवपावणियाणठाणेसु दसादसमज्ज (ज्झ ) यणं संमत्तं । संमत्ताउ दसाउ ।
N. B. For further particulars see No. 479.
Daśāśrutaskandhasutra
1268 (a).
1886-92.
Size. 11 in. by 5 in.
Extent. 83 folios; 17 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line,

Page #92

484. ]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
Description.--Country paper tough and white; Devanāgari charact
ers with EHETS; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too ; fol. 1a blank ; corners of some of the foll. gone; condition very fair ; complete ; foll. 18 and 83b blank; extent of the text 1380 ślokas; this Ms. contains the following two additional works :
(1) FTTE foll. 376 to 418
(2) STIGN E T TIof » 419 , 834. Age.-- Samvat 1661. See No. 489. Begins.- fol. 16 60 FAT atacrtit !!
FT TENTO etc., up to Foafroi as in No. 484 follow
ed by सुयं मे आउसं तेणं भगवता etc. . Ends.- fol. 37 angeluarg etc., up to sanagioi HATTI gll as
in No. 484 followed by the lines as under :
नवपावणियाणट्टाणदसमज्झयणं संमत्तं । समत्ता आयारदसातो ! E nje 83601 N. B.-For further particulars see No. 479.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र
Daśāśrutaskandhasutra टिप्पणकसहित
with tippaņaka No. 484
714.
. . .. 1892-95. Size.- 10 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 38 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and grey ; Devanagari characters
with qalars; big, legible and elegant hand-writing ; bor9 IJ. L. P. 1

Page #93

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[484.
ders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink ; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. I'; fol. 1a blank; edges of some foll. slightly worn out; condition very fair ; red chalk used; notes written in Gujarati at times with the corresponding Prākrit portions in the margins as well as above and below the text; this Ms. contains only the first paragraph of the eighth chapter (see fol. 21b);
otherwise complete. Age.- Samvat 1677. Subject. The fourth chedasūtra dealing with regulations pertaining
to the discipline of the Jaina clergy and the laity is given
here along with a Gujarāti gloss. Begins.-(text) fol. I ५ ६०॥ ॐ नमो(मः) श्रीवीतरागाय ॥
_ नमो अरहंताणं । नमो सिद्धाणं । नमो आयरियाणं । नमो उबज्झायाणं । नमो लोए सम्बसाहु(द)णं । १।
सुयं मे आउसं तेणं । भगवया एवमक्खायं । इह खलु थेरोहं भगवतेहिं बीतं असमाहिठाणा पन्नत्ता । etc. ,, - (com.) fol. 1 दवदवचारि यावि भवति क० उतावलउ उतावलउ
चालइ १etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 38° सदेवमणुयासुराए परिसाए मज्झगए एवं आइक्खति । एवं
भासति। एवं पण्णवेति । एवं परूवेति । आयातिदाणं णाम अजो अज्झयणे सअटुं सहेउयं सकारणं । ससुत्तं च सअत्थं च । तदुभयं च भुजो २ उवदंसेति त्ति बेमि । आयातिटाणं सम्मत्तं । सम्मत्ताओ आयारदि(द)साओ। दशाश्रुतस्कंधसम्मत्ता दशाओ १०।
संवत् १६७७ वर्षे कार्तिकशुदि १ सोमे लिषितं । ऋषिहरजी । शुभं भवतु । कल्याणमस्तु । लेषकपाठकयोः । ऋषिकरमसीपठनार्थ ॥ छ etc.. , - (com.) fol. 37* ए समे० एहवे कुलेथी चारित्र लेतां सोहिल हुइ ८
से तं साइ० नीच कुलइ उपजवउं ते भलउं ९ etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 479.

Page #94

485.]
iv. 6 Chedasatras दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रानेर्युक्ति Daśāśrutaskandhasūtraniryukti (दसासुयक्खं धसुत्तनिज्जुत्ति) (Dasasuyakkhandhasuttanijjutti) No. 485
___105 (8)..
1872-73. Size.- 97 in. by 4, in. Extent.- 47 folios ; IS lines to a page; 56 letters to line. Description.-Country paper thin, tough and greyish; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; foll. Ia and 475 blank; red chalk used; the left-hand corners of several foll. worn out; condition all the same good ; complete ; this work ends on fol. 5*; 154 gāthās in all ; verses of the different sections of this nijjutti corresponding to the 10 sections of Daśāśrutaskandha are separately numbered as under:
असमाहिद्वाणनिज्जुत्ति II verses fol. 10 सबलदोसनिज्जुत्ति
3 " " " आसायणनिज्जुत्ति 10 , foll.
1. 1 to 24
1 गाणिसंपयानिज्जत्ति चित्तसमाहिद्वाणनिज्जुत्ति 4 , उवासगपडिमानिज्जुत्ति II , 26 to 20 भिकखुपडिमानिज्जुत्ति पज्जोसवणाकप्पनिज्जुत्ति 67 , foll. 2' to 4. मोहणिज्जटाणनिज्जुत्ति 8 , fol. 4* ,, 4"
आयतिढाणनिज्जत्ति 15 , foll. 4 , 5 This Ms. contains an additional work viz. दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्र
prof commencing on fol. ga and ending on fol. 47*. Age.-- Samvat 1590. Author.- Bhadrabahusvamin (2). Begins.- fol. 10 ए ६० ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
बंदामि भद्दबाहुं पाईणं चरमसयलमुयनाणिं । मुत्तस्स कारगामिसिं दसासु कप्पे य ववहारे । १ ॥
7
,
fol. 20
* 2 4 ง ง

Page #95

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1487.
आउविवागज्झयणाणि भावओ दव्वओ ओ(उ)वत्थदसा । दस आउविवागदसा वाससयाओ दस हत्थेत्ता।२॥ बाला मंदा किड्डा बला य पण्णा य हायणिपवं च(चा)।
पन्भारसुम्सुहा सयणी नामेहिं य ल(कोखणेहिं दसा।३।। Ends.- fol. 4
अप्पासत्थाए अकुसीलयाए अकसाय अप्पमाए अ।
अणिदाणयाइसाहू संसारमहन्नवं तरइ।१५।। ... आचारदसाणं निज्जुत्ती । छ ॥ गाथा १५४ । Reference.- See for another Ms. G. O. Series Vol. XXI, p. 42.
क्शाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रनियुक्ति
Daśāśrutaskandhaniryukti
1263 (b). No. 486
1886-92. Extent.- fol. 37s to fol. 41. Description.- Complete. For other deitails see No. 483. Begins.- fol. 37 ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।
. वंदामि भद्दबाहुं etc. Ends. – fol. 41 अप्पासत्थाए etc. as in No. 485. ___N. B.- For other details see No. 485.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रनियुक्ति
Daśāśrutaskandhasūtraniryukti
157 (b). No. 487
1881-82. Extent.- fol. 30b to fol. 339. Description.-Complete. For other details see No. 482; extent of
this work together with that of the text 2096 Slokas.

Page #96

488.)
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
Begins.- fol. 300 METRA HEMIE etc. as in No. 485. Ends.-- fol. 334 streetc etc. up to forwyraft practically as in
No. 485 followed by FTHATIT II etc. jo R03€ ! Fier - वछामुत सा० सहसकिरणे स्वद्रव्येण गृहीत्वा मु.वर्द्धमानशांतिदास
परिपालनार्थ ।। N. B.— For further particulars see No. 485.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रचूर्णि
Daśāśrutaskandbasūtracūrņi (FTET ngidor) (Dasāsuyakkhandhasuttacuņņi)
158. No. 488
1881-82. Size.- 13 in. by s} in. Extent.- 33 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description - Country paper thin, tough and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with occasional AFTS; borders ruled in two thick lines in red ink; space between them coloured red; red chalk used ; almost every fol. more or less worm-eaten; condition fair ; unnumbered sides have a disc so to say in yellow colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; complete ; extent 2225 ślokas. This cúrni is divided into to sections as under: Section
foll. 1b to sa II
sa, 6a
III IV
13
,
165
V VI VII VIII IX
166 , 204
» 316
336...

Page #97

१०
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[488.
Age.- Fairly old. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject. - A commentary partly in Präkrit aud partly in Sanskrit,
to Daśāśrutaskandhasūtra and its Niryukti. Begins.- fol. Ib ६०॥ ॐ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ।।
मंगलादीनि सत्थाणि मंगलमज्झाणि मंगल(ला)वस(सा)णाणि । मंगलपरिग्गहिया य सीसा अवग्गहहावायधारणासम्मत्था ॥ अविग्घेण सत्थाण य पारगा भवति । ताणि य सत्थाणि य लोगे विरायंति वित्थारं च गच्छति ।
etc.
तत्थ भावमंगलं णिज्जुतिकारो आह ॥ छ । वंदामि भद्दबाहुं गाहा भद्दबाहुं णामेणं पाईणो गोत्तेणं चरिमो अपच्छिमो। etc. fol. 5" अप्पिसबातो सेससमितिअसमियस्स वि त एव दोसा भवंति ॥ छ ।
२० एते खलु ते वीसं असमाहिट्टाणा थेरेहिं भगवंतेहिं पण्णत्त ति बेमि। बेमि त्ति ब्रवीमि अज भद्दबाहुस्स वयणमिदं । भगवता सव्वावदा उवदिटुं तं
अहमवि बामे णेया जहा हेट्रिमसुत्तेस ॥ छ । पढमज्झयणं असमाहि ॥ छ ॥१॥ fol. 6. आउट्टियाए सीतोदगवग्धारिएण सुत्तं ॥ बग्घारिओ गलंतो एवं ताव
चरित्तं प्रति सबला भाणता दरिसणं प्रति संकादि। णाणे काले विणए बहुमाणे गाहा ॥ एकवीस त्ति णवरि णेम्म णितं ॥ छ॥ बितीय(य) अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥२॥ fol. 7° अभिविधिरभिव्याप्तिः । तत्राभिाविधौ । आउद्रं । ओद्रं पसः पाणिनेः।
आवंडालं वायसः । पाणिनेरिति । etc. fol. 8 अणुट्रिया णिविट्टा चेव । आभेण्णा ण ताव विसरति अवोच्छिण्णा
जाव एक्को वि अच्छति । तमेव त्ति जो आयारएण अत्थो कहिओ दोहिं तिहिं चतु(उ)हिं वा जहा सिद्धसेणायरिओ तमेवाधिकारं विकल्पयति । अयमावे प्रकारा(रो) तस्यैवैकस्य सूत्रस्य एवं गुणजुत्ते(तो) भावासायणा
भवति। fol. 8 संथारो पि दलकदमतो वा । अहव' सेज्जा एवं संथारो सेज्जासंथारो सज्जाया वा संथारगो सेज्जासंथारगो । तं पाएण संघदृत्ता णाणुमाणेति । ण खमावेति (1) उक्तं च । संघट्टित्ता कारण तहा उवहिणामवि । खमेह अवराह मेव पज्जणा पुणो त्तिय अविणतो सेहादी य परिभवंति जं च न भाणियं कंठं॥ छ ततियं अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥छ ॥३॥
i This extract with some variants is given in the Gujarati introduction (p. 37) to Sanmatiprakarana and its Gujarātī translation etc., published in Sri Puñjābhāi Jaina Granthamålā No. 6, A. D. 1932.
2 See Panini's Astādhyāyisutrapatha (I. 1. 14).

Page #98

488.1
IV. 6 Chedasutras
71
fol. II संजमबहुल चि मनोवाक्काययप्ता । अथवा सत्तरसविधेण संजमेण संवरबहुल त्ति दुविहो सम्बरो इंदियसम्बरो णोइंदियसंवरो य । इंदियसंवरो सोइंदियाति । नोइंदियसंवरो कोहणिग्गधादि । हु । समाधिबहुल त्ति । णाण दंसण चरित्तसमाधी सेसं कंटं ॥ छ ॥ गणिसंपदा चतुर्थ अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ ४ ॥
fol. 120 उक्तं च || अकालवरसेणिमुस्सिया । उपागम्य ज्ञात्वा कृत्वा च उप सामीप्ये (य) त्वं प्राप्य किम्भवति । उच्यते ।। अत्तसोही आत्मनः सोधी आत्मसोही कम्माणि साधयति । तवसा संजमेण य उवेहइ पेक्खति । जो एवं करेति एवं गणधरतीर्थकरा आह जं ण भणियं तं कंटं ॥ छ ॥ पंचममध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ ५ ॥
fol. 16b केवेति इत्थी वा पुरिसो वा पासित्ता पेक्खित्ता कस्त्वं किंव्रती वा । ब्रवीति समणो हं किंवति त्ति । जं भणह पार्डमापाडवण्णो हमिति उप प्रदर्शने ॥ छ ॥ समत्तं च छडमज्झयणं ॥ छ ॥ ६ ॥
fol. 201 ईसीपब्भारगतो तडीए ठाति इसिं रत्तज्जणा वा २ ईसिं दो fare पायरस य अंतरं चउरंगुलं । सा साहरिता एगपोग्गलणिरुद्धादिट्टि । रूविदव्वे कम्हिति अचेयणे णिवेसियदिट्टी सचेयणे अप्पति मति । उम्मेसादीणि न करेति । सुहुमुस्सासं च अहापणिहियाणि जं जहा ठियं संविंदियाणि सोया दणि ण रागं ण दोसं गच्छति । सेसं कंटं
॥ छ सत्तममज्झयणं सम्मनं ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
संबंधो सत्रमासियं फासेत्ता आगतो ताहे वासाजोग्गं उवहिं उप्पाएति । वासाजोग्गं च खेत्तं पडिलेहेति एतेण संबंधेण पज्जोसवणाकप्पो संपत्तो । तस्स दारा चत्तारि अधिकारो वासाजोग्गेण खेत्तेण । उवधिणा यजाय वासासु मज्जाया । णामणिप्फणो पज्जोसमणा कप्पो दुपदं णामं । पज्जेसमणाकप्पो य । पज्जोसमणापकप्पो । पज्जोसमणाकप्पो । पज्जोयाण ओसमणाए पज्जोसमणा । अहवा परि सव्वतो भावे । उष णिवासे । एस पज्जो - सणा इयाणिं णिज्जुत्तिवित्थारो ॥ छ ॥
fol. 29b सणिमित्तं सकारणं । अणणुपालेत्तस्स दोसो अयं हेतुः । अव " वाते। कारणं । जहा सत्रीसतिराते मासे वीतिक्कंते पज्जोसवेतव्यं । किंणिमित्तं हेतुः । पाएण अगारीहिं अगाराण सट्टाए कारणे उरेण वि पज्जोसवेति । आसाढपुणिमाए एवं सव्वसुत्ताणं विभासा । दोसढ़रिसणं हेतुः । अववादो कारणं । सहेतुं सकारणं । भुज्जो २ पुणो २ उवदंसेति । परिसग्रहणात् । सावगाण विकहिज्जति । समोसरणे कट्टिज्जति ॥ छ ॥ पज्जोसवणाकप्पो ॥ छ ।। अट्ठमज्झयणं परिसमाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ ८ ॥

Page #99

72
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[489. fol. 31b उच्यते ॥ सम्बसोह । सव्वो मोहो । अटू कम्मपगडीओ मु(मोप्तृ(?
च्ल) मोक्षणे । जे दाणि खसेसोमो॥हा खधिओ भवति । कारणाभावात्कार्यस्याभावो भवति । तंतुपटवत् ॥ कारण मोहः कार्ये जातिमरणे अतिस्थि(च्छिते अतीते काले अतिच्छति त्ति सांप्रतं (1) अतिच्छिस्सं ति । भविस्से । स्वतः
भगवान ब्रवीति अर्थ । सूत्रं गणधरा()॥छ ॥णवमज्झयणं संमत्तं ॥ छ ॥९॥ Ends.- fol. 336 किल्बिषबहला किल्बिषा ततो किन्विसियत्तात विप्पयुज्जमाणा
जइविय किहइ अणंतरं परंपरं वा माणुसत्तणं लभंति । तहा(ह)वि एलमूयत्ताए। पलओ जहाबुखुएति एवंविहा तस्य भासा भवति । तनुकाइत्ता इति जात्यंधो भवति । वालंधो जात्यंधः । सेसं कंठं । जावण्या विजाव करणणयो सन्वेसिं पि णयाणं गाहा । छ । दशानां चूर्णिः परिसमाप्ता । ग्रंथप्रमाण २२२५ ।
साहाश्रीवछासुतसा सहिसकिरणेन स्वद्रव्येण पुस्तकमिदं सुवर्द्धमान- शांतिदासपरिपालनार्थे । Reference.— For another Ms. see G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 42.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रचूर्णि
Daśāśrutaskandhsūtracūrni
No. 489
1263 (c). 1886-92.
Extent.-- fol. 4
to fol. 830.
Description.--Complete; extent of this work along with that of the
previous ones ( Nos. 483 and 486 ) 4321 slokas; fol. 83b blank. For other details see No. 483.
Age.-- Samvat 1661. Begins. -fol. 41 मंगलादीणि सत्थाणि as in No. 488. Ends.- fol. 83 किल्बिषबहुला किल्बिकाः। etc., up to दशानां चूर्णी
समाप्ता । practically as in No. 488 followed by ग्रं. ४३२१
श्लोकबंधेन । संवत् १६६१ चइ(चै)त्रशुदि १३ रुद्रलिखितं । N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 488.

Page #100

491.] IV. 6 Chedasutras
73 दशाश्नुतस्कन्धसूत्रचूर्णि
Daśāśrutaskandhasūtracurņi
1264, No. 490
1886–92. Size.-- 12} in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 39 - I = 38 folios ; 15 lines to page; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with Tatars; big, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; edges of several foll. slightly worn out; strips of paper pasted to fol. 36 etc.; some of the foll. somewhat worm-eaten ; condition tolerably good ; contents mentioned on fol. 392 ; fol. 396 practically blank; fol. ist lacking; otherwise complete ; foll. 7 to 39 numbered in the right-hand margin as also 42,
43 etc.; extent 2161 ślokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.— fol. 2" tarTI STAT FÅ agaur aga are goggat i AE FAN
34grgur ET À Oj I FEE STAT SITE UTPUT Futur I etc. Ends.-- fol. 398 AraTagat etc., up to GĦATAT || as in No. 488
followed by y ll ll sf II 3 11 etc. jer 23931 N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 488.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रचूर्णि
Daśāśrutaskandhasūtracūrni
205 ( b ). No. 491
1872-73. Extent.--sol. sa to fol. 475. Description.--- Complete ; extent of this work together with that
of the correstonding Niryukti 2325() ślokas. For other details
see No. 485. Age.---- Samvat 1590.
10 ( J. L. P. ]

Page #101

14
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
492.
Begins-fol. så storeftfür Freertior etc., as in No. 488. Ends.. - fol. 47a fereagee etc., up to open to practically as in
No. 488 followed by ! Tren! Forai zoof FATAL I g 11 ग्रं. २३२५ () ॥॥॥॥ संवत् १५९० वर्षे चैत्रसुदि ९ बधे लिषितं । अचल
II 3 il etc. N. B.---- For further particulars see No. 488,
जनहिता
Janahitā (astigat Fugaztat) (Daśāśrutaskandhasūtratīkā )
1089. No. 492
1891-95. Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 60 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and grey; Jaina Devanāgari cha
racters; small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; fol. ra blank; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out ; a small bit of paper pasted to each of the foll. 54, 54 and 55b; fol. 56th partly torn ; strips of paper pasted to fol. 606; condition tolerably good; red chalk and white paste used; this work is divided into 10 sections corresponding to those of Daśāśrutaskandha. The 8th is wanting in this Ms. The extents of the rest are as under:-- Section
foll. Ib to 85 II
8b ,, 106
III
job
IV V
VI
VII
24b, 34 34' „, 399 39a ,, 442 44" , 60°

Page #102

492. ]
Age. — Samvat 1750.
Author.— Muni Brahman.
Subject.-A commentary in Sanskrit to Daśāśrutaskhandha.
Begins. fol. 1 ए ६० ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः । यथास्थिताशेषपदार्थसार्थ
-
IV. 6 Chedasutras
"
"
क्रमार्थसंधाम (न?) विधिप्रवीणं । जिनं जनानंदकरं कृपाधि
नमामि भव्यांबुजबोध भास्व (स्क )रं ॥ १ ॥ स्तुमो महावीर जिनस्य तेजो ।
भवाख्यनीराकरपारगम्य (स्य ) ॥ अनादिदुः कर्मगणस्य नित्यं ।
तृणायितं यत्र सुखायमेव २ श्रीवसुभूतितनुजं वंदे श्रीगौतमाभिधं (सदा) साधु (धुं)। सकललब्ध्येकानिलयं | मलयं गुणचंदनौघस्य ॥ ३ ॥ येषां प्रसादमासाद्य । जायते शास्त्रकौशलं । श्रीगुरूणामहं तेषां | वंदे चरणपंकजं ४ अध्ययनदशकमेतत् । चूणिकृता यदपि वणितं सम्यग्र । तदपि त्वरयति मामिह वृत्तिविधौ वाक्यदृढभक्तिः ॥ ५ ॥
75
fol. 8° इति ब्रह्मावरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकायां समाधिस्थाननामकं प्रथममध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ श्री ॥
॥ नमः श्रीसर्वविदे ॥
Trob इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंघटीकायां शव (ब) लनामकं द्वितीयमध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ २ ॥ नमः श्रीभगवते ॥
इह रागद्वेषाद्यभिभूतेन संसारपार | वारसारिजीवेने (नें) द्रियायतनमानसाने कातिकटुकदुःखोपनिपातपीडितेन तत्परिहाराय हेयोपादेयपदार्थसार्थविज्ञानविधौ यत्नः कर्तव्यः etc.
124 शिष्यो रान्निकस्य धर्मकथाकथयतः । अनुत्थितायामेव तस्यां पर्षद आ (अ) भिण्णाए ति । भेदमप्राप्तायाः । श्रोतुमभिमुखाया एव अबो (वो)च्छिण्ण्णाए ति । यावदेकोपतिष्ठति । अब्वोगढाए त्ति । अविसंमृतायां । दोच्चं पि तच्चं पि त्तिद्वित्रिचतुर्वारं तमेवार्थ कथां वा कथयिता भवति । अयमप्याधिकारस्तस्य सूत्रस्येति च वदति । दोहाश्वेहार्थाप्रतीत्यादयोऽवगंतव्याः । ३० । etc.

Page #103

76 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[492. fol. 12' इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटाकायां
आशातनानामकं तृतीयमध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥३॥
नमः श्रीसिद्धेभ्य(:)॥ . ,, 20* इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकायां
गणिसंपन्नामकं चतुर्थमध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥
नमः श्रीगौतमगुरवे ॥ , 24° इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकायां
दशचित्तसमाधिस्थानाख्यं पंचममध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ छ ।
क्षीणाष्टकर्मणे नमः ॥ , 34" इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटाकायां
एकादशोपासकप्रतिमाख्यं षष्ठमध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥६॥ , 39" इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकायां
द्वादशभिक्षुप्रतिमाख्यं सप्तममध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥७॥ परमपदं प्राप्तेभ्यो नमः ॥ व्याख्यातं कल्पाख्यमष्टममध्ययनं । सांप्रतं नवममारभ्यते । अस्य चायमभिसंबंधः । अनंतराध्ययने कल्प:
प्रतिपादितः । स चावितथ एव कार्यः । etc. ,, 44" इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकायां:
नवममध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥९॥२२२॥ Ends.- fol. 60° आयातिट्राणे त्ति । आयति म उत्तरकालस्तस्य स्थानं पदं इत्यभि
धानं । हे आर्य । अध्ययनं सअट्ट(त्थ)मित्यादि व्याख्यातार्थे । इति ब्रवीमीति पूर्ववत् तया अप्यत्र वाच्यास्ते चानेकप्रकारा भवन्ति । परमत्र विशेष्यत्वेन ज्ञानपूर्वक एव क्रियानयो(तिसंग्रहेण वाच्यः । स चायं
सब्वेसि पि नयाणं बहुविहवत्तव्वयं निया(सा)मेत्ता।
तं सव्वनयविसुद्धं जं चरणगुणट्टिउ(ओ) साहूं(हू)॥१॥ इति ब्रह्मविरचितायां जनहितायां श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकायां दशम निदानाख्यमध्ययनं समाप्तं । तत्समाप्तौ समाप्ता चेयं दशाश्रुतस्कंधटीकाः ] छ । संवत् १७५० वर्षे वैशाखशुदि ८ अष्टमी बुधदिने लिषतं
मोहनद्रव्यजैनलिंगी वुध्याणे सफाचंदश्रावकगृहे । etc. . . Refetence.-- See Abhidhānarājendra (vol. IV, pp. 2485-2486)
where an extract is given.

Page #104

494.)
IV. 6 Chedasutras
जनहिता
Janahitā ( astraat rullat)
(Daśāśrutaskandhasūtratikā) No. 493
156.
1873-74. Size.— 10} in. by 41 in. Extent.— 162 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional Alats; small, legible and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; yellow pigment and red chalk used; foli* blank; some foll. worm-eaten (e. g. the 16th ); condition on the whole good; this Ms. does not seem to contain the complete text;
the commentary complete; extent 5152 ślokas. Age.- Not modern.
Begins.- fol. 1b q&o Il TOTIFAATSTTarf etc., as in No. 492. Ends. - fol. 1600 rifaremot fə etc., up to Arat as in No. 492
followed by HAIRT I TigaFFETTI y I etc. 1 . 4848. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 492.
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रपर्याय
Daśāśrutaskandhasūtraparyāya
736 (14). No. 494
1875-76. Extent.-- fol. 14* to fol. 154. Description.--Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
736(1).
1875-76. Subject.--Difficult words etc., occurring in Daśāśrutaskandhasútra
explained in Sanskrit.

Page #105

Jaina Literature and Philospohy
[.495. Begins.- fol. 14 दशाश्रुतस्कंधपर्याया यथा द्वाभ्यां कलितो बाल इति बालत्व
युक्त्वाभ्यामित्यर्थः । भोयणदारगरायदिटुंतेण भावो छिजिस्संति इति etc. Ends.- fol. IS भारिया इमे बंधा साहुगुरुमित्तबंधवसिट्टीसेणावइवहेसु इत्यत्र लोक
प्रकटा भारिका इमे साधुगुरुमित्रबांधवोष्ट(ष्टि सेनापतिवधेष्वित्यर्थः ॥ छ । दशाश्रुतस्कंधपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
दशाश्रुतस्कन्धसूत्रपर्याय
Daśāśrutaskandhasūtraparyāya No. 495
789 (14).
1895-1902. Extent.--fol. 21 to fol 23a. Description.-- Complete. For other details see :Pancavastukapar
__yaya No. 789 ( 1 ).
___yaya No. 1895-1902. .. Begins.- fol. 21 दशाश्रुतस्कंधपर्याया यथा ॥ द्वाभ्यां कलितो etc., as in
___No. 494. Ends.- fol. 23* भारिया इमे बंधा etc.
N. B. - For additional information see No. 494.

Page #106

496. ]
Iv. 6 Chedasatras
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra (646 )
(Kappasutta )
183. No. 496
1871-72. Size.--103 in. by 44 in. Extent.— 63 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and greyish; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with occasional AETS ; bold, quite legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the intervening space between the pairs coloured yellow ; every numbered side is decorated with a small design in each of the two margins; fol. 16b spoiled; condition very good; fol. 1a blank; fol. 636 decorated with a design in red ink; incomplete as it ends abruptly at the beginning of the gth couplet of Fuerat; thus Only the first part viz. Jinacarita is complete; it ends on fol. 55b; on fol. 1 we find Gujarāti explanation written above and below the lines of the text, probably in the same hand but the
attempt is given up after writing four lines. Age.-- Not quite modern. Author.-- Bhadrabāhusvāmin ( according to the tradition). Subject---This work is known as Paryusaņā--kalpa and forms the
8th chapter of Daśāśrutaskandha, one of the chedasútras already noted. This Kalpasūtra is divided into 3 våcyas (sections in Samdehavişausadhi, Subodhikā etc., as under:
(1) Jinacarita, (2) Sthavirāvali and (3) Sāmācārī.
In Jinacaritra the life of Lord Mahāvīra occupies the major portion. The conception, transference of the embryo and the birth of Mahāvīra are described in the same way as in Acārāngasūtra. Then come the 14 dreams, their inter
1 This is narrated "in great detail, with great diffuseness with descriptions in he Kavya style and with exaggerations beyond all measure". So says Winternitz. Vide "A History of Indian Literature” vol. II, p. 463.

Page #107

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[496.
pretation, Mahavira's grhavasa, his twelve years' life as an ascetic and his activities for about 30 years after he became omniscient. The description of the biography of Mahāvīra given here reminds one of the Lalitavistară, a Buddhistic work.
In Sthaviravali, we find a list of ganas (schools), .their Sakhas (branches) and the ganadharas (heads of schools). The names given in this list are borne out by the inscriptions from the Ist century A. D.
Sāmăcări, a code of rules for asceticism deals with rules and regulations pertaining to pajjusaņa. This section is looked upon by Western scholars as the oldest nucleus, and they opine that Bhadrabāhu does not seem to be the author of all the three sections which have been united to
form a whole in Che Kalpasūtra. Begins.- (text) fol. 1 ए ६० ॥ अहं । ।
.. नमो अरिहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं नमो आयरियाणं नमो उवज्झायाणं _ नमो लोए सव्वसाहूणं ... . .
एसो पंचनमुक्कारो सन्चपावप्पणासणो
मंगलाण च सव्वेसिं पढम हवइ मंगलं १ तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं समणे भगवं महावीरे पंचहत्थुत्तरे होत्था तं जहा हत्थुत्तराहिं etc. , -expla') fol. 1॥ ६०॥ अरिहंतनइ माहरी त्र(त्रि)कालवंदना ॥ सिद्धनइ
माहरी बंदना etc. ए पंच परमेष्टिष्टि)॥ नमस्कार सर्व पापर्नु नसाडणहार etc. fol. 44* अयं असी(इ)मे संवच्छरे काले गच्छइ वायणतरे पुण अयं तेणउयए
संवच्छरे काले गच्छइ ।। इति दीसइ ५१ छ श्री इति महावीरचरित्र(त्र) ___समाप्तं श्री॥ fol. 55 एयमि समए समणे भगवं महावीरे परिनिवु(बु)ए तउ(ओ)वि परं नव
. वाससया विइं(इ)कंता दसमस्स य वाससयस्स अयं असी(इ)मे संवच्छरे ..काले गच्छइ २५ ... . Ends.-.fol. 63... ... .. . . . . .वंदामि अज्जधम्मं च सुवय(सव्वयं) सीललद्धिसंपन्न
जस्स य निक्खमणे देवो छत्तं वरमुत्तमं वहइ ७ हत्थं 'कासव पत्त. This Ms. ends thus abruptly.

Page #108

496.]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
Reference. - Edited with Introduction in English by H. Jacobi,
Leipzig in A. D. 1879. The text was published at Calcutta in A. D. 1887. It was also published by the Atmānanda Sabhā with Subodhikā of Vinayavijaya Gani and the commentary by Lakşmivallabha as well, in Samvat 1975, and with Kiraņāvali of Dharmasāgara Gani in Samvat 1978. The text was published with Subodhika in the D. L. J. P. F. Series as Nos. 7 and 61 respectively in A. D. 1911 and 1923. The text with Kālikācārya's Kathā was published in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 18 in A. D. 1914. An edition of the text with copious illustrations in three colours or more was published in 1933 A. D. in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 82.
Kalpasūtra was translated into English by H. Jacobi in the S. B. E. Series vol. XXII. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 648ff. , Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 211f.' and Winternitz, Geschichte vol. II, p. 309ff. Also see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 385 ff. and G. 0. Series vol. XXI, p. 28. For additional Mss. of Kalpasūtra and their full descriptions see Prof. A. B. Keith's “ Catalogue of the Sanskrit and Prākrit Manuscripts from the library of India Office” vol. II, pt. II, Nos. 74672 to 7470.
1 From Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 212 we learn that according to Weber "the legendery excursi of the last dasáu (5, 8, 9 and 10 ) in reference to Mahavira are doubtless the cause of the introduction of the Kalpasútra, the first part of which treats especially of the life of Mahåvira.”
2 Herein there is a remark as under:
“ This work is not by the famous Bhadrabahu ; see Winternitz, Geschichte der indischer Litteratur, II, 309-310 (H.T. Colebrooke )."
In the German work (p. 309 ) above referred to we have the following lines:--
"In dem Kalpasūtra sind drei verschiedene Texte zu einem Ganzen vereinigt, und es schient nicht gut möglich, dass sie alle den Bhadrabahu zum Verfasser haben".
These lines are translated into English as under:--
“Three different texts are united to form a whole in the Kalpa-Sätra, and it does not seem feasible that Bhadrabahu was the author of all three.”
-"A History of Indian Literature," vol. II, p. 462. 11 [J. L. P.)

Page #109

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 497
As Weber has pointed out Kalpasūtra was the first Jaina text made known in A. D. 1848 to occidental scholars in the very faulty translation of Rev. J. Stevenson. See his edition of “The Kalpa Sūtra and Nava Tattva', London. Lassen's Indische Alterthumskunde, vol. IV, its translation published in Indian Antiquary vol. II, pp. 193-200 and 258-265, Hindu Philosophy popularly explained -- the heterodox systems (ch. VI. & VII) by R. C. Bose, Calcutta, 1887, S.J. Warren's “Over de godsdienstige en wijsgeerige Begrippen der Jaina's, Zwolle, 1875, G. Bühler's “ Über die indische secte der Jaina”, Wien, 1887, its translation by Burgess, London, 1903, A. Barth's “Bulletin des religions de l'Inde" - Jainisme, vol. I, pp. 256-257, A. D. 1880, A. Weber's “Ueber das Çatrunjaya Māhātmya, Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Jaina"Leipzig, 1858, Z. D. M. G. vol. XXXIV. pp. 247-318, and Z. D. M. G. vel. XXXVII, pp. 493-520 may be also consulted.
184.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra No. 497
1871-72. Size.— 101 in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 112 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 25 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and greyish; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters ; quite bold, very big, perfectly legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink, and edges in one, in the same ink; daņdas or vertical strokes written in red ink; foll. 14 and 1126 blank; yellow pigment used profusely; complete so far as the 8 vyakhyānas are concerned; for, this Ms. lacks in the 9th
A. N.
A porition from the preface (p. xxiv) of this work is quoted by Upadhye in his edition of Pamcasuttam (2nd edn., introduction p. 1:).
2 Herein there are some remarks on Kalpasūtra.

Page #110

83
498. ]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras viz. Sāmācāri ; thus this Ms. contains Jinacarita and Stha
virāvali, the former ending on fol. 97* ; condition excellent. Age.- Not modern. Begins.-- fol. ibilg&O STATUTETTU AA: 111
AT PENTOT etc., as in No. 496. Ends.-- fol. 112
सुत्तत्थरयणभरिए ॥ खमदं(द)ममहवगुणेहिं संपन्नं ॥ · ISFAHAU ETHE TË groaren 118811 .
fE2(Fulārasi il Àguur: 11 ll sft 11 sat il N. B.--For further particulars see No. 496. - .. .. .
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra
96.
No: 498
1872-73. Size.—84 in. by 45 in. Extent.-- 81 folios ; 9 lines to a page; 27 letters to a line. Description--Country paper sufficiently thick and greyish in colour;
Jaina Devanāgarī characters; bold, big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in yellowish ink; red chalk used; a blue sheet of paper almost of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 1'; fol. rb decorated with two illustrations, one of a Jina and the other of the Goddess of Learning; the ist two lines in the beginning written in red ink; this Ms. terminates at the 8th vyākhyāna as is the case with No. 497 ; condition tolerably
good.
Age.- Saṁvat 1818,

Page #111

84
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[499. Begins.- fol. Ib ५ ६०॥ श्रीसारदाई(2) नमः ॥ श्रीकलिकुंडपार्श्वनाथाय
नमः । श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ श्रीः ॥ बारसहा लष्यते ॥ ॐ नमः ॥
__ नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 496. Ends.- fol. 81" सुत्तत्थरयणभरिए etc., up to पणिययामि । १४ ॥ as in No.
497 followed by the lines as under :
इति अष्टमं वाष्यांन (व्याख्यानं ) संपूर्ण ॥ इति श्रीबारसेंसूत्र संपूर्ण ॥ संवत् १८१८ रा वर्षे मति वैशापमुदि ५ दिने ॥ वारबुधे ॥ प.(०) ज्ञा(ज्ञानविजय ल(लि)पीकृतं ॥ चेलामुनिषिमाविजयवाचनार्थ ॥
श्री कालधरी'नगरे[:] ल(लिपीकृतंः ॥ श्रीरस्तु[:] श्री ॥ श्री॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 496.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra 14 (8). 1880-81.
No. 499
Size.--143 in. by 24 in. Extent.- 131+2=133 leaves; 3 to s lines to a leaf; 44 letters to line. Description.- Palm-leaf thick and grey; Jaina Devanagari characters
with पृष्ठमात्रा ; quite bold, perfectly legible, uniform, big and beautiful hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of having been written in two separate columns; but really it is not so ; each of the columns is bounded by four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; every leaf is numbered in two places, once in each margin; the numbers written in the right hand-margin are continuous, and are १,२etc., as usual, whereas in the left-hand margin they are practically as in other palm-leaf Mss.; some of them are as under :

Page #112

499.)
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
85
4.31
y 3
} =38 }=105} = 0; * }=423 $ } =43; } =14
}=1; h = 30;
42;
44:
Se
=50;
}+; }}=to =}
E 32 E3 = 90;
=71;
50)
= 80; 2
=81;
ink faded in the case of leaves 94th and 95th; after 131st leaf there are two more leaves, but they are completely blank; unnumbered sides have a small disc in the centre in red colour, whereas the numbered have two more such discs, one in each margin ; the ist 33 leaves broken almost to a half ; leaf 12 blank; leaves 36 to 39 slightly damaged af times by white ants or so; condition unsatisfactory; hints by way of explantion written on some leaves; complete; this work ends on leaf 998 ; this Ms. contains in addition ASHTETTFUT commencing on leaf 994 and ending on leaf 1316,

Page #113

86
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[499. Age.- Fairly old. Begins.-- leaf I तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं ' समणे भयवं महावीरे पंचहत्थुत्तरे
होत्था ॥ तंजहा ॥ हत्थुत्तरा etc. Ends.- leaf 97' इह खलु णिग्गंथाण वा २ अज्जेव कक्खडे । कडुए । बु(वि)
ग्गहे समुप्पज्जेज्जा । सेहे राइणियं खामिज्जा (रा)इणिए व सेहं खामेज्जा । खमियब्वं । खामेयव्वं ।। उवसमियन्वं । उवसामेयव्वं । सं(स)मइसंपुच्छणाबहुलेणं होयव्वं । जो उवसमइ तस्स आत्थि आराहणा । जो न उवसमइ तस्स नथि आराहणा तम्हा अप्पणा चेव उवसमियब्वं से किमाहु भंते । उवसमसारं खु सामन्नं । वासं(सा)वासं । अन्नायरिं दिसिं वा ॥ अविगिज्झिय भत्तपाणं गवेसित्तए से किमाहु भंते ओसन्नं समणा वा ॥ सा सुतवसंपउत्ता भवति । तवस्सी दुव्व(ब्ब)ले किलंते। मुच्छिज्ज वा पबडेज्ज वा । तामेव दिसि वा । अणुदिसिं वा । समणा भगवंतो पडिजागरंति ॥ वासावासं पकप्पइ णिग्गंथाण वा । २ जाव चत्तारि पंच जोयणाई । गंतुं पडिवत्तए । अंतरा वि । से कप्पइ वत्थए णो से कप्पइ तं रयणिं तत्थेव उवाइ(य)णावेत्तए ॥ इच्चेतं(यं) संवच्छरियं । थेरकप्पं । अहामुत्तं । अहाकप्पं । अहामग्गं । अहातच्चं । समं कारणं ॥ फासेत्ता । पालेत्ता । सोभेत्ता । तीरित्ता । किट्टित्ता । आराहेत्ता । आणाए अणुपालेत्ता ॥ अस्थिएगइया तेणेव भवग्गहणेणं सिज्झंति । बुज्झंति । मुच्चति । परिणवायति । सव्वदुक्खाणं । अंतं करेंति अथिएगइया दोव्वेणं भवग्गणेणं सिझंति । जाव दुक्खाणं अंत करेति । अथिएगइयाणं तब्वेणं भवग्गहणणं सिज्झंति जाव अंतं करेंति । सत्तट भवग्गहणाई नाइक्कमंति ॥ तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं समणे भगवं महावीरे रायगिहे नयरे । गुणासिलए चेइह बहूणं समणाणं बहूणं समणीणं बहूणं सावगाणं बहूणं साविगाणं बहूणं देवाणं बडूणं देवीणं मज्झगए चेव एवमाइक्खइ । एवं भासइ । एवं पण्णवेइ । एवं परूवेइ ॥ पज्जोसवणाकप्पे णाम अज्झयणं । सअहं । सहेउयं । सकारणं । ससुत्तं । सअत्थं । सउभयं । सवागरणं ।। भुज्जो भुज्जो उवदंसेइ त्ति वे(ब)मि ॥ पज्जोसवणाकप्पो संमत्तो ॥ छ । दसाणं अट्टमज्झयणं सम्मत्तं
॥छ ॥ छ । N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 496.
I " तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं" is quoted by Kalikālasarvajia Hemacandra Suri in his svopajna connmentary to " सप्तम्या द्वितीया",a sātra of Siddhahaima (VIII. 3. 137).

Page #114

500.)
IV. 6 Chedasutras
87
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra
761. No. 500
1899-1915. Size.--10 in, by 41 in. Extent.-- 93 - 2 = 91 folios ; 8 lines to a page ; 27 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with Texas; very big, quite legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance as if the work is written in two distinct columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the first column extend to the second; each column has its borders ruled in four lines; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; unnumbered sides have mostly a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; fol. 1a blank except that the title
TESTE is written on it; this Ms. seems to be exposed to fire, as some portions at times indicate ; strips of paper pasted to foll. 396, 445, 628 etc. ; fol. 91st slightly torn ; edges of fol. 93rd damaged ; condition tolerably good; foll, s5 and 56 missing ; otherwise complete; extent 1216 ślokas; this Ms. contains 52 illustrations which the Jainas get a chance to see during the paryuşaņa-parvan.
These illustrations can be roughly named ' as under:(1) Tirthamkara Mahävira
fol. 1 • ( 2 ) Ganadhara Gautamasvāmin
(3) 14 dreams seen by Devananda (4) Indrasabhā (5) Sakrastava (6) Indra and Hariņagameşin (7) Garbhaharaņa (8) Garbhasamkramaņa (9) 14 dreams seen by Trišala (10) Mallayuddha
»
22
1 They are mostly named in the Ms. itself, but these names differ at times from those given here.

Page #115

88
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
i soo.
Svapnapāthaka and King Siddhārtha Lamentation of Trisalā
Joy
356
Birth of Mahāvīra Snātra , » Sasthijāgaraņa Mahāvīra being taken to school Sāmvatsarika dāna Sibika (Dikṣāmahotsava ) Diksă of Mahāvīra Upasargas to Mahāvira in kayotsarga Samavasarana of Mahăvira
39a
(11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) ( 20 ) (21) ( 22 ) (23) (24) (25) ( 26 ) (27) ( 28 ) ( 29 ) (39) (31) (32) (33)
400
Nirvana
رو
رو
520
574
57a
Pārsvanātha Birth of Pārsvanātha His snātra Snåtra of Pārsvanātha Kamatha tāpasa and Pārsvanatha Dikṣāmahotsava of Pārsvanātha Dikṣā of Pārsvanātha Kamatha's upasarga to Pārsvanātha Neminátha and the beasts Neminātha's going away from the place of marriage Dikṣā of Neminātha Nirvāṇa » » 10 Tirthamkaras , other Tirthamkaras Rşabhadeva Birth of Rsabhadeva Snātra of Rşabhadeva His reign Dikṣā of Rşabhadeva Samavaşaraña of Rşabhadeva Nirväņa » » 11 Gañadharas , „ with a big it in the centre
(34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) ( 44 ) (45)
04
661 670 696
70"

Page #116

Sor. ]
IV. 6 Chedasatras
734
736
736
(5I)
926
(46) A feat of archery in connection with a mango-tree ( Rathika--kala)
fol. 73 (47) Dance of Kośā (48) Transformation of Sthūlabhadra into a lion
and his sisters arrival (49) Sthulabhadra and his sisters (50) Tirthamkara
80% Vajrasvämin delivering a sermon ; sthāpanā
cārya (52) Goddess of Learning (?)
93a Age.- Samvat 1515. Begins.- fol. I' ए ६०॥ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।।
__नमो अरिहंताण etc., up to हवइ मंगलं ॥१॥ followed by
तेणं कालेणं etc. Ends.-- fol. 93बहुणं देवाणं etc., up to उवदंसेइ ति बेमि as in
No. 833. followed by पज्जोसवणाकप्पो समत्तो ॥ छ । अमज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥१ ग्रंथायं १२१६ ॥ संवत् १५१५ वर्षे मार्गशरमुदि द्वितीया बुधवारे मं० वाछालिखितं ।
श्रीशांतिचंद्रवाचकवरां......'जचंद्रविबुधेन ।
गणिहेमचंद्रसजुषा चित्कोशे रगै(?) प्रतिर्ममुचे ॥१॥ N. B.--- For additional information see No. 496.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra
1248(8). No. 501
1891-95. Size.- II in. by 2 in. Extent.-- 95 - 2 = 93 leaves ; 4 to 6 lines to leaf; 36 letters to a
line.
1. Letters are gone. 12 [J. L. P.]

Page #117

90
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[S02.
Description. - Palm--leaf durable and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with A TS; big, legible, uniform and good handwriting; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been divided into two different columns; but, really it is not so, since lines of the first column extend to the second ; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right hand one as 3, 8 etc. and in the left-hand one from the 7th as of, g, etc.; the ist two leaves are missing; leaves 3 to 5 half worn out; strips of white paper pasted to leaf 95° and 95b; condition on the whole tolerably fair; this work ends on leaf 83b; this Ms. contains as an additional work viz., Kalikācāryakathā commencing on leaf 84 and ending on leaf 95°; leaf 956 blank; a red string passes through a hole in each leaf between the two columns above referred
to; leaves are placed between two wooden boards. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.- leaf 3a (fragment).....AUNCAT I EAUTT I TTAFTAFETTI
Ertalaca...... Ends.--- leaf 83 बहूणं देवीणं etc., up to practically अट्टमज्झयणं as in
No. soo followed by qHIEFETTA I N. B..- For additional particulars see No. 496.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra सन्देहविषौषधीसहित
with Sarndehavişauşadhi No. 502
375.
1879-80. Size.— 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.— (text) 80 folios ; 3 to 10 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.
„ --(com.) „ » ; 2 , 10 » »» »;55 » » » »

Page #118

502.]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
Description. - Country paper neither very thick nor very thin and
grey; Jaina Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्रा; bold, legible, uniform, big and beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; condition:very good; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a fêtreî Ms; so, as usual the text occupies the central place and is comparatively written in a bigger hand ; both complete, the extent of the text being 1216 ślokas and that of commentary 2200 (?) ślokas ; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under:-- (I) जिनचरित
foll. b to 62b ( 2 ) स्थविरावली
,, 62' ,, 68 (3) सामाचारी
,, 68° , 80'. Age.- Old. Author of the commentary.- Jinaprabha Suril (c. Samvat 1365). Subject.- The text is as usual. The commentary deals mostly with
difficult portions. It is only a giat of Kalpasūtra. Begins.- (text) fol. 1° ५ ६0 ॥ श्रीसव(4)ज्ञ
नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 496. , --- (com.) fol. I ॥ ६॥ अर्ह ।
ध्यात्वा श्रीश्रुतदेवीं पर्युषणाकल्पदुर्गपदविवृतिः(तिः)। स्वपरानुग्रहहेतोः किंचिदियं लिख्यते मयका ॥१॥ हृदयानि सहृदयाना(नां) पर्युषणाकल्पगोचरा मुचिरं । रंजयतु पांजकेयं संदेहविषौषधी नाम ॥२॥
पर्युषणाकल्पस्य चादौ केषुचिदादर्शेषु मंगलार्थ पंचनमस्कारो दृश्यते । सर्व(च) सुबोध एव । अत्र चाध्ययने त्रयं वाच्यं । जिनानां चरितानि स्थबिरावली पर्युषणासामाचारी च (1) तत्रापि वर्तमान(न)तीर्थाधिपतित्वेनासन्नोपकारित्वात् प्रथमं श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामिनश्चरितमाहु(:) श्रीभद्रबाहुपादाः । तेणं कालेणमित्यादि ॥ ते इति प्राकृतशैलीवशात् तस्मिन् काले - वर्तमानावसर्पिण्याश्चतुरिकलक्षणे एवं तस्मिन् समये etc..
I For a list of his works etc., see my edition of Caturvimsati-JinānandaStutis (pp. 40-45) published with Gujarati translation etc., in Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 59.

Page #119

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[503.
(com.) fol. 62* सुस(स)मदुस्समाए त्ति तृतीयारके एकोननवतिपक्षावशेष भगवान्
सिद्धः उप्पि ति उपर्यष्टापदशैलशिष( ख )रस्य चउहसमेणं भत्तेण उपवासषटेन चतुर्थभक्तपरित्यागात इति चतुर्वि(वि)शतिजिनचरित्राणि समाप्तानि
सा(सां)प्रतं स्थविरावली वक्तकामः प्रक्रमते । तेणं कालेणमित्यादि । (com.) fol. 68 अत्र चूर्णिणः । पुरिमपच्छिमजिणाणं एस मग्गो चेव । जहा वासा
वासं पज्जोसवेयध्वं पडउ वासं मा वा मज्झिमगाणं पुण भयणिज्जं अवि य वडमाणतित्थंमि मंगलानमित्तं जिणगणहरावलिया सव्वेसिं जिणाणं समोसरणाणि ण परिकहज्जति त्ति। समवसरण त्ति वर्षांचातुम्ासकावस्थानरूवाणि गता स्थविरावली ॥ छ ___ सांप्रतं पर्युषणास(सा)माचारा(री)विवक्षुरादौ पर्युषणा कदा विधेयंति श्रीमहावीरतद्गुणधरतच्छिष्यदृष्टांतेनाह ॥ तेणं कालेणं(ण)मित्यादि।
47.
Ends.-(text) fol. 80° बहूणं देवीण etc., up to सम्मत्त as in No. 1.47
followed by ग्रंथानं० १२१६ ॥ छ ॥१॥ श्रीशुभं भवतु. • -(com.) fol. 80° पज्जोसवणाकप्पो सम्मत्तो त्ति ॥ छ ॥ पर्युषणा
कल्पः । समाप्तः ॥ छ । पर्युषणा वर्षासु एकक्षेत्रनिवासस्तस्य संबंधी कल्प सामाचारी साधन प्रतीत्य विधिप्रतिषेधरूति कर्तव्यता । तदभिधेययोगादध्ययनमपि पर्युषणाकल्पो रत्नपरीक्षा-गजशिक्षादिवत् । स च दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्याष्टममध्ययनं समाप्त (प्तं) समर्थित) इति ॥ ग्रंथा । २२०(५). ॥छ ।
१॥ शुभं भवतुः॥ Reference.- Saṁdehavişauşadhi is published by Hiralal Hassaraj,
Jamnagar in A. D. 1913. For extracts etc. see Weber II, pp. 652-654.
सन्देहविषौषधी
Sarndehavisausadhi ( कल्पसूत्रपत्रिका)
(Kalpasūtrapañjikā )
__776 (a). No. 503
1875-76. Size.— 11} in. by s} in. Extent.- 62 -2 -1 -2= 57 folios; 16 lines to a page; 52 letters
to a line.

Page #120

04.)
IV. 6 Chedasutras
93
Description. - Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional TAS ; big; legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in black ink ; red chalk profusely used; yellow pigment at times; foll. numbered in both the margins; this Ms. contains the gates of the text; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to foll. 1a and 626; fol. ist. slightlv torn ; edges of several soll. partly worn out; condition very fair ; foll. 3, 4, 27, 32 and 33 missing; otherwise complete; this work ends on fol. 46a; extent 2268 ślokas; this Ms contains hafa fit with vyākhyā commencing on fol. 46b and ending on fol. 626; at the end of this vyākhyā there is a colophon where the date of composition is given as Samvat 1364 ; total extent
3041 ślokas. Age.- Samvat 1635. Author.- Jinaprabha Súri. Subject.-- A commentary to Kalpasūtra. Begins.--- fol. Ibilton A:1) intuiFit A:ll sta(a)gATATT II
erat sigagant etc. Ends.--- fol. 462 EFTFOTOì etc., up to jori as in No. 502
followed by RRC ll Foro ora 11 aft: 11 Reference. - See No. 503.
सन्देहविषौषधी
Sarndehavişauşadhi ( CTETTI)
( Kalpasūtrapañjikā ) No. 504
213 ( a ).
1871-72. Size.-124 in. by 43 in. Extent. -- 71 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devana
gari characters with LEHTETTS; sufficiently big, quite legible,

Page #121

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 5050
uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in both the margins; every fol. worm-eaten in several places; condition poor; fol. 1a blank; this Ms does not seem to contain the complete text; mostly its garas are given; it has as an additional work c aragia together with its vyākhyā commencing on fol. 526 and ending on fol. 715; at the end
of this vyākhyā there is no colophon. Age.- Old.
Begins.-- fol. 10 g & OIL BEI
Etrar sigaaaff etc. as in No. 502. Ends.-- fol. 52' पज्जोसवणाकप्पो etc., up to समर्थित इति as in
No. 502. N. B.- For other details see No. 503.
सन्देहविषौषधी
Sardehavişauşadhi ( Therapist)
(Kalpasūtrapañjikā ) No, 505
353 ( a ).
A. 1882–83. Size.- 101 in. by 41 in. Extent.— 68 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper rough, thin and greyish; Jaina Devanā
gari characters with LEHETS; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. ra blank; this Ms. does not seem to contain the complete text; the gates are mostly given ; foll. numbered in both the margins; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition on the whole

Page #122

506. ]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
95
good ; complete ; extent 2168 ślokas ; this Ms contains an additional work viz. Taaragtits with vyākhyā which commences on fol. 5o and ends on fol. 686 ; at the end of the vyakhyā there is a colophon; from the lines that follow we learn that this Ms. was corrected by Ratnanidhāna Upādhyäya with the help of Pandita Ratnasundara Gaội ; total extent 3041 ślokas.
Age.-Samvat 1670. Begins.-- fol. Ibu & II II
ar yagat etc. as in:No. 502. Ends. - fol. 50a Gre q i etc., up to FATA sia il as in
No. 5o2 followed by yll jo 338C il
N. B.- For other details see No. 5o3.
कल्पसूत्र अवचूर्णिसहित
Kalpasūtra with avacūrņi
No. 506
585.
1884-86. Size.-104 in. by 4 in. Extent.- (text) 41 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 43 letters to a line.
» –com.) „ » ; 26" » » » » ; 14 » » » » Description.- Country paper greyish, smooth and not very thin;
Jaina Devanāgari characters with TAFS; bold, clear, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; this Ms. contains both the text and a small gloss; both complete ; this is a 2798 Ms.; the text is consequently written in bigger hand in the middle, whereas the commentary all around and comparatively in a smaller hand; space reserved for the text
kept blank but not utilised for writing the commentary; 1-2 These numbers for the lines and the letters refer to a column.

Page #123

96
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1506.
most of the foll. more or less worm-eaten ; condition fair; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :--
(1) जिनचरित foll. I to 30° (2) स्थविरावली , 30° ,, 354
(3) सामाचारी ,, 350 ,, 41. Age.- Samvat 1469.
Author of avacūrņi.- Not mentioned.
Subject.— The text with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-- (text) fol. I नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 496.
--(com.) fol. I अत्र । चाध्ययने त्रयं. वाच्यं । जिनचरित्राणि स्थविरावली पर्युषणासामाचारी च। तत्रापि वर्तमानतीर्थाधिपतित्वेनासन्नोपकारित्वात् प्रथमं श्रीवर्द्धमानचरित्रमाहुः श्रीभद्रबाहुपादाः ॥ प्राकृतशैली etc. -(com.) fol. 30' तृतीयारके एकोननवतिपक्षावशेषे भगवान् सिद्धः = २ उपर्यष्टापदशैलशिखरस्य = २ चउ० उपवासषद्केन । चतुर्दशभक्तपरित्यागात् = ४ सम्यग् पद्मासने निषन् उपविष्टः = ५ इति चतुर्विंशतिजिनचरित्राणि समाप्तानि =
__ सांप्रतं स्थविरावली वक्तुकामः प्रक्रमते = etc. -(com.) fol. 35 वरा श्रेष्ठा मा लक्ष्मीस्तया उत्तम छत्रं वहति यस्य शिरसि धारयति देवः पूर्वसंगतिकः को( 5)पि =४ = मृदुना मधुरेण मार्दवेन मानपरित्यागेन संपन्नं =इचं (?) स्थविरावली मंगलार्थ पठ्यते =
५ = सांप्रतं पर्युषणासामाचारी विवक्षुरादौ पर्युषणा कदा विधेया
इत्याह । = आषाढचतुर्मासि(स)कादनादारभ्य etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 41 बहूणं देवीणं etc., up to उवदंसेइ त्ति बेमि as in
No. 47: --- followed by the lines as under :--
श्रीकल्प(ल्पा)ध्ययनमष्टमं श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामिभिः प्रत्याख्यानपूर्वान्निी ढं दशाश्रुतस्कंधमध्यगतं ॥ छ ॥ श्लोकसंख्यया ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ॥ १२१६ ॥ छ । संवत् १४६९ वर्षे वैशाखमामे श्रीडूंगरपुरे' लिखितं ॥ छ ॥ छ ।
यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्टं तादृशं लिखितं मया । यदि शुद्धमशुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥१॥
छ ॥छ॥छ॥ ,, (com.) fol. 41 स च दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्थाष्टमं [5]अध्यध्ययनं समार्थतमिति
श्रीः ॥छ ॥श्रीः ॥ ॥

Page #124

507.]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
92
' 'ऊकेश'वंशार्णवपूर्णिमेंदुः ।
श्राद्धावतंसो विजयादिपालः॥ अलीलिखत् शुद्धवरावचूर्णि
सखं सुखायाद्भुतकल्पसूत्रं ॥१॥ श्रीः ॥ श्री'इलदुर्ग वास्तव्यश्रेधारापत्नीचंपूः तयोः सप्त पुत्राः विज(य)पाल-गोपा-शिवराज-ठाकुर-सीनरिया-पर्वत-मेराख्याः पुत्री हीरुः तेषु सा विजयपालेन श्रीकल्पसूत्रप्रतीर्दश लेखयता स्वभ्रातृ
महापुरुषप्रौढप्रभावकगोपाश्रेयो()र्थ श्रीकल्पसूत्रं सावरि लेखितं ॥ . महोपाध्यायश्रीजिनमंडनगाणवाचनार्थ ॥ छ ॥ श्री॥ Reference.— See No. 496.
कल्पसूत्र अवचूर्णिसहित
Kalpasūtra with avacūrņi
No. 507
1223. 1886-92.
Size.--10ļ in. by 3 in. Extent.-- ( text ) 35 folios ; 11 to 13 lines to a page ; 53 letters to a . line.
, - (com.) ,, , ; 23, 26 ,, ,, ,, ,, ; 83 , ,,,
___line. Description.- Country paper thin and grey; Jaina Devanāgari chara
cters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; clear, uniform and elegant hand-writing, this Ms. contains both the text and a small gloss; it is a पश्चपाटी Ms.; the commentary is written in a very small hand and at times not clear ; several foll. have their eleges worn out; a sheet of paper of the same size and most probably of the same quality as the fol. pasted to each of the first and the last foll. ; condition fair ; red chalk and
yellow pigment used ; ink getting faded ; foll. numbered in 1-3 These numbers for lines and letters refer to a column. 13 [J. L.P.J

Page #125

98
[597.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
both the margins; fol. 1a blank; both the text and avacūrṇi complete ; the former is divided into 3 vācyas as under :--
"
"
Age.—– Samvat 1568.
Author of avacūrni. - Not mentioned.
Subject.-- The text along with a small commentary in Sanskrit. ६० ॥ नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 496.
Begins.--- (text) fol. 1
- (com) fol. r ॥ ६० ॥ अत्र चाध्ययने त्रयं वाच्यं । जिनानां चरितानि । स्थविरावली पर्युषणास (सा)माचारी । etc.
"
""
( text ) fol. 4b उसाप्पणीहिं । विइकंताहिं समुप्पज्जइ । ग्रं० १०० etc. ,, 74 तओ पुणो हारनिकरखीरसागरससंककिरणदगरयरयय महासेलपंडुरंगं ॥ २०० ग्रं० ॥ etc.
"
""
"
"
(I) जिनचरित (2) स्थविरावली ( 3 ) सामाचारी
"
37
"
""
foll. rb to 264
26a 29b
,,296,, 358.
"
"
"
""
"
,, 152 नगरमुत्तिए सहावेइ । २ ता ॥ एवं वयासी ॥ १०० etc.
,, ISD अणेगतालायराणुचरिअं । अणुद्धुअमुअंगं ग्रं. ५०० etc.
18b
मायाए वा लोभे वा भए वा हासे वा । पिज्जे बा । जाव मिच्छादंसणसल्ले वा ॥ ग्रं० ६०० etc.
104 धन्ना। मंगल्ला । सस्सिरीआ । आरुग्गतुट्टी दीहाउ अकल्लाण ग्रं० ३०० etc.
12 अरहंतमायरो वा चक्कवट्टिमायरो वा अरहंतंसि वा । चक्कहरंसि वा । गब्भं । ४०० ग्रं० etc.
" 214 जोगमुवागएणं । आहारवकंतीए । भववक्कंतीए सरीरवक्कंतीए । ग्रं० ७०० etc.
23 वरत्तावरत्तकालसमयसि । नेसज्जिए कालगए । ग्रं०
८०० etc.
264 जे से हेमंताणं । तच्चे मासे । पंचमे पक्खे । माहबहुले । ग्रं० ९०० etc.

Page #126

507.]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
99
(com.) fol. 26 उपवासषट्केनेत्यर्थः = २ etc. मंडिकश्चासौ पुत्रश्च धनदेवस्य मंडिकसव(तः)। केचित्तु मंडित इति धनदेवस्य नामांतरं वदंति। मंडिकमौर्यपुत्रयोरेकमातृकत्वेन भ्रात्रोरपि यद्भिन्नगोत्राभिधानं तत् पृथक(ग)जनकापेक्षया यतो मंडिकस्य पिता धनदेवा मौर्यपुत्रस्य मूर्या माता त्वेका विनया देवा । अविरोधश्च । तत्र देशे एकस्मिन् पत्यौ मृते द्वितीयं करणस्येति वृद्धाः = ६ = etc. (text) fol. 28° इमे चत्तारि थेरा अंतेवासी अहावच्चा अभिन्नाया हुत्था ॥ ग्रं०१००० etc. (com.) fol. 29 मृदुना मधुरेण मार्दवेन मानत्यागेन संपन्नं...करुणाहृदयं न द्रवेण नर्मणा संपन्नं अइव संपन्नं = ॥ ॥ उक्ता मंगलार्थ स्थविरावली॥ ____सांप्रत पर्य(ोषणाप्तामाचारीविवक्षुरादौ पर्युषणा कदा विधेया इति दृष्टांतेनाह etc. (text) fol. 324 भत्ता पाणा०नि० पवि० कप्पड से अप्पबुद्रिकायांसि । संतरुत्तरस्स । गाहा भ० पा०नि०प०॥३१॥० ११०० etc. (text) fol. 34 सेहे रायणि खामिज्जा । रायणिए वि सेहं खामिज्जा ॥
१२०० ग्रं. etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 356 algui aatui etc., up to n as in No. 2-47;
followed by प्रत्याख्यानपूर्वान्निदं ॥ ग्रं. १२१६ ॥
__इति कल्पसूत्रं संपूर्ण लिखितं 'सारि'ग्रामे पं. लावण्यभद्रगणि....' followed by the lines written in a different hand ( as it seems ) as under :--
नागपुरे नमिभवनप्रतिष्ठया माहितपाणिसौभाग्यः ।।
अभ(ब)द् वीराचार्य[:] स्त्रिभिः शतैः साधिकौ राज्ञः ॥१ . वि० ३०५॥ यक्षो नरसिंहसरिरासीदनोऽखिलग्रंथपारगो येन । यक्षो 'नरसिंहपुरे' । मांसरतित्याजितः स्वागराः] ॥२ वी१०५५ (१) 'खोमाण'राजकुलजोव(थ) समुद्रसूरि
गच्छं शशास किल यः प्रवरः प्रमाणी ॥
I Letters are indistinct, since ink has faded.

Page #127

too
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1508.
जित्वा तदा क्षपन(ण)कान स्ववशं वितेने ।
नागढुहे भुजगनाथनमस्यतीर्थे ॥३॥ विद्यासमुद्रहरिभद्रमुनींद्रभित्र ।
सूरिर्बभूव पुनरेव हि मानदेव(ः) । माद्यात् प्रयातमपि योऽनघसूरिमंत्र ।
लेभेबिकामुखगिरा तपसोजयते' ॥४॥ ...दिनकृत्य ५ कर्मग्रंथसिद्धपंचासि(शि)कासूत्रवृत्तयः ।
धर्मरत्नवृत्तिसुदर्शनाचीरत्रं भास्या(?ष्या दयः सुकृताः । पूर्वे श्रीविजयचंद्रमूरिणा श्रीदेवेंद्रमरिषु 'मालवक देशगतेषु गच्छावर्जननिमित्तं समस्तगीतार्थ पृथक २ वस्त्रपुट्टलिकाप्रदानं १ नित्यं'......त्यनुज्ञा २। चीवरक्षालन ३ फलशाकग्रहणं ४ नीवीप्रत्याख्याने निर्विकोत(ति)कग्रहणं ५ साधूनां द्विविधाहारप्रत्याख्यानं ६ आर्यिकाविहृतभोगः ७ गृहस्थप्रतिक्रमणकारापण ८ संविभागदिने गृहे गीतार्थगमन ९ लेपसंनिध्यभावां १० तत्कालोष्णोदकग्रहणं ११ इति गोत्रिकं वृद्धशालीयसमाचारी ॥ वी ९९३ वि० ५२३ कालिकाचार्येण चतुर्थी पर्युषणापर्वानीत ९९४ तस्य स्वर्गःवी
१००० सत्यनित्रे १० पूर्वविच्छेदः।। , - (com.) fol. 35" कथनं तेन सहित इति ब्रवीमीति श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी
स्वशिष्यान् प्रति ब्रूते न तु स्वमनीषिकया...अनेन च गुरुपारतन्त्र्य'...अनस्याटमस्यावचूरिः ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥ इति श्रीकल्पस्यावचूर्णिः ॥ संपूर्णा ॥
1...शुभं भवतु लेखकपाठयोश्च ॥ संवत् १५६८ वर्षे. Reference. - See No. 496.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra अवचूर्णिसहित
with avacūrņi No. 508
277.
A. 1882-83. Size.-- 101 in. by 4g in. Extent.- (text) 56 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line.
,, -- (com.),, ,, ; 25 to 273 ,, ,, ,, ; 8to 9 ,, ,, ,, , I Letters are indistinct, since ink has faded. 2-5 These numbers for lines and letters refer to a column.

Page #128

508.1
IV.6 Chedasutras
101
3 etc. in the
as well used : 1, the margin ; vek
Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; this is more or less a पञ्चपाटी Ms. ; the text written in big, clear and good handwriting; the same is the case with avacūrņi except that it is written in small hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines
mostly in red ink; fol. I blank; edges of the first fol. and those of the last slightly worn out; condition good; foll. 33rd and the following also numbered as 2, 3 etc. in the space between the lines of the margin ; yellow pigment and white paste as well used; both the text and avacūrņi complete ; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :(I) जिनचरित
foll. I to 420 (2) स्थविरावली
, 42 , 470 (3) सामाचारी
" 47° , 56. Age.-Samvat 1613. Begins.- (text) fol. I' ५ ६ ७ ५ ॐ नमो श्रीवीतरागाय ॥
तेणं कालेणं etc., as in No. 496. ,, -- (com.) ,, ,, ६0 ॥ अबाध्ययने त्रयं वाच्यं ! जिनानां चरितानि १ स्थविरा
बली २ पर्युषणासामाचारी च ३ etc.
(com.) fol. 42* सुसमदुसमाए त्ति तृतीयारके एकोननवतिपक्षविशेषः २। उप्पिंति उपरिऽ (अष्टापद'शैलशिखरस्य ५ से केण त्ति० सेशब्दोऽथशब्दार्थः। प्रश्नाभिप्रायोऽय ।
“जावई(इ)आ जस्स गणा तावइआ गणहरा तस्स" त्ति वचनात् सर्वजिनानां गणधरगणमानयोस्तुल्यत्वे(७)पि श्रीवीरस्य तु किमर्थमन्यथेति आचार्य आह । समणस्सेत्यादि । अकंपित्ताऽचलभ्रात्रोरेकरूपैव वाचना जाता । एवं मेतार्यप्रे(प्र)मासयोरपि । एकवाचनावा(चारयतिसमुदायो हि गण इति भावः ११ etc.
(com.) fol. 47° वरमुत्तमं त्ति वरा मा लक्ष्मीस्तु या उत्तम छत्रं धारयति ॥६॥
उक्ता मंगलार्थे स्थविरावली ॥ सांप्रतं पर्युषणासामाचारीविवक्षुरादौ
पर्युषणा कदा विधेया इति दृष्टांतेनाह etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 56° बहूणं देवीणं etc., up to ग्रंथानं १२१६ । as in
No. 47: followed by the lines as under :

Page #129

102
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[509.
छ । श्री ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १६१३ वर्षे श्रावणसुदि ५ वारशनौ 'मालव'मध्ये लिषतं 'हाथोद ग्रामे। श्री श्रु(शुभं भवंतु
जादशं पुस्तके द्रष्ट्वा तादशं लिखितं मया ।।
जदि शुद्धमशुद्धं वा मम दोक्खो न दीयते ॥१॥ ___-- (com.) fol. 56° कथनं व्याकरणं तेन सहितं सव्याकरणं । इति ब्रवी
मीति श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी स्वमनीषिकया किंतु तीर्थकरगणधरोपदेशेनेति । अनेन च गुरुपारतंत्र्यमभिहितमिति ॥ ६४ ॥
इति श्रीदशाश्रतस्कंधस्य श्रीकल्पाख्याष्टमाध्ययनस्यावचणिऋषिजैवंतयोग्या कल्पप्रतिरियं । क्षेत्रसिंहाख्येन लिपकिता । शुभं भवतु
लेषकपाठकयोः कल्याणमस्तु भद्रं भूयात् ॥ श्री etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 507.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पकिरणावलीसहित
with Kalpakiraņāvali
661. No. 509
1892-95. Size.- 115 in. by 5& in. Extent.- (text) 151 -- 1 = 150 folios ; 2 to 7 lines to a page ; 42
letters to a line. ,, - (com.) Iso folios ; 7 to 17 lines to a page ; 56 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper tough, thick and greyish; Jaina Deva
nägari characters ; bold, uniform, big, legible and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges singly, in red ink; this is a freret Ms. ; it contains both the text and the commentary; foll. numbered in the right-hand
margin; fol. IN blank ; the Ist line on it written in red ink; fol. 9 decorated with a beautiful illustration of Lord Parsvanatha; fol. 88th missing; fol. 92 marked as 933 fol. 128 marked as 127; fol. 114 and 1146 decorated in the centre with a big स्वस्तिक, fol. IIS with & and fol. IISb with ऐ"; edges of the first fol. worn out; condition good ; both the text and the commentary complete; the latter com

Page #130

509.]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
103
posed in Samvat 1628 has its extent 4814 ślokas plus 16 letters; the text contains 3 vācyas as under :-- (I) जिनचरित
foll. 1b to 1191 (2) स्थविराबली
, 120 , 1300 (3) सामाचारी
" II, I50". Age.-Samvat 1721. Author of the commentaty.-- Dharmasāgara Gaņi, pupil of Hira
vijaya Sūri. Subject.---- The text along with a Sanskrit commentery (vrtti) popu
larly known as Kiraņāvali. This commentary is also known as Kalpavyākhyānapaddhati. It is at times criticized in Subodhikā ; see Nos.is
____706. _ _ 255.
05. 1899-1915. 1871-72.. Begins.- (text) fol. 9°५६०॥ श्री नमः।
तेणं कालेणं etc., as in No. 496. , --(com.) fol. 1 ए६० ॥ श्रीशंखेश्वरपार्श्वजिनो जयतु ॥ पंडितश्रीभी३श्रीकल्याणसागरगणिचरणकमलेभ्यो नमः ॥ऐं नमः ॥
प्रणम्य प्रणताशेषवीरं वीरजिनेश्वरं । स्ववाचनकृते कुर्वे । कल्पव्याख्यानपद्धतिम् ॥१॥
इह हि तावच्चतुर्मासकमासीना मुनयो मंगलानमित्तं । कल्पनुकल्प• पर्युषणाकल्पाभिधानमध्ययनं पंच दिनानि वाचति । तत्र कल्पः साध्वाचारः च दशधा ॥ तद्यथा
आचेल(लोक्कु १ देसिअ २ सिज्जायर ३ रायपिंड ४ किइकम्मे ५।
घय ६ जिट ७ पडिकमणे मासं ९ पज्जोसवण १०। कप्पे ॥१॥ व्याख्या ।। अविद्यमानं चेलं वस्त्रं यस्य(स्या)सावचेलकः ॥ etc. (com.) fol. 3* कथं ज्येष्ठताव्यवहारः । इत्याह ॥
पितिपुत्तमाइआणं समग पत्ताणि जिपितिपभई
थेवंतरे विलंबो पन्नवणाए उवट्टवणा ॥१॥ व्याख्या ॥ पिता etc. (com.) fol. 5* यदाहुः । श्रीहरिभद्रसूरिपादाः ।
एवंविहाण वि इह( हं ) चरणं दिलृ तिलोगनाहिं जोगाण थिरो भावो जम्हा एएसि सद्धो ओ(उ) etc,

Page #131

[509.
104
Jaina Literature and Philosophy (com.) fol. 6° इत्यादि कल्पसूत्रश्रवणफलं ॥ न चैविधमाहात्म्यस्य नैकाति
कत्वं शंकनीयं etc. (com.) fol. 8° अथात्र कल्पाध्ययने त्रि(बी)णि वाच्यानि । तथाहि ॥ जिनानां
चरितानि । १॥ स्थविरावली (11)२ (1) पर्युषणा स(सा)माचारी ॥३॥ चेति॥ उक्तं च ॥
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो मंगलं वद्धमाणतित्थंमि।
इह परिकहिआ जिणगणहराइथरावली चरित्तं ॥१॥ व्याख्या ॥ ___वर्षे पततु मा वा पर्युषणा तावदवश्यं कर्त्तव्येति प्रथमचरमयोः ऋषभवीरयोस्तीर्थे कल्पो मंगलं च । तीर्थे यस्मादेवं तस्मादिह परिकथितानि जिनानां चरितानि १ गणधरादिस्थविरावली २ चरित्रं ३ चेति । तत्रापि सांप्रा(प्रतीनतीर्थाधिपतित्वेन प्रत्यासन्नोपकारित्वादादावेव श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामिपादास्तद्भवव्यातकरावाप्तपंचकल्याणकनिबंधबंधुरं श्री[श्रीवरिचरित्रं सूत्रयंत उद्देशनिर्देशसूचकप्रायं जघन्यमध्यमवाच(नात्मकं प्रथम
सूत्रमादिशति ॥ छ ॥श्री ॥ etc. (com.) fol. 9" ५ ६० ॥ तेणं कालेणमित्यादितः परिनिबुडे भयवमिति पर्य(य)तं ॥
तत्र यत्तदोर्नित्याभिसंबंधात् । यत्रासौ स्वामी दशमदेवलोकगत पुष्पोत्तर'प्रवरविमानाद् देवानंदाकुक्षाववातरदिति यच्छब्दघटितमत्वमध्याह(?)त्य तेणं ति
ते तस्मिन् णमिति वाक्यालंकारे etc. (com.) fol. 119° उसभस्स णं अरहओ इत्यादितः काले गच्छइ त्ति पर्यंत ॥ २२८ ॥ इति श्रीवृषभदेवचरित्रं ॥ छ ।
इति श्रीमत् तपा'गणगगनांगणनभोमणिश्रीवहीरविजयसूरी[5]श्वरशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगणिविरचितायां श्रीकल्पाकरणावल्यां जिन
चरितरूपप्रथमव्याख्यानपद्धतिः ॥ समाप्ता ॥ श्रीरस्तुः छः (com.) fol. 130° मृदुना मधुरेण माईवेन मानत्यागेन संपन्नमथवा मृदुकं करुणार्द्रहृदयं अ(आ)वसंपन्ननर्मणाऽसंपन्ननर्मणाऽसंपन्नमिति ॥ ७ ॥ च्छ।
इति श्रीमत्'तपा'गणगगनांगणनभोमणिश्रीपहीरविजयसूरीस्व(श्व)रशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीश्रीधर्मसागरगणिविरचितायां श्रीकल्पकिरणावल्यां व्याख्यानपद्धतिः समाप्ता ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्ता श्रीपर्युषणाकल्पे द्वितीयवाच्यव्याख्यानपद्धतिः । थेरावली संपूणेति श्रेयः सकलमुनिजनमंडित. महीतलाय शुभं भवतु ॥
Ends.- (text) fol 150° बहणं देवीणं etc., as in No. -
1870-7I.

Page #132

509.]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
105
Ends.-- (com.) fol. ISI• स्वशिष्यान् ब्रूते नेदं स्वमनीषिकया ब्रवीमि किंतु तीर्थकरगणधरोपदेशेनेति (1) अनेन च गुरुपारतंत्र्यमभिहितामिति ॥ ६४॥
इति श्रीमत् तपागणगगनांगणनभोमणिश्रीवहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगणिविरचितायां श्रीकल्पकिरणावल्यां सामाचारीव्याख्यानपद्धतिः समाप्ता ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्ता श्रीपर्युषणाकल्पे तृतीयवाच्यव्याख्यानपद्धतिः॥
व्याख्योपयोगिनिश्शेषवाच्यरुच्या वचं(च)स्विनां ॥ स्फूर्तिकर्वी सदस्येषा श्रीकल्पकिरणावालः ॥१॥ विक्रमादष्टयुक्षद्कशशांकांकित१६२८वत्सरे ॥ दीपोत्सवदिने दृब्धा 'राजधन्यपुर' पुरे ॥२॥ युग्मं अनुष्टुभो(ड)ष्टचत्वारिंशच्छतानि चतुर्दश ॥
षोडशोपरि वर्णाश्च ग्रंथमानमिहोदितं ॥३॥ इति श्रीकल्पकिरणावलीनाम्नी वृत्तिः ॥ छ ।
श्रीवर्द्धमानप्रभुशासनाभ्र(ब्ज)।
प्रभासने नव्यसहस्रभानोः॥ लीलां दधानो(s)पि सुधैकधामा ।
सुधर्मनामा गणभृद् बभूव (१) तत्पट्टपूर्वाचलचित्रभानवो___(s)नेके बभूवुर्भुवि सूरिशेखराः संप्राप्नुवंतो गुणजां नवां नवां
गच्छस्य संज्ञां किल कौटिकादिकां (२) बृहद्गणांभोनिधिचंद्रसन्निभाः
श्रीमज्जगच्चंद्रगुरूत्तमाः क्रमात् तेषामशेषागमपारगामिनो __समुद्वभूवुर्भुवनकभूषकाः (३) तपोभिर्दुस्तपेः(पैः) प्रापुर्ये 'तपा' इति विश्रुतं बिरुदं बाणनागेंद्रद्विचंद्रांकित१२८५वत्सरे। (४) ततः प्रभृति गच्छो(s)यं 'तपागच्छ इति क्षितौ विख्यातो(s)भूज्जनानंदकंदकंदलनकभूः (५) तत्परंपरया श्रीमदानंदविमलाह्वयाः ।
सूरींद्राः समजायंत जगदानंददायिनः (६) 14 [J.L.P.]

Page #133

106
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[509. मिथ्यामतितमस्तोमसमाक्रांतमिदं जगत् . . एतत् श्वभ्रे समु(द)दधे यैः क्रियोद्धारपूर्वकं (७) तत्पढें()कुंभिकुंभस्थलैकसिंदूरपूरसंकाशाः श्रीविजयदानसूरीश्वराः बभूवुर्जगद्विदिताः (८) तेषां पट्टे संप्रति विजयंते हीरविजयसूरीशाः ये श्वेतांबरयतिनां सर्वेषामाधिपत्यभृतः (९) कलिकाले(s)पि प्रकटीकृततीर्थकरसमानमाहमानः गीयते ये सकलैरद्भुतमाहात्म्यदर्शनतः (१०) तेषां विजयिनि राज्ये राजते सकलवाचकोत्तंसाः श्रीधर्मसागराह्वा निखिलागमकनक(क)षपट्टाः (११) कुमतिमतंगजकुंभस्थलपाटनपाटवेन सिंहसमा(:) दुर्मतवादिविवादादपि सततं लब्धजयवादाः (१२) श्रीकल्पसूत्रगतसंशयतामसाली
नाशे नवीनतरणेः किरणालिकल्पा एषा(s)तिशेषरचना रुचिरा वितेने ___ तैरत्र कल्पकिरणावलिनामत्तिः (१३) यावत्तिष्ठति 'मेरु'र्यावजिनशासनं जगन्मध्ये तावत्तिष्ठतु शिष्टैर्निरंतरं वाच्यमाना(s)सौ ॥ १४ ॥
इति प्रशस्तिः ॥ श्रीमत्'तपा'गणमहोदधिचारुचंद्राः
सर्वज्ञशासनविभासनवासरेंद्राः ये सांप्रतं सकलिनामनुकारिणस्ते
शश्वज्जयंतु विजयप्रभसारिशक्राः (१) तेषां गणे सकलसाधुशिरो()वतंसा
निश्शेषनम्रधरणीश्वरराजहंसाः चारित्रसल्लालितवृत्तिविधूतदोषाः
चारित्रसागरलसद्गुरवो बभूवुः (२) तत्पट्टपूर्वधरणीध्र(धोरविप्रकाशा
लक्ष्मीविलासनिलया विबुधावतंसाः कल्याणसागर इति प्रथिताभिधानाः
कल्याणदाममसदा सरवो जयंति (३

Page #134

Sto.
IV. 6 Chedasůlras
107
लोकत्रयीविबुधराशिशिरोमणीनां
विद्याविनोदरसनिर्जितदीधितीनां वाग्डंबरादररवाल्पितवाक्पतीनां
_ विद्वद्यशःप्रथमसागरसिंधुराणां (४) शिष्येण कल्पकिरणावलिनामवृत्ति___ाख्यानवाचनकृते च लिपीकतेयं पीयूषभानुयुगलर्षिमही(१७२१)मिते(s)न्दे
शुक्लाष्टमीशुभदिने नभसः श्रिये(s)स्तु ॥५॥ श्रीकल्पसूत्रटीकापुस्तं पुण्यार्थमात्मनः पूर्ण
लिखितं यशस्वत्सागरगणिना सुखकारणं कृतिनाम् ॥१॥ इति प्रशस्तिः
॥ इति श्रीकल्पसूत्राका कल्पकिरणावलीनाम्नी संपूर्णा ॥ . Reference.-- Both the text and the commentary published. See
No. 496. For an additional Ms. of the text together with Kiradavali see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III, IV, p. 385.....
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पकिरणावलीसहित
with Kalpakiraṇāvali No. 510
1222.
1886-92. Size.— 104 in. by 4; in. Extent.-- (text) 127 folios ; 3 to 10 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a
line. -(com.) , "; 4 , 14 ,, ,, ,; 58 , ,,
line. Description.--Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with ears ; bold, clear, uniform and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; it is a faruret Ms.,

Page #135

to8
Jaina Literature and Fhilosophy
[510.
hence, as usual the hand-writing for the text is slightly bigger than that for the commentary; fol. 1a blank; edges of the last fol. slightly torn; condition on the whole very good; both the text and the commentary complete; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :()जिनचरित
foll. b to 100% (2) स्थविरावली
, 100 , 109 (3) सामाचारी
, IIo ,, I27 Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.- (text) fol. 7b ए
तेणं कालेणं etc., as in No. 496. , -(com.) fol. I' ए ६ ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः
प्रणम्य प्रणताशेष etc., as in No. 509.
47.
.
Ends.- (text) fol. 126° बहूणं देवीणं etc., as in No.
:
,, --(com.) fol. 127* स्वशिष्यान् ब्रूते etc., up to वाच्यमाना(सौ १४
as in No. 509 followed by the lines as under:fol. 127
श्रीमदहम्मदावाद वास्तव्यः संघनायकः सहजपालनामा(सीत् पुण्यप्रसारभासुरः १५ सतीजनशिरोरत्नं मंगाईति तदंगना कुंअरजातिसन्नामा तयो पुत्रोऽभवत्पुनः १६ आबाल्यादपि पुण्यात्मा धर्मकर्मपरायणः
सप्तक्षेत्र्यां वपन वित्तं स चक्रे सफलं जनुः १७ तथाहि
विजयदानसूरीणां समीपे समहोत्सवं प्रतिष्ठा कारयित्वा(5)सौ प्रतिष्ठा प्राप भूयसी १८ विमानप्रतिमानं स प्रतिश्रयमचीकरत् स्थितये धर्मराजस्य राजधानीमिवोत्तमा १९ स च संघपतीभूय यात्रां 'सिद्धगिरेव्यधात् ततः संघपतिख्याति विशेषालुब्धवान् भुवि २०

Page #136

$11.]
'शत्रुंजय' महातीर्थे पद्याबंधपुरस्सरं
स चैत्यं कारयामास यशः पुंजमिवात्मनः २१ 'तालध्वजो ' ' ज ( ज्ज )यंता द्वि नाम्ने प्रथिततार्थयोः जी(र्णोद्धारं स चक्रेऽष्टापदे' भरतभूपवत् २२
ज्ञानावरणकर्मोत्थध्वांतध्वंसविधित्सया
गुरूणामुपदेशेन स संघपतिरादा (दरा) त् २३ पदमाई प्रियापुत्र विमलदाससंयुतः
अलेखयत्स्वयं वृत्तेरमुष्याः शतशः प्रतीः २४ इति प्रशस्तिः ।
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 509.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पकिरणावलीसहित
iv. 6 Chedasutras
"
22
No. 511
Size.-- ro‡ in. by 44 in. Extent.— (text) 141 folios; 1 to 8 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line
Kalpasūtra with Kalpakiraṇāvalī
1177. 1884-87.
- ( com.) ; 10,, 17,, " ,,,, ; 48 Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional qars; this is a fret Ms; the text written in a comparatively bigger hand; clear and good hand-writing; when there is no portion of the text to be written on a particular fol., space is utilized for writing the commentary; red chalk used; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1; the same is the case with fol. 141b foll. r* and 141b blank ; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 94b ; condition tolerably good; yellow pigment rarely used; the
"
109
""
" " "

Page #137

I10
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[SII.
text as well as the commentary complete ; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :(1) जिनचरित
foll. 1b to 1103 (2) स्थविरावली , II , I20°
(3) सामाचारी . , 121 , 140*. Age.- Samvat 1673. Begins.-- (text) fol. 8b ll du froi etc. - (com.) fol. 1° ५ ६ ७॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
प्रणम्य प्रणताशेष etc., as in No. 509. Ends.- (text) fol. 1396 agoi qaro agut aatu etc., as in No. 47: ;; , -(com.), 140* स्वाशिष्यान् ब्रूते etc., up to शतशः प्रती ।। २४॥ इति प्रशस्ति(:) as in No. SIo followed by the lines as under:नक्षत्राक्षतपूरी(रि)तं मरकतस्थालं विशालं नमः
पीयषातिनालिकेरकलितं चंद्रप्रभाचंदनं . या(वोन्मेरुकरे गभस्तिकटके धत्ते धरित्रीवधू
स्तावन्नवंतु धर्मकर्मनिरतः श्रीसंघभट्टारकः ॥१॥ स्फूर्जन्नागेंद्रनाले विगु(?)पचितदले तारकाबीजजाले ।
क्षोणीभृत्केसराले कनकगिरिलसत्कर्णिकाचक्रवाले।
याम्यौ(?) मां मां बुजे(s)स्मिन् स्फुरदुरुललितं राजते राजहंस... द्वंद्वनिद्वमेतज्जगति विजयतां तावदेषो(छत्र संघः ॥२॥
इति श्रीकल्पकिरणावली समाप्तं ॥ संवत् १६७३वर्षे चैत्रशुदि ५. दिने रविवासरे । सा० धर्मदासपुत्रसा०विट्ठलदासकस्य लपापितं । सा०
पुंजाख्येन श्रेयो(s)) वाच्यमानो चिरं जीयात् । श्रीरस्तु () शुभं भवतु । श्री .... B.- For further particulars see No. 509.

Page #138

512. ] IV. 6 Chedasätras
· 111 - कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पकिरणावलीसहित
with Kalpakiraṇāvali
182. No. 512
1871-72. Size.-- 10g in. by 4} in. Extent.-- (text) 217 -- 2 = 215 folios ; I to 7 lines to a page ; 36
letters to line. . --(com.) 215 folios; 3 to II lines to a page; 45 letters to a
line. Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with EATETS ; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary ; it is practically a gret Ms.; consequently the text is written in a comparatively bigger hand; legible and very good hand-writing ; borders raled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. Ia blank; foll. 18 to 20 bracketed ; central space not reserved for the text when it is not written (vide fol. 1175); corners of some of the foll.worn out, otherwise condition excellent ; complete; extent of the text 1216 ślokas; total extent 8018 (?)ślokas; prasasti wanting; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under:(1) fara
1 to 1738 (2) Puertas
, 1738 , 1796 (3) FIAT
1902 , 2176. Age.-- Not quite modern. Begins.— (text) fol. 186 foi resur etc. „ -- (com.) ID II & 0 0 11 satyFeet TA:
Jure PUITTISTIC etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 217* argui a toi etc., practically up to #rari as in
No. No. 1870-71.
47._ followed by 88 guf j. 8835. „ -- (com.) fol. 2176 Farretora da etc., practically up to gt gal
Pll as in No. 509 followed by the lines as under:
foll.

Page #139

II2
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[513. इति श्रीथ(?)समागणगगनभ(न)भोमणिश्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वराशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरविरचितश्रीकल्पकिरणावल्यपरनाम्नी श्रीकल्पव्याख्या)नपद्धति) ॥ छ ॥
अनुष्टुभो(s)ष्टचत्वारिंशच्छतानि चतुर्दश ४८१४
षोडशोपरि वर्णाय(श्व) १६ ग्रंथम(मा)न्मा(नमोहोदित(तं) १ ग्रंथानं ८०१४(२)अक्षर १६ etc.
N. B.- For other details see No. 509.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पकिरणावलीसहित No. 513
Kalpasūtra with Kalpakiraṇāvali
420. 1882-83.
Size.— 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.--( text ) 321 folios ; 9 to 11 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a
line. Description.--Country paper rough, tough and white; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms., all the same the hand-writing for the text does not appear to differ from that for the commentary in size ; legible and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers for the foll. entered in the righthand margin ; fol. ra blank ; yellow pigment and red chalk used : edges of the first fol. slightly worn out3; condition very good; the text as well as the commentary complete ; the text is divided into 3 vacyas as under:(I) जिनचरित
foll. 10 to 2522 (2) स्थविरावली
, 252 , 276 (3) सामाचारी
, 276 , 320*. Age.- Saṁvat 1677. Begins.-- (text) fol. 17° तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc. ,, - (com.) ,, ,, श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
प्रणम्य प्रणताशेष etc., as in No. 509.

Page #140

514.]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
II3
Ends.--- (text) fol. 319a apoi aatoi etc., as in No. 516. ,, -- (com.) ,, ,, अनेन च गुरु etc., up to शतशःप्रती ॥२४॥ as in No. 510 followed by the lines as under :
इति प्रशस्तिः श्रीरस्तु संवत् १६७७ वर्षे माहमासे शुक्लपक्षे १५ पूर्णिमायां तिथौ लिखितं । श्री मांद्धाक्ष'पुरमध्य
लाद्रक्षेज्जलाद्रक्षेद्रक्षेच्छिथ(थिोलबंधनात् ।
मूर्षहस्तगतां रक्षेदेवं वदति पुस्तक(कः)॥१॥ In the margin of fol. 3216 we have :--
पंडितश्रीविबुधसागरगणिशिष्यसु०भोजसागरनी कल्पकिरणावली पं०श्रीविबुधसागरगणिप्रदत्ता संवत् १७१६ वर्षे आ()कार्तिक
वदि ९ दिने गुरुपुष्ययोगे ॥ 'पत्तन नगरे ॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 509.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पप्रदीपिकासहित
Kalpasūtra with Kalpapradipikā
1128. 1887-91.
No. 514
Size.— 101 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- (text) 127- I = 126 folios ; 2 to 6 lines to a page; 37
letters to a line. .. - (com.) 126 folios8 to I3 lines to a page:54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari
characters with ATENTS ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a gre Ms.: the hand-writing of the commentary smaller than that of the text; bold, legible, and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the intervening space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; some of the foll. partly smutty; foll. 95 to 127 damarged slightly at the corners; condition on the whole good ; text complete ; commentary
begins abruptly as the first trol, is missing ; this commentary 15 [J. L. P.]

Page #141

II4
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[514.
is designated as Kalpapradipikā; it was composed in Samvat , 1674, and was revised by Dhanavijaya Vacaka, pupil of
Kalyanavijaya Vacaka in Samvat 1680 ( see No. SIS); the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :(1) जिनचरित
foll. 6b to 962 (2) स्थविरावली
, 96 ,, I070 (3) सामाचारी
., I07° ., I270; extent of the commentary 3200 slokas plus 4 letters. Age.-- Samvat 1680. Author of the commentary.– Saighavijaya Gani, pupil of Vijaya-.
sena Súri of Tapā gaccha. Subject.- The text as before, along with its explanation in Sanskrit, Begins.- (text) fol. 6° तेणं कालेणं etc., as in No. 496. , --(com.) fol. 2* विधः। सर्वजिनतीर्थेषु साधूनामकल्प्यः । यतः
सिज्जायर त्ति भन्नइ । आलयसामी अ तस्स जो पिंडो । सो सम्बेसिं न कप्पइ । पसंगसुहदोसभावाओ॥१॥ जइ जग्गंति सुविहिआ। करंति आवस्सयं च अन्नत्थ । सिज्जायरोन होइ सुत्ते व कु(क)ए व सो होइ॥२॥ तण १ डगल २ छार ३ मल्लग ४ सिज्जा ५ संथार ६ पीढ ७
लेबाई ८ सिज्जायरपिंडो सो न होइ सेहो असो वहिओ ॥३॥ शय्याक(त)रकल्पः तृतीयः ॥३॥ राजा । सेनापति १ पुरोहित २ श्रेष्ठन्य३ऽमात्य ४ सार्थवाह लक्षणैः पंचभिः सार्धं राज्यं भुजानश्चक्रवादिस्तस्य पिंडोऽशनादिचतुष्कं वस्त्रपात्रकंबलरजोहरणं चेत्यष्टविधः । स चाद्यांतजिनतीर्थयोाघातादिदोषदूषितत्वादकल्प्यः अन्येषां तीर्थेषु मुनीनां ऋजुप्राज्ञ त्वात् राजपिंडः कल्प्यः । राजपिंडकल्पः चतुर्थः ॥ ४॥ etc. (com.) fol. 95° उप्पिं० उपरि 'अष्टापद'शैलशिखरस्य चोइसे० उपवासषद्केन ॥ २२६ उसभस्सेत्यादितः काले गच्छईत्यंत प्राग्वत् २२७
इति श्रीऋषभचरित्रं श्रीमत् तपा'गणगगनविकाशननभोमणिभट्टारकश्रीविजयसेनसूरीश्वरशिष्यपंडितश्रीसंघविजयगणिविरचितायां श्री. कल्पप्रदीपिकायां जिनचरितरूपप्रथमवाच्यव्याख्यानानुक्रमः संपूर्णः ।।
अथ गणधरादिस्थविरावलीरूपे द्वितीये वाच्ये जघन्यवाचनायां स्थविरावलीमाह तेणमित्यादितो हत्थेत्यंत स्पष्टं १ etc.

Page #142

iV:6 Chedasntras
115
(com) fol. 107 मृदुना मधुरेण मार्दवेन मानत्यागेन संपन्नं यद्वा मृदुं करुणार्द्रहृदयं अ (आ) द्र (द्र) वेण नर्मणा संपन्नं अइवसंपन्नं १० ७
514.]
इति श्री'तप' गणगगन विकाशननभोमणिभट्टारक श्री ६ विजयसेनसूरीश्वर शिष्य पंडित श्रीसंघ विजयगणिविरचितायां श्रीकल्पप्रदीपिकायां स्थविरावली रूप द्वितीयवाच्यव्याख्यानानुक्रमः संपूर्णः
अथ पर्युषणासामाचारीरूपं तृतीयं वाच्यं विवक्षुरादौ पर्युषणा कदा विधेयेति शिष्य (प्र) शिष्यादिदृष्टांतेन प्राह तेणमित्यादितः पज्जोसवेईत्यंत etc.
Ends.— (text) fol. 1260 बहूणं देवीणं etc., as in No. 516.
(com) fol. 127 * स च दशाश्रुतस्कंधसिद्धांतस्याष्टमाध्ययनं समाप्तं :
इति श्रीमत' तपा' गणगगनविकाशनन भोमणिनिखिलजननिकरमनीषितार्थप्रदानसुरमणि श्रीमत्साहि अकब्बरवसुमतीवल्लभसभाप्राप्तजयवादप्राप्तिसमुद्भूतयशः सुधासमुदय रजनिमणिश्रीमत्साहक माकुल सदनप्रकाशन सदनमाणभट्टारकपुरंदर श्री ६ विजय सेन सूरीश्व रशिष्यपंडितश्री संघविजयगणिविरचितायां श्रीकल्पप्रदीपिकायां सामाचारीरूपतृतीयवाच्यव्याख्यानानुक्रमः संपूर्णः सामाचारीरूपतृतीयवाच्यव्याख्यानानुक्रमे संपूर्णे सति पर्युषणाकल्पनामाध्ययनं
संपूर्ण ॥
वेदाद्रिरसशीतांशुमिताब्दे १६७४ विक्रमार्कतः श्रीमद्विजयसेनाख्य सूरिपादात्र (ब्ज) सेविना १ प्राज्ञः श्रीसंघविजयगणिना या विनिर्मिता । विबुधैर्षाच्यमाना (S)स्तु सा श्रीकल्पप्रदीपिका ॥ २ युग्मं ॥
श्रीमत्कल्याणविजयवाचककोटीतटीकिरीटानां शिष्यैः श्रीधनविजयैर्वाचकचूडामणीमुख्यैः ॥ ३ कल्पप्रदीपिकायाः प्रतिरेषा शोधिता चिरं जयतु मात्सर्यमुक्तमानसविबुधैरपरैश्व संशोध्या ॥ ४
युग्मं ॥
प्रत्यक्षरं गणनया भवंति कल्पप्रदीपिकाग्रंथे श्लोकानां द्वात्रिंशत् शतानि वर्णाश्व चत्वारः ॥ ५
ग्रंथाग्रं ३२०० ( । ) संवत् १६८० (वर्षे) आश्विनमासे शुरूपक्षे प्रतिपत्तिथौ सुधाकरवासरे लिखितेयं कल्पप्रदीपिका स्ववाचनार्थे परोपकाराय श्रीरस्तु शुभं भवतु.

Page #143

116
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1515.
Reference.-- See Z. D. M. G. vol. XLII, p. 550, Leipzig, 1888.
Herein Kalpa pradipika is mentioned by G. Bühler in his article “ Two lists of Sanskrit Mss. together with some remarks on my connexion with the search for Sanskrit Mss.” For an additional Ms. of the text with Kalpapradipikā and its description see Keith's Catalogue vol. II, pt. II, No. 7474.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पप्रदीपिकासहित
with Kalpapradīpika
704. No. 515
1899-1915. Size.-- 103 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- (text) 156-1 = 155 folios ; 3 to 10 lines to a page ; 38 to
39 letters to a line. » (com.) 155 folios ; 4 to ro lines to a page, 43 letters to a
line.
Description.-- Country paper thin, tough and white; Jaina Deva
någari characters; this is a fêterai Ms. containing the text and commentary, the former written in big, clear and good handwriting ; the latter in a comparatively small hand; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; foll. 2 to 30 slightly damaged; a few foll. partly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole good; periods of the embryonic condition of the 24 Jinas tabulated on fol. 57a; fol. 156b practically blank; the ist fol. missing, therefore the commentary begins abruptly; the text is however complete ; the commentary composed in Samvat 1674; there is a dittographical error regarding the colophon. The text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :( 1 ) mart
foll. 10 to 1196 (2) Faciales
» 1209 ,, 133b ( 3 ) Haart
» 134* „ 155

Page #144

516.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras Age.-- Pretty old. . Begins.- (text) fol. I0 तेणं कालेग तेणं समएणं etc. ,, - (com.) fol. 20 तः । तादृग्विशिष्टवेषाभावेऽचेलकत्वव्यबहारः सार्व
जनीनो नत्र कुत्सावाची च यथा । etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 154° बहूणं देशणं etc., up to the end as in No. 516. , -- (com.) fol. I55* स च दशाश्रुतस्कंध etc. up to सा श्रीकल्पप्रदी
पिका ॥ २॥ युग्मं ॥ as in No. 5I4 followed by the lines as under :--
श्रीवीरक्रमसेवापरायणः श्रीसुधर्मनामाऽऽसीत् प्रथमो गणाधिराजः ततः क्रमात् हीरविजयगुरुः ३ यद्वचनरंजितश्रीअक्कबरक्षितिधरो(5)खिले देशे षण्मासावधिजीवाऽभयप्रदानं विधमे स्म ॥ ४ तत्पट्टोदयभूभृत् तरणिः श्रीविजयसेनसूरींद्रः निःशेषशास्त्रजलनिधिपारप्राप्तिप्रवरपोतः ६ संप्रति तत्पट्टधरश्रीविजयानंदसूरिविभुराज्ये बिजयप्रमोदकारिण गगनाष्टरसेंदुमितवर्षे १६८० ॥७॥
Then from श्रीमत्कल्याणावजय etc., up to वर्णाश्च चत्वारः as in No. 514 followed by j Roos811 o ll . On fol. 156a verses from श्रीवीरक्रमसेवा etc. are repeated. Only the following verse is inserted after the hemistich of the fifth verse noted above :
आ वमुधाचंद्रार्क यत्कीर्तिनिश्चला तस्थौ ॥ ५॥
तत्पट्टभालभूषणतिलकश्रीविजयतिलकसूरीशः । N. B.-- For other details see No. 514.
Kalpasūtra with Kalpadīpikā
कल्पसूत्र कल्पदीपिकासहित
No. 516 Size.— 104 in. by 4d in.
___47.
1870-71.

Page #145

1:18
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1516.
Extent.-- (text) 152 folios ; I to ir lines to a page ; 40 letters
to a line. » (com.) » ; 7, 13 us » » ; 44 »
to a line. Description.- Country paper neither very thick nor very thin and
greyish in colour; Jaina Devanāgari characters with QUHETS ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a feraret Ms; the hand-writing for the text being slightly bigger than that for the commentary; bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; daņdas written in red ink ; foll. I* and 1526 blank ; small strips of paper pasted to the first fol. ; the first few foll. have a small hole; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the last fol.; condition on the whole good; yellow pigment used; both the text and its commentary complete. The commentary is entitled as Freifrat. It is composed in Samvat 1677 and is revised and corrected by Bhāvavijaya Gaņi. Its extent is 3432 ślokas. There is a blank space in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well. The text is divided into three vācyas as under: (1) frafra
foll. I to 117* (2) FETE
» 1179 , 1296 (3) FIAT
» 129* „ 1524. Age,– Not later than Saṁvat 1685. Author of the commentary.- Jayavijaya, a devotee of Vimalaharşa
of Tapā gaccha. This Jayavijaya is thus different from one who has commented upon Sobhana Muni's Caturvimśatika
in Saṁvat 1671. Subject.— The text together with its Sanskrit commentary. Begins.-- (text) fol. 9-14 1801 TA: HOT
wat terus etc., as in No. 496. - (com.) fol. 10 110 m Š THAI
श्रीसंखेश्वरापार्श्वनाथाय नमः । महोपाध्यायश्रीविमलहर्षगाणगुरुभ्यो नमो नमः।

Page #146

516.]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
II9
कल्याणांकुरवृद्धये जलधर(रः) सर्वार्थसंपत्तिकृत् ।
पादाभोजयुग(?)जगज्जनमनःसंकल्पकल्पद्रमं ॥ भेजुर्यस्य सुरा जरामृतिहृते विश्वत्रयी कामधुक् ।
स श्रीवीरजिनेश्वरो जनयतान्नै श्रेयसी संपदं ।१। etc, प्रणम्य निखिलान् सूरीन् । स्वगुरुं सततोदयं । कर्वे स्वबोधविधये । सुगमां कल्पदीपिकां।२। पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो मंगलं वद्धमाणतित्थंमि ।
इह परिकहिया जिणगणहराइ । थेरावली चरितं ।३।। इह तावच्चतुर्मासं संस्थिताः साधवो मंगलनिमित्तं । पर्युषणापर्वाण । पंच दिनानि कल्पसूचं वाचयंति । तत्र कल्प इति को( )र्थः साध्वाचारः । स च दशविधः । तथाहि।
आचेलक्कु ।१।हेसिअ २५ सिज्जायर ३ रायपिंड ४ किइकम्मे । ५।
वय ६जिट ७ पडिक्कमणे । ८मासं ९ पज्जोसवण १० कप्पे ।१ अत्र कल्पशब्दः सर्वत्र योज्यस्तत्र । आचेलक्यं । श्रीवर्द्धमानयुगादिजिनावाश्रित्य । देवेंद्रोपनीतदेवदृष्यापगमे । यावज्जीवं । अन्येषां तु तत्सद्भावाद् यावज्जीवं सचेलकत्वं । प्रथमांतिमजिनेंद्रसाधूनुद्दिश्य च । श्वेतमानाद्यपतानां। जीर्णप्रायाणां वा । वस्त्राणां धारित्वात् । अचेलकत्वमिति व्यपदिश्यते । अजितादितीर्थकृतां साधूनां । ऋजुप्रज्ञत्वात् । महामूल्यमानाधिकवस्त्रधारित्वेन । सचे(च)लकत्वं । १ प्रथमः etc. (com) fol. 8' इति नागकेतुकथा । अष्टमतपसि कविघटना त्वेवं । किं रत्नत्रयसेवनं किमथवा शल्यत्रयोन्मूलनं ?।
किं वा चित्तवचोवपुःकृतमलप्रक्षालनं सर्वतः ? किं जन्मत्रयपावनं किमभवद्विश्वत्रयायं पदं?।
धन्यैर्यद्विहितं कलावपि जनैः पर्वोपवासत्रयं । १। तदेवं समुपस्थिते । पर्युषणापर्वणि । अष्टमतपःपूर्व । सकलापद्रवविद्रावकस्य । समग्रमंगलसंकेतनिकेतनस्य महानंदपरमनिदानस्य । महार्थनिधानस्य श्रीकल्पसत्रस्य वाचना सावधानतयाऽवश्यं । श्रवणीयेति कृतं प्रसंगेनाथ प्रकृतं प्रस्तूयते । इति पीठिका।
इह तावन्मंगलनिमित्तं । पंचपरमेष्ठिनमस्कारमंगलमाह । नमो अरिहंतेति ।
नमोऽहंद्भ्यः शक्रादिकृतां पूजां । etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. ISo' बहूण देवीणं मज्झगए चेव । एवमाइक्वइ । एवं भासइ
एवं पण्णवेइ । एवं परूवेइ । पज्जोसवणाकप्पो नाम अज्झयणं ॥ सअट्रं सहेउअं सकारणं समुत्तं सअत्थं सउभय । सवागरणं भुज्जो भुज्जो उव
*
This is the first verse of Kalpäntarvácya. Sce No.

Page #147

[516.
I20
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
दंसेइ त्ति बेमि ॥ छ ॥ पज्जोसवणाकप्पो दसासुअ(य)क्खंधस्स अट्टमं
अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं । छ। Ends.- (com.) fol. ISI" अनेन च गुरुपारतंत्र्यमभिहितमिति । पज्जोसवणा
कप्पो त्ति पर्युषणाकल्पो दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्याऽष्टममध्ययनं समार्थत इति सामाचारीव्याख्यानं संपूर्ण। तत्संपूत्तौ च संपूर्णा श्रीकल्पदीपिकेति श्रेयः ।
गुणगणमणिगेहे श्री'तपागच्छसिंधौ।
कुमततिमिरभेदे जागरूकप्रभावाः । विजयिविजयदानाः मूरिसूर्या बभूवु
स्त्रिभुवनजनपद्मोल्लासनैकस्वभावाः॥१॥ तत्पट्टोदयसानुमालिशिखरे भास्वत्प्रभाभासुरा ।
जाताः श्रीगुरुहीरहीरविजया यद्देशनारंजितः । आ पाथोधितटं जलस्थलवियत्प्राणस्पृशां पालनं
- पृथव्यां कारितवानऽकब्बरमहाभूपालचूडामणिः ।२। तत्पढ़ांबुधिभासनैकशशिनः संजज्ञिरे सूरयः ।
श्रीमंतो विजयादिसेनगुरवः प्रौढप्रतिष्ठास्पदं । यैः शाहेः पुरतः कुवादिनिवहान्निर्जित्य दर्पोद्धरान् ।
कीर्तिस्तंभ इव व्यधायि गिरिजाप्राणेशशलच्छलात् । ३। सुविहितमुनिदासेव्यमानांहिपद्मा।
जिनगुरुजनवाक्याराधनोद्भुतपद्माः। विजयिविजयसेनश्रीगुरोः प्रौढपट्टे ।
विजयतिलकसंज्ञा जज्ञिरे सूरिचंद्राः । ४। तषां पट्टेऽवदातद्युतिरुचिररुचीजित्वरैः शोभमाना
रंगद्वैराग्यमुख्यैर्विमलतरगुणैर्दत्तविश्वप्रमोदैः। निश्शेषाचार्यचक्राऽवनिरमणगणे सार्वभौमायमाना
राजते श्रीसनाथाः सविजयविजयानंदसूरींद्रमुख्याः । ५। त्रिभुवनजनसेव्याः सर्वशास्त्रांबुराशौ ।
जलधिशयनदेश्याः श्री'तपागच्छधुर्याः । विमलविमलहर्षा रेजिरे वाचकेंद्राः ।
सकलगुणगरिष्ठाः प्राप्तभूरिप्रतिष्ठाः । ६। तत्पादाभोजभंगो बुधजयविजयः स्वस्य चित्तप्रमोद
प्राप्त्यर्थ मुग्धबुद्धयाऽलिखदतिसुगमा दीपिका कल्पसत्कां ।

Page #148

516.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras
121
वर्षे सप्तार्णवांगद्विजपपरिमिते १६७७ कार्तिके श्वतषष्ठश्च ।
श्रीमत्पार्श्वप्रभावाज्जयतु च सुचिरं वाच्यमानेयमाः । ७ । प्रत्यक्षरं गणनया ग्रंथेऽस्मिन् श्लोकसंख्यया । चतुस्त्रिंशच्छती जज्ञे । द्वात्रिंशत्कलिता किल । ८ विद्वद्वंदशिरोमणिपंडितवरभावविजयगाणिमुख्यैः ।
श्रीकल्पदीपिकेयं । समशोधि जिनागमे भक्तेः । ९ ॥ इति श्रीकल्पदीपिका लिखिता च प्रथमादर्श स्वयं स्वशिष्यवृद्धिविजयगणिप्रार्थनया। अनाभोगात्किंचिकिमपि मतिवैकल्यवशतः
किमप्यौत्सुक्येन स्मृतिविरहतो वाऽपि किमपि यदुत्सूत्रं सूत्रे कथमपि मया(७)ख्यातमिह चेत
क्षमतां धीमंतस्तदऽसमदयापूर्णहृदयाः।१। नक्षत्राऽक्षतपूरितं मरकतस्थालं विसा(शा)लं नमः
पीयु(यूषयुतिनालिकेरकलितं चंद्रप्रभाचंदनं । यावन्मेरुकरे गभास्तकटके धत्ते धरित्रीवधू
स्तावन्नदत तीर्थराजविनुतः श्रीसंघभडारकः।।२ इति श्रीसंघप्रशास्तः।
एकः सहस्रो द्विशतीसमेतः
श्लिष्टस्तथा षोडशभिर्विदंतु। कल्पस्य संख्या कथिता विशिष्टा।
' विशारदैः पर्युषणाभिधस्य । १ इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रस्येति । छ । छ। This is followed by the lines as under written in red ink and in a different hand :
संवत् १६८५ वर्षे फागु(ल्गु)णसुदि ३ सोमे । श्री श्रीमालीय'ज्ञातीयपारीषवीहूसतपारीषहीराभिधानेन । भार्यासुश्राविकानाकूपुत्रपरीषसोमकरणसुतपरीषकेशवयतेन स्वश्रेयसे पंडितश्रीहंसविजयगणिवराणां पुस्तकं
प्रतिलाभितं ॥ वाच्यमानं चिरं जीयात् ॥ Reference.- For an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV,
p. 386.
I This verse occurs in No. SII. See p. LIO. 16 [J. L. P.]

Page #149

122
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1519.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पमञ्जरीसहित
with Kalpamañjarī No. 517
288.
A. 1883-84. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent. — 135-2= 133 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional TEATS; small, quite legible and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual; red chalk used'; yellow pigment used while making corrections; the ist fol. newly replaced as can be inferred from the difference in the paper, hand-writing etc.; a piece of paper affixed to fol. 135b; condition excellent ; foll. 7 and 61 missing; so both the text and the commentary ( vịtti) are wanting in the corresponding portions; this Ms. goes up to the 28th Sāmācāri ; extent 5896 (?) ślokas; the commentary is composed in Saṁvat 1685; the text is divided into three vācyas as under :(1) Para
foll. 6a to 1031 (2) FATET
1036 „ 117 (3) FAERT
117 „ 135a. Age.- Pretty old. Author of the commentary.- Ratnasāra Gani, pupil of Laksmi
vinaya, pupil of Pathaka Kanakatilaka, or Sahajakirti and
Śrīsāra according to the same colophon. Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit, the
latter containing antarvācyas together with an eulogy of Sri sangha in verses and their elucidation.
Begins.- (text) fol. 6a do TJUT AUT FATO etc.
„ - (com.) fol. 18 11 0 11 AA: 1 sfilatait FIT AN: 11
1
The 7th and 61st foll. are to be excluded.

Page #150

SI7.]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
121
श्रीनाभेयजिनेश्वरोत्थमहिमा श्रीआचिरेयस्तथा । - श्रीनेमी रमणीपराङ्मुखमतिः श्रीपार्श्वनाथपभुः । श्रीवीरो नतधीरवीरनिकरश्चैते प्रमोदप्रदाः स्युः कल्याणकरा प्रसन्ने(न्न)मनसः पंचापि
तीर्थे(थे)श्वराः॥१ नत्वैतान जिनपान् गुरूंश्च सकलश्रीगौतमादी(दी)स्ततः
श्रीकल्पस्य सतो(s)क्षरार्थममलं वीक्षा(क्ष्या)यवृत्तिं सतीं। अंतर्वाच्ययुतं करोति सुकर श्रीरत्नसारः सुधीरत्यल(ल्प)प्रतिभा(भ)गिनो(s)पि विशव्याख्या
प्रश(स)क्तात्मनः॥२॥ सूत्रमर्थस्तथा चांतर्वाच्यमेतत्वयं समं (1)
वृत्तावस्यां समानीतमेतदाधिक्यमन्यतः ॥३॥ तत्र तावत् श्रीकल्पसिद्धांतस्याधिकारत्रयवाचिकेयं गाथा
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो मंगलं वद्धमाणतित्थंमि ।
तो परिकहिआ जिणगणहराइथेरावलीचरित्तमिति १ अस्यार्थलेशः प्रथमचरमतीर्थकरयोरादिवीरयोः कल्प आचारः मंगलं च भवतु etc. (com.) fol. I03° व्याख्या ॥ ऋषभस्याहतः कौसलिकस्य कालगतस्य सर्वदुःखप्रष्यी(क्षी)णस्य सतः त्रीणि वर्षाणि सार्द्धाष्टमासा व्यतिक्रांताः । एतत्प्रमाणे काले गते चतुर्थारको लग्नः । इति भावः ततः परं एका सागरोपमानां कोटिकोटिः सार्धाष्टमासाधिकवर्षत्रयद्विचत्वारिंशत्वर्षसहश्रे() ना व्यतिक्रांता । अस्मिन् समये श्रमणो भगवान् महावीरो निर्वृतः । ततो(ऽपि परं नव वर्षशतानि व्यतिक्रांतानि । दशमस्य वर्षशतस्यायं अशीति(तामे संवत्सरे वर्तमाने कल्पसिद्धांत पुस्तक्रारूढः ।।
इति सातमी वाचना नव वाचनारइ लेखाइ ॥
अथ स्थविरावली व्याख्यायते ॥ etc. (com.) fol. II7° माईव मानत्यागः । एभिर्गुणैः संपन्नं ६ (?)यं तु स्थविर
सर्वेभ्यः स्थविग्भ्यो()पि प्रशस्यतमः कथं । येन कृपापरेण सम्वों()पि सिद्धांतो यथाश्रुतो यथा(s)यातः। पुस्तके लिखितः महानुपकारः कृत इति स्थविरावली ॥
इत्यष्टमीवाचना नववाचनायेति ॥ ८॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ श्री श्री
अथ सामाचार्यो 'यथोडेस( श समुद्देशस्थितिकथनात् ॥ ताश्चाष्टाविंशतिः। पर्युषणासत्काः । स(सा)माचारी आचारः । etc.
१ 'यथाद्देश समुद्देश इति वचनात्' इति प्रतिभाति ।

Page #151

124
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[517.
Ends.-- (text) fol. 134* बहूणं देवीण etc., up to उवदंसह त्ति बेमि as in
No. 516. ,, (com.) fol. I34 अनेन गुरुपारतंत्र्यमुक्तामति । एतेन कथनेन मया किंचित
ससूत्रार्था सांतर्वाच्या वृत्तिः) समाप्तिं नीता । श्रीसंघ स्तौति ॥ काव्य ॥ उर्बी गुर्वी तदनु जलदस्सागरः कुंभजन्मा।
___ व्योमाथैतौ रविहिमकरौ तौ च यस्यांघ्रिपीठे ॥ स प्रौढः श्रीजनपरिवृढ(:) सो()पि यस्य घणं ता ।
स श्रीसंघस्त्रिभुवनगुरु(ः) कस्य न स्यान्नमस्य(e)? अस्यार्थः स श्रीसंघः कस्य भव्यप्राणिनो नमस्यो नमस्कर्तुयोग्यो यद्वा मान्यो माननीय सत्काराहा है) इति यावत् न स्यात् न भवेत् । अपि तु सर्वस्यापि भवदित्यन्वयः etc. (com.) fol. I34 प्रधानः को(s)पि नास्तीति सागरे साहंकारे कुंभजन्मा अगस्ति() प्रोचे । कुंभाज्जन्म यस्येति कविसमयः ज(य)दुक्तं ।
'न इत्थ कुलप्पहाणं । घडयसुएना(णापि(वि) सोसिओ जलही ।
किं विमलेण कुलेणं छनिच्छरो हरइन तमोहमिति ॥ भो सागर किमर्थ गर्व करोषि? etc. (com.) fol. 135 इत्यनेन श्रीसंघस्य स्तुतिर्विहितेति
गच्छाधीशे राजते(ति?) गुणगणसंतोषविहितसवृत्तौ (1) श्रीजिनराजयतीशे साधुजनालीनभव्यांहो (॥) युवराजपदं बिभ्रति श्रीमज्जिनसागरे सुष(ख स्पर्श (।)
बाणाष्टदर्शनेंदौ(१६८५) वर्षे मेघागमप्रौढे (॥) सिद्धांतांबुजचित्रभानव इलासभ्यप्रतिष्ठास्पदं
श्रीमत्श्रीकनकादिमांश्च तिलकांता(ताः) पाठका जज्ञिरे (।) श्रीलक्ष्मीविनया विनेयपरमा जातास्तदीयां(?याः) पि(? क्षि )तो
तत्सि(च्छिष्य) परमाप्तभाग्यवसतिः श्रीरत्नसारो गणिः (1) एतं नूतनसंस्कृतभाषां चक्रेऽक्षरार्थमतिसुगमं कल्पस्य सौष्य(ख्य)कर्तुर्वाचकवररत्नसारगणिः । (४) श्रीरत्नहर्षवाचकश्रीमत्श्रीहेमनंदनगणीनां सहजाविकीर्तिरपरः श्रीसाराष्यो(ख्यो) विनेयो(s) स्ति तावता(ता)मतिसरलां विधाय वृत्तिं सु(स्वगुरुगुरोनाम्ना (1) । चक्राते निजपरहितजनको जननीमिव प्रेष्यां(क्ष्यां)(॥)
श्लोकः॥ १'न कुलं इत्थप्पहाण वडय.' इति प्रतिभाति। २ श्रीरत्नसारवाचक०' इति ५१९क्रमाड़िते ग्रन्थे ।

Page #152

518. ]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
125
अथावृत्तिगता एव लिखिताः सर्वे()त्र सान्वयाः।
विषमा सुगमा ये च प्राकृता. संस्कृता कृताः ॥ Reference.-- See R. G. Bhandarkar's Report (p. 41 ? ) for the
search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during the year 1882-83 - Bombay, 1884. As regards antarvácya see Nos. 549-562,
कल्पसूत्र कल्पमञ्जरीसहित
Kalpasūtra with Kalpamañjari
421.
No. 518
1882-83,
Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.— 128 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper tough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters; small, legible, uniform and beautiful handwriting ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual ; fol. 1* blank; so is the fol. 236, but the continuity is not thereby disturbed; condition excellent; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well ; both complete; the text is divided into 3 vacyas as under :(1) hafta
foll. 10 to 976 (2) Ferrari
, 976 , 1102 (3) FATET
', 1102 » 127*. Age.-- Samvat 1756. Author of the commentary.-- Sahajakirti Upadhyāya ( ? ). Begins.- ( text ) fol. 4* HÀN theator etc.
- „ „ to ao Pretor do HAGO etc. „ - ( com. ) fol. 1byon #: etc., as in No. 517. Ends.- ( text ) fol: 127agir etc., up to' The Tip art as
in No. 516.

Page #153

126
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[519.
Ends.- (com. ) fol. 127* अनेन च etc., up to संस्कृता कृताः as in
No. 517 followed by the lines as under :॥७॥ इति श्रीसहजकीयुपाध्यायविरचितायां कल्पमंजरीनाम्नी
मगादगाधगुणयुता ॥ संवद्रसबाणमुनींदु(१७५६ )प्रमिते श्रावणशुक्लैकादश्यां कर्मवाट्यां शुक्रवारे ॥ जंगमयुगप्रधानभट्टारकश्रीमच्छी१०८श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिसूरीश्वराणां विनेयेन पंडितनोमिसुदरगणिना लिखितेयं वृत्तिः॥ श्री सोझितनगरमध्ये ॥
यावलवणसमुद्रो यावन्नक्षत्रमांडतो मेरुः)। It ends thus. Reference.- For other details see No. SI7.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पमञ्जरीसहित
with Kalpamañjarī
1249. NO. 519
1011-10. Size.- 98 in. by 43 in. Extent.-176 folios ; I3 lines to a page; 32 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, smooth and greyish; Jaina Deva
någari characters; bold, clear, big, uniform and good handwriting ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, whereas edges singly, in the same ink; yellow pigment used while making corrections ; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual ; over and above this numbering foll. 155 to 162 are numbered as I, 2 etc.; fol. I blank ; both the text and the commentary complete ; condition very good. The text is divided into 3 vācyas as under:-- (I) जिनचरित
foll. b to 136b (2) स्थविरावली
,, I374 , 1540 (3) सामाचारी
,, IS5 , 175". Age.-Samvat 1828. Author of the commentary.- Sahajakirti Upadhyāya, pupil of
Hemanandana Gani, pupil of Ratnasara(?).

Page #154

520.]
IV. 6 Chedasátras
Begins.- ( text ) fol. 6° नमो अरिहंताणं etc., up to हवइ मंगलं
, - , , 7 तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc. as in No. SI7. ,, - (com.) fol. P |ए ६ ॥ श्रीसरस्वत्यै नमः॥
___ श्रीनामेयजिनेश्वरोत्थमहिमा श्रीआचिरेयस्तथा etc., as in
No. 517. ,, (com.) fol. 97* इति श्रीवीरचरित्रं ससूत्रं साधै सांतर्वाच्यं जातमिति ॥५॥ Ends.-- ( text ) fol. I75° बहूणं देवाणं २ मज्झगए etc., as in No. 516. ,, (com.),, I75° मया किंचित् सूत्रार्था सांताख्यात्तिः समाप्ति
नीता etc. ,, ,, 176° यथा स्त्रीलोकैः तंबुलैः कृत्वा बापयति इत्यनेन श्रीसंघस्य स्तुतिर्विहिता ॥
गच्छाधीसे(शे) राजति गुणगणसंतोषविहितसवृत्तौ। etc., up to विषमा सुगमायैव प्राकृता संस्कृता कृताः॥७॥ practically as in No. 517 followed by the lines as under :
इति श्रीक्षेमकीर्तिशाषा( खा )यां वाचकश्रीरत्नसाराशिष्यश्रीहेमनंदनगाणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीसहजकीर्तिविरचितायां कल्पसिद्धांतकल्पमंजरीदत्तो नवमी वाचना समाप्ता तत्समाप्तो समाप्ता कल्पमंजरीवात्तः ॥ सं० १८२८ वर्षे मिती फाल्गुनशुदि १२ चंद्रवारे लिखितं ।।
N. B.- For further particulars see No. 517.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पलतासहित
No. 520 Size.- 101 in. by 44 in.
Kalpasūtra with Kalpalatar
rr29. __1887-91.
I Kalpalata is tentatively placed here; for, without examining all the internal and external evidences it is not possible to fix up its date, and this is not possible here at this stage., so its location. here should not be taken to mean that it was composed between 1685 and 1696 years, unless this is supported otherwise. This much is however certain that it is composed in the life-time of Jinarāja Sūri who died in Samvat 1699 (I. A. XI, p. 250 ) and at that time Jinasagara Suri was-yuvarajay,

Page #155

128
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 520.
Extent.-- 134 folios ; 16 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper sufficiently thick and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters; bold, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; toll. numbered in both the margins; a small strip of paper pasted to the fol. 896; the last ( 134th ) fol. slightly torn; condition on the whole very good ; both the text and the commentary complete. The text is divided into three vācyas as under :(1) Parafia
foll. 1 to 103 (2) Feferrat
» 103, ILID (3) HTATES
» 1164 , 134 The commentary is revised by Harşanandana and is divided into 9 vyākhyānas. The extent of them is as follows:Vyākhyāna I
sb to 62 II
6* , 252
258 , 362 IV
„ 362 , 500
sob, 779
77* „ 896 VII
890 ,, 1020 VIII
1026 , 116 LX
116* „ 1346. Age.- Samvat 1744. Author of the commentary.-- Samayasundara Upadhyāya', pupil of
Jinacandra of the Kharatara gaccha. Subject. The text as before, with a commentary in Sankrit to
elucidate it. In this commenarty an attempt has been made to prove that there are six kalyanakas for Lord Mahavira.
1 For a list of his works etc. see my edition of Anekārtharatnamañjüşa published in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 81.
2 The question of the impropriety of believing six kalyāņakas is recently discussed in Siddhacakra vol. III, No. 23 ; pp. 538-539.

Page #156

520.]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
129
This belief is criticized by Anandasāgara Suri in his edition of Kalpasutra and Subodhika on pp.9", 24, 30, 34b
and 389. Vide D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 61. Begins.--- ( text ) fol. 5 तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc. as in No. 496. . , ( com.) fol. I ए ६० ॥ श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ॥
प्रणम्य परमं ज्योतिः पंचापि परमेष्टि(ष्ठि)नः . दीक्षाज्ञानगुरु()श्चापि ममोपकृतिकारकान् ॥१॥ वक्ष्ये(ऽहं कल्पसूत्रस्य व्याख्यानानि नव स्फुट सुगमानि सुबोधानि नानाग्रंथानुसारतः॥२॥ न सूत्रं नावचूरिश्च । न वृत्तिर्नान्यपत्रकं । ग्राह्यं व्याख्यानवेलायां । पुस्तके(5)स्मिन् करस्थिते॥३॥ प्रतिसंघाटकं प्राज्ञैः। प्रायो व्याख्यानपद्धतिः।
कृता तथा(हमपि तां । कुर्वे स्वेच्छानुसारिणी ॥४॥ भीमपलासी लीलविलासी । ततो 'भीमपलासी रागेण श्रीपर्युषणापर्वव्याख्यानं कर्तव्यमिति श्रीखरतरगच्छाम्नायः ॥१॥ ___ नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय अज्ञानतिमिरांधानां०२. अतः परं स्वस्वगच्छीया स्वस्वसंघाटीया गुर्वावली वाच्या । तस्या अग्रे अब्धिलब्धिकदंबकस्य तिलको ३३ ॥ अहंत भगवंत उत्पन्नदिव्यावमलकेवलज्ञान श्रीमन्महावीरस्वामी पंचमगतिगामी । तदुपदिष्टविशिष्ट श्रीपयुषणापर्व तेह तणइ समागमनि टामि २ गामि २ नगर २ श्रीकल्पसिद्धांत बचायइ । ते भणी इहां पणि श्रीसंघनी आज्ञायइ करीनइ श्रीकल्पसिद्धांत वचायइ यथासमाधि अत्र श्रीकल्पसूत्रेऽधिकारत्रयं वाच्यं वर्तते तथाहि जिनानां चरितानि १ स्थविरावली २ श्रीप(यु)षणापर्वसामाचारी च ३ तथापि श्रीमहावीरदेव वर्तमानतीर्थस्य स्वामी पुनः आसन्नोपकारी ततः श्रीब(भ)द्रबाहुस्वामिनः पूर्व श्रीमहावीरदेवस्य चरितं कथयति तत्रापि पूर्व साधूनां दस (श)प्रकारः
1-3 सम्पूर्णानि पद्यानि यथाक्रमं यथा
"नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीमते च सुधर्मणे ।
सर्वानुयोगवृद्धेभ्यो वाण्यै सर्वविदस्तथा ॥" "अज्ञानातीमगन्धानां ज्ञानाञ्जनशलाकया ।
नेत्रमुन्मीलितं यने तस्मै श्रीगुरवे नमः॥" " अब्धिलब्धिकदम्बकस्य तिलको निःशेषसूर्यावले
रापीड: प्रनिबोधनिपुणवतामग्रेसरो वाग्मिनाम् । दृष्टान्तो गुरुभक्तिशालिमनसा मौलीस्तपःश्रीजुषां
सर्वाश्चर्यमयो मयीष्टसमयः श्रीगौतमः स्यान्मुवे ॥" J. L.P.]
17

Page #157

130
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[520.
कल्पः आचारः कथ्यते । तथाहि श्रीआदिनाथ-श्रीमहावीरसाधूनां वस्त्रं मानप्रमाणसाहतं जीर्णप्रायं धवलं च कल्पते । अजितादि २२तीर्थकर
साधनां तु पंचवर्ण १ etc. (com.) fol. 5b तथा इदं कल्पसूत्रं अनंतार्थविषयं यतः सनदीनां ये
वालुकाकणाः सर्वसमुद्राणां च ये पानीयबिंदवस्तेभ्यो(पि एकमूत्रस्याओं(5) नंतगुणस्ततो मया मंदमतिना कथं व्याख्यातुं शक्यते तथापि यत्किमपि अर्थलवलेशं कथयनस्मि तन्मम माहात्म्यं नास्ति किंतु गुरोरेव । तत्र दृष्टांतो यथा
यद्रेणुविकलीकरोति तरणिं । तन्मारुत[]स्फूजितं ।
भेकश्चुंबति यद्भुजंगवदनं । तज्जूंभितं मंत्रिणः । चैत्रे कुजति कोकिलः कलरवं यत्सा रसालदुम
स्फूर्ति ल्पति मादृशः किमपि यन्माहात्म्यमेतद्गुरोः॥१ रेणु(क) मूर्यमंडलं स्पृशति तद्वायोमा(1)हात्म्यं न रेणोः १(०) दर्दुरः सर्पमुखं चुंबति तद्गारुडिमंत्रमाहात्म्यं न दर्दुरस्य २ (1) चैत्रमासे कोकिला मधुरं कूजति तन्माहात्म्यं आम्रमंजर्या न तु कोकिलाया()॥
अथ मंगलार्थे पंचपरमेष्ठिनमस्कारो भण्यते ॥
नमो अरिहंताणं । व्याख्यालेशो यथा । नमोऽर्हद्भ्यः चतुःषष्टींद्रकृतां पूजामह (ह)तीति अर्हतस्तेभ्यो मम नमस्कारोऽस्तु १ ।
नमो सिद्धाणं अष्ट कर्माणि क्षपयित्वा सिद्धि प्राप्तास्तेभ्यो मम नमस्कारो(s)स्तु २
नमो आयरियाणं आचारेषु पंचसु ज्ञानदर्शनचारित्रतपोवीर्य५रूपेषु साधवस्त आचार्यास्तेभ्यो मम नमस्कारो(s)स्तु ३
नमो उवज्झायाणं द्वादशांगानि सूत्रतो ये पाठयंति ते उपाध्यायास्तेभ्यो मम नमस्कारो(s)स्तु ४
नमो लोए सव्वसाहणं ज्ञानदर्शनचारित्रैः कृत्वा मोक्षमार्ग ये साधयंति ते साधवः सर्वशब्देन ये जिनस्थविरकल्पिकादयः सार्द्धतृतीयद्वीपवर्तिनस्तेभ्यो सर्वेभ्योऽपि मम नमस्कारो(s)स्तु ५
अथ नमस्कारस्य फलमाह
एसो पंचनमुक्कारो एषः परमेष्ठिनमस्कारः सव्वपावप्पणासणो सर्वपापप्रणास(श)नः मंगलाणं च सम्वेसिं सर्वेषां मंगलानां पढमं हवइ मंगलं प्रथम भवति मंगलं।

Page #158

520.1 IV. 6 Chedasūtras
It अत्र नमस्कारेऽष्टषष्टिरक्षराण एकषष्टि(:) लघ्वक्षराणि सप्त च गुह्य(+)क्षराणि नव पदानि अष्टौ संपदः । etc. (com.) fol. 6 णशब्दो वाक्यालंकार(रे) यद्वा सप्तभ्यर्थे इयं तृतीया । यो वा
कालसमयौ ऋषभादिभिः श्रीवीरस्य षण्णां च्यवनादीनां कल्याणकानां हेतुत्वे कथितौं श्रमणस्तपस्वी भगवान् समग्रैश्वर्ज(र्य )युक्त महावीरः कर्मशत्रुजयात् सार्थकनामा पंचहत्थुत्तरे होत्था हस्त उत्तरो यासां ता हस्तोत्तरा(:) फाल्गुन्यः हस्तादुत्तरादिशि वर्तमानाद्वा ताः पंचसु च्यवनादिकल्याणकेषु यस्य सः पंचहस्तोत्तर निर्वाणस्य तु स्वातौ संभूतत्वाद(।) समासे हस्तोत्तरा इति बहुवचनं बहुकल्याणकापेक्षया(0) हुत्था इति अभवत् ।
: अथ सूत्रं । तं जहा । “हत्थुत्तराहिं चुए चइत्ता गम्भं वक्रते १ हत्थुत्तराहिं गम्भाओ गभं साहरी(रि)ए २ हत्थुत्तराहिं जाए ३ हत्थुत्तराहिं मुंडे भवित्ता अगाराओ अणगारियं पव्वइए ४ हत्थुत्तराहि अणते अणुत्तरे निव्वाघाए निरावरणे कसिणे पडिपुन्ने केवलवरनाणदसणे समुप्पन्ने साइणा परिनिव्वुए
६ भयवं।"
व्याख्या हस्तोत्तरायां उत्तरफाल्गुन्यां नक्षत्रे च्युते देवलोकाच्च्युत्वा च गर्भ व्युत्क्रांत()२ हस्तोत्तरायामेवैकस्माद्गर्भादन्यस्मिन् गर्भे साहरित्तिए(ए ति) संक्रामितः २ हस्तोत्तरायां जातः ३ हस्तोत्तरायां मुंडे ति द्रव्यतो भावतश्च मुंडितो भूत्वा अगाराद् गृहवासान्निष्क्रम्यति गम्यं अनगारतां साधुतां प्रवजितः प्रकर्षण गतः ४ हस्तोत्तरायां केवलं असहायं अत एव वरं ज्ञानं च
दर्शनं चेति ततः प्राक्पदाभ्यां कर्मधारयः etc. (com.) fol. 6.
व्याख्यानं कल्पसूत्रस्य । प्रथमं सुगम स्फुटं । शिष्याथै पाठकाश्चक्रुः समयादिमसुंदराः॥१॥
इति प्रथम व्याख्यानं संपूर्णम् ।। अथ द्वितीयं व्याख्यानं । तत्र प्रथमव्याख्याने श्रीपंचपरमेष्ठी(ष्टि)नमस्कार श्रीमहावीरदेवस्य च संक्षेपवाचनया षट् कल्याणकानि व्याख्यातानि । अथ द्वितीयवाचनायां श्रीमहावीरदेवस्य च्यवनकल्याणकं गर्भापह(हा)रकल्याणकं च व्याख्यायते etc.
( com. ) fol. 24 एवमपि गर्भपरावर्तनं कदापि भवति तत्रोच्यते
शिवशासने(s)पि श्रीभागवते दशमस्कंधे द्वितीयाध्ययने बलदेवस्या गर्भपरावर्तनं श्रूयते तत्रत्यश्लोकचतष्टयं ॥
भगवानपि विश्वात्मा। विदित्वा कंसजं भयं । यदूनां निजनाथानां योगमायां समादिशत् । १

Page #159

132
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[520..
गच्छ देवि ! 'व्रज' भद्रे । गोपं गोभिरलंकृतं। रोहिणी वसुदेवस्य । भार्या(ss)स्ते नंदगोकुले । २ देवक्या जठरे गर्भ । शेषाख्यं वा ममात्मकं । तत्संनिकृष्य रोहिण्या । उदरे संनिवेशय[ त् ] । ३ गर्भसंकर्षणं कृत्वा । आहुः संकर्षणं भुवि ।
रामेति लोकरमणाद् बलभद्र(द्रो) बलाश्रयात् ॥ ४ ॥ पुनरपि पुराणे मांधाताराजोत्पत्तिकथा' यथा etc. ( com. ) fol. 25 अथ तृतीयवाचनायां यस्यां रात्रौ हरिनैगमषिदेवेन गर्भा
पहारः कृतः तदा किं जातं तत्र सूत्रं etc. ( com.) fol. 364 अथ चतुर्दशस्वप्नदर्शनानंतरं त्रिशलाक्षत्रियाणी चतुर्थ
वाचनायां किं करोति तत्र सूत्रं etc. ( com. ) fol. 50° ५ ६0 ॥ अथ पंचमं व्याख्यानं प्रारभ्यते ॥ तत्र प्रथम
श्रीमहावीरदेवस्य जन्मकल्याणकं व्याख्यातं । अथ पूर्व जन्मोत्सव
व्याख्यायते etc. (com.) fol. 55 अन पुनर्ग्रन्थानुसारेण भोजनविच्छिात्तिं प्राह ( text ) fol. 74* जं रयणिं च णं समणे भगवं महावीरे कालगए जाव सव
दक्खप्पहीणे साणं रयणी बहहिं देवेहिं देवीहि य उप्पयमाणेहि य (ओवय
माणे हि य ) उप्पिजलभूया कहकहभूया आवि हुत्था २८ etc. ( com. ) fol. 74* आलापकद्वयं सुगम पूर्वं व्याख्यातं च etc. ( com. ) fol. 77% ५ ६ ७॥ अथ षष्ठं व्याख्यानं व्याख्यायते ॥ तत्र प्रथम
वाचनायां पंचपरमेष्ठिनमस्कारसंक्षेपवाचनया श्रीमहावीरस्य षद् कल्याणकानि व्याख्यातानि । द्वितीयवाचनायां श्रीमहावीरस्य च्यवनकल्याणकं दशाश्चर्यसहितं गर्भापहारकल्याणकं च व्याख्यातं । २तृतीयवाचनायां च श्रीमहावीरस्य माता(तृ)त्रिशलाक्षत्रियाण्या ये चतुर्दश स्वप्ना दृष्टास्ते व्याख्याता(:)३ चतुर्थवाचनायां श्रीमहावीरस्य जन्मकल्याणकं व्याख्यातं ४ पंचमवाचनायां श्रीमहावीरस्य दीक्षा१ज्ञाननिर्वाणकल्याणकानि व्याख्यातानि ५ अथ
i This is published in Kalpadrumakalikā ( pp. 546 and 55* ). See No. 531. 2 Colin Mackenzie has made the following remark in this connection:
“The exposition is carried on fol. J24° up to section ros of the Jinacaritra, where the words up to qu i are explained, there belng cited from another book the bhojanavicchitti,” Vide Keith's Catalogue, vol. II, pt. II; No. 7471, p. 1254.

Page #160

520.]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
133
षष्ठवाचनायां पश्वानुपूर्व्या श्रीपार्श्वनाथस्य श्रीनेमिनाथस्य च पंच कल्याण
कानि व्याख्यायंते etc. (com.) fol. I02 अथाष्टमं व्याख्यानं तत्र प्रथमवाचनया श्रीपंचमपरमेष्टी(ष्टि)
नमस्कारो व्याख्यातः etc. ,, fol. I03 सप्तमवाचनया च अंतरकालः श्रीऋषभदेवस्य पंच कल्याणकानि
व्याख्यातानि ७
अथाष्टमवाचनया स्थविरावली व्याख्यायते etc. __, fol. I03* व्याख्या तस्मिन् काले तस्मिन् समये श्रमणस्य भगवतो
महावीरस्य नव गणाः एकादश गणधराश्च अभवन् etc. ,, tol. I03° अकंपिता८ अचलभ्रात्री ९ रेकरूपैव वाचना जाता एवं मेतार्यप्रभास
योरपि यत एकवाचना[वाचयतिसमुदायो हि गण इति नव गणाः श्रीमहावीरस्य ज्येष्ठ इंद्रभूतिनामा अनगारो ‘गौतम गोत्रीयः स पंचशतश्रमणान् वाचयति वाचनां ददाति १ (com.) fol. I06 ततः श्रावकाणां उपद्रवनिवारणाय महाम्नायमयं 'उवसग्गहरं स्तोत्रं कृत्वा अर्पितं तत्संघेन सर्वत्र प्रतिगृहं पठितं तत्प्रभावेण व्यंतरो नष्ट्वा गतः जातं सर्वत्र शुभं महाप्रभावं स्तोत्रं गौरपि कदाचित् कथंचित् दुग्धं न दत्ते तदापि लोका इदं स्तोत्रं गुणयंति ततःशेषनाग आगत्य विघ्नं वारयति एवं प्रतिगृहं आगच्छन् शेषनागः खिन्नः सन् गुरुं विज्ञापयति स्म अहं संघपार्धात् क्षणमपि स्थातुं न शक्नोमि ततः षष्ठी गाथा अतिशयभूता दूरीक्रियतां
अहं स्वस्थानस्थो(s)पि गाथापंचकेनापि विघ्नं स्फेटयिष्यामि ततो गुरुणा षष्ठी गाथा भं(भां)डागारे क्षिप्ता श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामिकता श्रीआवस्य(श्य)कनियुत्क्यादयो(s) [अ]नेके ग्रंथा(ः) कृतास्संति एवंविधाह) श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामिनो वीरात् सप्तत्यधिकवर्षशतेन १७० स्वर्ग जगाम ६ etc.
fol. III इति स्थविरावलीसूत्र संपूर्ण अथ विस्तरस्थविरावल्या विवरणं क्रियते तत्र श्रीजसोभद्रसूरितः कति स्थविराः१ कति गणा()२ कति शाखा(:) ३ कति कुलानि ४ जज्ञिरे तत्सर्व सूत्रपाठानुसारेण कथ्यते । यशोभद्रस्थविरः तस्य द्वौ शिष्यौ भद्रबाहुः १ संभूतिविजयः २ जाता स्थविरा(ः) ३ भद्रबाहुस्वामिनश्चत्वारः शिष्याः गोदासः१ अग्निदत्तो २ जज्ञदत्त(6) ३ सोमदत्तश्च ४ स्थविराः ७ etc.

Page #161

1134
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[520.
( com.) fol. II6 अथ नवमवाचनायां साधुसामाचारी व्याख्याते तत्र प्रथम
आषाढचतुर्मासकात्कतिभिर्दिनैः पर्युषणा कर्तव्या इति दिनसंख्या प्रश्नोत्तर
रूपा प्रथमा सामाचारी प्रोच्यते तत्र सूत्रं etc. (text) fol. II8 वासावासं पज्जोसवियाणं० नो कप्पइ निग्गंथाण वा
निग्गंथीण वा आरुग्गाणं बलियसरीराणं इमाओ नवरसविगइओ अभिक्खणं २ आहारित्तए तं० खीरं १ दहिं २ नवणीयं ३ सप्पिं ४ तिल्लं ५
गुडं ६मज्जं ७ मंस ८ महुं ९ etc. Ends.-(text.) fol. 133 बहूणं देवीणं etc. up to अट्टमं अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं as
in No. 516. ,, (com.) fol. 134° पज्जोसवणाकप्पो सम्मत्तो त्ति पर्युषणाकल्पः समातेति
पर्युषणा वर्षासु एकक्षेत्रनिवासस्तस्य संबंधी कल्पः सामाचारी साधुन् प्रतीत्य विधिप्रतिषेधरूपा कर्त्तत्येति तदभिधेययोगादध्ययनमपि पर्युषणाकल्पः रत्नपरीक्षागजशिक्षादिवत् स च श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधादिसिद्धांतस्य अध्ययनमष्टमं समाप्तः ( समर्थितः) इति
व्याख्यानं कल्पसूत्रस्य नवमं सुगम स्फुटं । शिष्यार्थ पाठकाश्चक्रुः समयादिमसुंदराः १ श्रीशासनाधीश्वरवर्द्धमानो
गुणैरनंतैरतिवर्द्धमानः । यदीयतीर्थ खखखाब्ज(?)नेत्र २१०००
वणि यावद्विजयि प्रसिद्धं २ तदीयशिष्यो गणभृच्च पंचमः
सुधर्मनामा(s)स्य परंपरायां बभूव शाखा किल 'वज्रनाम्नी
___ 'चांद्र' कुलं चंद्रकु(क)लेव निर्मलं ३ मरतोद्गच्छे त्वभिधानतः 'खरतरे' यैः स्तंभना'धीश्वरो
भूमध्यात्प्रकटीकृतो पुनरपि स्नानोदकानुग्गता । स्थानांगानि नवांगसूत्रविवृतिर्नव्याऽतिभव्या कृता ।
श्रीमंतो(s)मयदेवसूरिगुरवो जाता जगविशुताः ४

Page #162

520.1
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
135
यो योगिनीभ्यो जगृहे ददौ च
वरान् वरान् जाग्रदनकविद्यः पंचापि पीरान स्ववसी( शी)चकार
युगप्रधानो जिनदत्तमरिः ५ मुनि(पुनरपि यस्मिन्गच्छे बभूव जिनकुशलनामसूरिवरः यस्य स्तूपनिवेशाः सुजसः(यशः)पुजा इवाभांति ६ तत्पट्टानुक्रमतः श्रीमज्जिनचंद्रसूरिनामानः जाता युगप्रधानाः 'दिल्ली'पतिपातिसाहिकृताः ६. अकबररंजनपूर्व द्वाद(श सूबेषु सर्वदेशेषु स्फुटतमारिपटहः प्रवादितो यश्व मूरिवरे ७ यद्वारे किल कर्मचंद्रसचिवः श्राद्धो(s) भवदीप्तिमान्
येन श्रीगुरुराजनंदिमहास द्रव्यत्यये निर्ममे । कोटे(:) पादयुजः शराग्निसमये दुर्भिक्षवेलाकुले।
सत्रु(त्रा)कारविधानतो बहुजना संजीविता येन च ८ यद्वारे पुनरत्र सोमजिशिवाश्राद्धौ जगद्विश्रुतौ ।
__ याभ्यां 'राणपुरस्य ‘रैवत' गिरेः श्री अर्बुद'स्य स्फुट गौडीश्री शत्रुजयस्य च महान्संघोऽनघः कारितो
गच्छे लंभनिका कृता प्रतिपुरं रुक्माईमेकं पुनः ९ तेषां श्रीजिनचंद्राणां शिष्यः प्रथमोऽभवत् गणिः सकलचंद्राख्यो 'रीहडान्वयभूषणं १० तसि(च्छि)ष्यसमयसुंदरसदुपाध्यायैर्विनिर्मिताध्यायैः। कल्पलतानामा(s)यं ग्रंथश्चक्रे प्रयत्नेन ११ प्रक्रिया हैमभाष्यादिपाठकैश्च विशोधिता हर्षनंदनावादी चिंतामणिविशारदै १२ क्वचित् सूत्रवृत्त्यारनाबोधतो वा।
कात् सूत्रपाठांतरभ्रांतिमत्वात् क्वचिद् बुद्रिमांद्याज्जिनाज्ञाविरुद्धं ।
मया )वाचि मिथ्या(स्तु तद् दुकृतं मे १३
1 This and the following 3 verses are wrongly numbered in this Ms.

Page #163

136
Reference.
1
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
विषमं संस्कृतं भक्त्वा सुगमं च मया कृतं सर्व्वत्र नः कृत ( : ) संधिः तत्सर्व सुखबोधये १४ सभासमक्षं व्याख्यानं कल्पसूत्रस्य दुष्करं केषांचिदल्पबुद्धीनां बहुपायमलोकनात् १५ कृत्वा तदनुकंपां तां मया कल्पलता कृता सुगमा तत एतस्यामेकस्यामेव कथ्यतां १६
'लूणकर्णसरे ग्रामे प्रारब्धा कर्त्तमादरात् वर्षमध्ये कृता पूर्णा मया चैषा 'रिणी' पुरे १७ राज्ये श्रीजिनराज सूरि सुगरोर्बुद्धया जितस्वर्गुरु
र्यद्भाग्यं भुवि लोकविस्मयकरं सौभाग्यमत्यद्भुतं कीर्त्तिस्तत्प्रसरीसरीति जगति प्रौढप्रतापोदया
दातात्युग्रतमाकपातनुभृतां दारिद्र्यदुःखापहा १८ श्रीमद्' भानवडे' च 'पुंडर' गिरौ श्री 'मेडता'यां पुनः
श्री पल्ले नगरे च 'लोद्र नगरे प्रौढा प्रतिष्ठा कृता द्रव्यं भूरितरं व्ययीकृतमहो श्राद्धैम (म) हत्युत्सवे
राजते जिनराजमूरिगुरवस्ते सांप्रतं भूतले १९ युवराजे जिनसागरसूरिवरे विजयिनि प्रकृतिसौम्ये यत्सौभाग्ययशोभिर्द्धवलीकृतभूतलं भाति २०
तद्गुरु (रू)णा (णां) प्रसादेन मया कल्पलता कृता कल्पसूत्रमिदं यावत्तावन्नंदतु सा (S) पि हि २१
' इति श्रीकल्पलतानाम्नी श्रीसमयसुंदरोपाध्यायविरचिता श्रकिल्पसूत्रस्य टीका समाप्ता ॥ शुभं भवतु । कल्याणमस्तु लेखकपाठकयोः ॥ संवत्१७४४ वर्षे पौषवदि १४......... श्री.
[ 520.
See Mitra, Notices vol. VIII, p. 180, and vol. IX. p. I as well as Bhandarkar, Report, 1883-84, pp. 138 and 446. For other details see No 496. For descriptions of other Mss. of Kalpalată along with the text, see Keith's Catalogue of the Mss. from the library of India Office, vol. II, pt. II, No. 7471, and B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV. p. 386.
The portion is torn here.

Page #164

521.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras
137
UCE .
Kalpasutra कल्पलतासहित
with Kalpalatā No. 521
266.
1883-84 Size.- 10 in. by 41 in. Extent. - 184 folios ; 15 to 16 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and whitish ; Jaina Devanā
gari characters; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a rare Ms; but the size of the hand-writing for the text does not seem to very from that of the commentary ; quite bold, perfectly legible, big, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; numbers for foll. entered twice on one and the same side, but in different margins; fol. 171st wrongly numbered as 172 in the right-hand margin ; a plece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the foll. 14 and 184"; the first fol. slightly torn ; foll. 43rd, 44th and 45th torn in more than one place ; condition tolerably good; both the text and the commentary complete; extent 8000 ślokas; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :(1) Frafra
foll. za to 138b (2) Forfatter (3) FAETA
„ 1562 , 1825. Age.- Samvat 1769. Begins.- (text ) fol. 7a 114 coll G AA: 11
___ नमो अरिहंताणं etc., up to हवइ मंगलं १ followed by तेणं
row etc. , as in No. 496. » (com. ) fol. 16 IVE ŠO FA: sf5R HÆTA: 11
.: TORT PÅ etc., as in No. 520... Ends.- (text ) fol. 1826 For eatoi etc., as in No. 116. » (com.) „ 1838 stattga etc., up to FT/s) Te RP as in
No. 520 followed by the lines as under :18 IJ. L. P.]
»
1386
» 1556
..

Page #165

138
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[52.
( fol. 184a ) इति श्रीसमयसुंदरोपाध्यायविरचिता काल्पलतानाम्नी कल्पसूत्रटीका समाप्ता[:] टीकाग्रंथाग्रंथ ८००० सहनं लेखकपाठकयोर्भद्रं स्यात्...' इति कल्पलता संपूर्णा संवत् १७६९वर्ष(क) फागुणवदि प्रतिपदा बुधवासरे सकलपंडितचक्रवर्तिचूडामणिपंडित(?)श्री१०८श्रीपं०मा(मा)नविजयगणिशिष्यपं०श्री१९ श्रीपं नयविजयगणिपं श्रीमेरुविजयगणिशिष्यपं०अमरविजयगणिलपि( लिपी )कृतं 'श्रीपत्तननगरे
शुभं भूयात् श्रीकल्याणमस्तु. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 520.
373.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पलतासहित
with Kalpalatā No. 522
1880-81. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.--( text ) 207 - I = 206 folios ; 3 to 8 lines to a page ;
41 letters to line. ,, - (com.) 206 folios ; 7 to Io lines to a page ; so
___ letters to a line. Description.- Country paper not very thin and greyish ; Jaina
Devanāgari characters ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentery; it is a त्रिपाटी Ms. as usual; the text written in big, bold, legible and good hand-writing; the same is the case with the commentary except that it is written in a comparatively smaller hand-writing; borders carefully ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk and yellow pig
ment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 203 numbered as 103; the central place not kept blank when no portion of the text is written there (vide foll. I to s and 174 to 176); fol. 145th lacking; the commentary incomplete so far as the fol. 145 and the concluding portion is concerned ; the text is incomplete so far as fol. 145th is con
cerned ; condition very good. I Letters are gone.

Page #166

$23.)
IV. 6 Chedasatras
139
Age.- Old. Begins.- (text ) fol. 66 THT Bigarroi etc., as in No. 496. „ (com. ) fol. 10 y & Dil Se
gureer CTA etc. , as in No. 520. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 2074 Tur toi etc., as in No. 516. » (com. ) fol. 2076 aftalya etc., up to ot olforaftast hug
. ( Tle Ms, ends abruptly with a part of the 4th verse of the praśasti ). N. B.- For further particulars see No. 520.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पसुबोधिकासहित
Kalpasūtra with Kalpasubodhikā
No. 523
706. 1899-1915
Size.- 98 in. by 45 in. Extent.— 211 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, smooth and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters with that ; bold, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ( vstli' ) popularly known as Tanto; the text occupying the central space, the commentary written above and below it ; it is thus a Tre Ms. , but the size of the hand-writing seems to be the same both for the text and the commentary ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, with the intervening space generally coloured red; numbers for foll. written in each of the two margains; a sheet of
paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the first fol.; I This is also styled as vivíti by the commentator himself. 2 The commentator has designated it as Subodha, too.

Page #167

140
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[$23.
similar seems to be the case with the last fol.; condition very good; red chalk and yellow pigment used; almost every fol. decorated with a figure or figures generally in the middle; the numbers of the solar rays in different months tabulated on the fol. sr"; the number of days each Jina remained in the embryo are tabulated on fol. 86a; the numbers for penances similarly tabulated on fol. 1272; the interverning period between the salvations of every two Tirthamkaras noted in Gujarati on foll. 159 to 161; both the text and the commentary complete; the latter composed in Samvat 1696 and revised by Bhāvavijaya Vācaka. The text is divided into 3 väcyas as under :- :.. ... ( 1 ) fara fra
foll. 1b to 172b ( 2 ) FATTERIST
» 173 , 1856 ( 3 ) FTATI
» 186 , 2096 The text together with the commentary is divided into 9 kşaņas, the extent of each of which is as under :Kșana 1 foll. 10 to 24"; sūtras I to 15'
» 246 , 48a; 15,3936 9 489 , 729 ; 37. » 67
„ 866; ., 68 96
» 109* ; *;97 : VI 2 1098 i 144; .117 148 VII
, 144 , 1720; , 149 „ 228 VIII ...» 1738 , 1855; .
IX , 1856., 2092 ; ,' I „ 64. Age.- Old. Author of the commentary.-- Vinayavijaya Gaņi, pupil of Kirti
vijaya, pupil of Hiravijaya Sūri.. Subject.— The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. In this
commentary Vinayavijaya Gaņi has criticized Kiraṇāvali.
III IV
»
722
1 2
Only a portion of this is included here. This is the last verse of Sthavirāvali.

Page #168

523.j
IV.6 Chedasatras
141
See foll. 32a, 177 and 1839 of this very Ms. and see fol 205 of No. 527 (p. 151). He has also criticized Dipikā. Vide fol. 1830.
Some of the criticisms against Kiraņāvali have been answered by Anandasāgara Suri in his second edition (pp. 28a and 1692 ) of Kalpasūtra and Subodhikā published
in D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. 61. Begins.- ( text ) fol. I0 ।। तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc., as in No. 496.
( com.) fol. I" ए ६ ।। अहं नमः । श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः । श्रीशंखेश्वरपार्श्वनाथाय नमः। - ॐ नमः । श्रीसरस्वत्यै नमः ॥ ऐं नमः
प्रणम्य परमश्रेयस्करं श्रीजगदीश्वरं । कल्पे सुबोधिकां कुर्वे वृत्तिं बालोपकारिणीं ॥१॥ यद्यपि बहत्यष्टीकाः । कल्पे संत्येव निपुणगणगम्याः । तदपि ममायं यत्नः । फलेग्रहिः स्वल्पमतिबोधात् । २ । यद्यपि भानुद्युतयः । सर्वेषां वस्तुबोधिका बहव्यः । तदपि महीगृहगानां । प्रदीपिकैवोपकुरुते द्राग् । ३। नास्यामर्थविशेषो न युक्तयो नापि पद्यपांडित्यं । केवलमर्थव्याख्या वितन्यते बालबोधाय । ४ । हास्यो न स्यां सद्भिः कुर्वन्नेतामतीक्ष्णबुद्धिरपि ।
यदुपदिशति त एव हि । 'शुभे यथाशक्ति यतनीयं'। ५। अत्र हि पूर्व नवकल्पविहारक्रमेणोपागते योग्यक्षेत्रे सांप्रतं च परंपरया गुर्वादिष्टे क्षेत्रे चतुर्मासीस्थिताः साधवः श्रेयोनिमित्तं 'आनंदपुरे' सभासमक्ष वाचनादनु संघसमक्षं पंचभिर्दिवसैर्नवभिः क्षणैः श्रीकल्पसूत्रं वाचयंति। etc. (com.) fol. 7 तदेवं समुपस्थिते पर्युषणापर्वणि मंगलानमित्तं पंचभिरेव दिन (6) कल्पसूत्रं वाचनीयं । तच्च यथा देवेषु इंद्रः तारास चंद्र न्यायप्रवीणेषु रामः मुरूपेषु कामः रूपवतीषु रंभा वादिनेषु भंभा गजेषु ऐरावण साहसिकेषु रावणः । बुद्धिमत्सु अभयः तीर्थेषु 'शत्रुजय' गणेषु विनयः धानुष्कषु धनंजयः मंत्रेषु नमस्कारस्तरुषु सहकारस्तथा सर्वशास्त्रेषु शिरोमणिभावं बिभर्ति ॥ यतः।
नाईत परमो देवो न मुक्तेः परमं पदं । न श्रीशत्रुजयात्तीर्थे । श्रीकल्पान्न परं श्रुतः(तं)।१।

Page #169

142
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[523.
तथा(s)यं कल्पः साक्षात्कल्पद्रुम एव तस्य च अनानुपूा उक्तत्वात् श्रीवीरचरित्रं बीज श्रीपार्श्वचरित्रं अंकुरः श्रीनेमिचरित्रं स्कंधः श्रीऋषभचरित्रं शाखासमूह स्थविरावली पुष्पाणि सामाचारीज्ञानं सौरभ्यं फलं मोक्ष(क्ष) प्राप्तिः etc. fol. 8 तत्र पूर्वाणि च ॥ प्रथमं एकेन १ हस्तिप्रमाणमीपुजेन लेख्यं । द्वितीयं द्वाभ्यां २ तृतीयं ३ चतुर्भिः ४ चतुर्थमष्टभिः ॥ ८॥ पंचम षोडशभिः । १६ । षष्ठं द्वात्रिंशता सप्तमं ७ चतुःषष्ट्या ६४ अष्टमं । ८। अष्टाविंशत्यधिकशतेन १२८ । नवमं षट्पंचाशदधिकद्विशतैः २५६ दशमं द्वादशाधिकैः पंचभिः शतैः ५१२ । एकादशं चतुर्विशत्यधिकेन सहस्रण १०२४ । द्वादशं अष्टचत्वारिंशदधिकया द्विसहस्च्या २०४८ ॥ त्रयोदशं षण्णवत्यधिकया चतुःसहस्त्र्या ४०९६ ॥ चतुर्दशं च अष्टसहरूया विनवत्युत्तरशताधिकया ८१९२। सर्वाणि पूर्वाणि षोडशभिः सहस्रेस्त्र्यशीत्याधकैस्त्रिभिः शतैश्च १६३८३ हस्तिप्रमाणमषीपुंजैलेख्यानि स्थापना च तस्मान्महापुरुषप्रणीतत्वेन मान्यो गंभीरार्थश्च etc. (com.) fol. 8° अथ अस्मिन्वार्षिकपर्वणि कल्पश्रवणवत् इमान्यपि पंच कार्याणि अवश्यं कार्याणि तत् यथा चैत्यपरिपाटी १ समस्तसाधुवंदनं २ सांवत्सरिकप्रतिक्रमणं ३ मिथः साधर्मिकक्षामणं ४ अष्टमं तपश्च ५ (com.) fol. 24' इति मेघकुमारकथा ॥॥॥ छ ।
इति श्रीप्रथमक्षण(:) समाप्त On this line beginning with इति and ending with समाप्तः is written in big hand-writing a line as under :
इति श्रीमहोपाध्यायश्रीविनयविजयवि०प्र० १॥ श्री. (com. ) fol. 32 मरीचिरपि अनेन उत्सूत्रवचनेन । कोटाकोटिसागरप्रमाणं संसारं उपार्जयामास । यत्तु किरणावलीकारेण प्रोक्तं। कपिला इत्थं पि इहयं पि त्ति वचनं उत्सूत्रमिश्रितमिति तदुत्सूत्रभाषिणां नियमादनंतः संसार इति स्वमतस्थापनरसिकतयेति ज्ञेयं ॥ इदं हि तन्मतं उत्सूत्रभाषिणस्तावन्नियमादनंत एव संसारः स्यात् यदि च इदं मरीचिवचनं उत्सूत्रमित्यच्युते तदा अस्यापि च अनंतसंसारः प्रसज्यते । न चासौ संपन्नस्तदिदं उत्सूत्रमिश्रितमिति । तच्चायुक्तं । उत्सूत्रभाषिणां अनंत एव संसार इति नियमाभावात् । श्रीभगवत्यादिबहुग्रंथानुसारेण उत्सूत्रभाषिशिरोमणेजमालिनिलवस्यापि परिमितभवदर्शनात् । न चोत्सूत्रामिश्रत्वकथने()पि

Page #170

.523.]
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
143
अस्य मरीचिवचनस्योत्सूत्रत्वं अपगच्छति । विषामिश्रिताऽनस्य विषत्वमिवेत्यलं प्रसंगेन । etc. (com.) fol. 48 लंबंत त्ति लंबमानः केसहत्थ त्ति केशहस्तो वेणिरिति यावत् । एवंविधा वेणिर्यस्याः सा तथा तां ॥ ४ ॥ ३६ ॥ छ ॥ इति द्वितीयः क्षणः॥ fol. I72b इति श्रीऋषभदेवचरित्रं इति जगद्गुरुश्रीहरिविजयसूरश्विरशिष्यरत्नमहोपाध्यायश्रीकीतिविजयगणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीविनयविजयग। विरचितायां । कल्पसुबोधिकायां जिनचरितरूपप्रथमवाच्यव्याख्यानं समाप्त ॥ ॥ सप्त(म): क्षणः॥ (com. ) fol. 177° पितामहदत्तराज्यो । रथयात्राप्रवृत्तश्रीआर्यसुहास्त- . दर्शनाज्जातजातिस्मृतिः सपादलक्षजिनालयसं(सपादकोटिषनीनबिंबपत्रिंशसहस्रजीण्णोद्धारपंचनवतिसहस्रपित्तलमयप्रतिमानेकशतसहस्रसत्रशालादिभिविभूषितां त्रिखंडामपि महीमकरोत् । यत्तु किरणावलीकता सपादकोटीजनभवनेत्युक्तं तचिंत्यं अंतर्वाच्यादौ सपादलक्षेति दर्शनात् । etc. (com.) fol. 183 यश्चैकदा दुर्भिक्षे संघ पटे संस्थाप्य ससुभिक्षा 'पुरिकापुरी नीतवान् । तत्र बौद्धन राज्ञा जैनचैत्यषु पुष्पनिषेधः कृतः । अनापि किरणावलीदीपिकयोर्बोद्धराज्ञेति प्रयोगो लिखितश्चित्यः । etc. ( com. ) fol. 183* तत्र च संहनान)चतुष्कं । दशमं पूर्व च व्युच्छिन्नं । यत्तु किरणावलीकारेण तुर्य संह(ननं व्युच्छिन्नमिति लिखितं तचिंत्यं तंदुलवैचारिकवृत्तिदीपालिकाकल्पादौ चतुष्कव्युच्छेदस्यैवोक्तत्वात । etc. ( com. ) fol. 185" इति श्रीस्थविरावलीसूत्र संपूर्ण॥ ॥ ( com.) , , इति श्रीजगद्गुरुभट्टारकाः ॥ ]श्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यरत्नमहोपाध्यायश्रीकीतिविजयगणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीविनयविजयगविरचितायां कल्पसुबोधिकायां अष्टमः क्षण समाप्तस्तत्समाप्तौ च समा
प्लो(s)यं स्थविरावलीनामा द्वितीयो()धिकारः ॥ Ends.- ( com.) fol. 208 बहण देवाणं देवीणं मज्झगए etc., up to सम्मत्तं
as in No. 516 followed by छ । श्रीः ॥ etc. (com.) fol. 209 श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी स्वशिष्यान्प्रतीदमुवाचेति पर्युषणाकल्पो दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्याष्टममध्ययनं समर्थितं ॥ ..
इति श्रीजगद्गुरुभट्टारकश्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यरत्नमहोपाध्यायश्री

Page #171

144
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[523.
कीर्तिविजयगणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीविनयविजयगाणविरचितायां कल्पसुबोधिकायां सामाचारीव्याख्यानं संपूर्ण ॥ छ ।
अथ प्रशस्तिः आसीद वीरजिनेंद्रपट्टपदवीकल्पद्रुमः कामदः
__ सौरभ्योपहृतप्रबुद्धमधुपः श्रीहीरसूरीश्वरः ॥ शाखोत्कर्षमनोरम[] स्फुरदुरुच्छायः फलप्रापक__श्वंचन्मूलगुणः सदा(s)तिसुमना श्रीमान्मरुत्पूजितः ॥१॥ यो जीवाभयदानडिंडिभमिषात् स्वीयं यशोडिंडिमं ॥
षण्मासान् प्रतिवर्षमुग्रमाखिले भूभंडले(s)वीवदत् । भेजे धार्मिकतामधर्मरसिको प्युत्र्या] म्लेच्छाग्रिमो(s)कब्बरः।
श्रुत्वा यद्वदन( ना )दनाबि(वि)लमतिर्धर्मोपदेशं शुभं ॥२ तत्पट्टोन्नतपूर्वपवर्तशिरःस्फूतिक्रियाहर्माण ।
सूरि(:) श्रीविजयादिसेनसुगुरुभव्यष्टचिंतामाणिः ॥ शुभैर्यस्य गुणैर्गुणैरिव घनैरावष्टितः शोभते ॥ ___भूगोलः किल यस्य कीर्तिसदृशः क्रीडाकृते कन्दुकः ॥३ येनाऽकब्बरपर्षदि प्रतिभटान्निर्जित्य वाग्वैभवैः
शौर्याश्चर्यकृता वृता परिवृता लक्ष्म्या जयश्रीकनी चित्रं मित्र किमत्र मित्रमहसस्तेनास्य वृद्धा सती
कीर्तिः पत्यपमानशंकितमना याता दिगंतानितः ॥४॥ विजयतिलकमरि रिमूरिप्रशस्यः।
समजनि मुनिनेता तस्य पट्टे(s)च्छचेताः । हरहसितहिमानीहंसहारोज्ज्वलश्री
त्रिजगति वरिवर्ति स्फूर्तियुग यस्य कीर्तिः ॥५॥ तत्पट्टे जयति क्षितीश्वरततिस्तुत्यांहिपंकेरुहः
सूरिदूरितदुखदविजयानंदः क्षमाभृद्विभुः। यो गौरैर्गुरुभिर्गुणैर्गणिवरं श्रीगौतम(में) स्पर्द्धते ॥
लब्धीनामुदधिर्दधीयित(य)शाः शास्त्राब्धिपारंगतः ॥ ६ यच्चारित्रमखिन्नकिन्नरगणैर्जेगीय्यमानं जगज___ जाग्रजन्मजराविपत्तिहरणं श्रुत्वा जयंती पितु(तुः)॥ वांछापूत्ति(र्ति)मियति युग्ममथ तल्लेभे सहस्रं स्पृहा ।
वैययं गुणरागिणो(s)ग्रिमगुणा(ण)ग्रामाभिरा(मा)त्मनः ॥ ७ ॥ किंच॥
श्रीहीरसूरिसुगुरोः प्रवरौ विनेयौ
जातौ शुभौ सुरगुरोरिव पुष्पदंतौ।

Page #172

523.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras
145
श्रीसोमसोमविजयाभिधवाचकेंद्रः।
सत्कीर्तिकीर्तिविजयाभिधवाचकश्च ॥ ८॥ सौभाग्यं यस्य भाग्यं कलयितुममलं कः क्षमः सक्षमस्य ? ।
नो चित्रं यच्चरित्रं जगति जनमनः कस्य चित्रीयते स्म? ॥ चक्राणा मूर्वमुख्यानपि विबुधमणीन हस्तसिद्धिर्यदीया।
चिंतारत्नेन भेदं शिथिलयति सदा यस्य पादप्रसादः ॥ ९॥ आबाल्यादपि यः प्रसिद्धमहिमा वे(वै )संगिकग्रामणीः
प्रष्ठः शाब्दिकपंक्तिषु प्रति(भ)टैर्जग्यो न यस्तार्किकैः सिद्धांतोदधि मंदरः कविकलाकौशल्यकत्युि( [ )द्भवः शश्वत्सर्वपरोपकाररसिक संवेगवारांनिधिः ॥१०॥ विचाररत्नाकरनामधेय
प्रश्नोत्तरायद्भुतशास्त्रवेधाः अनेकशास्त्रार्णवशोधकश्व
यः सर्वदैवाभवदप्रमत्तः ॥११॥ तस्य स्फुरद्गुरुकीर्तेर्वाचकवरकीत्तिविजयपूज्यस्य । विनयविजयो विनेयो सुबोधिकां व्यरचयत् कल्पे ॥१२॥
चतुर्भिकलापकं । समशोधयंस्तथैनां पंडितसंविग्नसहृदयवतंसाः । श्रीविमलहर्षवाचकवंशे मुक्तामणिसमानाः ॥ १३॥ धिषणानिर्जितधिषणाः सर्वत्र प्रसृतकीर्तिकर्पूराः। श्रीभावविजयवाचककोटीराः शास्त्रवसुनिकषाः ॥१४॥
युग्मं। . रसशशिरसनिधि( १६९६ )वर्षे ज्येष्ठे मासे समुज्ज्वले पक्षे गुरुपुष्ये यत्नो(s)यं सफलो जज्ञे द्वितीयायां (१५) श्रीरामविजयपंडितशिष्यश्रीविजयविबुधमुख्यानां । अभ्यर्थना(s)पि हेतुर्विज्ञेया(s)स्याः कृतौ विवृतेः ॥१५॥ (१६) यावद्धात्रीमृगाक्षी धरणिधरभरश्रीफलैः पूर्णगर्भ। .
चंचवृक्षौघदर्भ 'निषधगिरिमहाकुंकुमामंत्रचित्र। 'जंबूद्वीपाभिधानं 'हिमगिरिरजतं मंगलस्थालमेतद्
धत्ते तावत् सुबोधा विबुधपरिचिता नंदतात कल्पत्तिः ॥१६॥ (१७) J. L. P.1
19

Page #173

146
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[524.
यावद् व्योमतरंगिणीजलामिलत्कल्लोलमालालसद्
दिग्दंताब(बोलकीर्णपुष्करकणासेकप्रणष्टश्रमं ॥ ज्योतिश्चक्रमनुक्रमेण नभसि भ्राम्यत्यज्य(ज)लं क्षितौ
तावन्नंदतु कल्पसूत्र विवृत्ति(ति)विद्वज्जनराश्रिता ॥१८॥ इति श्रीसुबोधका संपूर्णम् । followed by the following lines in a different hand :
संपूर्णा( 5 )गमत् श्री धानेराव'नगरनिवासिनो गुलाबविजयमुनेरियं प्रतिः । श्रीआदीश्वराजनप्रसादात् ॥ स्वा(स्व)परयोः श्रीमज्जिनपतीनां धर्मप्रवर्द्धनाय मूल्येन गृहि(ही)ता प्रत्यस्माकं श्रीमद्गुरुभिः) श्रीमदुदयपुर'
राजधान्यां श्रीशुभम् कल्याणमस्तु ।। Reference.-- Kalpasubodhikā is published in D. L. J. P. F. Series
as Nos. 7 and 61 in A. D. 1911 and 1923 respectively. It is published by the Jaina Ātmānanda Sabha too, in Samvat 1975 (see p. 81). For additional Mss. and their descriptions see B. B. R. A.S. vols. III-IV, pp. 886-887.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पसुबोधिकासहित . No. 524
Kalpasūtra with Kalpasubodhikā
705. 1899-1915.
Size.- 94 in. by 4g in.
Extent.- (text) I05-4%DIOI folios; 5 to 6 lines to a page; 40
___ letters to a line. , -(com.) 101 folios ; 10 to 18 lines to a page ; 45 letters to
a line. Description.-- Country paper thick and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional qe atas; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary, the text written in a bigger

Page #174

524.)
IV. 6 Chedasatras
147
hand than the one used for the commentary which is mostly interlinear; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; dandas or vertical lines in the same ink ; red chalk used; condition very good ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; the commentary incomplete, since the first four foll. are missing; the text is however complete ; for, it commences on fol. sb; it is divided into 3 vācyas as under :( 1 ) faraha
foll. sb to 834 ( 2 ) Fitfarrat
, 834 „ 900 ( 3 ) FATT
» 906 „104. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.— (text) fol. 56 toll au pretui ator hagur etc., as in No. 496. „ - (com.) fol. su ar forti a factAT ATA T I ofiziara
Eft etc. ( vide p. 26 of the second edition ). Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 104' aamui ( agir ) dariui Aparate etc., up to
390#(1) ff de 113911 as in No. 516 followed by the line as under:
इति श्रीपज्जोसवणाकप्पो संपूर्ण कल्पसूत्रः : -- (com. ) fol. 1046 sfrugal Farat Faris Sura etc., up to
fagrui, the end of the Isth verse of the colophon as given in No. 523. This is followed by greto as the 16th verse and then we have: -
इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रटीका सुबोधिका संपूर्णा लिखिता श्रीरस्तु ॥ श्रीः॥ N. B.-- For other particulars see No. 523.

Page #175

148 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
í saš. कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पसुबोधिकासहित
with Kalpasubodhikā No. 525
100.
1872-73. Size.- 99 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- (text) 75-1=74 folios ; 2 to 6 lines to a page ; 45 to 49
letters to a line. » -( com. ) 74 folios ; 19 to 20 lines to a page ; 61 letters to
a line. Description.-- Country paper rather thin and grey; Jaina Devana
gari characters; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary galfit; it is a fare Ms.; bold, clear, uniform and elegant though small hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, and edges in two, in the same ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 37th missing; the commentary is otherwise complete ; the text incomplete ; even the Jinacarita is not complete; the central place is however left blank for it from the 21st fol.; foll. i to 58 more or less damaged; condition fair; the names of the Purvas etc. tabulated on fol. 45;
fol. 1a blank ; total extent 5400 ślokas. Subject. The text practically stops at the description of the moon,
the sixth dream, whereas the commentary goes up to the end.
Age.-- Not quite modern.
Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 5b ll Qui FTSUT AUT Fhgui etc., as in No. 496. » - (com.) fol. 10 &0Il FA: (1) TH: 1
surfar och storii etc., as in No. 523. Ends - ( text ) fol. 21° TOTHES THISHADİFFATORES TENUTAUT
ferrage ( vide p. 45 of the second edition ). » -( com. ) fol. 745 sf Harghatat etc. , up to fare tanta
i. e. to say up to the end of the 18th ( last ) verse of the

Page #176

$26. j
IV. 6 Chedasūtras
149 colophon given in No. 523 followed by the lines as under :
प्रत्यक्षरं गणनया ग्रंथमानं शताः स्मृताः।
चतु-पंचाशदेतस्यां वृत्तौ सूत्रसमन्वितम् १९॥ श्रीरस्तु etc.
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 523.
कल्पसूत्र
• Kalpasūtra कल्पसुबोधिकासहित
with Kalpasubodhikā
561. No. 526
1895-98. Size.- 15} in. by 7} in. Extent.— 118+1-1=118 folios ; 15 to 17 lines to a page; 48
letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thick, tough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; big, clear and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; foll. ja and 118b blank; fol. 16th slightly torn; fol. 30 to 37 added later on; they are written in a different hand and on a different kind of paper ; foll. 30 and 31 are practically half in breadth ; condition tolerably good; fol. 77th missing; otherwise bo:h the text and the commentary complete; total extent 4500 ślokas; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under - ( 1 ) f atta
foll. 62 to 1002 ( 2 ) forfactant
» 1000 , 1062 (3) HTATE
» 106„ 1176. Age.- Samvat 1952. Begins.- (text) fol. 6glo il
qui ere etc.

Page #177

[ 527.
150
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Begins. (com.) fol. 1b) नमः श्रीगु (रु) भ्यो नमः श्रीशंषे (खे)श्वरा (र) पार्श्वनाथाय नमः उ ( ? ) नमः श्रीसरस्वत्यै नम( : ) ऐ (?ऐं) नमः
A
etc., as in No. 523.
Ends. (text) fol. 117 agur error for etc., as in No. 516. श्रीभद्रबाहु स्वामी etc., up to सूत्रासमन्वितम् ॥ १९ ॥
(com.)
""
""
as in No. 525 followed by the following line :--
फाल्गुन कृष्ण १२ भोमवार संवत् १९५२.
N. B. For other details see No. 523.
कल्पसूत्र कल्पसुबोधिकासहित
No. 527
Size. 9 in. by 4 in. Extent.
در
(text) 21 folios; 4 lines to a page; 34 letters to a line.
(com.)
دو
"" ; 9 ""
95 29 39
Description. Country paper thin, tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; this is a fret Ms. ; the text written in a bigger hand while the commentary in a smaller one; clear and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges, in one; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin in two ways: once as 1, 2 etc. and once as 162, 163 etc.; they are numbered in the left-hand margin too, as 162, 163 etc. only; condition very good; on fol. 1a and Ib we find dates of certain events written in Gujarāti; both the text and the commentary begin and end abruptly; this Ms. contains a part of the 1st väcya of the text and its 2nd vācya completely; but there is no 3rd vàcya. The extent of each of the first two is as under :
foll.
Kalpasūtra with Kalpasubodhikā
(1 ) जिनचरित (2) स्थविरावली
93 39
255. 1871-72.
39 ; رو در
Ib to 11a
21b,
IIa
"2

Page #178

527.]
. IV.6 Chedasatras
ISI
Age.- Not quite modern. . Subject.— This Ms. forms a part as can be inferred from the
numbering. It starts with the life of Lord Rsabha, and ends with Sthavirāvali. Thus this Ms. contains the text
and commentary pertaining to the 7th and the 8th ksanas. Begins.-( text ) fol. I तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं उसमे अरहा कोसलिए चउ
उत्तरासाढे आभिए etc. ( com. ) fol. I* ॥ श्रीसुमतीनिवाणथि नेउ हजार कोडि सागरोपमें श्रीपद्मनिर्वाण तिवार पछि त्रिण वर्ष साढा आठ मास बेंतालिस सहस्र वर्ष न्युन दश हजार कोडि सागरोपमें श्रीवीरनिर्वाण तिवार पछि नवशत् इंसी वर्षे पुस्तक वाच° ५ etc. ( com. ) fol. I' अथ सो( ? अस्या )मवसर्पिण्यां प्रथमधर्मप्रवर्तकत्वेन परमोपकारित्वात किंचिद्धी द्विस्तरतः श्रीऋषभदेवचरीरि प्रस्तौति तेणमित्यादितः अभिइपंचते(मे) हुत्थ ति(त्ति) पर्यंतं ततः कोसलिए त्ति कोशलायां अयोध्यायां भवः कोशलिकः २०४ तं जहेत्यादितः परिनिवुव्लुए ति पर्यंत सुगम २०५ etc. ( com. ) fol. II इति श्रीऋषभदेवचरी(रि) ॥ छ ॥ इति जगद्गरुहि(ही)रजीश्री]विजयसूरीश्वर[:]शिष्य[:]रत्नमहोपाध्यायश्रीकि(को)तिविजय। गणि[:]शिष्योपाध्यायश्रीविनयविजयगाण। विर्चित्रा(रचिता)यां कल्पसुबोधिकायां सप्तमः क्षणः समाप्त() समाप्तं च जिनचरी(रित्तांत रूप प्रथमवाच्यव्याख्या समाप्तः ॥
___ अथ ॥ श्री ॥ अथ गणधरादिस्थि(स्थ)विरावलि(ली लक्षणे द्विति(ती)ये वाच्ये स्थविरावा(व)लीमाह etc. ( com.) fol. 20° अहो बत की(किरणावलिकारस्य बहुश्रुतप्रसिद्धिभाजोऽपी(पि) अनाभोगविलसितं यतो ये श्रीतोसलिपुत्राचार्यशिष्याः श्रीवज्रस्वामी(मि)पार्श्वेऽधि(धी)तसाधिकनवपु पूर्व(र्वाः) नाम्ना च श्रीआयर. क्षी(क्षि)तास्ते भिना (ना.) एते च श्रीवत्रस्वामी(मि)भ्यः शिष्यप्रशिष्यादिगणनया नवमस्थानभावीनो नाम्ना(ss)चार्यरक्षा इत्येवमनयोः आर्यरक्षिता आर्यरक्षयोः स्फुटं भेदं विस्मृत्य आर्या(य)रक्षस्थाने आर्यरक्षे. (क्षित(त)व्यतिकरं ली(लि)खी(खि)तवान् etc.

Page #179

152
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[528.
Ends.-- (text) fol. 21b
तं वि(व)दिउ(ऊ)ण सिरसा थिरसत्तचरी(रि)त्तना(नाणसंपन(नं) थेरं च अज्जजंबु 'गोयम [स]गुनं नमसामि ९ मिउमद(होवसंपन(न) उवउत्तं ना(ना)णदंसणथे(धाराणं
थेरं च नंदिरं पा(पि) य 'कासव'पु(गु)त्तं पणिवयामि १० ततो(तो) (य) थी(थि)रचरी(रितं(तं) उत्तमसम(म्मोत्तसंतत्तिसंयुतं(जुत्तं) देसिगणी(णि)खमासमणं ('माढर'गुत्तं नमसामि ॥११॥ ततो(तो) अणुओगधरं धीरं मइसागरं महासत्तं । थिरगुत्तखमासमणं ) बछ(च्छ)संगुत्तं पणी(णिवयामी(मि) ११(११२)
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 523.
833.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पकौमुदीसहित
with Kalpakaumudi . No. 528
1875-76. Size.- 98 in. by 41 in. Extent.— 275 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 36 letters to line. Description. --Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms.; but the text and commentary are written practically in the same sort of hand-writing which is big, legible and good; the text begins from fol. 11a; so the space for it is not reserved in the previous foll.; the same is the case with some of the following ones; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; foll. I and 275° blank; edges ot the first fol. slightly worn out; otherwise the con. dition is excellent; names of different tapascaryas (penances) and the paranaka-days tabulated on fol. 1650; both the text and the commentary (vrtti) complete; the extent of

Page #180

528. j
iv. 6 Chedasutras
153
the latter is 3707 slokas, and it is composed in Samvat 1707; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :
foll.
-
Kṣaṇa I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
در
111
دو
The text along with its commentary is divided into nine kṣaṇas as under :--
foll.
در
""
""
در
( 1 ) जिनचरित
( 2 ) स्थविरावली ( 3 ) सामाचारी
در
در
در
""
""
در
""
""
""
در
در
در
Begins. (text) fol. 11a | 0 ||
Ib to
145b
185a
204b
238b
ון
29b
62b 92b;
92b
116b
116b
,, 145b;
185a; 204b;
238b;
2746;
در
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc.
در
در
در
در
در
IIa to 229b
238b
230a 2392 273b.
در
""
I
This is the last verse of the sthaviravali. 20 [J. L. P.]
""
29b;
62b
;
15
sūtras I to IS
16
36
67
96
116
(com) fol. 1° ॥ ६० ॥ श्रीवीतरागाय नमो नमः ।
99
""
ور
37
68
>> 97
3, 117
Age. Not modern.
Author of the commentary.- Śantisagara, pupil of Śrutasagara Vācaka, pupil of Dharmasagara Upadhyaya, author of several works, one of them being Kalpakiraṇāvali already noted.
در
>> I
Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit styled as Kalpakaumudi. In the latter, Kalpakiranavali is referred to. Vide fol. 173.
""
प्रणम्य परमानंदकंदकंदलनांबुदं वर्द्धमानासमानश्रीवर्द्धमानजिनेश्वरम् ॥ १ ॥ यद्यपि बहवः संति श्रीमत्कल्पस्य वृत्तयो रुचिराः । संक्षिप्त सृदुरुचीनां तथापि नैवोपकारकृतः ॥ २ ।
در
148 در
149 رو 203 رو
..
,,204-228,,1-14'
,, 64

Page #181

134
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[528.
59
सूत्रार्थचय॑युक्तिप्रभृति(ती)नपहृत्य पृथुक(ल)बोधार्थ तस्मात्तस्याक्षेपावक्ष्ये संक्षेपतो वृत्तिं ॥३॥ श्रीमद्गुरूत्तमोपज्ञबह्वर्थगुरुवृत्तितः। .
ससूत्रार्थातरादीनि बोधव्यानि बुधैरिह ॥ ४। ( com.) fol. 29b इति श्रीमन्महोपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगाणशिष्यमुख्योपाध्यायश्रीश्रुतसागरगणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीशांतिसागरगविरचितायां कल्पकौमुद्यां प्रथमः क्षणः । (com.) fol. 62° इति श्रीमन्महोपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरशिष्यमुख्योपाध्यायश्रीश्रुतसागरगणिशिष्योपाध्यायशांतिसागरगविरचितायां कल्पकौमुद्यां द्वितीयं(यः) क्षणः ॥ ( com.) fol. 92' इति श्रीमन्महोपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरग शिष्यमुख्योपाध्यायश्रीश्रुतसागरग०शिष्योपाध्यायश्रीशांतिसागरग०निरचितायां कल्प. कौमुद्यां तृतीय क्षणः ॥३॥
( com. ) fol. I73° सुधर्मस्वामिनं च । धुरि व्यवस्थाध्य । गणमनुजानातीति ॥ संक्षेपतो गणधरवादो विस्तरतस्तु श्रीकल्पकिरणावल्या. दिभ्यो()वसेयमिती(ति)॥ श्री ॥ छ॥ ( com. ) fol. 229 इति श्रीऋषभदेवचरितं
इति श्रीमन्महोपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरग शिष्यमुख्योपाध्यायश्रीश्रुतसागरगशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीशांतिसागरगविरचितायां कल्पकौमुद्यां जिनचरित्ररूपं प्रथमं वाच्यव्याख्यानं ॥ ( com.) fol. 241 अब कश्चिद्वक्ति । ननु श्रावणद्वये द्विति(ती)यश्रावणशुक्लचतुर्थ्यामेव पर्युषणा युक्ता । न पुनर्भाद्रपदशुक्लचतुर्थी तत्र दिनानार्म(म)शीतेर्भवनात् । वासाणं सवीसए राए मासे वइक्कंते इति । कल्पसूत्रायागमविरोधः स्यादिति चेत् अहो ज्ञातृत्वं आश्व(श्चि)नद्वये द्वितीयाश्विनशुक्लचतुर्दश्यामेव चतुर्मासककृत्य कर्तव्यं स्यात् । कार्तिकशुक्लचतुर्दश्यां तु दिनानां शतस्य भवनात् । वासाणे सवीसए राए । मासे वइक्कंते । सत्तरि राइंदिएहिं । सेसेहिं ति । समवायांगाद्यागमविरोध: स्यात्रापि । समत्वात् । न त्वेवं तदा भवेद्यदि । चतुर्मासकानि । आषाढादिमासप्रतिबद्धानि न स्युस्तेन कार्तिकचतुर्मासकं । कार्तिकशुक्लचतुर्मासकमेव युक्तक्तिं) । दिनगणनायां त्वधिकमासः । कालचूलेत्प्रयोजकत्वा(द) दिनानां सप्ततिरवे । कुतः

Page #182

528.] IV. 6 Chedasūtras
.I55 समवायांगादिविरोधः। इत्येवं चेत्तर्हि । पर्युषणा(पि भाद्रपदप्रतिबदा भाद्रपदचतुर्थ्यामेव युक्तया दिनगणनायां त्वधिकमासः । कालचूलेति । पंचाशदेव दिनानि स्युः । कुतो(5)शीतिनामापि । पर्युषणाया। भाद्रपदप्रतिबद्धत्वं तु । बहुव्वागमेषु दर्शनाद्यथा । अण्णया पज्जासवणा रण्णा भणिओ दिवसे आगए । अज्जकालगेण सालवाहणे भणिओ । भद्दवयजुण्हं(ग्रह)पंचमीए । पज्जोसवणा रण्णा भणिओ । इत्यादि कल्पसूत्रचूण्ाँ । तथा तं(त)भ(भ)गाणं सरस्सइसाहुणि पुणो संजमे ठावेउ(ऊ)ण कालकमेण विहरंता । 'पइट्टाणं' नगरं पठि(ट्रि)आ । 'पइट्टाण'समणसंघस्स य अज्जकालगज्जेहिं संदिटुं । जी(जा)वां(वा)हं आगच्छामि । ताव तु(जोहिं नो पज्जोसविअव्वं । तत्थ य सालवाहणो राया सावओ । सो अ कालगज्ज(ज्जं) इंतं सोउ(ऊ)ण निग्गओ । अभिमुहो समणसंघो अ। महाविभूइ(ई)ए । पविट्टो पविटेहिं । कालगज्जेहिं अ भाणों । भद्दवयसुद्धपंचमीए । पज्जोस विज्जइ । समणसंघेण पडिवणं । ताहे रण्णा भणिअं । तदिवसं मम लोआणुवत्तिए । इंदो अणुजाणेअञ्चो(बो) होइ त्ति । साहुचेइए न पज्जुवा. सिस्सं । तो छट्रीए । पज्जोसवणा किज्जओ(उ)। आयरिएहिं भणिअ(अं)। न वट्टइ । अतिक्कमिउं । ताहे रण्णा भणिों । ता अणागयं चउत्थीए पज्जोसविज्ज त्ति । आयरिएहि(हिं) भणि एवं भवओ(उ)। ता चउत्थीए पज्जोसतिवं । एवं जुगप्पहाणेहिं कारणे । चउत्थी पवित्तिया । सा चेव अणुमया सव्वसाहूण
मित्यादि । श्रीनिशीथचूर्णिणदशमोद्देशके(ऽधिकारः । etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 273° बहण देवीणं etc., up to उवदंसेइ त्ति बेमि । as in
No. 516 followed by the line as under :--
६४ इति श्रीकल्पसूत्र संपूर्णः । ,, - (com. ) fol. 273b श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी स्वशिष्यान प्रति एवं ब्रूते ६४ ॥
यद्वत्कुवलयविपिने शरदि भवा(वा) कौमुदी मुदं तनुते। तद्वत् कल्पाध्ययने बोधमियं कौमुदी कुरुतां । १। एतदभियोगयोगात्समुपायंत पुण्यमेव यन्मयका । तेनास्तु भव्यलोको जैनाज्ञापालने शवणः । २। मतिमोहादालस्यादर्थानवबोधतश्च यदिह मया विपरीतपरिचरितं तच्छोध्यं श्व(?)द्धबुद्धिधनैः । ३ । श्रीमविक्रमराजान्मुनिगगनमुनींदुभिः १७०७ प्रामितवर्षे । विजयविजयदशम्यां श्री पत्तनपत्तने विदृन्धेयं । ४।
श्लोकानां संख्यानां(नं) सप्तत्रिंशच्छातश्च सप्तायैः ३७०७ । . वृत्तावस्यां जातं प्रत्यक्षरगणनया श्रेयः । ५।

Page #183

156
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
आसीद् वीरस्तदनु गणभृच्श्री (च्छ्री) सुधर्माभिधानस्तत्पट्टप्राग्गिरिरवितुलामादधा (न)श्व जंबूः ।
पट्टे पट्टे प्रति सुयशसः सूरयः प्रादुरास -
नेवं यावत् 'तप' गणविधिः श्रीजगञ्चंद्रमूरिः । १ । तवा (S)त्यंतं दृढतरतपस्तेन निन्ये 'तपा' ख्या
एवं गच्छं तत उदयते स्मैष गच्छ 'स्पा' ह्नः । तत्राभूवंस्तदनु गणभृत्संप्रदाये यतीशाः
अंगीचक्रे चरणकरणैर्यैः क्रियोद्धार उग्रः । २। श्रीमदानंद विमलसूरयः प्रथिता गुणिः ( णैः ) श्रीमद्विजयदानाह्वास्तत्पट्टे गणनायकाः । ३ । तत्पट्टे गिरिधीरहीरविजयः सूरीश्वरः प्राभवत्
शाहिश्रीमदकब्बरक्षितिपति (तिं) यो(s) बुबुध त्सर्वतः । तत्पट्टे विजयादिसेनगणभृत् प्राभूत् प्रतापांबुधि[:]
न श्रीजिनशासनं भगवताऽदीपिष्ट निष्कंटकं । ४ । तत्पठ्ठेबरभूषणप्रतिनिधिर्लावण्यदुग्धोदधिः
सद्विद्यागुणवधिनि (र्नि) रवधिश्वारित्रपद्मावधिः । दृष्टादृष्टपदार्थसार्थकरणे भव्यात्मसु श्रीविधिः
श्रीभट्टारकराजस।गरगुरुर्विद्योतते सांप्रतं । ५ ।
श्रीमद्वीरजिनेंद्रतीर्थममलं सर्वार्थसंपादकं
कांतास्रुक्तिनिषेधकृत्प्रभृतिषु (पू) सूत्रप्रसन्नात्मसु । तुल्येषु (पू) कटकट कैर्निपतितं येन प्रतिष्ठं तं
वीरप्रेमभृत(?) यथाहि जगृहे सोमेन दिव्यांशुकं ॥ ६ ॥ तत्पट्टे गणनायकस्तनुभृतां सिद्धिप्रियादीपकः
स (सा)र्वोक्तैः परिचायकः प्रतिहतप्रोन्माद्ययुक्सायकः । श्रीमान्श्रीजिनशासनस्य वहते धौरेयवत्सद्ध(दु) रं
श्रीसूरीश्वरवृद्धिसागरगुरुर्यो यौवराज्ये ( s) प्यहो । ७ । तद्राज्ये गहनार्थशस्त्रघटनाप्रौढाभियोगास्तथा
Sतुच्छोत्सूत्रमहीविदारणहलप्रख्याः सुसंये (वे )गिनः दुर्दातप्रतिवादिवाददमन स्थेयः प्रतिज्ञाभृतः
[ 528.
श्रीमद्वाचकधर्मसागरगुरु (रू) त्तंसा अभु (भू) व शुभाः । ८ ।
तत्सि (च्छि ) या : सकलप्रजाहितकृतः प्रज्ञाधुनीभूभृतः सिद्धांतोदधि' मंद' गिर्यनुकृतः शिष्या धरित्रीभृतः ।

Page #184

529]
157
IV. 6 Chedasntras सूरीशा अपि शुद्धवाचकपदालंकारमौलिप्रभार
श्रीमंतः श्रुतसागराः शमभृतो(s)भूवन्यशोभोधयः।९। तत्सि(च्छि )ष्यैः स्वाशशूतेंद्रगुरुभिः स्याद्वादबादींदुभिः
शक्त्या निर्जितशंभुभिः सुगतिभिर्मिथ्यांधताभानुभिः। श्रीमद्वाचकशांतिसागरगुरु[:]प्रष्ठैः मुसंदर्भिता
मध्ये पत्तनपत्तनं सुदिवसे श्रीकल्पकौमुद्यसौ।१०। पारद् वर्षधरैः स मेरुभिरलंकुर्वीत भूभामिनी
ज्योतिर्मडलमंडितं सरपथं गाहेत यावद्रविः । यावद वीरजिनेंद्रकीर्तिललनां श्लिष्यंति दिग्दतिन[ : ]स्तावच्छिष्टजनैरियं विजयतां संवाच्यमाना चिरं । ११ ।
इति श्रीकल्पकौमुदी॥
कल्पसूत्र कल्पैकामुदासहित
Kalpasūtra with Kalpakaumudi
"No. 529.
1178.
1884-87. Size.- 9 in. by 4g in. Extent.— 274 folios; 10 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line.
Description. - Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; this is a Tre Ms., but practically the text and the commentary are written in the same size of hand-writing; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; foll. numbered in both the margins ; edges of the Ist fol. slightly damaged; red chalk used; fol. I" blank; the few foll. in the beginning have a design in the centre and a disc in each of the margins in red colour ; yellow pigment rarely used; a part of the fol, I3oth torn;

Page #185

158
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[530.
condition on the whole good; complete; extent 9538(2)
slokas; prasasti wanting, Age.- Old. Begins.- (text ) fol. II तेणं कालणं etc.
,,- (com.) ,, ए ६ ॥ ॥ प्रणम्य परमानंदं etc, Ends.- ( text) fol. 274* बहूण देवीणं etc., as in No. 516. ,, - (com.) , 274 श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी स्वाशिष्यान् प्रति एवं ब्रूते ६४ इति पर्युषणाकल्पो दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्याष्टममध्ययनं त्य(सोमर्थितमिति ।।
इति श्रीमन्महोपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसामरगशिपमुख्योपाध्यायश्रीश्रुतसागरगणिशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीशांतिसागरगविरचितायां कल्पकौमुद्यां नवमः क्षणः संपूर्णस्तत्समाप्तौ च सामाश( चा )रीरूपतृतीयवाच्यव्याख्यानं संपूर्ण ॥ Then a different hand we have :
ग्रंथांकसंख्या ९५३८ श्लोक ॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 528.
कल्पसूत्र ज्ञानदीपिकासहित
Kalpasūtra with Jñanadipikā
No. 530
___1952
194. 1871-72.
Size.-9} in. by 44 in. Extent.--1 84 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; the text written in big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two in red ink; yellow pigment occasionally used ; foll. numbered in both the margins; a piece of paper of the size of the fol. pasted to foll. 14 and 1846 ; each of them is decorated with a beautiful design in various colours; both

Page #186

530.]
IV. 6 Chedasútras
159
II
IV
the text and the commentary ( tabba ) complete; the latter styled as Jnanadipika is composed in Samvat 1722; condition very good. On fol. 31b ends the 2nd vyakhyana written for Singhavijaya. The text is divided into 3 vācyas as under: (1) जिनचरित
foll. I to 139 (2) स्थविरावली
,, I40* ,, 162° (3) सामाचारी
,, I63* ,, 183 The entire work is divided into 9 vyākhyānas, the extent of each of which is as under:-- Vyakhyāna I foll. 10 to 156
16*,, 31b III
32,46
46°,, 58 V
58,, 784 VI
78,, I03° VII
104,, I250 VIII
126* ,, 163 IX
163* ,, 183 Age.- Samvat 1763. Author of the tabba.-- Jnanavijaya, pupil of Suravijaya Gani,
pupil of Mahopadhyāya Kirtivijaya Gaņi, pupil of Hiravijaya
Suri. Subject.- The text in Prakrit together with the interlinear ex
planation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text) fol. 6b ए ६ ० ॥ नमो अरिहंताणं etc., up to हवइ मंगलं
॥१॥ followed by तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc. ., - ( com.) fol. 1° ५ ६० ॥ऐं नमः ॥ श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥ सकलसभाभामिनिभालस्थलतिलकायमानपंडितश्री११९श्रीन्यानविजयगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
अथ श्रीज्ञानदीपिका लिख्यते ॥ इरियावही पडिक्कमियइ । एक लोगस्सनो काउसग्ग करियइ । लोगस्स प्रगट कही मुहपत्ती पडिलेही वांदणां २ .

Page #187

160
faina Literature and Philosophy
[530.
दीजइ । अनुयोग आढउ । अनुयोग आढउं आमणि करेमि काउस्सग्गं । एक नवकारनो काउस्सग्ग करियइ । अवधि आशातना कीधी हुइ ते मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं। सांझइ पडिक्कमणुं करइ ति द्धा(?) कारइं अनुयोग पडिक्कसुं। अनुयोगपडिक्कमामि करोमि काउस्सग्गं एक नवकारनो काउस्सग्ग ए विधि ॥ श्री॥
प्रणम्य श्रीमहावीरं । सूरविजयस्वगुरुं
सारदां हृदयं ध्याये । सुगमां ज्ञानदीपिका ॥१॥ साधवो मंगलनिमित्तं । पर्युषणापर्वाण । पंच दिनान वाचयंति । कल्पो दशधा ॥
तद्यथा ॥ आचेलुक्कुसिय २॥ etc. fol. 1b The following portion in written is the margin in a different
hand:
पुरिमचरिमांण कप्पो मंगलं वद्धमाणतित्थंमि etc. ( text) fol. II से वि य णं दारए। उम्मुक्कबालभावे । विनायपरिणयमित्त । जोव्वणगमणुपत्ते । रिउव्वेय । जउव्वेय । सामवेअ । अथव्वणवेअ । अ(इतिहासपंचमाणं । णिघंटुङद्राणं । संगोवंगाणं । (स)रहस्साणं ॥ चउण्हं वेयाणं । सारए । पारए । धारए । सडंगवी सहितंतविसारए । संखाणे । सिक्खाकप्पे वागरणे । छंदे । निरुत्ते । जोइसामयण्णे । अन्नेमु य ब( ब )भण्णेस य । परिनिव्वाएस य सुपरिनिट्टे यावि भाविस्सइ । etc. ( com. ) fol. 6° इति शानदीपिकायां पीठिका समाप्ताः ॥ श्री
,, , I श्री ॥ भट्टारकश्री११९श्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यमहोपाध्यायश्री११९ श्रीकीर्तिविजयग(०)। शिष्यपंडितप्रवरपंडितश्रीसूरविजयगांशिष्यपंडितोत्तमपंडितश्रीज्ञानविजयगाविरचितायां ज्ञानदीपिकायां प्रथमव्याख्यानं संपूर्णमिति ॥१॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ ( com.) tol. 31 ॥ इति तृतीयस्वप्न संपूर्णम् ॥ ॥ सकलभट्टारकपुरंदर
भट्टारकश्रीश्री११९ etc. , up to ज्ञानदीपिकायां followed by द्वितीयं ... व्याख्यान(न) संपूर्णम् ॥६०। भांणविजयग(०)। लिपिकं(कोतं ॥५० । सिंघविजयग(०॥ वाचनार्थ ॥
अदृष्टिदोषान्मतिविभ्रमाद्वा ।
यत्किंचिदूनं लिखितं मयात्र तत्सर्वमार्यैः परिशोधनीयं
कोपो न कार्यो(यः) खल लेषकस्य ॥१॥॥२॥ श्रीरत॥

Page #188

530.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras
161
( text ) fol. 52 इमाई पुरापु( रा )णाई महानिहाणाइं भवंति तं (जहा )। पहीणसामियाइं पहीणसेउआई । पहीणगोत्तागाराई । उनिछन्नसामियाई । ३ । गामागरनगरखेडकब्बडमडंबदोणमुहपुरपट्टण(णा)समसंबाहसन्निवेसेसु । सिंघाडएसु वा । चउक्केसु वा चच्चरेसु वा । चउम्मुहेसु वा । महापहेसु वा । गामठाणेसु वा नगरठाणेसु वा । गामनिद्धमणेसु वा । नगर ठाणेसु वा । गामनिद्धमणेसु वा । आवणेसु वा । देवकुलेसु वा । सभाए(सु वा)। पब्वा(वा) एस वा । आरामेसु वा । उज्जाणेसु वा । वणेसु वा । वणसंडेसु वा । सुसाणेसु वा। सुन्न(न्ना)गारेसु वा गिरिसुवा । गिरिकंदरेसु वा । संतिसेलोवटाणेसु वा । संनि. खित्ताई चिटुंति । ताई सिद्धत्थरायभवणंसि । साहरति । etc. ( com. ) fol. 55 यतः वाग्भट्टेनोक्तं ॥
वातल्ले(लै)श्व भवेद्गर्भ(ः) कुब्जांधजडवामन
पित्तलैः खलति(e) पंगु[:]श्चि(श्वि)त्र(त्री) पांडुकफात्मभिः ॥१॥ etc. ( com. ) fol. 73 यदुक्तं ॥
तिन्नेव य कोडिसया अहासीई च हुंति कोडीओ।
असीइंच सयसहस्सा । एयं संवच्छरी(रे) दिन्नं ॥१॥ etc. ( com. ) fol. 93 यदुक्तं ॥
व्योम्नि सूर्यद्वयं किं स्यात् । यहाया(यां) केसरियं ।
प्रत्याकारे च खड्गी द्वौ । किं सर्वज्ञ(ज्ञा)वहं स च? ॥१॥ etc. Ends..- (text) fol. 182 बहणं देवाणं बहु(ह)णं देवीणं etc. up to उवदंसे(इ)
त्ति बेमि | practically as in No. 516. ,, - (com.) fol. 1820 घणा श्रावक घणी श्राविका घणा देवता घणी देवांगनां
मांहि बेठां श्रीमहावीरें एहवू भाष्यं इम परूपइं श्रीपज्जूसणाकल्पनामा अध्ययन आठमुं अर्थि करी सहित हेतु ॥
॥सकलभट्टारकपुरंदरभ । श्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यमहोपाध्यायश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीकीतिविजयग । शिष्य। पंडितश्रीसूविजयग । [ शिष्यपं । श्रीसूरविजयग । ]शिष्यपंडितश्री११९श्रीज्ञानविजयग । विरचितायां ज्ञानदीपिकायां नवमव्याख्यानं संपूर्णम् ।। ॥९॥
श्रीरस्तु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ श्री ॥ छ ॥ पं । भांणविजयग। लिपीकृतं । मोहनीवजयवाचनार्थ ॥ श्री पींडवाडा'नगरे लिपीकृतं ।
श्रीवीरपट्टपदवीसुरशाखिकल्पा(ः)।
सूरे(? री )वहीरविजया गुरु(र)वो बभूवुः) यद्वाक्सुधासरसि मन्जनमाप्य भव्य
वृंदो बभाज कलिदुक्ख (ख)त(ज)तापशांति(ति) ॥१॥ 21 J. L. P.]

Page #189

162
Jaina Literature and Fhilosophy
[530
तत्पभूषणमणिवि(वि)जयादिसेन
मरिबभो(भौ) भरभुवनविस्तृतकीर्तिपूर(ः)। यदर्शनाद्विकटवादिगणः पलायां
चक्रे निशाट इवाकिजबंधुमूर्ते ॥२॥ प्रस(स)मरमहिमश्रीप्राग्रतत्पट्टधारी ।
विजयतिलकसरि(क) सूरिशक्रो(s)थ जज्ञे । कुमतिनिवहशैर्ल (2)दुर्भिदीयन(?) भित्त्वा ।
निव(बि)डतरयशोभिः परितं विश्वविश्वं ॥३॥ तत्पट्टोदयशैलसानुसविता पूज्यो जगद्बांधवः ।
सूरिश्रीविजयादिणंदसुगुरुर्जज्ञे गुरु(रू)णां गुरु(ः)। शांतक्षीरनिधौ कृपाकमलया कामं समं यो(s)भजत् । . संयोगं वचनातिशायिपरमानंदप्रदं संततं ॥४॥ तत्पट्टे विजयी सदा विजयते जैनं वचो भासयन्
सूरिश्रीविजयादिराजगुरुः) श्रीमत् तपागच्छराट् । गांभीर्यादिसमुल्ल(सोद्गुणगणैर्यस्यां बुधैर्लज्जि(ज्जि )त(तं)।
___ संगोप्य स्वमुखं किमु क्षितितले बैरस्यमाप्नोविशत् ॥५॥ श्रीहीरसूरिसुगुरोर्जातो(तः) शिष्यो महानुभावाढ्यो (ढ्यः)। श्रीसोमविजयवाचकमुख्य( : ) कीर्त्यादिविजयश्च ॥ ६॥ यस्य प्रति (भा)दर्श समस्ततत्त्वानि विनेयपरमाणु । सततं स्फुरति तेना। तत्त्वं लभते(s)काशं नो ॥७॥ ... . यस्य श्रीमत्पाठकमौले(ः) सत्कीर्तिकीर्तिविजयश्च। अभि(भ)वद्विनेयमुख्यो । विबुध(ः) सूरादिविजयाह्व(:) ।। ८॥ .. तत्पादपद्मभक्तिप्रसक्तचेता [नि]विनेयपरमाणु()। न्या(ज्ञा)नादिविजयविबुधो । व्यलिखत् कल्पे महासूत्रे ॥९॥ बालावबोधमेतं निजशिशुर्चपर्षिवाचनार्थ च तेजोविजयगणिंदोरुपदेशप्रावृतश्चात्र ६.१० ॥ दृग्२मुनिशशि१७२२वर्षे विशदे पक्षे शुचे त्रयोदश्यां रविवारे जज्ञे(s)यं सफलो यलो यथाशक्ति[:] ॥११॥
यावद् व्यौ(व्योम)पयोधौ तारातरा(र)णिगणैर्द)तं भ्रमति
चांद्रबिंबवहनं तावज्जयतादिदं शास्त्रं ॥ १२॥ भट्टारकपुरंदरभट्टारकरीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्यमहोपाध्यायश्रीकीर्ति विजयग । शिष्य पं । श्रीसूरविजयग । शिष्य(ष्य)पं । श्रीज्ञानविजयग । - विरचितायां ज्ञानदीपिकायां नवमव्याख्यान(नं) संपूर्णमिति श्रेयो(s)स्तु ।
In the Ms. we have Taal€. Is ukāra attached to k on its side to make it redundent? २ what dose this signify?

Page #190

$38)
İV. 6 Chedasatias
163 संवत्१७५३वर्षे कार्तिकवदि ९ रवौ । कल्याणमस्तु ॥ श्री नंदीपुर ग्रामे ॥ ५० भांणविजयग । लिखितं । चेलाकल्याणजीमूलजीवाचनार्थ ॥ श्री ॥
Ha99
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पद्रुमकलिकासहित
with Kalpadrumakalika
1126. No. 531
1887-91. Size.- 91 in by 48 in. Extent.--237 + 2 = 239 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 40 letters to
a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Jaina Deva... nāgari characters; sufficiently big, legible and good hand
writing; some of the foll. have their borders unruled ; rest have their borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1° blank; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; condition good ; numbers of most of the foll. entered in both the margins as usual ; a portion is written in Gujarāti on fol. 47o and the following ; foll. 138 and 183 repeated; this Ms. contains the text and its commentary (vrtti); both complete except that the commentary is lacking in the colophon to be found in No. 533; the commentary is styled as Kalpadrumakalikā and Kalpadrukalikà as well. See No. 532, p. 170.
The text is divided into three adhikāras ( vācyas) as under :
(1) Paranta (2) Feferred 3) Flarer
foll. Ib to 175 » 175* , 1896 » 2086, 2366.

Page #191

46A
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
$31.
m
The entire work is divided into 9 vyākhyānas, the extent of each of which is as under:Vyākhyāna I
foll. Ib to 106 , 106, 438 » 43a „ 582
O» 799
„ 1236
VI VII
1235 „ 1556
» 1556 , 1758 VIII
» 1758 , 2086
208a ,, 236 Age.--Samvat 1874. Author of the the commentary.— Lakşmivallabha Upadhyāya, pupil
of Lakşmikirti.
.
IX
Subject. - The text with a commentary mostly in Sanskrit. At
times we find a passage or so written in Gujarāti. Vide fol. 6.a Like Kalpalatā, this commentary, too, upholds the view that there are six kalyāņakas for Lord Mahāvīra. Muni Maņisägara, the editor of the printed work Kalpadrumakalika has tried to support this view by quoting the following works as a note on pp. 13a to 18b :
(1) Sthānānga (V), (2) its commentary by Abhayadeva Süri, (3) Kalpasūtra (Pārsavanātha-adhikāra ), (4) Acāränga (2nd śrutaskandha, bhāvanādhyayana), (5) its commentary by Silānka Sūri, (6) Trişașțiśalākāpuruşacaritra (X, 2), (7) Samavāyāngavstti, (8) Kalpasútranirukti(Pa)
by Vinayacandra and (9) an avacũrikā of Kalpasútra. Begins.- (text) fol. 96 II & OU NOT FTOUT ÀÚ FAGU etc. , - (com.) , Ib II & II AICET Frara 11
__ श्रीवर्द्धमानस्य जिनेश्वरस्य
जयंतु सद्वाक्य सुधाप्रवाहाः येषां श्रतिस्पर्शनजप्रसत्ते
भव्या भवेयुर्विमलात्मभासः १

Page #192

3.]
IV.6 Chedasutras
श्रीगौतमो गणधरः प्रकटप्रभावः
सल्लब्धिसिद्धिनिधिरंचितवाप्रबंधः विघ्नांधकारहरणे भ(त)रणे(:) प्रकासः(शः)
साहाय्यद्भवतु मे जिनवीरशिष्यः कल्पद्रुकल्पसूत्रस्य सदर्थफलहेतवे
ऋतुराज्येव सद्योगाः(ग्या) कलिकेयं प्रकाश्यते ३ श्रीकल्पसूत्रस्य गंभीरार्थस्य श्रीगुरुप्रसादात् अर्थः क्रियते यथा चैत्रमासे कोकिला मधुरं वक्ति तत्र सहकारमंजरीकारणं यच्च रजः सूर्यमंडलमाच्छादयति तत्र पवनस्थ माहात्म्यं यच्च मंडूको महाभुजंगस्य वदनं चुंबति तत्र मणेः प्रभावः तथा मादृशो मंदबुद्धिः श्रीकल्पासिद्धांतार्थ प्रकटं वदति तत्र श्रीज्ञानदातृ(द )णां गुरूणामेव प्रसादः तत्रादौ श्रीकल्पसिद्धांतस्य आधिकारत्रयवाचिकेयं गाथा
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो मंगलं वद्धमाणतित्थंमि
तो परिकहिया जिणगणहराई(इ)थेरावली चरित्तं १ अस्यार्थः प्रथमतीर्थकरचरमतीर्थकरयोः श्रीआदिनाथमहावीरस्वामिना: साधूनां अयं आचार यत्र तिष्ठति तत्र मंगलं वांछ(छ)ति वर्षाकाले चतुर्मास यावत् एकत्र तिष्ठंति पर्युषणां कुइँति वर्षा भवतु मा भवतु वा (1) द्वाविंशतितीर्थकरसाधनां पुनरयमाचारः मंगलं वांछ(छ)ति वर्षाकाले वर्षाभावे विहारं अपि कुर्वति पर्युषणां कुर्वति न कुर्वति अपि निश्चयो नास्ति (1) आदीश्वरमहावीरयो पुनः साधूनामयं निश्चयोऽस्ति वर्षाकाले पर्युषणं कुर्वति मंगलार्थ श्रीआदीश्वरादारभ्य श्रीमहावीरस्वामिनं यावत् तीर्थकराणां चरित्रं वाचयंति सर्वेषां समवसरणाणि यशब्देन तीर्थकराणां अंतराणि कथयंति (1) प्रथमो(s)यमधिकारः (1) पश्चाद्गणधराणां तथा स्थविरावलिं वाचयंति (1) अयं द्वितीयो()धिकारः (।) पश्चात् चरित्रं चरित्रशब्देन साधुस(सा)माचारी(री) वाचयंति अयं तृतीयो(७)धिकारः (।) यथा अस्यां गाथायां त्रयोअधिकारा उक्तास्तथैव विस्तारेण प्रकाश्यते etc. ( com. ) fol. 5 अथ साधवो यस्मिन् क्षेत्रे चतुर्मासीमधितिष्ठंति तस्य क्षेत्रस्य गुणान् निवेदयति चिक्ख(क्खिोल्ल १पाण २ थंडिल्ल ३ वसही ४ गोरस ५ जिणाउले ६विज्जे ७ ओसह ८निचया ९हिवइ१०पासंडी ११ भिक्ख १२.सि(स)झा(ज्झाए १३ (com.) fol. 6. जिम क्षीर मांहि गोक्षीर जल मांहि जिम 'गंगा'नीर (1) पट्टसूत्र मांहि हीर वस्त्र मांहि जिम चीर (0) अलंकार मांहि चूडामाणि ज्योतिषी मांहि निसामाण(1)

Page #193

166
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[.53
तुरंग मांहि पंचवल्लभ किसोर नृत्यकलावंत मांहि मोर (1) गज मांहि ऐरावण दैत्य मांहि रावण (1) नव मांहि नंदन काष्ट(ष्ट) मांहे चंदन (1) तेजस्वी महे आदित्य साहसीक मांहे विक्रमादित्य(।) न्यायवंत मांहि श्रीराम रूपवंत माह काम (1) सती मांहि सीता मत्र मांहि गीता(1) वाजित्र मांहि जिम भंभा स्त्री माहे रंभा (1) सुगंध मांहि कस्तुरी वस्त्र मांहि तेजनतूरी) पुन्य लो(श्लो)क मांहे नल पुष्फ मांहे सहश्र(स्र)दल कमल() तिम पर्व मांहि श्रीपर्युषणपर्व जाणिवो etc. (com.) fol. Io
श्रीकल्पसूत्रवरनाममहागमस्य
_गूढार्थभावसहितस्य गुणाकरस्य लक्ष्मीनिधि(धे)विहितवलभकामितस्य
व्याख्यानमाद्यमगमत् परिपूर्तिभावं ? 'इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रकल्पद्रुमकलिकायां लक्ष्मीवल्लभ(वि )रचितायां प्रथमं व्याख्यानं संपूर्ण । ( com.) fol. 21 अष्टादश स्मृति मां(मा)नवी स्मृति १ आत्रेयी २ वष्णवी ३ हारीती ४ याज्ञवती(ल्की) ५ औशनशी ६ आगरशी( सी) ७ प्रयामी ८ आपस्तंबी ९ सावर्ती १० कात्यायनी ११ बार्हस्पती १२ पारास(श)री १३ सांखी १४ दाक्षी १५ गौतमी १६ शांतातपी १७ वाशिष्टा(ष्ठी) १८ एतेषां ग्रंथानां धारको भविष्यति तथा षडंगस्य वेत्ता भविष्यति षष्टि( :) ६० तंत्राणि या संति तत् षष्टितंत्र क(का)पालिकयोगिनां शास्त्र शां( सां)ख्यशास्त्रं वर्तते तत्र विशारदो भविष्यति संख्याशास्त्रस्य लीलावतीप्रमुषस्य शिख्याशास्त्रस्य वेत्ता भविष्यति शिष्या(क्षा)कल्पस्याचारग्रंथस्य ज्ञाता भविक्ष(ष्य )ति व्याकरणस्य बेत्ता इंद्र १ श्चंद्र २ काशिकृष्ण(स्न) ३ अ(आ)पिशिलि ४ शाकटायन ५ पाणिनि ६ अमर ७ जैनेंद्रा ८ इत्यष्टौ व्याकरणानि तेषां वेत्ता भविष्यति छंद(:)शानं निरुक्तं पदभंजनं तथा ज्योतिःशास्त्रं स बालो ज्ञास्यति अयनमुत्तरायनं दक्षिणायनं ज्ञास्यति etc.
( com. ) fol. 21' अयमर्थः सत्यः यं हेतुं यूयं वदताः] इत्युक्ता स्थितानुक्रमेण ऋषभदत्तब्राह्मणेन समं मनुष्यसंबंधिनः कां(का)मभोगान
I In the printed edition on page 18b there is a remark as under by way of a toot-note : -
" एकादशवाचनाऽपेक्षया ऽत्र प्रथमं व्याख्यानं संपूर्णम् इति केचिद् वदन्ति."

Page #194

53.]
IV.6 Chedasatras ...
167
भुंजाना तिष्ठति इतरै करी सत्तावीस भव वषांण्याः अग्रेतनवर्तमानयोगः' etc. ........ (com.) fol. 189' इती(ति) स्थविरावलीसूत्रं संपूर्ण[:] ॥
अथ स्थविरा[स्थविरा]वल्या विवरणं क्रियते तत्र श्रीयशोभद्रसरितः र कति स्थविराः कति गणा(:) [१ कति गणा] २ कति शाखाः ३ कति कुलानि जज्ञिरे तत् सर्वे सूत्रपाठानुसारेण कथ्यते etc. (com.) fol. 197" इति स्थविरावलीव्याख्यानं संपूर्ण[:] ॥ etc.
॥ प्रणम्य श्रीगुरुं गद्यपद्यवार्ताभिरद्भुतं
कालिकाचार्यसंबंधं वक्ष्ये(5)हं सशै)क्षहेतवे १ - अब पूर्व स्थविरावली व्याख्याता तत्र श्रीकालिकाचार्यो(s)पि महाप्र
भावकः स्थविरो बभूव तेन तस्यापि संबंधं(धः) कथ्यते etc. ..... (com.) fol. 206 यतः उक्तं सिद्धांते
संवा(घा)इ(ई)ण कज्जे चुणिज्जा चक्कव(ट्टिोसेणं(ण्णं)मि (? पि)
कुविओ मुणि(णी) महप्पा पुलाइलद्धी(इ) संपन्नो १ etc. . (com.) fol. 208 . वंदामि भद्दबाहुं 'पाईण' चरमसयलसुयनाणं( जिं) .
सुत(न)स्स कारगमिस्सं(सिं) दसाण कप्पे य ववहारे १
अर्हद्भगवतः श्रीमन्महावीर :देवस्य सा(शा)सने अतुलमंगलमालाप्रकास(श)ने श्रीपर्य(यु)पणापर्वराजाधिराजस्य समागमने श्रीकल्पसूत्रस्य त्रयो()धिकारा भण्यंते प्रथमे श्रीजिनचरित्रं तदनंतरं स्थावरकल्प तत्राधिकारद्वयवाचनानां(?)तरं तदनंतरं साधुसामाचारीकल्पं
अथ तृतीयो(3)धिकारः साधुस(सा)माचाररूपः श्रीभद्रबाहस्वामिना वर्ण्यते etc. ( com.) fol. 210' इति प्रथमा साधुसामाचारी
अथ द्वितीयं(यां) स(सा)माचारी वदति etc. (com.) fol. 21 I' इति द्वितीयसामाचारी २॥
अथ त्रि(तृतीयं(यां) स(सा)माचारी वदति[:] सूत्रं ( text ) fol. 211 जत्थ मन ड(ई) निच्चोयगा निच्चसंटणा नो से
. कप्पइ सम्बओ समंता सको(को) जोयणं भिक्खायरियाए गंतं पडिनि_ (य)त्तए एराघ(व)इकुणालाए etc.
I In the printed edition on page 30d there is a remark in the foot--note as under:--- . "नववाचनाऽपेक्षयाऽत्र प्रथमं व्याख्यानं मम्पूर्णम्. एकादशवाचनाऽक्षया तु द्वितीयं व्याख्यानं संपूर्णम् इति केचिद् वदन्ति ॥"

Page #195

168
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[532.
(com.) fol. 2156 SATSCH (1)ATTRİC etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 2360 aut aatoi etc., up to gach() in aÀ as in : No. 516.
– ( com. ) fol. 2375 as eagrai(:) gh: etc., practically up to
whagfrau as in No. 553 followed by the lines as under. : fata 2008# a grafe 23 few of food F()
मां(मा)णकचंद्रेण श्री जयनगर'मध्ये[:] श्रीरस्तुः ॥ कल्याणमस्तुः Reference. - The text published along with Kalpadrumakalikā by 15 Velji Shivji Dāņābunder, Māndvi, 45 Clive Road, Bombay,
with the introduction of Manisāgara in 1918 A. D. In this introduction the question of believing six kalyānakas is raised and several works and authors are mentioned as supporting this view. This topic is followed by the one referring to the taking into account the days of adhika māsa. Here, too, various authorities, Jaina and non-Jaina are cited as appoving the idea of counting them. That mukhayastrikā should be tied at the time of vyākhyāna occupies the next place. Then the last topic dealt with is that the Sadhvis should not be debarred from delivering a sermon, in case there is no Sādhu to do so.
Mitra's “ Notices” vol. VII ( 1884), pp. 97-98 may be consulted. For other details see No. 496.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पद्रुमकलिकासहित
with Kalpadrumakalikā No. 532
252.
A 1882-83. Size.— 101 in. by 48 in. Extent. - 183 - I = 182 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 40 letters 19
a line.

Page #196

532.]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
169
Description.- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; big, quite legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in a thick red line preceded and followed by two thin red lines; edges, singly in red ink ; foll. numbered only once and that, too, in the right-hand margin; condition excellent except that a piece of paper of the size of the fol. pasted to foll. I* and 1836; foll. 14 and 1835 blank; on fol. 1 a portion on the left-hand side kept blank probably with a view to decorate it with an illustration of a Tirthamkara ; fol. 55th also numbered as 56th:; a janma-kundali of Lord Mahāvira given on fol. 91° is practically as under:
महावीरजन्म'
90
x
99X
K
४ वृरा
The number of months and days the 24 Tirthakaras were in the embryonic condition is tabulated on the same fol.; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well ; both seem to be incomplete as the Ms. terminates at the
completion of the seventh vyākhyāna. Age.- Not modern. Begins.-- (text) fol. 10 FT catur etc. up to 5 AC II | Then we have on fol. 11a :
तेणं कालेणं etc. „ — (com.) fol. 10 11 & oil star : 11
sata gari hanter etc.
i Compare the janmalagna given on p. 99 of the printed edition of Kalpadrumakalika.
32 (J. L. P.)

Page #197

170 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[533. Ends.- (text) fol. 182 तेणं. उसमेणं अरहा कौ(को)श(सीलिए वीस पुव्वर
सयसहस्साइ(ई) कुमारवासब(मज्झे वसित्ता ॥ ,, - (com.) fol. 183° श्रीवीरनिर्वाणात् नवशतवरशीतिवर्षेश्च कल्पसूत्रं
पुस्तकेंषु लिखितं ॥ इत्यनेन श्रीआदि(दी)श्वरस्य पंच कल्याणकानि संक्षेपेण निरूपितानि ।
श्रीकल्पसूत्रवरनाममहागमस्य
गूढार्थभावसहितस्य गुणाकरस्य । लक्ष्मीनिधेर्विहितवल्लभकामितस्य
व्याख्यानसप्तममगात् परिपूर्तिभावं इति श्रीकाल्प)सूत्रकल्पद्रुकलिकायां लक्ष. The Ms. ends thus abruptly. N. B.--- For other details see No. 531.
-
-
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra कल्पद्रुमकलिकासहित
with Kalpadrumakalika No. 533
659.
1892-95. Size.— 10 in. by 44 in. Extent.- II6 folios ; I3 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thick and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters; bold, legible, uniform, big and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; numbers for foll. written twice on one and the same side of the fol. but once, in each of the two margins; condition very good ; both the text and the commentary incomplete as this Ms. commences abruptly with the fifth vyākhyāna ; it appears to go up to the end ; but really speaking the 8th vyākhyāna is missing : the extent of each of the vyakhyanas it contains is as under

Page #198

533.]
IV. 6 Chedasätras
it
884
Vyākhyāna
foll. to 380 VI
, 38 , 70% VII X
88 , 16 Age.- Pretty old. Subject. - This work is full of quotations. Even passages in Gujarāti
are quoted from Vagvilāsa ; see fol. 94. The सूत्रs of कल्पसूत्र are given with their explanation in Sanskrit but it does not seem that all the as are mentioned or that all are given in a regular order. This Ms. contains the complete sāmācāri along with its Sanskrit explanation. In all there are 4 vyākhyānas. As already noted this Ms. commences with the fifth vyākhyāna instead of the first, as it appears on com
paring it with the printed edition ( p. 996). Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 4' जं रयणिं च णे समणे भगवं महावीरे जाए सा रयणी
बहूहिं देवेहि य देवीहिं उवयंतेहि य उप्पयंतेहि य etc. ,, --- ( com. ) fol. I ॥ ५ ६ 0॥ श्रीमदिष्टो जयति
'नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय 'वंदामि भद्दबाहुं इत्यादि अहे(होतो भगवतः श्रीमन्महावीरदेवस्य शासने अतुलमंगलमालाप्रकाशने श्रीपर्युषणापर्वणः
समागमने श्रीकल्पसिद्धांतस्य वाचना प्रवर्तते तत्र त्रयोऽधिकाराः etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. II4* बहूण देवाणं etc., up to बेमि practically as in
No. 516. , --(com.) fol. IIS तत्र देवगुरू प्रसादः इति अत्र शासनाधीश्वरश्रीवर्द्धमान
स्वामी(मि)गुरुक्रमश्रीगौतमश्रीसुधर्मस्वामियावजिनदत्तसूरिश्रीजिनकुशलसूरिश्रीजिनसिंहसूरिश्रीजिनराजसूरिश्रीजिनरत्नसूरिश्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिश्रीजिनसुखसूरितत्पट्टालंकरणश्रीजिनभक्तिसूरीणां आज्ञां कुर्वतां सतां श्रेयः
1-2 The complete verses are as under :
"नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीमते च सुधर्मणे । सर्वानुयोगवृद्धभ्यो वाण्यै सर्वविदस्तथा ॥ बंदामि भवाहुं 'पाईणं' चरमसयलसुयनाणिं। .. सुत्तस्स कारगमिसिं दसाण कप्पे य बबहारे ॥"

Page #199

172
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[533.
कल्याणं सर्वदा भवतु इति श्रीकल्पद्रुकलिकायां साधुसामाचारीव्याख्यानं संपूर्णम् श्रीगुरुदेवप्रसादात्
श्रीकल्पसूत्रवरनाममहागमस्य
गूढार्थभावसहितस्य मनोहरस्य लक्ष्मीनिधेर्विहितवल्लभकामितस्य ____ व्याख्यानमाप नवमं परिपूर्तिभावं ? श्रीमज्जिनादिकुशलः कुशलस्य कर्ता
___ गच्छे 'बृहत्खरतरे गुरुरा बभूव शिष्यश्च तस्य सकलागमतत्त्वदर्शी
श्रीपाठकः कविवरो विनयप्रभो(s)भूत् १ विजयतिलकनामा पाठकस्तस्य शिष्यो ___ भुवनविदितकीर्तिर्वाचकक्षेमकीर्तः प्रभुरविहितशिष्यः प्रसृता तस्य शाषा( खा)
सकलजगति जाता क्षेमधाटी(री) ततोऽसौ २ पाठको च तपोरत्नतेजोराजौ ततो वरौ भुवनादिमकीर्तिश्च वाचको विशदप्रभः ३ सद्वाचको(s)भवदशेषगुणांबुराशि
हर्षादिकुंजरगणिर्गुरुतान्वितश्च श्रीलब्धिमंडण(न)गणिर्वरवाचकश्च
सद्बोधसांद्रहृदयः सुहृदां वरेण्यः ४ लक्ष्मीकीर्तिः पाठक(ः) पुण्यमूर्ति
भा( )स्वत्कोतिर्भूरिभाग्योदयश्रीः शिष्यो लक्ष्मीवल्लभस्तस्य रम्यां
वृत्तिं चक्रे कल्पसूत्रस्य चैचि)मां ५ इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रकल्पद्रुकालकायां लक्ष्मीवल्लभविरचितायां नवम व्याख्यानं संपूर्णम् ॥ श्रीमहावीरपट्टे श्रीसुधर्मास्वामि (मी) १ श्रीसुधर्मास्वामिपट्टे श्रीजंबूस्वामिः २ श्रीजंबूस्वामिपट्टे श्रीप्रभवस्वामिः ३ श्रीप्रभवस्वामिपट्टे श्रीशय्यंभवसरिः ४ श्रीशय्यंभवभूरिपट्टे श्रीयशोभद्रसूरि(:) ५ श्रीयशोभद्रसूरिपट्टे श्रीआर्यसंभूतिविजयो जातः ६ श्रीआर्यसंभूतिविजयपट्टे श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामिः ७ श्रीभद्रबा०पट्टे श्रीथू( स्थूलभद्रो आर्यमहागिरिः ८ ततः श्रीआर्यसुहास्तिसूरिः ९ ततः श्रीसुस्थितसूरिः १० ततः श्रीहंद्रादिनसूरिः ११ ततः श्रीदिबसूरिः १२ ततः

Page #200

533.] 1V. 6 Chedasatras
173 श्रीसिंहसूरिः १३ ततः श्रीवज्रस्वामिः(मी) १४श्रीवज्रस्वामिपट्ट(ट्टे) वज्रसेनो(न): १५ तत(ः) श्रीचंद्रसरिः १६ ततः श्रीसामंतभद्रसूरिः १७ ततो वृद्धिदेवसूरिः १८ ततः प्रद्योतनसूरिः १९ ततः श्रीमानदेवमूरिः २० ततः श्रीदेवेंद्रसूरिः २१ ततः श्रीमानतुंगसूरिः २२ ततः श्रीवीरमूरिः २३ ततः श्रीजयदेवसूरिः २४ ततः श्रीदेवानंदमूरिः २५ ततः श्रीविक्रमसूरिः २६ ततः श्रीनरसिंहसरिः २७ ततः श्रीसमुद्रसूरिः २८ ततः श्रीमानदेवमूरिः २९ ततः श्रीविबुधप्रभावभूरि ३० ततः श्रीजयानंदमूरिः ३१ ततः श्रीरविप्रभसूरि ३२ ततः श्रीजिनभद्रसूरिः ३३ ततः श्रीहरिभद्रसूरिः ३४ ततः श्रीदेवभद्रसूरि ३५ ततः श्रीनेम(मि)चंद्रसूरिः ३६ तत्पट्टे सुविहितचक्रचूडामणिश्रीउद्द्योतनसूरिः ३७ श्रीउ(द)द्योतनसूरिपट्टे श्रीवर्द्धमानसूरि ३८ वर्द्ध०पट्टे श्रीजिनेश्वरसूरिः ३९ श्रीजिने०पट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिः ४० श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिपट्टे श्रीअभयदेवसूरि ४१ अिभ०पट्टे श्रीजिनवल्लभसूरिः ४२ श्रीजिनवल्लभ०पट्टे श्रीजिनदत्तसरिः ४३ श्रीजिनदत्त पट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसरिः ४४ श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनपत्ति(ति)सूरि ४५ जिनपति० श्रीजिनेश्वरसूरिः ४६ जिनेश्वर जिनप्रभसूरिः ४७ जिनप्रभु(भ)सूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरि ४८ श्रीजिनचंद्रपट्टे श्रीजिनकुशलमूरिः ४९ श्रीजिनकुशलसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनपद्मसूरिः ५० श्रीजिनपद्मपट्टे जिनलाब्धमूरिः ५१ जिनल०पट्टे जिनोदयमूरिः ५२ जिनोदयपट्टे श्रीजिनराजसूरिः ५३ जिनराजपट्टे श्रीजिनवर्द्धनसरिः ५४ ततः श्रीजिनभद्रसूरिः ५५ तत्पट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिः ५६ जिनचंद्रपट्टे जिनसमुद्रसूरिः ५७ जिनसमुद्रसरिपट्टे ५८ श्रीजिनहंसमरिः जिनहंसपट्टे श्रीजिनमाणिक्यसूरि ५९ जिनमाणि पट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिः ६० जिनचंद्र०पट्टे श्रीजिनसिंहमूरिः ६१ जिनहंस (पट्टे) श्रीजिनराजसूरिः ६२
श्रीजिनराजपट्टे श्रीजिनरत्नसूरि ६३ श्रीजिनरत्नसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्र... सूरिः ६४ श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनसुखसूरिः ६५ श्रीजिनसुखमरिपट्टे
विद्यमानभट्टारकश्रीजिनभक्तिसूरिः ६६ दा. यशःसोमगणिलेंखि ॥ N. B.-- For other details see No. 531.

Page #201

174
कल्पसूत्र
कल्पद्रुमकलिकासहित
No. 534
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Size.--9 in. by 47 in.
Extent. 147+ 2 = 149 folios; 18 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line.
-
Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in three lines and edges in two in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a blank; foll. numbered in both the margins; the description of the goddess of wealth (Lakṣmi) given in Gujarati, too, on fol. 31bff; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary; both incomplete; the commentary is divided into 8 vyakhyānas as under :
""
Vyakhyāna I foll. Ib to 72
II
27b
III
39b
IV
V
VI
VII
IX This Ms. has two extra foll. belonging to some other work probably Bhojaprabandha ; out of these two foll. the second is numbered as 48th; the first fol. partly torn; condition on the whole good.
""
""
""
""
Age. Samvat 1904.
""
دو
ور
دو
ور
Kalpasūtra
with Kalpadrumakalikā
370. 1880-81.
22
دو
7a
27b
39b
55b
87a
112b
128b
22
""
""
د.
ور
[534.
د.
دو
55b
87a
112b
128b
147b.
Begins..-(text) fol. sb नमो अरिहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं etc., up to हवइ मंगलं । as in No. 496 and then auri etc.

Page #202

534.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras
.
175
Begins.-- (com.) fol. I" ॥ ६॥ ॥ ॐ नमः।
श्रीवर्द्धमानस्य जिनेश्वरस्य etc., as in No. 535.. (com.) fol. 66 तल्लोके जैने( ने )द्रं व्याकरणं जातं तानि व्याकरणस्य दशांगानि इदानि(नी)तनव्याकरणेष्वपि दृश्यते तान्यमूनि संज्ञा १ परिभाषा २ विधि ३ नियम ४ आतिदेस(श)५ अनुवाद ६ प्रतिबे(वेद ७ अधिकार
८ विभाषा ९ निपात १० एतानि दस(श) व्याकरणस्यांगानि प्रवर्तन्ते etc. Ends.---(text) fol. 146 तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं समणे भुज्जो २ उबदस(इ) त्ति
बेमी(मि)। -(com.) fol. 147 तत्र देवगुर्वो(:) प्रसाद इति अग्रेतन चलसी वर्तमानयोग्य सा(शा)प्तनाधीश्वर etc., up to श्रीजिनकुशलसूरि as in No. 533 followed by the lines as under:
श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिश्रीजिनहर्षसूरितत्पट्टालकारंर)सहस्रकिरणावतारश्रीसौभाग्यसूरीणां (आ)ज्ञा प्रवर्ततां श्रेयो भवतुः]
इति श्रीकल्पद्रुमकलिकायां श्रीलक्ष्मीवल्लभविरचितायो साधुसाध्वीसामाचारीव्याख्यान(न) नवम(म) संपूर्णः(ण)
श्रीकल्पसूत्रवरनाममहागमस्य
गूढार्थभावसहितस्य महो(नोह)रस्य लक्ष्मीनिधेर्विहितब(वल्लभकाम(मि)तस्य
व्याख्यानमाप नवमं परिपूर्तिभावं १ • श्रीरस्तु etc. ___ अथ चउवीस जिनारो गर्भस्थित काल कहै छै ॥ ऋषभ मास ९ दिन ४ etc. .
इति गर्भस्थितिचतुर्विंशतिजिनानां संपूर्णमगमतः(त्) श्रेय(योऽस्तु कल्याणमस्तु ॥ सं० १९०२ श्रीमहासुद १ शुक्रवारे लि'...... लिपीकृता 'बिल्हभ(?)
पुर'मध्ये ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ श्री ।। संवत् १९०४ रा मि चैत सदि ८ परत लीनी...' Begins.- (extra) fol. I'गांगातेलीवत् तथाहि को(5)पि विद्यार्थी प्रतिष्ठान'पुरे
'दक्षिण'देशे गत्वा etc. Ends.- (extra) fol. 48° ययमपि स्यु(ः) सिद्धिकास्तेन भवदुक्तं मम सत्यं भवत्विति
॥ इति गांगातेंलीकथा संपूर्ण ॥ श्री। N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 531.
1-2 Letters have become illegible since yellow pigment is used.

Page #203

176
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1535.
कल्पछुमकलिका (FETEWEIÊ) No. 535
Kalpadrumakalikā (Kalpasūtravrtti)
660.
1892-95.
Size.— 9in. by 41 in. Extent.— 84 - I = 83 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper thick and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters ; clear, bold, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges, singly; yellow pigment used; foll. Ist to the 64th numbered in both the margins ; the rest, in the right-hand margin only; the fol. 35th apparently missing but as the matter seems to be continuous, it is only a case of wrong numbering of the fol. ; condition excellent. This Ms. contains only the commentary, the original sútras being indicated by the ste ( see fol. 10). Since it contains four vyākhyānas instead of nine it is incomplete ; No. 533 seems to be its counterpart as that begins with the sth and goes up to the end; of course the 8th is wanting there. The extent of each of the four vyākhyānas this Ms. contains is as under :-- Vyākhyāna I foll. 10 II
II 112 462 III 462 622 IV 624 846.
Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Lakşmivallabha. Subject. --- Sanskrit commentary explaining Kalpasūtra. Begins.— fol. 1b Il sftArgsarea to TH: Il sfHEUERTÌ TA: !
stare att fram etc:

Page #204

536.]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
177
Ends. fol. 84 आरोग्यवती माता त्रिशला श्रीमहावीरं पुत्रं प्रासू[ य ]त 1 इति शासनाधीश्वरवर्द्धमानस्वामी (मि) गुरुक्रमश्री गौतमयावत्श्रीजिनदत्तसूरि श्री जिनकुशलसूरिश्रीजिनराजा (ज) जिनरत्नजिन सुखसूरिः श्री जिन भक्तिसूरिः श्रीजिनलाभसूरिः तत्पट्टानुक्रमश्रीजिनचंद्रसूरितत्पट्टालंकारहारबौहरासाखशृंगारहार । श्रीजिनहर्षसूरीणामाज्ञां प्रवर्त्तमानस्य श्री. संघस्य सर्वदा श्रेयः ॥ ४ ॥
इति चतुर्थवाचनायां ॥ श्रीरस्तु कल्याणमस्तु ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ See No. 531.
Reference.--- Published.
कल्पसूत्र टीकासहित
No. 536
Size.— 10‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent.-- 61 - 42 = 19 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.
Kalpasūtra with ṭikā 782. 1899-1915.
Description. Country paper thin and white, Jaina Devanagari characters; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; condition very good; foll. I to 42 missing; consequently both the text and its commentary begin abruptly; it is difficult to say which this commentary is; at least it does not seem to be Kalpasubodhika; the text begins with the 48th sūtra and ends with the 96th sūtra or the last sūtra of the 4th vyakhyāna. Thus it deals with a part of Jinacarita only. The commentary, too, ends abruptly. There is blank space in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well.
Age.- Not quite modern.
Author of the commentary. Not mentioned.
23 [J. L.P.]

Page #205

178
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[536.
Subject.- The text deals with the janmotsava of Lord Mahavira.
It begins with the description of Trišala’s activities after she had seen the 14 dreams. The topic treated herein is
explained in the Sanskrit commentary. Begins.- (text ) fol. 43* तए णं सा (तिसला) खत्तिया( आ )णी इमे एयारूवे
उराले चउद(द)स महासुमिणे पासित्ता णं पडिबुद्धा समाणी हट्टतुट्टजावहियया धाराहयकयंबपुप्फगं पिव समूसि( सस्सि )यरोमकूवा सुमिण(ण)ग्गह
(हं) करेइ २त्ता सयाणिजाओ अन्भुट्टेइ २त्ता etc. ,, -- (com.) fol. 43* ॥ अथ चतुर्दशस्वप्नदर्शनानंतरं त्रिशला क्षत्रियाणी
चतुर्थवाचनायां किं करोति । etc. . . Ends.- ( text ) fol. 61 तेणं कालेणं २ (तेणं समएणं) समणे भगवं महा..... वीरो(रे) ज(जे)सो(से) गिम्हाणं पढमे मासे दुच्चे पक्खे चित्तसुद्धे तस्स णं
चित्तसुद्धस्स तेरसीदिवसेणं नवण्हं मासाणं बहुपडिपुन्नाणं अट्टमाणराइं
दियाणं वि(व)इक्वंताणं उच्चट्ठाणगएसु०. It ends here thus. ,, - (com.) fol. 61 एवंविधे काले कृतौ कि काले निःप्प(पोन्ना नि:प(पोन्न
सर्वसाम]स्या । मेदनी यत्र स तस्मिन् पुनज(अ)नपदेषु जनपदवास्तव्यलोकेषु एवंविधेषु सत्सु कि(किं)० ज० प्रमुदिता सुभिक्षसौस्थादिना प्रकीडिता घसंतादिषु क्रीडितुमारब्धास्ततो विशेषणकर्मधारयः तेषु अत्र बहुषु आदर्शेषु उवचटाणेत्यादि न दृश्यते पुनः पुश्वरत्तेति अर्द्धरात्रे हस्तोत्तरानक्षत्रे उत्तर(रा)फाल्गुनीनक्षत्रे चंद्रेण सह वर्तमाने आरोगा(ग्या) अनाबाधा माता आरोग्यं अनाबा, दारकं पुत्रं प्रजाता सुषुवे जनिधातुः सोपसर्गत्वात्सक इत्यनेन श्रीमहावीरदेवस्य जन्मकल्याणं व्याख्यातं ॥
- संवत् २०१)६९१ वर्षे चैत्रसुदि १३ मंगलवारे उत्तराफाल्गुनी घटी ६० रात्रिगत घटी १५ पल २१ समये मकरलग्नवहमाने चंद्रहोरायां दिनमान ३० सिद्धनामयोगे श्रीमहावीरजन्मकुंडिकाः ॥
॥ अथ पंचमव्याख्याने श्रीमहावीरजन्मोत्सवो व्याख्यास्यते ॥ स ..... वर्तमानयोगः अस्मिन् अवसरे एके दानं ददति एके शीलं पालयंति एके
. सपस्तपति एके भावना(नां भा)वयंति. It ends thus abruptly.

Page #206

537.)
IV. 6 Chedasatras
179
Kalpasūtra
कल्पसूत्र अवचूरिसहित . . .
with avacūri No. 537
. 199.
1871-72. Size.-- 101 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- (text) 68 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line...
» -(com.) „ . ; 20' » » » » ; 82 » » » » Description.- Country paper tough and white : Jaina Devanagari
characters with rares; this is more or less a paret Ms. ; the text is written in big, quite legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; the same is the case with the avacũri except that it is written in small hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right--hand margin ; fol. 1a blank; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged ; condition very fair ; there is blank space in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well ; both the text and its avacúri complete. The text is divided into 3 vācyas as under :
(1) Harta foll. Do to sob (2) Foratrat » 506
586 ; (3) Fiatart
586 , 686. Age.- Pretty old. Author of the commentary.-- Not mentioned. Subject. The text with a small commentary in Sanskrit. The
latter is based upon Samdehavişausadhivștti. Begins.-- (text) fol. 1b EU II PHÌ TRENTO etc., up to a HTC II
3 11 as in No. 496 and then ao regoi etc. „ -- (com.) fol. 15 Il a TAPa zarar)#10T I AFHEFTE
TATATTACHUSTETTUST :(T)AGET(T)ATSHÙI:) 11 9 11 etc. Ends. -- ( text ) fol. 686 agui attui etc., up to that as in No. 496
followed by a Il TH Hag: Il sft: 11
1-2
These numbers are associated with a column.
.

Page #207

180
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[5.38.
Ends.-- (com.) fol. 68b पृष्ट (टा ) पृष्टार्थकथनं व्याकरणं तेन सहितं इति ब्रवीमीति श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी स्वशिष्यान् प्रति बु( ) ते । नेदं 'स्वमनीषिकया किंतु तीर्थकरगणधरोपदेशेनेति । अनेन च गुरुपारतंत्र्यमभिहितमिति श्रीदशाश्रुतस्कंधाध्ययनस्याष्टमस्यावचूरिः । 'कल्पा... . 3 चाण्णः संदेहfaqtqefeen()gertor føfear 11 3 1| ft: ||
Reference.-- See Nos. 496 and 506-508.
कल्पसूत्र टिप्पणकसहित
No. 538
Size. 11 in. by 4 in.
Extent.
Kalpasūtra with tippanaka
251 (a). A. 1882-83.
67 folios; 9+ 2 = 11 lines to a page; 26 to 41 letters to a line.
Description.-Country paper thick, durable and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with ETS; bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. contains both the text and the explanatory notes; the text written in a big hand; the explanatory notes in a small one mostly in margins; the hand-writing seems to be different; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1 blank; red chalk used; sometimes space sufficient for drawing an illustration kept blank (vide foll. 19b, 24 etc.); edges of the first four foll. slightly damaged; condition very fair; both the text and the tippaṇaka complete; the extent of the former 1216 slokas; the text is divided into 3 vācyas as suggested on p. 181 :
I The word is used by Devagupta Sūri in his tīkā to the 21st sambandha-kārikā of the svopajña bhāṣya of Tattvärthadhīgamasutra (D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 67, p. 16). See No. 507, too.
2-3 Letters are gone.

Page #208

539.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras
181
(I) जिनचरित foll. b to 44b.. . (2) स्थविरावली , 44 , (3) सामाचारी , 5 , 61. This Ms, contains another work also viz. कालिकाचार्यकथा which begins on fol. 61* and ends on fol. 67*. Fol. 670
blank. Age.- Old. Author of the tippanaka.- Not known.. Subject.-- The text along with explanatory notes. Begins.- ( text ) fol. I' ५॥ ॥ नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 496.
,, -- (com.),, ,, = आर्षे तृतीया(5)पि दृश्यते द्वितीयतृतीययोः सप्तमी etc Ends. - ( text ) fol. 60° बहूणं देवीणं etc., up to उवदसेइ ति बेमि as in
No. 516 followed by the lines as under :
अट्टमज्झयणं दसासुअखंधस्स पज्जोसवणाकप्पो संमत्तो ॥ छ ।
ग्रंथागं द्वादश शतानि षोडशसहितानि ॥ छ ॥ * ,, - (com.) fol. 61° उपदर्शयति कथयति दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्याष्टमाध्ययनं .
एकः सहश्रो( स्रो) द्विशतीसमेत
श्लिष्टस्तथा षोडशभिर्विदंतु । कल्पस्य संख्या कथिता विशिष्टा
विशारदैः पर्युषणाभिधस्य ॥१॥ Reference.-- See No. 496.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtra वाचनिकाम्नायसहित
with vācanikāmnāya No. 539
290.
A. 1882-83. Size.— 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.— 26 + 38 + 20 = 84 folios ; 13 lines to a page; 45
letters to a line. I This verse occurs in No. 516. See p. 121.

Page #209

182
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1539.
Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्रा ; small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; space between the pairs coloured yellow ; foll. numbered in both the margins; numbering is not continuous ; for, there are 3 sets : Ist containing 26 foll., the 2nd 38 and the third I-I i.e. 20, since:the first fol. of this set is missing ; the fol. 38b blank ; unnumbered sides have a small design in yellow and blue colours in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; yellow pigment used while making corrections; a portion of the first fol. worn out; this Ms. contains some portion of Kalpasūtra along with its explanation in Gujarāti; the text begins with the 57th sūtra ; edges of some of the foll. slightly gone ; condition tolerab
ly fair. Age.-- Old. Author of the commentary.-- A Jaina saint of the Kharatara gaccha. Subject.- The six kalyanakas of Lord Mahavira seem to be ex
pounded elsewhere ; for, this Ms. begins abruptly. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1 तए णं सिद्धत्थे खत्तिए पठन्सकालसमयसि कोडुंबिय
पुरिसे सहावेइ २त्ता एवं वयासी ५७ etc. , -- (com.) fol. I ॥६ ॥
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय । श्रीमते च सुधर्मणे सर्वानुयोगवृद्धेभ्यो वाण्यै सर्वविदस्तथा ।१।" अज्ञानतिमिरांधानां ज्ञानांजनशलाकया नेत्रमुन्मीलितं येन तस्मै श्रीगुरवे नमः ॥२३ सूरिमु(द )द्योतनं वंदे वर्द्धमानं जिनेश्वरं
जिनचंद्रप्रभुं भक्त्या(S)भयदेवमहं स्तुवे ॥३ श्रीजिनवल्लभजिनदत्तसूरिजिनचंद्रजिनपतियतींद्राः ।
लम्यो(?) जिनेश्वराजिनप्रं'......जिनचंद्रगुरवः स्युः । ४ 1-2 The प्रतीकs of these two verses are given in No. 520. See p. 129. 3 Letters are gone.

Page #210

$39.]
iv. 6 Chedasutras
सूरिर्जिनादिकुशलो जिनपद्मसूरिः । सूरिर्बभूव जिनलब्धिरधीतसूरिः । तेजोमयो (S) पि जन. (लो) चनपूर्णचंद्रद्रोपमान गुण एष जिनादिचंद्रः ५
183
दक्षस्तदीयपदपद्मदिवाधिराजः
प्राप्तोदयो (1) जनि 'जनोदय सू... जः विभ्राजते गुरुवरो जिनराजसूरि
र्भाग्याद्भुतः समभवज्जिनभद्रसूरिः । ६ तत्पट्टे जिनचंद्राः स्युस्तदन्वये (S) मुद्रसूरयो (S) भु (भू) बन् । जिनहंसा जिनमाणिक्यसूरयः 'खरतरे' गच्छे । ७ तत्पट्टे यदुदारसारसुकृतव्याहाररत्नं (?) न वै ।
श्रीसाही (हाड) कबरेण सर्वजगती साम्राज्यमाबिभृ (भ्र) ता प्रीत्या दत्तयुगप्रधान बिरुदाः स्फूर्जय्य (य) सः (शः ) संपदो
( जी ) यासज्जिन चंद्रसूरिगुरु (र) वः सौभाग्यभाग्याधिकाः । ८ अदभ्राशरदभ्राभगुणरत्नमहाकराः
श्री जिन सिंहसूरींद्रा 'अभूवन्भूतले वराः । ९ विद्वज्जनमनोहारिविद्वत्तागुणभूरयः श्रीजिनसागरसूरींद्रा विजयंतां महीतले ॥ १० अब्धि'. ब्धि (ब्धि) कदंबकस्य तिलको निःशेषसूर्याबले
रापीडः प्रतिबोधनिपुणवतामग्रेसरो वाग्मिनां दृष्टांतो गुरुभक्तिशालिमनसां मौलिस्तपश्रीजुषां
सर्वाश्वर्यमयो मयीष्टसमयः श्रीगौतमः स्यान्मुदे ॥ ९ ( ११ ) । बंदामि भद्दबाहुं पाईणं चरमसक (य)लसुयनाणं (णि) सुत्तस्य क (का)रगामसिं दसाण कप्पे य ववहारे ॥। १० ( १२ ) ॥ अर्हत भगवंत श्रीमन्महावीरदेव तच्छासनि विजयमान ए श्रीपर्युषणापट तेह तणइ समागमनि श्रीकल्पसिद्धांत तणी वाचना प्रवर्त्तइ तिहां बाचना तणइ अधिकारइ प्रथम वाचनायइ श्रीमहावीर तणा छ कल्याणक संक्षेप वाचनाय श्रीसंघनह संभलाया तदनंतरं बा ( बी )जी वाचनायह विस्तरपणइ श्रीमहावीर तणउ च्यवनकल्याणक तथा गर्भापहारकल्याणं (न)क तणउ अधिकार वाच्यउ तदनंतर त्रीजी वाचनायइ श्रीत्रिसला क्षत्रिपाणी तथा अवदह सुपिना श्री भद्रबाहुस्वामीयइ विशेषार्थ कही वाच्या etc.
I
It appears that this ought to be जिनोदय सृरिराजः
A letter is gone. It ought to be ले.
2
3 The प्रतीक of this verse is given in No. 520. See p. 192.

Page #211

[540.
184
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Begins.— (text) ( 1st set ) fol. 26 पयाहिणाणुकूलंांस भूमिसि (स) प्पंसि मारुयंसि पवायांस निष्प (प )नमेयणीयंसि कालंसि पमुइयपक्वीलिएस जणवएस etc.
"
-
( com. ) ( 1st set ) fol. 264 आरोग्य रोग त्रिसला मातानहं सुख भगवंतनइ सुखइ महारक (?) श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामी त्रिसलायइ जायउ इतरइ श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामीक (न) उ जन्मकल्याणक हूयउ etc.
Ends. — (text ) ( 3rd set ) fol. 21 मामेते उत्तमा पहाणा मंगल्ला सुमिणा अन्नेहिं पावसुमिणाहिं पडिहामि (म्मि) स्संति त्ति कट्टु देव [य] गुरुजणंसबद्धाहिं पसत्थाहिं मंगला मियालाहिं कहाहिं सुमिणजागरिथं पडिजागरमाणी विहरइ
""
— ( com. ) ( 3rd set ) fol. 21 अर्थ: माहरा उत्तम स्वप्न प्रधान फलना दायकं मंगलीक रूप चव( उ ) दह स्वप्न अनेरें बीजे पाइए सुमिणे दीठे मत हणार तेह भणी शेष रात्रि जे छइ ते देव गुरु संबंधी ए धवल मंगल गीत गाने करी धर्मनी कथायइ करी स्वप्न राषिवा भणी रातीजागरण रातीजगउ 8 करती सुखइ समाधइ रहइ जिम आगइ वाचना संध्याकालइ हुस्यइ । निर्विघ्नपणइ जे आराधयइ ते विधि चैत्यालय पूज्यमान श्रीपार्श्वनाथ तणइ प्रसादि गुरु अनुक्रमइ ॥
मुविहितगच्छशिरोमणिश्रीउ (दू) द्योतनसूरिश्रीवर्द्धमानसूरि । श्रीजिनेश्वरसूरि । सप्रभाबक श्रीस्थंभ नकपार्श्वप्रगटीकृतश्री अभयदेवसूरि । चउसठि - योगिनीजेता युगप्रधान श्रीजिनदत्तसूरि । भट्टारकप्रभुश्री जिनकुशल सूरि । श्री अकबर प्रतिबोधकयुगप्रधान श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरि । तत्पट्टे श्रीजिनसिंहमूरि । तत्पट्ट प्रभाकरभट्टारकश्री जिनसागरसूरिनी आज्ञा जयवंत प्रवर्त्तई ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥
छ ॥
कल्पसूत्र टब्बासहित
No. 540
Kalpasūtra with tabba
830.
1899-1915.
Size.— 1o in. by 4g in.
Extent.— 199 folios; 14 line to a page ; 32 to 4o letters to alline.

Page #212

540.]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
185
Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional TEATEITS; this Ms. contains the text and the interlinear Gujarāti explanation styled here as tabbā; space for the text is not reserved ; the text written in big, legible and good hand-writing; the tabbā in smaller hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; fol. 1a blank ; so is the fol. 1996; both the text and the tabbã complete ; condition very good; the text is divided into 2 våcyas as under :(1) fiata
foll. 1a to 1646 ( 2 ) Foratrast
, 1646 , 1992. The commentary is divided into 8 vyākhyānas as under:Vyākhyāna Ι
foll. Ib to igb „ 156 „ 386 (?)
386(?), 59* (?) 592 „ 738
732 „ 1196 VI
1190 » 1442 VII
144 „ 1646 VIII
1645 , 1999, Age.- Not modern. Author of the tabbā.- Not mentioned. Subject.— A Jaina agama with an explanation in Gujarāti. Begins. — (text) fol. roll & 011FA: Fég: 1
aoi TUT AU FACU etc. „ (com. ) fol. 16 FATHERTY FATA: 1
ते काल अवसर्पिणीनो चऊथो आरो ते काल ते समये etc. (com. ) fol. 164" fanart cai qui a 3 *TT GETTI
थयं ॥ सात वषाण संपूर्णम् । 24 (J. L. P.]
V

Page #213

186
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[54.
Ends.- (text) fol. 1994 सुत्तत्थरयण etc., up to पणिवयामि ॥१४॥ as in
No.497. Then follows the line as under :
इति थिरावली संपूर्णा). ., -(com.) fol. 199* देवद्धि क्षमाश्रमण प्रति वांदू 'काश्यप' गोत्रना धरण
हार प्रति इति स्थाविरावली। Reference. - For a bālāvabodha see Rājendra Súri's edition of
“Kalpasūtrasya Bālāvabodha”, Bombay, 1888.
कल्पसूत्रान्तर्गतनेमिनाथचरित्र बालावबोधसहित
Kalpasūtrāntargata
Nemināthacaritra with bālāvabodha
1151. 1891-95.
No. 541
Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent.- 10 folios%3; 20 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing%3B borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; this Ms. contains the text along with bālāvabodha written in Gujarati ; both complete so for as they go; con
dition tolerably good. Age.- Old. Subject.— A portion of Kalpasútia', narrating the life of Lord
Neminätha, and its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text) fol. I तेणं कालेग तेणं सनए अरहा अस्ट्रिनामे पंचचित्ते होत्था ।
तं० चित्ताहिं चुए चइत्ता गम्भं वक्रतो जाव चित्ताहिं परिनिए etc. , -(com.) ए ६ ॥ fol. 1 श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ..
!
See D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 6. (pp. 132-140).

Page #214

542.]
İV. 6 Chedasätras
187
अर्हत भगवंत उत्पन्नदिव्यविमलकेवलज्ञानदिवाकर श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामी तणइ शासनि विजयमानि श्रीकल्पसिद्धांत तणी वाचनायइ वाच्यमान थकायइ प्रथम वाचनायइ करी पश्चानुपूर्वीयइ श्रीवर्द्धमानस्वामी तणउ चरित्र वषाण्यउ । तदनुक्रमइ श्रीपार्श्वनाथनउ चरित्र पिणि वषाण्यउ । हिव बावीसमउ तीर्थकर श्रीनेमिनाथ तेहनुउ पिणि चरित्र श्रीभद्रबाहु
स्वामि किण एक प्रकारि कहइ। Ends.-- ( text) fol. I0° विइक्वंताई पंचासीइमस्स य वाससहस्स(स्स) नव वास
सयाई विइक्वंताई दसमस्स य वाससयस्स अयं असीइमे संवच्छरे (काले)
गच्छ(इ)॥ इति नेमिनाथचरित्रम् । , -(com.) fol. I0 ए जुगंतकृत्(त) भूमि । केवलज्ञान ऊपनइ पछइ बारे वरसे मोक्षमार्ग वहणउ मांह्यउ । ए पर्यायांतकृत भूमि ॥
3Ty farafura UPATE 11 This Ms. ends thus.
कल्पसूत्रनियुक्ति
Kalpasūtraniryukti सन्देहविषौषधीसहित
with Samdebavişausadhi No. 542
776 (b).
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 46 to fol. 62°. Description.- Both the text and its commentary complete. For
other details see No, 503. Age.--- Samvat 1635. Author.- Bhadrabāhusvāmin.
, of the commentary.- Jinaprabha Suri. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 46b
पज्जोसवणाए अक्खराण होति उ इमाइ गोन्नाइं । परियायववत्थवणा पज्जोसवणा य पागई(इ)या ॥ (१) परिवसणा पज्जुवसणा पज्जोसवणा य वासवासो य । पढमसमोसरणं ति य ठवणा जिट्टग्गहेगट्टा ॥२॥

Page #215

188
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
542.
Begins.-- (com.) fol. 46° अथ पर्युषणेति कः शब्दार्थ उच्यते । परि सामस्त्येन
उषंति परिवसंति वा साधवः कृताभिग्रहा अस्यामिति पर्युषणा वर्षारात्रः इदं च भगवान् नियुक्तिकार एव निरुक्तमुपदर्शितवान् ॥
इति प्रस्तुताध्ययनसंबंधिनी नियुक्तिरपि किंचिद् व्याख्यायते तस्याश्चेदमाद्य Then we have the text as noted above followed by the lines as under:
पज्जोसवण त्ति । एतेसिं अखराणं इमाणि गुण्णाणि गुणनिष्पन्नाणिनि)।
शकेंद्रपुरंदरवत् etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 61*
वाले सुत्ते सूइ कुडसीसगच्छत्तए य पंचमए ।
नाणट्टि तवस्सी अणहियासि अह उत्तरविसेसो ॥ ६६ ॥ , -- (com.) fol. 61° पज्जोसवणाकपकडण इमा स(सा)मायारी । etc.
तस्स उत्तरीकरणेणं जाव वोसिरामि etc.
ताहे वरिसाकाले दृवणा ठविज्जइ ॥ जई राओ कडिज्जतो गिहत्था अन्नतिथियाओ सन्ना(नी) वा आगच्छिज्जा । तो न ठविज्जा एवं सिज्झियमाइ इत्थीस वि संजइओ वि अप्पणो पडिस्सए चेव राओ कड्रिंति । जइ पुण संजईण संभोइयाण कडूंतीण हुज्ज ता अहापहाणाणं कुलाणं । आसन्ने पडिदुवारे संलोए साहुसाहुणणि य चिलि)मिलिं दाउं दिवसओ कडिजइ । साहुणा कड्डिज्जमाणाणं । चिलिमिलियंतरियाओ साहुणीओ सुणंति ति ।।।
एवमवसियं पर्युषणाशब्दस्य निरुक्तं ॥ अवसिता च यत्रेदं निरुक्तमभिहितं सबसुता(त्ता)ध्ययनसंबंधिनी नियुक्तिरियं च प्रायेण निशीथचूर्णिमुपजीव्य मया व्याख्यातेति ॥ प्राकृतभाषयैव लिखिता ॥ छ ।
सत्यपि वृद्धविवरणे । गाथा नाम च या वा(s)र्थमभिधातुं ॥ लिखितेति मया व्याख्या पर्युषणाकल्पनियुक्तिः(क्तेः) ॥१ .
नियुक्तिव्याख्यासमाप्तौ च समाप्ता संदेहविषौषधी नाम पर्युषणाकल्पपंजिका ॥
यदत्रोत्सूत्रमासूत्रि मतिमांद्यान्मया क्वचित् । प्रसद्य जितमात्सर्यैस्तद्विशोध्यं बहुश्रुतैः ॥१

Page #216

542.]
İV. 6 Chedasatras
189
सूरींद्रस्यान्वये जातो नवांगीवृत्तिवेधसः । श्रीजिनेश्वरसूरीणां पौत्रः पुत्रमवेद सः ॥२ पुत्रः श्रीमज्जिनसिंहसूरीणां रीणरेप(न)सां। जग्रंथ ग्रंथमेतं श्रीजिनप्रभमुनिप्रभुः ।।३ वैक्रमे स्त्रीकलाविश्वेदेव(१३६४)संख्येऽनुवत्सरे । महाष्टम्यामयं पुर्या'मयोध्यायां समर्थितः ॥४ उदयाकरगणिनामा विनीतविनयो विनेयमुज्जननः ।। प्रथमादर्श न्यधित ग्रंथमिमं वाचनाचार्यः ॥ ५ यदवापमस्मि कुशलं पर्युषणाकल्पपंजिकाघटनात् ।। जिनवचनसुधारसपानसुस्थितस्तेन भवतु जनः ॥ ६ जयत्यसौ श्रीजिनसिंहसरि(ः)।
पद्मावती वागधिदेवता च ॥ श्रिता यदंहिस्मृतिपातमुच्चैः ।
प्राप्ता न के वांछितसिद्धिपारं? ॥७ प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्या ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं । सहस्रत्रितयं सैकचत्वारिंशदनुष्टुभां ॥८॥
संवत् १६३५ वर्षे कार्तिकवदि सप्तम्यां तिथौ गीर्वाणगुरुदिने । श्रीमज्जिनप्रभाचारा(र्यान्वये भट्टारकश्रीजिनहितमरिपूज्याः तच्छिष्याः श्रीआनंदराजपाठकमिश्राः ॥ तच्छिष्याः श्रीमदभयचंद्रमहोपाध्यायाः। तच्छिष्याः श्रीराजवर्द्धनगणयः ॥ तच्छिष्याः श्रीराजमेरुगणयः ॥ तच्छिष्याः श्रीविनयराजगणयः ॥ तच्छिष्याः श्रीशिवसुंदरवाचकप्रवराः ॥ तच्छिष्येन देवतिलकेन मुमुक्षुणा लिपीकृतेयं प्रतिः श्री आगरा'नाममहाराजधान्यां पातिसाहिश्रीअकब्बरराज्ये विद्यमाने । शुभमस्तु लेखक. पाठकयोः ॥ श्रीरस्तु॥

Page #217

Igo
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
-
[544.
कल्पसूत्रनियुक्ति सन्देहविषौषधीसहित
Kalpasūtraniryukti with Sarndehavisauşadhi
213(b). 1871-72.
No. 543
Extent.- fol. 526 to fol. 716. Description.— Both the text and its Sanskrit commentary com
plete except that there is no colophon for the latter as in
the case of No. 542. For other details see No. 504. Begins. — (text) fol. 52" TFFHANTIC staractor etc.
„ – (com.) ,, „ 378 preferonta #: TTf gay, etc. Ends.-- (text) fol. 71° and get af etc., up to Barra FETI „ - (com.) fol. 710 Aig affhar etc., up to que
practically as in No. 542. Then there is one line but letters
are not legible, as the pigment is used. N. B.- For other details see No. 542.
कल्पसूत्रनियुक्ति
Kalpasūtraniryukti सन्देहविषौषधीसहित
with Sarndehavişauşadhi
353 (b). No, 544
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. soa to fol. 686. Description. Both the text and the commentary complete ; extent
3041 ślokas. For other details see No. 5o5. Age.--- Samvat 1670. Begins.-( text ) fol. soa quitarat s erot etc.
» --- ( com. ) fol. 504 3727 qiqotiat F: Tief: gaud etc.

Page #218

545.] IV. 6 Chedasatras
191 Ends.- ( text ) fol. 672
___ वाले मुत्ते सूइ etc., up to उत्तरविसेसो। ६६ ,, - (com. ) fol. 684 ता(त)थैव वरिसकाल ठवणा etc., up to चत्वा
रिंशदनुष्टुभां as in No. 542 followed by ८ अंकतो ३०४१ ॥छ ।
श्री।।श्री ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ । श्रीमदाशापल्ली स्थाने संवत् १६७०मिते मासकल्पस्थैः । श्रीरत्ननिधानोपाध्यायैः पं० रत्नसुन्दरगणिसहायैरशोधि
ग्रंथो()यम् । N. B. -- For other details see No. 542.
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasūtraनिर्युक्त्यवचूरि
niryuktyavacūri No. 545
19.
1877-1878. Size.— 101 in. by 4} in. Extent.- 3 folios ; I7 lines to a page ; 57 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina
Devanāgari characters with TATTS; small, clear and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; edges of all the three foll. slightly damaged ; condition on
the whole very good ; complete. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Manikyasekhara Suri. Subject. - A small commentary elucidating Kalpasūtraniryukti con
sisting of 66 gathas starting with different names of पर्युषणा. Begins. - fol. I ५ ५ ॥ ॥ पर्युषणा अक्षराणां इमानि गौणानि नामानि भवति ।
तु(:) निश्वये । तयथा पर्यायव्यवस्थापना ।।१ पज्जोसमणा सैद्धांतिकं नाम २
प्राकृतिका ॥३।१ परिवसना ४ पर्युषणा ५ etc. Ends.-- fol. 3' उणिय चाले. यदि ऊर्णिकः कल्पोऽस्ति तदा तेन हिंडतो असति
औष्ट्रिकेण तस्याभावे कुतपेन उदरामामजेन हिंडते । एतत्वयं वालज स्यात्

Page #219

192
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 546.
etc. एवं ज्ञानार्थितपस्वि पस्विर) अनध्या(भ्यासिकानां अथ प्रकारांतरण gauplasta: fira 1 &c(?
___ इति श्रीकल्पनियुक्तिः(क्तेः ) संपूर्णाऽवचूरिः श्रीमाणिक्यशेखरPriemeramat J Il siten etc.
कल्पसूत्रवृत्ति
Kalpasūtravrtti
287 ( a ). No. 546
A.1883-84. Size.--104 in. by 41 in. Extent.- 47 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin, smooth and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters with ea; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; but, on that account it is not a farrat Ms.; both the tex: and the commentary written in the same size of the hand-writing ; bold, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in black ink ; the space between these lines coloured red; red chlak and yellow pigment as well used; numbers for foll. entered in both the margins as usual; each of the foll. 1a and 47a decorated with a design in red colour ; unnumbered sides generally marked with a small disc in the centre; the numbered, with two more such discs, one in each of the two margins; the parivāras of Lord Mahāvīra and the preceding Jinas tabulated on foll. 255, 276, 28a, and 328 ; the intervals between each of the Jinas out of 24 and Devaraddhi Gani arranged in a tabular form on foll. 294 and 296; the successors of Lord Mahāvīra mentioned on foll. 326 to 34a ; complete ; condition very good ; tuis Ms. contains as an additional work Kālikācāryakathāvacūri beginning on
fol. 436 and ending on fol. 47o. Age, - Old

Page #220

546.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras
3.
Author.- Udayasagara, pupil of Dharmasekhara. Subject.--Commentary in Sanskrit to Kalpasutra. Begins.- (text) fol. 1 तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं । समणे भगवं महावीरे ।
पंचहत्थोत्तरे होत्था ॥ तंजहा
This seems to be the only continuous portion of the text; in other cases it seems we have only प्रतीकs. , - (com.) fol. I ॥ ६ ॥श्रीवर्द्धमानजिनवरेंद्राय नमः ।
भक्त्या नतासुरसुरेश्वरमौलिमौलि
'मंदारमाल्यचयञ्चितपादपीठं । श्री वर्धमान पुरनायकबर्द्धमान
तीर्थकर मनसिकस्य कृतप्रसादं ।। श्रीज्येष्ठपर्वमहिमोत्तरकल्पसूत्र
व्याख्याविशेषरचना रचयामि सम्यक ॥ पस्या अशेषवचनार्थभरं लभेत । मंदो मुमुक्षुरपि वाक्पटुताप्रयत्नः ॥२
युग्मन. This is followed by a portion of the text and then we have :
तस्मिन् काले चतुर्थारकलक्षणांत etc. Ends.- fol. 43* सभायामपि कर्षतीति सर्वमनघं निरवयं इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रमणनविधिः संपूर्णः । अथ श्रीकल्पसूत्रवृत्ति(प्रशस्ति(स्ति) विधत्ते
श्रीपूर्वसूरिकृतदुर्गपदार्थसार्थात्
किंचिद् गुरूक्तवदनादवबुध्य सारं किंचित् स्वबुद्धिमवलेशवशान्मयैषा
श्रीकल्पसूत्रवरवृत्तिरिह व्यधायि १ श्रीधर्मशेखरगुरोः सविनेयकेन
सिद्धांतसिद्धमतिनोदयसागरेण.. शिष्यानुशिष्यमुखबोधविधायिनी सा।
शुद्धा(७)पि साधुततिभिः किल शोधनीया २.:. :
25
U.L.P.1

Page #221

194
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1546.
संवत्सरे शशिनि चंद्रशरेषु( ? ११५५)पूर्णे ____ ज्येष्ठे च मासि सकले शि(शोशिनि प्रभाते पूणी(९)कृता च लिखिता च सुवृत्तिरेषा
सत्साधुभिश्व जयतात किल वाच्यमाना ३ इति प्रशस्तिवृत्तानि छ
अथ श्रीकल्पस्याशीर्वादः अर्हन्मूलः सुधादिकगणधरजस्कंधबंधाभिरामः
स्फूर्जत्श्रीसंघशाखः स्थविरबरदलश्चारुचारित्रपुष्पा पः) दानाढयो नीरपूरैः ......संततं सिंच्यमानः
सच्छायापास्ततापः शिवगतिफल्लद(लदः) कल्पकल्पद्रुमो वः १ अत्रामुत्र विचित्रचिंतितवरप्राग्भारसंपादक[:]
श्वाई(च्चोक्रिपुरंदरादिपदवीसंपादने प्रत्यलः सर्वस्वर्गनिवासिवासवधराधीशैः सदा सेवितो
व्याख्यावाचकशृण्वतां बदः८) श्रीकल्पचिंतामाणिः१ नक्षत्राक्षतू(त)त्प(पू)रितं मरकतस्थालं विशालं भ(नोभः
पीयूषपुतिनालिकेरकलितं सच्चंद्रिकावंदनं श्रीमन् मेरु'महाद्रिबाहुविधुतं भूमिश्रिया राजते
तावन्नंदतु मंगलावलियुतः श्रीसंघभट्टारकः । १' उव्वी(वी) गुर्वी तदनु जलदः सागरः कुंभजन्मा
व्योमाघातो विहितमकरो तौ च यस्यांहिपीठे स प्रोप्रौढश्रीजिनपरिष्ट(बोढः सोऽपि यस्य प्रणंता
स श्रीसंघत्रिभुवनगुरुः कस्य न स्यान्नमस्यः? २. इति संघवृत्तानि । यावनो(तो)यधरा धरातलमिदं सिंचंति धाराभरै
र्यावत् संतमसं हरत्यनुदिनं भानुः स्वभानूत्करैः पावत् पुष्करमंडलं सविपलं ताराग्रहै राजितं
तावन्नदव पुत्रपौत्रसहितः श्रीसंघनामा प्रभुः १ जां लग [स]जल(धोर जलधाराए करी सींचइ भूमंडल जो लगइ आपणे किरणसमूहे करी अंधकार हरइ भानुमंडल
1 For comparisoti see pp. 110 and 121.
This verse occurs on p. 124.

Page #222

547.]
I v. 6 Chedasūtras
1951
जां लगइ ग्रह तारा नक्षत्रे करी विराजमान गगनमंडल आं लगइ सवे समुद्र सजल जां लगइ न व(?चोलइ (इंदु)मंडल जां (लगइ) निश्चल पृथ्वीमंडल जां लगइ स्वर्ग पालइ आखंडल जां लगइ अचल अष्ट कुलाचल तां लगइ पुत्र पौत्र परिवार संयुक्त श्रीसंघ जयवंत विजयवंत वर्तड
कल्पसूत्रटिप्पणक
Kalpasūtratippaņaka No. 547
163.
1881-82 Size.-- Io in. by 41 in. Extent.- 12 folios; I7 lines to a page; 58 letters to aline. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs%3 very small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; fol. 1* blank ; yellow pigment used at times; foll. numbered in the right--hand margin only ; edges of some of the foll. partly worn out; complete ; this Ms. contains the rates of the text and quotations
in Prakrit; condition on the whole good. Age- Pretty old. Author.-Prthvicandra Süri, pupil of Devasena Gani, pupil of Yaso
bhadra Suril, pupil of Dharmaghosa Suri, pupil of
Śīlabhadra Sūri. This author also believes in six kalyāņa.. kas.
Subject.--- Explanatory notes in Sanskrit to Kalpasūtra. This is
based upon the vștti of the fifth anga and the cũrni of Kalpasútra. Moreover this contains a quotation from the cārni of Nisithasutra.
Begins.-- fol. 1a 11 Ea.
1 This Sūri has composed a work where letters of 3 vargas are not to bę found ; that is to say this krti of his has त्रिवर्गपरिहार,

Page #223

196
Dzina Literature and Philosophy
प्रणम्य वीरमाश्वर्यसेवधि विधिदर्शकं। ..
भीपर्युषणाकल्पस्य व्याख्या काचिविधीयते । १ : : पंचमांगस्य सवृत्तरस्य चौद्धन्य पूर्णितः। ..
किंचित्कस्मादपि ज्ञाना(द) परिज्ञानार्थमात्मनः ॥ २ ..तेणं कालेणं ति। ते इति प्राकृतशैलीवशात्तस्मिन् यस्मिन् भगवानप्रावतीर्ण इह 'भरते' णंकारो वाक्यालंकारार्थः । सर्वत्र द्रष्टव्यः । कालेऽधिकृतावसर्पिणीचतुर्थारके। तेणं ति । तस्मिन् यत्रासौ भगवान् देवानंदाया ब्राह्मण्या दशमदेवलोक प्राणत पुष्पोत्तर'विमानात् च्युतः । मुनिसुव्रतनेमी 'हरिवंशसमुद्भवौ । शेषा एकविंशतिः 'काश्यप गोत्राः॥ अद्धरत्तकालसमयसि त्ति । समयः समाचारो(७)पि भये(वोतीति कालो वर्णादिरपि स्यात्तद्व्यवच्छे. दार्थ । समयग्रहणं कालेन विशेषतः । कालरूपः समयः स चार्द्धरात्ररूपो(s)पि भवत्यतो(s)र्द्धरात्रशब्देन विशेषतः]श्वार्द्धरात्ररूपकालः समयोऽर्द्धराज
कालसमयः । etc. f. fol. Io' अत्र चूर्णिः । पाणसुहुमे । पंचविहे पंचपा(५)गारे एकेके वन्ने
सहस्ससो भेदा । अन्ने बहुप्पगारा । संजोगा ते सव्वे वि पंचस समोअरंति ।
किन्हाई(इ)स नो चक्कुफासी जे निग्गंथाणं २ अभिक्खण २. जत्थ वाणनिसी:: यणाणि चेइए आयाणगहणं निक्खेवणं करेइ १पंचविहे इत्यादि । etc. - fol. II अगारीहिं । अगाराणि सट्टाए कडाणि भवंति । कारण आरेणा
वि पज्जोसवेइ । आसाढपुतिमाए एवं सबसुत्ताण विभासादोसदरिसणं ॥ हेऊ उवाउ कारणे सकारणं सहेतुयं सकारणं भुज्जो २ पुणो उवदंसेइ परि. संग्रहणात् । सावगाण वि कहिज्जइ समोसरणे वि वन्निज्जइ ॥ छ ।
- निशीथोक्तो विधिलिख्यते । पज्जोसवणाकप्पं पज्जोसवणाइ जो' ...कज्जिज्जा गिहि अन्नतिथिउ अन्नसंजईणं चअणाई।
व्याख्या । पज्जोसवणा पुव्ववान्निया गिहत्थाणं अन्नतित्थियाणं । .. मिहत्थीणं । अन्नतित्थीणं । उसत्ताण य संजईण य जो पज्जोसइ ।
एषामग्रे पर्युषणाकल्पं पठतीत्यर्थः । तस्स चउ गुरुः । आणाइया दोसो । ..: गिहि अन्नतिथिओसन्नदुगतेण तसुणह । अणुवचेया । etc. fol. I2* जइ राओ कठि(ड्रिोजं(ज्ज)ते गिहत्या अन्नतित्थिया ओसन्ना वा
आगच्छेज्जा तो वि न ठाविज्ज । एवं सिज्झियमाइ ॥ इत्थीम वि ॥ संजईउ.. वि। अप्पणो पडिस्सए चेव राओ कट(ड्रोति । जइ पुण संजईण संभोइयाण कट्ठेतिया न होज्जा तो अहापहाणाणं कुलाणं आसन्ने सपडिद्वारे सलोए,

Page #224

IV. 6 Chedasätras
197 साहुसाहुणी य अंतरे चिलिंमिलिं दाऊण दिक्सउ कडिज्जह । शक पूर्ववत् ॥ इति निशीथचूर्णौ दशमोदेशके भणितं । छ ।
'चंद्र'कुलांबरशशिनश्चारित्रश्रीसहस्रपत्रस्य । श्रीशीलभद्रसूरेर्गुणरत्नमहोदधि(धेः) शिष्यः । १ अभवद्वादिमदहरः षट्रिोतकोभोजबोधनदिनेस। . श्रीधर्मघोषसूरिबर्बोधित शाकंभरी भूपः।२ चारित्रांभोधिशशी त्रिवर्गपरिहारजनितबुधहर्ष। . दर्शितविधिः शमनिधिः सिद्धांतमहोदधिः प्रवरः ।। बभूव श्रीयशोभद्रसूरिस्तरिछप्य शिष्यशेपर। तत्पादपद्ममधुपोऽभूत् श्रीदेवसेनगणिः । ४ टिप्पनकं पर्युषणाकल्पस्यालिखदवेक्ष्य शास्त्राणि । तच्चरणकमलमधुप । श्रीपृथ्वीचंद्रमरिरिद। ५ इह यद्यपि न स्वधिया विहितं किंचित्तथापि बुधवग्गैः ।
शोध्यमधिकमूनं यद्भणितं स्वपरबोधाय । ६ श्रीपर्युषणाकल्पटिप्पनकं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथानं ॥' ।
श्रीपर्युषणाकल्पपुण्यारामैकसारणः । पुस्तिका लेखिता रम्या भक्त्या सोनलया मुदा ॥१॥छ ।
कल्पसूत्र
Kalpasutraदुर्गपदनिरुक्त
durgapadanirukta No. 548
301.
1880-81. Size.— 104 in. by 4; in. Extent.-- 16 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 28 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough, thin and white; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; big, legible, uni
form and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in .. black ink ; foll. mostly numbered in the right-hand margin
I
This is not mentioned in the Ms.

Page #225

198
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[548.
only ; foll. 2 to 16 appear to be divided into two columns, each having its borders ruled, but the matter is however continuous, since the same line goes to the second column; each and every fol. worm-eaten in several places ; condition unsatisfactory; this Ms. contains the stress of the text ; complete%3; yellow pigment used; extent 418 Slokas%3B composed in Samvat 1325.
Age.- Sarvat 1590. Author.- Vinayacandra Suri, pupil of Ratnasimha Suri, pupil of
Municandra Sūri ( Saiddhāntika). Subiect. Explanation of the difficult portions pertaining to
Kalpasātra also known as Paryusanakalpa. See No. 547. Begins.- fol. I ए ६ 0ए ।
तेणं कालेणं ति। तस्मिन् काले यः पूर्व तीर्थकरैः श्रीवीरस्य च्यवनादिहेतुतिः कथितश्च । समयः कालनिर्धारणा यतः कालो वर्णो(पि । तथा हस्त उत्तरे यासां ता हस्तोत्तरा उत्तरफाल्गुन्यो बहुवचनं । बहुकल्याणिकापेक्षं । तस्यां हि विभोश्वा(श्य)वनं १ गर्भाद्र्भसंक्रांति २
जन्म ३ व्रतं ४ केवलं ५ चाभवत् । निर्वृतिस्तु ६ स्वातौ' । etc. Ends.- fol. 16° यदि सांभोगिकसाध्वी सूत्रकर्षका नास्ति तदा पदांतरितादिने
साधुना भण्यमानं शृण्वंति साधवोऽपि पार्श्वस्थायभावे दंडिकायुपरोधात्
सभायामपि कषतीति सर्वमनघं ॥ घ॥ . समाप्तं श्रीपर्युषणाकल्पाध्ययनस्य कतिचिद् दुर्गपदनिरुक्तमिति ।।
सि(सैद्धांतिकश्रीमुनिचंद्रसारि
शिष्या अनूचान विराजयंतिः। श्रीरत्नसिंहावयसरिमुख्या
.यच्छिष्यलेशो विनयंदुसूरिः॥१॥ . श्रीविक्रमात् तत्त्वगुणेंदुवर्षे १३२५
चूादि वीक्ष्य सुगुरोर्मुखाच्च । I This passage is quoted on p. 184 of the printed edition of Kalpadrumakalika. *** In the Ms. we have gata of which nos. and show that the letters are to be interchanged.

Page #226

̧548. j
17. 6 Chedasntras
ज्ञात्वा (S) नघं पर्युषणाभिधानकल्पस्य किंचिद्विदधे निरुक्तं ॥ २ ॥ यदत्रोत्सूत्रमासूत्रित (न्) मिथ्या सुदुः कृतं । ग्रंथाग्रमष्टादशाग्र श्लोकशतचतुष्टयं ॥ १ ॥
छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ४१८ श्रीर्भूयात्संघस्य ॥ छ ॥
199
संवत् १५९० वर्षे शाके १४५५ प्रवर्त्तमाने भाद्रपदमासे शुक्लपक्षे एकादसी (शी) दिने रविवारे श्रीमति श्री ' षट्पत्तन' मध्ये श्री'चंद्र' गच्छे श्री' खरतरा'ह्वये श्रीजिनकुशलसूरींद्राणां संताने उ० श्री आनंदमेरु तत्पट्टे उ० श्रीरत्नलाभमिश्राणां पट्टे उपाध्यायश्रीश्रीसुमातेशेखर मिश्राणां स्ते ( ते )षां श(शिष्येण वै (? वि ) नेयेन उदयमेरुणा लिपीकृताः ॥ श्रीकल्पाध्ययनशब्दानां किंचि (नू ) निरुक्तं ल ( लि ) लिखे ॥ छ ॥ etc.

Page #227

do
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
No. 549
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
i545.
Kalpantarvācya
98.
1872-73.
Size.— 1o‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent.— 19 folios; 17 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and greyish; Jaina Devanāgarī characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the righthand margain ; names of the 24 Tirthamkaras with their salvation-year etc. tabulated on foll. 13b and 142 ; com - plete so far as it goes; edges and corners of several foll. torn; condition very fair.
Age. Samvat 1513.
Author.- Not mentioned.
Subject. The subject of this work seems to be the same as that of antarväcya, i. e. to say it deals with topics connected with Kalpasūtra. Probably due to this reason, such a work is styled as Kalpasamarthana, too. See No. 554.
Begins. fol. 1* é ६७ ॥
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो मंगलं वद्धमाणतित्थमि ।
इह परिकहिआ जिण १ गणहराइं (इ) थेरावलि चरितं । ३ । १ ' आचलक्कु १ (ड्) देसि अ २ सिज्जायर ३ रायपिंड ४ किइकम्मे ॥ | ६ जिंदू ७ पडिक्कमणे ८ मासं ९ पज्जोसवणकप्पे १० ॥ २etc.
I For this verse see pp. 104, 119, 123, 160 and 165. 2 See pp. 103 and 119.
folth कामं तु सव्वकालं पंचसु समिईस होइ जइअव्वं ।
वासास अ अहिगारो बहु पामेह इणीजेण ॥ ३९
अयं च श्रीकल्पों दशाश्रुतस्कंधस्याष्टममध्ययनं । स च नवमपूर्वादुद्धृतः पूंर्वाणि च etc.

Page #228

550.|
IV. 6 Chedasatras
201
Ends.-- fol. 19 अच्चंकारी भट्टा ॥२ एववेण(?)पत्नीभूतपांडुरायशि ॥ 'मथुरा
मंगवः । ४ अण थोवं वण थोवं०॥ अनाभोगात् किंचित् किमपि मतिवैकल्यवशतः
किमप्यौत्सुक्येन स्मृतिविहर(रह)दोषेण किमपि यदुत्सूत्रं सूत्रे कथमपि मया ख्यातमखिलं
क्षमंतां धीमंतस्तदसमदयापूर्णहृदयाः ॥१ वाचयितृवाचकयो मग्राह्यं । नगररहचक्कपओ(उ)मे चंदे सूरे समुह मेलं'मि ।
जो उवमिजइ सययं सो संघगुणायरो जयओ(उ)॥ छ । पुरिमचरिमाणकप्पे० गा० शकस्तवं यावत् ॥१शकस्तवगर्भावतारसंचार २ स्वप्नविचारगर्भस्थाभिग्रहौ ३ जन्मोत्सवक्रीडाकुटुंबाविचारा ॥ ४ दीक्षाज्ञानपरिवारमोक्षाः । ५ पार्श्वनेमिचरित्रे अंतराणि ॥ ६ आदिनाथचरित्रस्थविराबल्यौ ॥ ७ सामाचारी मिच्छा मि दुक्कडं०८ कथा ९॥ छ इति व्याख्यापरिच्छेदः । छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ संवत् १५१३ वर्षे भाद्रपदवदि ५ शुक्रे लिखितं ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणं ॥ श्रीः ।। श्रीः ॥ छ॥ This is followed by lines written in a different hand as under:
॥ पंडितश्रीजगराजशिष्यशिष्यगणिश्रीनयविमलगाणिचरणसेवी(वि - पं०विवेकविमलगणिभिः श्री देवपत्तने भांडागारे मोचिता ॥ Reference. — For antarvācya see Nos. 517-519. For description of
other Mss. of Kalpantarvacya see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III--IV, p. 388. Keith's Catalogue vol. II, pt. II; Nos. 7478-7480 may be also consulted.
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntarvācya
1130. No. 550
1887-91. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.—71 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.
26 [J. L. P.]

Page #229

262
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
15HI.
Description.--Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nagari characters; big, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. I blank ; condition very good; periods intervening the nirvāṇas of every two Jinas out of the 24 tabulated on fol. 5;a ; complete, extent
2700 Slokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.--- fol. 1° ६ ॥ ॥ ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ।
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो etc. Ends.--- fol. 7 आशी काव्यानि । पुरिमचरिम० गाथा शकस्तवं यावत् ॥१
शक्रस्तवगर्भावतारसंचारा :)। २ स्वप्नविचारगर्भस्थाभिग्रहौ ॥ ३ जन्मोसबक्रीडाश्रीवीरकुटुंबविचारा(6)॥४ दीक्षाज्ञान(न)परिवारमोक्षा ॥ ५ श्रीपार्श्वनेमिचरितांतराणि । ६ श्रीआदि(नाथ)चरित्रस्थविरावल्यः । ७ सामाचारी मिच्छा ॥ ८ श्रीकालिकाचार्यकथा ॥ इति श्रीकल्पव्याख्यामो
क्षणस्थानानि ॥ श्रीकल्पांतर्वाच्यानि ॥ समाप्तः । छ ॥ ग्रंथांक २७०० Reference.-- For an additional Ms., apparently of this very work see
Weber II, p. 655 (No. 1891) and B. B. R. A.S. vols.
III--IV, pp. 388. - N. B.-- For other details see No. 549.
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntarvācya
267. No. 551
1883-84. Size. - Iol in. by 4g in. Extent. — 22 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legi

Page #230

55I.]
IV. 6 Chedasutras
203
ble and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; red chalk and yellow pigment used; mostly the unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten ; edges of the first and the last few foll. partly worn out; condition very fair ; numbers of years elapsed between the salvations of every two Tirthamkaras out of
the 24 i. e. to say जिनान्तरs tabulated on fol. 160; complete. Age.- Pretty old.
Begins.- fol.
I 0 ॥
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो etc. Ends'- fol. 22° शकस्तवं यावत up to व्याख्यापरिच्छेदः as in No. 149
followed by the following lines :---
इति ॥ इत्यंतरकथनीयमेतत् ॥ नक्षत्राक्षतपूरितं etc., up to श्रीसंघभट्टारकः as in No. 557. Then run the lines as under :-.
क्षुणानि मे संति कियंति हंत
न्यूनानि गण्यानि दरिद्रगेहे। तिलेषु कृष्णानि च खे तु भानि
च्छिद्राणि पर्युनतले मितानि This is followed by a line in the bigger hand as below:
श्रीकीत्तिविजयवाचकविनेयलशेन कांतिविजयेम। श्री वटपद्रपुरस्थितचित्कोशे प्रतिरियं मुक्ता ॥१॥
पोथी १ प्रति ११. N. B.- For other details see No. 549.

Page #231

204
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[552.
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य No. 552
Kalpāntarvācya
253. A.1882-83.
Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.— 41 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 58 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; small, uniform, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk used ; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the righthand margin only ; every side (numbered and unnumbered as well), has in the centre a small pattern; fol. I', in each of the two margins , too; edges of the first fol. partly gone; the last fol. (41st) slightly torn; condition tolerably good ; various penances of Lord Mahāvira along with the days of his paranakas mentioned on fol. 41; marginal notes occa.
sionally written ; complete. Age.-- Samvat 1525. Author.-- Not mentioned. Begins.- fol. I ५ 0 श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ॥
___ पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो etc. Ends.- fol. 41 पुरिमचरिम गाथा शकस्तवं यावत् etc , up to श्रीकालिका
चार्यकथा ९ practically as in No. 549 followed by the lines as under:
इति श्रीकल्पव्याख्यामाक्षणस्थानानि ॥ ९ इति श्रीकल्पान्तर्वाच्यानि परमगुरुगच्छाधिराजश्रीरत्नशेखरसारिशिष्यप्रवरैः श्री अहम्मदावाद'नगरे चतुर्मासी स्थितैः पूज्यपंजिनहंसगणिपादैलिखितानि । लिखितानि राजशेखरगाणिना धर्मकलशगणिकृते परोपकाराय च ॥ संवत् १५२५ वर्षे
फाल्गुनशीद त्रयोदश्याम श्रीभूयात् etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 549.
M

Page #232

553.] IV. 6 Chedasutras
205 कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntārvācyà No. 553
1131.
1887-91. Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.- 81 - I = 8o folios; I3 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a
line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional TEATS; big, clear and very fair hand writing ; foll. 42 to 62 written in a somewhat smaller hand; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin as
१,२ etc., and as १०१, १०२ etc. as well ; so it appears that this Ms. is a part of some other bigger Ms.; foll. In and 181b blank; red chalk and yellow pigment used; life-periods passed as a gery and a warna by each of the 11 Gañadharas of Lord Mahāvira separately pointed out in a tabular form; fol. 59th missing; otherwise complete ; several foll. more
or less worm-eaten ; condition fair. Age.- Samvat 1650. Begins.- fol. 1 ए ० ए नमो जिनाय ॥
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो etc. Ends.- fol. 81 शकस्तवं यावत् etc., practically up to श्रीकालिकाचार्य
कथा ९ as in No. 55o followed by the lines as under :इति श्रीकल्पव्याख्यामाक्षणस्थानानि ॥ इति श्रीकल्पांतर्वाच्यानि समाप्तानि ॥ श्रीः etc.
संवत्१६५० वर्षे कार्तिकशुदि १४ भृगुवासरे पूर्णिमापक्षे वाचनाचार्यश्रीविनयशा(सारशिष्यविवेकविमललषितं स्वपठनार्थ लिखितमास्ति ।।
शुभं भवतु ।। N. B.- For other details see No. 549.

Page #233

206
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[554.
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntarvācya (कल्पसमर्थन)
( Kalpasamarthana)
289. No. 554
A. 1883-84 Size.-- Iol in. by 48 in. Extent.- 18 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with Teres ; small, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing: borders ruled in four !ines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 18b blank except that कल्पसमर्थनम् etc. written on it; edges of some of the foll.
slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good ; complete. Age.--- Pretty old. Author.--Not mentioned.
Subject.-- In the beginning we find 40 verses in Prakrit and then a
reference that Kalpasūtra forms a part of the 8th chapter of Daśāśrutaskandha. This is followed by a reference to 14 Purvas. Then we find the Ist narrative viz. नागकेतुकथा,
the last being that of a vipra. Begins.- fol. I" ५ ६0॥ ॐ नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय ॥
पुरिमचरिमाण कप्पो etc. - Ends.-- fol. 18 यथा स विप्रः किल तीवकोपात्
कृच्छरशोध्यो बहिरवे चक्रे । कोपं न या पर्वदिने()पि जह्यात्
___स संघबाह्यो जिनवाक्यमेतत् ॥८॥ इति श्रीकल्पांतराश्रितं किंचिदलेखीति ॥ छ etc.
परिमचर(रि)माण गाथा etc., practically up to मिथ्या as in No. 549 followed by the lines as under:
दुक(कोतिं ८ श्रीकालिकाचार्यकथा ॥९॥ इति श्रीकल्पसमर्थनं ॥ श्रीरस्तु लेखकस्य । etc.

Page #234

555.J
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
No. 555
Size. 10 in. by 41 in.
Extent. 38 folios; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters; big, uniform, legible and beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; the first and the last foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition on the whole very good; fol. 1 blank; complete.
Age. Pretty old.
Begins.-- fol. 1o ए ६०
IV. 6 Chedasatras
Ends. fol. 38b
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमा ( ना ) घ
पुरिमचरिमाण etc.
यथा स विप्रः किल तीव्रकोपात् कृच्छ्रेरशोध्यो बहिरेव चक्रे
कोपं न यः पर्वदिनेऽपि जह्ना (ह्या ) तू (स) संग (घ) बाह्यो जिनवाक्यमेतत् ८ इति श्रीकल्पांतराश्रितं किंचिदलेखीति ॥ छ ॥ etc.
N. B. For other details see No. 554.
207
Kalpantarvācya
664. 1892-95
cheylagicu
No. 556
Size. 11 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 251=24 folios; 15 lines to a page; 68 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with gears; small, quite legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the
Kalpantarvācya
1224. 1886-92.

Page #235

208
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[557.
right-hand margin%3; fol. 1 blank except that the title of this Ms. is written on it; fol. 22nd missing; otherwise complete; condition very good ; extent 1725 ślokas.
Age.-- Samvat 1598. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- Narratives suggested in Kalpasātra. Begins.-- fol. 1 ए६ 0 ए वीतरागाय ए
___ पुरिमचरिमाणे(ण) कप्पो etc. Ends.-- fol. 25 तक्षाउ(नक्षत्राः)क्षतपूरितं etc., up to श्रीसंघभट्टारक(:) as in
No. 557 followed by ४॥ छ ग्रंथसंख्या १७२५॥ शुभं भवतुः] कल्याणमस्तुः ॥
संवत् १५९८ वर्षे भाद्रपदप्रतिपदायां त(ति)थौ समो(सोम? )वासरे लषतः । 'ओसवाल ज्ञातीयमाहपाहूजीसतस्य श्रुतसाहसंघराज लषापतः ॥ 'मोढ'ज्ञातीय जोसी लक्ष्मीधर तस्य सुत जोसी माहव लषतः । शुभं भवतुः] ॥ कल्याणमस्तु[:] ॥श्री श्री श्री श्री श्री.
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntarvācya
221. No. 557
1902-07. Size. -- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 68 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough, tough and white; Jaina Deva
nagari characters; big , clear and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines mostly in red ink ; red chalk used; most of the foll. numbered in both the margins ; fol. 1* blank; edges of the first fol. partly worn out; the 14 dreams written partly in Gujarāti (vide fol. 14" ); condition on the whole very good ; complete.

Page #236

$57.1
Age.— Sarvat 1718, Saka 1584.
Author. -- Not mentioned.
Subject-- This work mostly narrates stories referred to in Kalpasūtra. In the opening verse, five kinds of knowledge are referred to as five sons of the Tirthamkara, and out of them śrutajñāna is placed by the Tirthamkara on his own level. This verse praises śrutājñāna. The concluding verse is an āśīrvāda to sangha, the Jaina church.
Begins.— fol. 1° ए ६ ० ए पंडितश्री श्रीपुण्यसागरगाणगुरुभ्यो नमः
- IV. 6 Chedasatras
पुत्राः पंच मति १ श्रुता २ ऽवधि ३ मनः ४ कैवल्य ५ संज्ञा विभोस्तन्मध्ये श्रुतनंदनो भगवता संस्थापितः स्वे पदे । अंगोपांगमयः स पुस्तकगजाभ्यारोहलब्धोदयः
सिद्धांताभिधभूपतिर्गणधरामात्यश्विरं नंदतात् ॥ १ ॥ श्रीकल्पसिद्धांतस्यादौ ॥ एतन्मध्यगताऽधिकारत्रयवाचिकेयं पुरिमचरिमाण etc.
Ends. -- fol. 68b
209
नगररह.
गाथा ।
जिननम्यो गुणस्थानं वंदनीयो महात्मना (1) संघः सो(s) घहरोजीयाद्विस्व (श्व) स्तुतिपथागतिगः १ Then we have the verses beginning with ff ff and These are followed by the lines as under: नक्षत्राक्षतपूरितं मरकत [:]स्थालं विशालं नभः
पीयूषयुतिनालिकेरकलितं चंद्रप्रभाचंदनं यावन्' मेरु' करे गभस्तिकटके धत्ते धरित्रीवधू
स्तावन्नंदतु धर्मकर्मनिरतः श्रीसंघभट्टारकः १२ इति श्रीकल्पांतर्वाच्यं समाप्तं संवत् १७१८ वर्षे शाके १५८४ प्रवर्त्त माने भाद्रपदतृतीयाशनाविति श्रेयम् ॥ गणिगणमुकुटमणिगणिश्रीधनसागरवाचनकृते ।
I This verse occurs in the Ms. No. 7477 styled as Kalpasūtra with a bhāshā commentary and described in Keith's Catalogue vol. II, pt, II, p. 1258.
2. This verse occurs in No. 511 (p. 110) and No. 560 (p. 212) of this Descriptive Catalogue of Jaina Mss. For variants see No. 516 (p. 121) and No. 546 (p. 194). 27 [J. L. P.]

Page #237

210 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
559. कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntarvācya No. 558
1250.
. . 1891-95. Size.— 10 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 60 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 49 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional ears ; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ;.red chalk used; yellow pigment too ; foll. numbered in both the margins; each of the foll, 1 and 600 decorated with a beautiful design in yellow and red colours especially;
complete ; condition very good. Age.-- Pretty old. Begins.--- fol. 1b
gati va Afersgarant etc., as in No. 557. Ends.--- fol. 60* Fan etc., up to STFTHER*: as in No. 557. This
is followed by the lines as under:
Till so lll fat eftepeniagisk figoor II N. B. For other details see No. 557.
heyraratur. . . . .
Kalpāntarvācya
663. No. 559
1892-95. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 61 folios ; 13 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari :! characters; sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing;
borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and

Page #238

560.1 IV. 6 Chedasátras
211 yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; fol. 1° blank; edges of the first two foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; marginal
notes in Gujarāti occasionally written ; complete. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.--- fol. 14 o Il sifare :
CENT: je haya etc., as in No. 557. Ends.--- fol. 615
नक्षत्राक्षत etc., up to श्रीकल्पांतर्वाच्यं as in No. 557 followed by FATATART II
यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्टं । तादृशं लिषितं मया ।
यदि शुबमादं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥१॥ gri nao watamut: 11 g n saftig llu N. B.- For other details see No. 557.
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntarvācya No. 560
99.
1872-73. Size.- 11f in. by 4} in. Extent. – 84 folios ;'11 lines to a page ; 47 letters to a line. Description.. - Country paper thin and grey, Jaina Devanāgari
characters with ATEIS ; quite bold, big, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; unnumbered sides decorated with a small disc in red colour in the centre; the numbered, with two more such discs, one in each of the two margins; fol. Ia blank ; on fol. rb on the left-hand side, space kept blank apparently for decorating it with an illustration ; red chalk used; notes added at times in very small hand-writing in the margins; on fol. 66* about 8 letters are missing ; some foll, seem to be exposed to rain ;

Page #239

12
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1560.
condition fair ; periods passed as a house-holder, an ascetic, .an omniscient being etc. of each of the II Ganadharas tabulated on fol. 7203 in the end we have a part of कालिकाचार्यकथा from गुर्वावली; it begins on fol. 83b and ends on fol.
846; almost complete though this Ms. ends abruptly, Age.--- Old, Author.-- Unknown. Subject.-- Narration of stories suggested in Kalpasútra and pointing
out the way to read the Kalpa for religious purposes. This
work ends with a narrative of Kālikācārya. Begins.--- fol. I" ५ ६ ॥
कल्याणासि समुल्लसंति विलसंत्युद्दामभाग्यालय
स्ताः संपन्महिलाविलासबहुलाः स्नेहोज्ज्वला तृण्वते । तांतिः शांतिमुपैति भीतिततिभिः सार्क म किं किं भवेद
यद्वा मंगलमुज्ज्वलं सुविपुलं यस्यानुभावाद् भुवि ॥१ स चायं श्रीकल्पः श्रीसर्वज्ञप्रणीतः । etc. Ends.-- fol. 830
सर्पव्यतिकरणाथ । प्रबुद्धा चंदना तथा। .........।
अवाप केवलज्ञानं क्षमयंती मृगावतीं ॥८॥ छ ॥ इत्यंतर्वाच्यानि ॥ ततः श्रीकालिकाचार्यकथा गुर्वावल्यौ। यद्रेणुर्विकलीकरोति तरणिं तन्मारुतस्फूर्जितं । ... भेकश्चुंबति यद्धजंगवदनं तज्जूंभित मंत्रिणः । .. चैत्रे कूजति कोकिला कलतरं लीलायितं तन्मधोः ।
. स्फूर्तेजल्पति मादृशोऽपि तदयं पूज्यप्रसादोदयः । १॥ etc. fol. 84° नक्षवाक्षतपूरितं मरकतस्थालं विशालं नमः
पीयूषयुतिनालिकेरकलितं चंद्रप्रभाचंदनं । यावन् मेरु'करे गभस्तिकटके धत्ते धरित्रविध
स्तावन्नंदतु धर्मकर्मनिरतः श्रीसंघभट्टारकः ॥ ५॥ इति श्रीसंघाशीर्वादः॥
2 For this verse see the second foot-note given
'T For comparison see p. 130.
onp. 209.

Page #240

561.1
IV. 6 Chedasūtras.
213
पुरिमचरि० गाथा शकस्तवं यावत् । शकस्तवगर्भावतारसंचा.. This Ms. ends thus.
Reference.- For additional Mss and their descriptions see Weber II,
p. 666, B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, pp. 387--388 and
Keith's Catalogue vol. II, pt. II; No. 7478. Indian Anti... quary vol. XXI, p. 213, too, may be consulted.
Kalpāntarvācya
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य No. 561
1872-73.
Size.--114 in. by 45 in. Extent.-- 118 + 3 + 5 = 126 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 42
letters to a line. Description.-Country paper rough and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; big, clear and very fair hand-writing; borders and edges ruled in two lines in red ink; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 1a blank ; edges of the first few foll. partly worn out; fol. 62nd slightly torn; condition very fair ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; materials pertaining to the 6 āras presented in a tabular form on fol. 175; names, life-periods etc. of the 24 Jinas, 12 Cakravartins and others mentioned on fol. 18* ; detailed information about the 11 Ganadharas on fol. 74, and that about the 7 Kulakaras, on fol. 892; at times some portions are written even in Gujarāti e. g. on fol. 16a T ragit ereti feu CTEET fosgieft arises etc.; fol. 19th repeated ; so are the fol. 20th aná 92nd; the 49th fol. repeated five times; complete ; Gunaratna Sūri's Ganadharavāda is referred to on
fol. 745. Age.- Old. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.---Topics pertaining to Kalpasútra.

Page #241

214
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[562.
Begins.--- fol. ॥ ६ ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
आनंदाबलिवलिवर्द्धनघनो देवैः सुरेंद्रार्चितः
मिथ्यामार्गनिकंदने दिनमणिः लोकस्य कामागवी । कल्याणं सदनं शुभोदयकरः कल्पद्रुपुण्यावहः
__ श्रीसंघस्य करोतु वांछितसुखं श्रीमद्युगादश्विरः॥१॥etc. स चायं श्रीकल्पः श्रीसर्वज्ञप्रणीतः सर्वज्ञप्रणीतमेव च शानं प्रमाणं चक्रुः etc.
fol. 74° इति गणधरवादः ॥ श्रीगुणरत्नसूरिभिः कृतः ॥ Ends.-118° नक्षत्राक्षत etc., up to श्रीसंघभद्रारकः ॥२०॥. Then we have
इत्याशीर्वादः followed by पुरिमचरिम etc., up to मोक्षणस्थानानि as in No. 550. Then we have in a somewhat different hand the lines as under:---
अथ कल्पसूत्रवाचनविधिः ॥ श्रीनिशीथसूत्र कहिउं छह etc. अभावि साधु वांचइ कारणिई ॥ इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रवाचनविधिः ॥
कल्पान्तर्वाच्य
Kalpāntarvācya No. 562
662.
1892-95. Size.— 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.-36 folios ; II lines to a page ; SI letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; small but quite legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk as well as white and yellow pigments used; foll, numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. I blank; the Ist fol. slightly worm-eaten; condition on the whole good; complete.
Age.-Samvat I719. Author.- A disciple or a devotee of Hemavimala Suri.

Page #242

562.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras
215
Subject. This work written in Gujarati narrates the stories referred
to in Kalpasūtra and explains the vidhi of hearing Kalpasútra. Begins.--- fol. I. ५ ६ ७॥ नमः ॥
श्रीवर्द्धमानं जिनं नत्वा वर्द्धमानसुषप्रदं । टबार्थ(थ) कल्पसूत्रस्य लिविकुर्वे (5)हउद्यतः । १। सकलार्थसिद्धिजननी(नीं) कविजनजननीं प्रणम्य भावेन । श्रीहेमविमलसूरिं नत्वा स्मृत्वा च गुरुगदितं । २। श्रीकल्पांतर्वाच्यस्य व्याख्यानं जनभाषया ।
लिविकुर्वे(s)हमज्ञानशिष्याना(णां) ज्ञानहेतवे । ३ । प्रथम श्रीकल्पवाचनानी विधि लिषीइ छइ । मुहपत्ती पडिलेही वांदणां बि
देइ etc. Ends.--- fol. 36° इति कथा संपूर्णः ॥ छ ॥ श्रीनिशीथसूत्रनु कहिउ श्रीकल्पसूत्र
सांभलवांनु विधि लषीइ छइ etc. fol. 36' राजा मंत्रिनइ उपरोधि पासत्थडे सभा समुष्य कल्प वांचह साधु सांभलाइ पासत्थानइ अभावि साधु बांचा काराणि ॥
इति श्रीकल्पसूत्रनी कथा संपूर्णः ॥ .
सर्व( संवत् १७१९ वर्षे मार्गशीर्षसू(सु)दि ४ वारभोमे लषितं ॥ छ । मुनिदानविजयपठनार्थे ॥ छ । छ ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ।। छ ।

Page #243

216
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[563
पर्युषणाष्टाह्निका- .
Paryusanastahnika-. - व्याख्यान
vyākhyāna No.563
1281.: .
1891-95. Size.- 98 in. by 4} in. Extent.- 10. folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 37 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thick, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nagari characters; big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; condition very good except that an edge of the first fol. is slightly gone; complete; composed in Samvat I789.
Age.-- Old.
Author.- Nandalāla.
Subject. The entire work is composed in Sanskrit. It deals with
what the Srāvakas are expected to do during the Paryuşaņaparvan. There are narratives especially of Ardrakumāra
and king Suryayaśas. Begins.- fol. I ॥ ६ ॥श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
स्मृत्वा पार्श्वसहस्रांशुं भव्यपंकजबोधक
पर्युषणाष्टाह्निकाया व्याख्यानं लिख्यते मया १ इह च यथा हतसकलकठिनकर्ममणि इहामुत्र विहितप्रभूतशर्मणि धृतलोकोत्तरनर्माण श्रीपर्युषणापर्वाण समागते सकलसुरासुरेंद्राश्च संभूय श्री नंदीश्वर'नाम्नि सुषमाधाम्नि अष्टमद्वीपे धर्ममहिमानं कर्तुं गच्छंति etc.
fol. 5 मुनिरपि श्रीमहावीरं प्रणम्य साध्वाचारनिरतः उग्रतपस्यां कुर्वन् घातिकर्मक्षयं कृत्वा शुक्लध्यानयोगेन केवलमुत्पाद्य मोक्षं जगाम १ एतेन जिनदर्शनादेव बोधिबीजं जायते गतमाईकथानकं पुनरत्र पर्वाण किं कर्त्तव्यं
तदाह तपोविधानादिकृत्यपरैरपि etc. Ends.- fol. I0* इति सूर्ययशोनृपकथानकं ॥ आदिपदात् शुभभावना()
पर्वणि भावनीया विकथाचतुष्टयं वर्जनीयं कल्पसूत्रकाग्रचित्तेन श्रोतव्यं सार्मिकवात्सल्यं कर्त्तव्यं तेन कल्याणपरंपरा करगामिनी भवति अष्टाहकाया

Page #244

11.6 Chedasatras - ..... .
...
आदिदिनमारभ्य कल्पसूत्रवाचनाया अर्वागतद् व्याख्यानं सुश्रावकैः श्रोतव्यं ततः परं कल्पसूत्रं श्रवणीयमिति श्रेयः
नंदवस्तृषिचंद्रेण १७८९ प्रमिते संवत्सरे बरे .. ..... फाल्गुनोज्व(ज्ज्वोलपंचम्यां गुमै मुरुरूमावशात् । व्याख्यानं लिखित स्पष्टं शिव्यबोधनहतो विदुषा नंदलालेन सदुपाख्यानसंगतं २ ......... पृथ्वीपुरध्यास्तिलकायमाने
सच्छोभमाने किल 'बंग देशे (आज्ञावशात् श्रीजिनभाक्तरेः स्थित्वा चतुर्मासमिहातिहर्षात् ३ .
त्रिीभिर्विशेषक इति श्रीपर्युषणापर्वणो(5)ष्टाहिकाया आद्यदिनत्रयव्याख्यानं संपूर्ण ॥
पर्युषणाष्टाह्निका
Paryusaņāştāhnikā. व्याख्यान
vyākhyāna No. 564
762.
1899-1915. Size.- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.— 10 folios ; 55 lines to a page; 41 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; sufticiently big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink, red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. I blank except that the following line is written on it in the centre:
पर्युषणाष्टाह्निकव्याख्यानं ॥ पत्राणि १० -- Several foll. more or less worm-eaten ; some of the foll.
have stuck together owing to the presence of gum in the 28 J.L. P.]

Page #245

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[564. .... : nk used ; condition tolerably fair; complete; Sindura
prakara is quoted on fol. 25. Age.-- Samvat 1834, Saka 1709. Begins.- fol. r" ॥ ६ ॥ श्रीनिनाय नमः ॥
स्मृत्वा पार्श्वसहस्रांशुं etc., as in No. 563. Ends.- fol. 9' इति श्रीसूर्ययशोनृपकथानकं ॥ etc., up to आद्यदिनत्रय
व्याख्यानं संपूर्ण ॥ as in No. 563. This is followed by the lines as under :--
संवत् १८४४ वर्षे शाके १७०९ प्रवर्त्तमाने आश्विनमासे कृष्णपक्षे तृतीयायां कर्मवाट्यां वासरे । 'बृहत्खरतरगच्छे श्रीक्षेमकीर्तिसापायां उ श्रीरामविजयजी प्रणीतं(ता) शिष्य वा पुण्यशीलगणिना लिखिता प्रति
रीरियं पं० । शिवचंद्रहेतवे श्री पल्लिका'पू(पु)ो ॥ श्रीरस्तु N. B.~~ For other details see No. 563.

Page #246

365.]
IV. 6 Chedasatras
219.
पर्युषणापर्वविचार (?)
Paryusaņāparvavicāra (?)
No. 565.
212.
1871-72. Size.— 10 in. by 44 in. Extent.— 30 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 49 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough, tough and white ; Jaina
Devanägari characters with occasional qualS; sufficiently big, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; fol. 300 blank except that may is written on it in Gujarāti; there is some blank space kept in the centre of the numbered and unnumbered sides as well; condition excellent except that edges of the last two foll. are slightly gone ; this work begins abrubtly with the discussion about śikṣāvratas; but it goes up to the end. It is based upon a work dealing with the parallel topic discuss
ed by Muniçandra Sūri, guru of Deva Sūri. Age.-- Not modern. Author.-- Not known.
Subject.-- As the Ms. begins abruptly, it is difficult to say for certain
whether this work is only dealing with Paryuşanaparvan or not. This work is full of quotations. E. g. we have quotations from Bhagavatīsūtra ( fol. 96), Daśāśrutaskandhasūtra ( fol. 10b), Upāsakadašāngasūtra (fol. 10b ). Jivājīvābhigamasútra (fol. 11°), Prajñāpanāsútra (fol. 12° ), Samdehavișauşadhi (fol. 26a), Nandīsūtracūrņi ( fol. 302 ), Sūtrakştāngasūtraniryukti (fol. 30*) etc.
Begins.- fol. 1ay & Ou JÅ Hilaar yuradi i ng Thug tallat yuracao
अधुना शिक्षाव्रतानि उच्यते । तत्र शिक्षाऽभ्यासस्तत्प्रधानानि व्रतानि पुनः ..पुनरासेवार्हाणीत्यर्थः । तानि च सामायिकादीनि चत्वारि । तत्र तावत्सामा
यिकमाह छ दारं

Page #247

Jaina Literatüre and Philosophy
[5637
.. सिक्स्वावयं तु एत्थं । सामाइयमोतयं तु विण्णेयं ।।
सावज्जेयरजोगाण वज्जणासेवणा रूवं २५५ व्याख्या शिक्षाव्रतमुक्तशब्दार्थमथवा शिक्षाग्रहणासेपारूपा परमपदेसीधिको विशिष्टचेष्टा तत्प्रधानं व्रतं etc. fol. 25° ५ ६ ॥
इत्थ उ पणगं पणनं । कारणिअंजा सबीसइ मासे ॥....
उद्धदसमी ठिआ णव । आसाढी पुण्णिमासरणं ॥१॥ साहणिणिोमाए । तिति आणं जदि डगलादीणि महिआणि पन्योसवणोरणा)कप्पो अकहितो । सावणबहुलपंचमीए पज्जोसवंति। असति खित्ते सावणबहुलंस पन(मरसीए । एवं पंच २ उसारी तेण जीव असति ५
महवयमुद्धपंचमीए अतो परेणं न वदृइ अतिक्कमेउं । etc. . Enas.- fol. 30* गच्छो उ दुन्नि मासे । इत्यादिगाथाविषय महवपद्धपंचमीए
अणुइए आदिच्चे इत्यादि निशीथचूण्यादिसूत्रादाद्रपदस्य शुद्धपंचम्यां यु(जु)गप्पहाणेहिं चउत्थी कारणेणं पवत्तिया सच्चेव अणुमया सञ्चसाहूणं ति । निशीथच॥ तेणउए संवच्छर(रे) काले गच्छइ । पर्यषणासंत्रादिवचनात् । श्रीवीरनिर्वाणात् विनवत्यधिकनवशतवर्षानंतरं भाद्रसितचतुर्छा पर्युषणापर्व । तत्र च सांवत्सरिकादिप्रमाणचितायामधिकमासः कालेचलावा.
नाधिक्रियते इति तात्पर्यार्थसारः पर्युषणाविचारः संपादशतश्लोकानुमितप्रबंधन श्रीम(मु)निचंद्रहरिभिः श्रीदेवसुरीणां गुरुभिरनेकान्तजयपताकालालितविस्तराटिप्पनकादिबहुग्रंथसूत्रधारैः स्वाहादरत्नाकरादिग्रंथेषु सुविहितसैद्धांतिकादितत्तदुदारविशेषणविशेषितैरति(नि)मश्रितवसतिवातिशि(सि)भि() नवकल्पविहारिभिश्च सविस्तरमुपनिबद्धस्तदनुसारेणापि चायं विचारलेशो लिखित इति ॥छ ॥ श्रीपर्युषणापर्वविचारः समाप्तः ॥छ ॥ ॥ शुभं भवतु॥
1 While going through this proof I learn from Munitāja Punyavijayaji that this 25th gatha occurs in Sravakadharmavidhi. If so, probably this work is the same with a commentary in Sanskrit.

Page #248

566.1
IV. 6 Chedasatras
23
पर्युषणाधिधार
Paryuşaņávicare
1392(. a. 566
1891-95. Exrent.- leaf 84* to leaf 87*. Description.--- Complete so far as it goes. For further details see: .. .
. .
अरिहणास्तोत्र No. 1392 (I).
आरहणास्तान 1891-95. Subjèct. It is difficnlt to say for certain whether this is a separate
work by itself or not. It deals with topics connected with
paryuşaņā. Begins. -- leaf. 84° पर्याया झ(? के)तुवद्विकाद्रव्यक्षेत्रकालभावसंबंधिन उत्सृज्यंते . यस्यां सा निरुक्तविधे(धि)ना पर्योसवना छ ॥ अथवा परीतिः सर्वतः
क्रोधादिभावेभ्य उपशम्यते यस्यां सा पर्युपशमना । etc. Ends. -- leaf 86° वासावासं इत्यादि ॥छ । दसासुयक्खंधे ॥ छ । कम्पह
निग्गंथाण वा निग्गंथीण वा जाव चत्तारि पंच जोयणाई गंतुं पडिइत्तए अंतरा वि से कप्पइ । तं रयणि तत्थेव उवाइणावित्तए । इच्चेयं संबच्छरियं ।
थेरकप्पं इत्यादि अष्टमदसासूत्रे । छ इति पर्युषणाविचारः । छ Reference.- In the Catalogue of the Mss. of the Limbdi Jaina
Jñāna-bhandāra (p. 90) edited by Muni Catura vijaya, pupil of Pravartaka Kāntivijayaji and published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 58, a Ms. of the work named as Paryu- . saņādianekavicāra is mentioned as No. 1535.

Page #249

222 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[567 पर्युषणादशशतक
Paryuşaņādaśasataka स्वोपज्ञवृत्तिसहित
with svopajña vștti No. 567
___166 (b).
1873-74. Extent.-- 20 - I=19 folios.
Description.-- Both the text and the commentary begin abruptly
but they practically go up to the end ; for, only the 14th fol. is missing ; the former commences with the verse 38th on fol. 114. For other details see Iryāpathikāşaţtrimśikā with
svopajña commentary No. 166 ( a ).
svopajña commentary NO. 1873-74.'
Author.- Dharmasāgara Súri, pupil of Hiravijaya Sūri of the
Tapa gaccha.. Subject.- A metrical composition in Prakrit dealing with argu
ments directed against Kupakșikās, together with its explanation in Sanskrit ; the complete text consists of 110 verses, whence the significance of the title can be under
stood. Begins.- (text) fol. [I
जह चित्ती नरचित्तं लेहंतो पढमसीसमालिहइ तह सिद्धंतनरस्स वि अत्थो सीसं जिणिंदुत्तो ३८ ." केवलमुत्तरुई पुण सहत्यविआरणं वि कुणमाणो
विवरीअमेव अत्थं भासइ इहमिणमुदाहरणं ३९ etc. - (com.) fol. II
,
णा नत्थि किं कालिआणुओगो दिट्ठी दिटिप(प्प)हाणेहिं १ इत्यादि किंविशिष्ठस्य अपरिच्छिन्नश्रुतनिकषस्य तपोधनस्य केवलमाभिन्नसूत्र चारिणः केवलमभिन्नं न भेदगतं यत्सूत्रं विशिष्टव्याख्यानरहितसूत्रमानं तेन चरितुं तदनुसारेण क्रियाकलापलक्षणमनुष्टानं कर्तुं धर्मो यस्यासौ केवलमभिन्नसूत्रचारी तस्याभिन्नकेवलसूत्रचारिण इति छ etc.

Page #250

i
567.] IV. 6 Chedasūtras
-223 Ends.- (text) fol. 30%
एवं जे कमरहिआ महिआ मोहेण(s)णंतदुक्खेहि इअ परमत्थविऊणं तित्थत्थाया वि करलत्थी(च्छी) ८ एवं पजोसवणा संपइ जुत्ती चउत्थि तज्जुत्ती
सिद्धंतधम्मसायरलिहिआ दसगाहसयगण ११० इति पर्युषणादशशतकं श्रीमत् तपा'गणनभोनभोमणिश्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगाणिविरचितमिति भद्रम् ॥ छ ॥ ॥ श्री. सु(शुभं भवतु[:] ॥॥ छ ॥ श्रीकल्याणमस्तु[ः ॥॥ छ । -- ( com.) fol. 30 सिद्धांतधर्मः श्रुतधर्माचारित्रधर्मयोराय इत्यर्थः तल्लक्षणो यः सागरः समुद्रस्तस्मिन् लिखिता दशोत्तरगाथाशतकेन पिंडीकृता अत्र धर्मसागर इति प्रकरणकर्तुर्नामा(s)पि सूचित(त) बोध्यमिति गाथार्थः ११० छ
इति श्रीमत् तपांगणसुविहिताग्रणीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरशिष्योपाध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरगणिविरचिता स्वोपज्ञपर्युषणदशशतकवृत्तिरि(योमिति ॥ छ ॥छ ॥ छ ॥छ ॥छ॥ छ ॥ छ ।

Page #251

224
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1568
THE FIFTH CHEDASUTRA बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
Brhatkalpasūtra ( 9986757')
(Vuddhakappasutta ) No. 568
175.
1881-82. Size.— 124 in. by 5} in. Extent.— 7 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin and grey ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with ears; bold, big, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink, on these black lines, thick red lines are drawn; space between the pairs coloured yellow ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; the title he written in the left-hand margin ; unnumbered sides decorated with a diagram in yellow and blue colours in the centre only, the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; the first fol. slightly torn; all the foli. more or less worm-eaten ; condition fair ; fol. 70 blank ; complete ; extent 400 ślokas; this work is known as Kalpasūtra (Kappasutta) and Vedakalpasūtra, too; it is divided into six uddeśakas as under :Uddešaka
foll. Ib to 22 JJ
3e , 4* IV
» sb ,
VI The last line and a portion of the last but one line are written in red ink,
[
ܚ ܛ ܟ ܗ
66 ,
7a
I This name is mentioned by Dharmasāgara Mahopādhyaya in his Tattvatarangiņi in the following verse :
" तइमि अ उद्देसे जं भाणअं वुद्धकप्पचुण्णीए ।
CHA 3 EN Farriaguofts FTE HII II P II"
See fol. ge of No. _1348..
"18884-87.

Page #252

568..]
... IV.6Chedasntras
0
Age:- Noti modern.. . Author.- Bhadrabāhusvāmin. Subject. -- This Kalpasūtra known as Kalpadhyayana' and Kappa,
too, is one of the six chedasūtras composed in Präkrit. It contains six uddeśakas. It deals with rules and regulations pertaining to Jaina monks and nuns. Restrictions about food, upakaranas, upāsraya etc. are expounded, and expiations regarding violations or partial transgressions are pre
scribed. Begins.--- fol. I ए ६०॥ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
नो कप्पइ (निग्गंधाण वा) निग्गंधीण वा आमें तालपलंबे अभिण्णे पडिग्गाहित्तए कप्पति निग्गंधाण वा निग्गंथीण पा । आमे तालपलबे भिण्णे पडिग्गाहित्तए etc.
.fol. कप्पे पढमो उद्देसो संमत्तो ॥ छ । .... , 3°बिइओ उद्देसो संमत्तो ॥ छ ।
, 4* ताई)ओ उद्देसो समत्तो ॥ छ । ,, 5 कप्पे चउत्थओं उद्देसो संमत्तो॥ छ॥
, 6 कम्पो पंचमो उहेसो संमत्तो ॥ छ । Ends.--- fol. 7* इच्छालोभत्ता मुत्तिमग्गपलिमंथू । भिक्खाणिवाणकारणे सिद्धि
मग्गस्त पलिमंथू । सव्वत्थ अणिदाणता. पसत्था ॥ छट्टि(१ मि.)हा कप्पट्टिई पण्णत्ता । तं० सामाइयसंजय कप्पट्टिई । (२)ओपट्टाणियसंजयकप्पट्टिई । निविसमाणगकप्पट्टिई । णिविदुकाइयकम्पट्टिई। जिणकप्पट्टिई । थेरकप्पदिई त्ति बेमि ।। छ । छ । कच्पस्स छटो उद्देसओ संमत्तो॥छ॥ ६ इति कल्पसूत्रं ॥ छ etc.
साहाश्रीवछाभार्याबाइगुरुदेवतसाहसहिसकिरणेन भंडारे गृहीत्या
मुतवर्द्धमानशांतिदासपरिपालनार्थ ॥ ग्रं० ४०० माहाजनइ.. Reference.- The text was edited by W. Schubring as " Das Kalpa
sútra, die alte Sammlung jinisticher Mönchsvorschriften”
with German translation and glossary etc., Leipzig, in A. D. . .. 190s. The text together. with Gujarati translation, a table .. of contents, a glossary of Prakrit words with .Sanskrit equi.... -valents and references aboat passages common to other
29 IJ. L. P.1

Page #253

226
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
13.68.
agamas was published by Jivarăj Ghelabhai Dośi at Ahmedabad in A. D. 1915. This work with the niryukti, the lagau-. bhäşya of Sanghadāsa Gaņi Kșamāśramaņa, Malayagiri Süri's Sanskrit commentary and Kșemakirti Suri's commentary on the portion for which there is no commentary of Malayagiri available, has been undertaken for editing by Muni Caturavijaya and his disciple Puộyavijaya. Only the portion dealing with Pithika has been published in A. D. 1933 as Introductory Vol. I as “Shri Atmananda Jain Granth Ratnamala Serial No. 82" by Sri Ātmånanda Jaina Sabha, Bhavnagar.
The Hindi translation of this work and of the II other works viz. (1) Vyavahārasútra, (2) Niśithasūtra, (3) Daśāśrutaskandhasútra, (4) Upāsakadaśāngasútra, (5) Antakrddaśāngasútra, (6) Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasūtra and (7-11) Nirayavalikāśrutaskandha ( containing s works is published in Śri Ratnaprabhākarajñāna pușpamālā, Phalodi ( Marwar ).
Bühler's Report on Sanskrit Mss. 1872-73.- Bombay, 1874, (p. 4), F. Kielhorn's Report on the Search for Sanskrit Mss, in the Bombay Presidency during the year 1880-81-Bombay, 1881, (p. 78), Peterson's fifth Report of operations in search of Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay circle, 1892-95.-Bombay, 1896, (p. 292), Z. D. M. G. vol. XLII (p. 551), “La Religion Djaina (Histoire Doctrine Culte, Coutumes, Institutions)" of A. Guerinot (pp. 79, 81, 211 and 226) published by Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner, Paris, 1926, Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292 and 310f.), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 429 and 464) and “Die Lehre der Jainas Nach der Alten Quellen Dargestellt” (p. 77 ) of W. Schubring, published in “ Grundriss der Indo-Arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde (vol. III, pt. 7), Berlin and Leipzig, in A. D. 1935 may be consulted.
Also see Weber II, p. 668ff., Indian Antiquary vol. X, p. 101 and vol. XXI, p. 214, and Notices of Sanskrit Mss.A.S. Bengal Report IX, p. 206, For additional Mss, and

Page #254

$69.)
IV. 6 Chedasairas
their descriptions see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 395 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 30.
There are two Mss. of this work in the Limbdi Jaina Jñanabhaņdāra. See its Catalogue (No. 1851. .
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
Brhatkalpasūtra No, 569
128.
1872-73. Size.- 32 in. by 24 in. Extent.-- 2 + 9 + 1 = 12 leaves ; 6 to 7 lines to a leaf ; 142 to
150 letters to a line.
Description.-Palm-leaf durable and greyishi; Jaina Devanagari cha
racters with TEATATS; big, legible and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate colums, and so far as the first leaf is concerned in four ; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the ist column are continued in the rest ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as %, 2, etc., and in the left-hand one as f ita, eft etc.;
red chalk used ; leaves slightly worm-eaten ; condition tolerably good ; leaf 1* blank; leaf gth repeated ; its 94 and leaf 104 are blank; some portion from the end is repeated on leaf 9b; complete ; this work is divided into six uddeśakas as under :-- Uddesaka
leaves 16 to 26 » 2b , 36
36 »:5* IV V
1
11.
III
VI
I For variants of these and other letter-numerals see Appendix IV.

Page #255

228
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[569.
There are two holes on the whole, one between the rst two columns and the other between the last two; there are
es just in the beginning ; out of them on the leaf 20 we have something like a horoscopic kundali as under :
ca
(?!)
a
This Ms. contains in addition the following two works for which seperate numbers are given :
(1) EM T AT leaves 10% to 1586 No.576.
(2) Tagarai 1596 , 466* No. 581. Age.-- Samvat 1334. Begins.--- leaf roll Qoll 11 FA: FrågTTET I - a kti Farurenet Tetc., as in No. 568. 'Ends.-- leat go इच्छालोभत्ता मुत्ति etc., up to कप्पे छटो उद्देसओ संमत्तो ॥ छ।
practically as in No. 568 followed by the line as under:HATI !! TEZ FAINI.!! (repeated ) leaf 96 of a fat ( gurita zahari
TATÓT ETISHIO ATfor at etc.
Leaves 12; 15 and 16 are to be excluded as they are missing. This is a portion of the 8 sûtra of the sixth uddešaka.
-2

Page #256

.$79.1]
IV: 6 Chedasutras
6229
leaf gb निविणकरपट्टियी शिविट्टिकाइ कप्पट्टती जिनकपटि (ट्ठि)ई। थेरकपट्टितीति बेमि ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ कच्पे उद्देसओ हट्टो संमत्तो ॥ छ ॥ ६ ॥ छ ॥
मंगलमस्तु ॥ ६९३ ॥ छ ॥ शुभमस्तु ॥ छ ॥ सूत्रं ॥ N. B.-- For other details see No. 568.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
No. 570
Size. 35 in. by 24 in.
Extent.
187+2+3=192 leaves; 4 to 6 lines to a leaf; about 140 letters to a line.
Description.- Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with gerars; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the first extend to the remaining ones; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand one as ?, etc., and in the left-hand one as, ft, f, etc., leaf ra blank; it is १ २ ३ preceded by two extra blank leaves; this work ends on leaf 12b; complete; extent 473 verses; this work is divided into six uddeśakas as under :
Uddeśaka
در
دو
""
I
II
HI
IV
V
VI
leaves
22
در
Brhatkalpasūtra
282 (a).
A. 1883-84.
رو
22
leaf
Ib to 3a
3a
4
6b
6b
9b
12b.
در
در
در
دو
9b
12a
""
commencing
This Ms. contains in addition on leaf 13a and ending on leaf 187b; leaf 187b is followed

Page #257

230
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
t571.
by three extra blank leaves. This Ms. is placed between
two wooden boards. Age.- Fairly old. Begins.--- leaf Ib & 011 FA: HOPE I
uit #048 forrajertet af forrientui(ar) at etc. Ends.-- leaf 12 इच्छालोभए मुत्तिमग्गस्स पलिमंथू etc., up to ति बेमि practi
cally as in No. 568 followed by och ger ogt haut II
श्लोकसंख्या ४७३॥ N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 568.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
Brhatkalpasūtra ( fift)
(Pīthikā) लघुभाष्य तथा
with laghubhāsya विवरण
and vivarana
1221. No. 571
1887-91. Size.— 12 in. by 41 in. Extent.—95 - 1 = 94 folios; 13 lipes to a page ; 60 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Jaina Deva
någari characters with HTITS; sufficiently big, legible and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered only once and that, too, in the right-- hand margin ; fol. 87th and the following wrongly numbered as 88 etc.; unnumbered sides have a square in yellow colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; so is the last fol. except that the title crtaat is written on it; foll. rst and 95th slightly torn; condition on the whole good; this Ms. contains the text, its laghubhāşya and the

Page #258

571.]
در
Age.— Old.
Author of the laghubhāṣya- Sanghadāsa Gaņi Kṣamāśramaņa.
commentary. Malayagiri Sūri so far as a portion offer is concerned. Kṣemakirti Sūri is the commentator of the portion following it; but that portion is not given in this Ms. Even the Pithika is not here completely commented upon.
""
29
IV. 6. Chedasutras
commentary as well; complete so far as they go; extent 5600 slokas.
39
""
Subject. The text together with its explanations in Prakrit and Sanskrit as well.
Begins.— ( text ) fol. 24 नो कप्पति निग्गंथाण वा etc.
"
231
( bhāsya ) fol. 24 काऊण नमोक्कारं etc., as in No. 576. ( com. ) fol. rb उमें......
प्रकटीकृतनि(:)श्रेयसपदहेतुस्थविरकल्पाजनकल्पं । नम्राशेषनरामरकल्पितफलकल्पतरुकल्पं ॥ १ । त्वा श्रीवीरजिनं गुरुपदकमलानि बोधविपुलानि । कल्पाध्ययनं विवृणोमि लेशतो गुरुनियोगेन ॥ २ ॥
भाष्यं क्व चातिगभीरं क्व चाहञ्जडशेखरः तदत्र जानते पूज्या ये मामेवन्नियुंजते ॥ ३ ॥ अद्भुत गुणरत्नं (न) निधौ कल्पे साहायि ( य ) कं महातेजाः । दीप इव तमास कुरुते जयति यतीशः स चूर्णिकृत् ॥ ४ ॥ इह शिष्याणां मंगलबुद्धिपरिग्रहाय etc.
Ends.— ( bhāsya ) fol. 94b
चाउम्मा सुक्को से मासिय मज्झे य पंच य जहन्ने वोच्चत्थगहणकरणे तत्थ वि सट्टाणपच्छित्तं ।
( com.) fol. 954 जघन्यं करोति रात्रिंदिवपंचकं जघन्यं छित्त्वा वा उत्कृष्टं करोति चतुर्लघु मध्यमं करोति मासिकं यत एवं स्वस्थान (न) प्रायश्वित्तं ततो ( ( ) पि विपर्यस्तग्रहणकरणे न विधेये ग्रंथाग्रं. ५६०० कल्पपीठिकाऽसावेतावती श्रीमलयगिरिसूरिकता अथाऽग्रतः सपीठिकाऽपि सर्वो ग्रंथः श्रीक्षेमकीर्तिसूरिकृतो (S) स्ति । श्रीरस्तु । छ । दवे गगा लर्षतंः ॥ aff etc.
1 This is the 696th gāthā according to the printed edition.

Page #259

2324
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(1572
Reference. The portions of the text, bhäsya and the commentary
given here are published. See No. 568:
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
Brhatkalpasūtra (JERF -.)
(:Uddeśakas I-II ) लघुभाष्य
with laghubhāsya तथा टीका
and tīkā No. 572
1222.
1887-91. Size.- 12 in. by 41 in. Extent.— 191 + 2 - 96 - 10 - 1 = 86 folios ; 13 lines to a page ;
60 letters: to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with occasional SaraS; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; the space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered only once in the body of the Ms.; unnumbered sides have so to say a square in yellow colour; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; fol. 18 blank except that the title aie is written on it; edges of this fol. as well as those of the last are torn in many a place ; condition on the whole very fair ; foll.40 and 173 repeated ; foll. 45 to 140, 142 to 151 and 180 missing ; numbers of some of the last foll. are rewritten ; so really a fol. may not be missing ; it may be a case of only a wrong numbering ; this Ms. contains the text, its laghubhàşya and the commentary as well ; all complete so far as the 2nd kbanda is concerned, in case the missing foll. are not taken into account ; this Ms. seems to be a continuation of the preceding No. 571 ; this Ms. begins with the roth sútra occurring in the 3rd para of the printed edition (p. I) of Jinavijaya i. e. to say it begins after nine sútras of the first

Page #260

STU
..
Chdasatras
uddešaka and it stops with the 28th sätra of the second
uddeśaka of the same edition (p. 5); extent 9500 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Author of the laghubhāsya.- Saighadasa Gani Ksarhastamana.
" ,, commentary.-- Ksemakirti Suri. Subject-- A chedasútra along with its laghubhāşya and its commen
tary in Sanskrit. The latter cites authorities and records
various opinions. See fol. 175. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1° से गामंसि वा जाव रायहाणिसि वा एगवगडाए एगदु
वाराए एगनिक्खमणप्पवेसाए नो कप्पइ etc. , -( bhasya ) fol. I0
गामनगराइएसं तेसु ओ(उ)ववेत्तेसु कत्थ बसिर्यध्वं।
जत्थ नं वसंति समणी मन्भासे निग्गर्मपह वा ॥ , -( com. ) fol. I । ६ ।। नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ।
व्याख्यातानि मासकल्पविषयाणि चत्वार्यपि सूत्राणि संप्रत्यग्रेतनमूत्रमारभ्यते etc. (com.) fol. 175 लाटाचार्याभिप्रायः पुनरयं शेषाः साधवस्तत्र वा मूलवसतौ
अन्यत्र वा प्रतिवसतौ वसंतु नैतेषां संबंधिनां सागारिकेनेहाधिकारः । किंतु संकलगच्छस्य च्छ(छोत्रकल्पत्वात् च्छ(छ)त्र आचार्यः तस्य च्छायाँ वर्जयति मौलशय्यातरगृहमित्यर्थः । इति विशेषचूर्णिणनिशीथचूण्ण्योरमिप्रायः । मूलचूर्ण्यभिप्रायः पुनरयं etc. ( bhāşya ) fol. 1892
पढम चउत्थापि(पिंडो वि(बि)तिओ ततिओ य होति ओ(उ) अपिंडो
___पुरती तो विं विवज्जे महंगपंतेहिं दोसेहिं ॥ Ends.- (-text) fol. I91 सागारियस्स पूयाभत्ते उद्देसिए चेहए पा(पा)इडियाए
सोगारियस्स उबंगरणजाए निदिएनिसट्टे पाडिहारिए । तं सांगारिओ देह . सांगारियस्स परिजणो देइ । तम्हा दावए नो से कप्पइ पडिगाहित्तए ।
a. This very sutra is given as the Isth sātra in No..573. 30 J. L. P.1

Page #261

234
Ends (bhāsya ) fol. 1914
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
22
[ 573.
दव्वे छिण्णमछिण्णं कप्पती कप्पए य इति वृत्तं । इदमणं (i) पुण भावे अव्वोच्छिण्णंमि पडिसिद्धं ॥
followed by its commentary and then on fol. 1913 we have :
सेस व पिंडो हेट्टिमसत्तेस एसमक्खातो ।
इह पुण तस्स विभागो सो पुण उवकरणभत्ते वा ॥
com. ) fol. 19rb तदेवं प्रकारं संयतानां सागारिको वा दद्यात् सागरिकस्य परिजनो वा दद्यात् किं कल्पते न वेत्याह । ग्रं. ९५०० । पूज्य भक्तात् पूज्योपकरणाद् वा प्रातिहारिका (द) दद्यात् परं न कल्पते प्रतिगृ ( ग्र) हीतुमिति सूत्रार्थः ।
इति श्रीकल्पवृत्तिद्वितीयं खंडम् । छ etc.
Reference. The text is published. A portion of the laghubhāṣya and the commentary given here are in press. See No. 568.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
( उद्देशक २-४ )
लघुभाष्य तथा टीका
Brhatkalpasūtra (Uddeśakas II-IV) with laghubhāṣya and tikā
1223.
1887-91.
No. 573
Size.— 12 in. by 4g in.
Extent.- 232 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanāgarī characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; sufficiently big, lear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs is coloured red; foll. numbered only once and that, too, in the right-hand margin; unnumbered sides have a square in yellow colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too ; a lacuna on fol. 34 ; fol.r blank and so is

Page #262

$73.]
. 6 Chedasatras
235
practically fol. 2326; several foll. more or less worm-eaten; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; the last fol. partly torn; condition fair ; yellow pigment used; this Ms. contains the text, its laghubhāşya and the commentary as well ; it starts with the 28th sutra of the second uddeśaka (p. 5 of Jinavijaya's edition ) and stups with the 22nd sūtra of the fourth uddeśaka ; thus this Ms. is in continuation with the preceding one (No. 572 ); the preceding two Mss. appear to deal with the first two khandas ; this Ms. deals with the third khanda ; this 3rd khaṇda seems to start with the commentary to the second uddeśaka, from the point where it was left in the preceding Ms. No. 572; the commentary to this uddeśaka ends on fol. 4"; this khanda goes up to the 22nd sūtra of the fourth uddeśaka aad ends after a part of the commentary to this uddeśaka is treated ; thus it remains incomplete; extent of the 3rd khanda 4000 ślokas; total extent of the three khaņdas 12580 ślokas ; the extent of the three uddeśakas with their explanatary por
tions is as under :Uddeśaka II with com. foll. 10 to 46
III „ „ „ 4 „ 1536
IV » » » 1536 , 2315 Age.- Pretty old. Author of the laghubhāşya.— Sanghadāsa Gaņi Kșamāśramaņa.
» » » commentary.-- Kșemakirti Sūri. Subject.— The text along with the bhāşya and a commentary in
Sanskrit. Begins.- ( text ) fol. Ib Fritiku gara etc.. as in No. 572. » — (bhāşya) fol. 1
संबंधी सामि गुरू पासंडी वा वितं ससहिस्स । gertat faragh guret etc. चेइयकडमेगर्दै पाहुडियपहणगंत एगट्टा ।
उवगरणं वत्थादी जाव विभागो व जोग्गं व ॥ » - ( com. ) fol. 10 per celeritaraueira followed by

Page #263

256
در
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1.173.
the 1st verse of the bhāṣya noted above and then we have - सागारिकस्यैव संबं[ ]धी [:] पितृव्यमातुलादियों वा तस्य स्वामी etc. ( com. ) fol. 4th व्याख्यातो द्वितीय उद्देशकः । अथ तृतीयः प्रारभ्यते । अस्य वेदमादिसूत्रं ।
"
(text) fol. 4° नो कम्पइ निरगंथाणं(ण) निग्गंथीण उवस्तयंसि चिट्टत्तए वर निसीहत्तर वा तुयात्तए वा etc.
( com. ) fol. 153 इति श्रकल्पाध्ययने (न) टीकायां तृतीय उद्देशक : परिसमाप्तः etc. व्याख्यातस्तृतीय उद्देशकः संप्रति चतुर्थ आरभ्यते । तस्य चेदमादिसूत्रं ।
(text ) fol. 153° तो अणुग्धाइया पण (प्रा)त्ता । तं जहा ॥ छ ॥ इत्थकम्मं करेमाणे मेडुणं पडिसेवमाणे राईमोयणं भुंजमाणे etc.
(com) fol. 227 संगति विर्युतिविस्तरः । छ ।
वालोयणायमागछे ( उ ) उबक्कमानीमित्तं । मतपरिणमिलाणे पुष्वगाहो थंडिलस्सेव ॥
Ends.-( text ) fol. 2264 णो से कप्पइ तेसिं कारणं अदीवेत्ता अण्णं आयरियउवज्झायं उहिसावित्तए । कप्पइ तेसिं कारणं दीवित्ता जाव उद्दिसावित्तए
( Bhāsya ) fol. 231 b
यत्र साधवो मासकल्पं वर्षासं वा कर्तुकामास्तत्र पूर्वमेव विनोदयस्य वहनकाष्ठादेरवलोकनं नियमाद्गच्छवासिनः कुर्वेति etc.
गिण्हइ णामं पुगस्स दोण्ह अह्वा वि होज्ज सव्वेसिं । विप्पं तु लोयकरणं परिण्ण गणभेद बारसमं etc.
~~ (bhasya) fol. 231b
घरुवस्सए वा हायंती तो श्रुता यतो बिंति । सारवणं वसहीए करेति सव्वं वसहिपालो । १ अविधिपरिवणाए काउस्सग्गो य गुरुसमीवंमि मंगलसंतिनिमित्तं थुई तउ (ओ) अजियसंतीणं ॥ २
- ( com. ) fol. 231 ° ततो मंगलार्थ शांतिनिमित्तं वा ( 5 ) जितशांतिस्तवो' भणनीयः । अत्र चूर्पिणः । ते साडुणो चेइयप्पक्खो उवस्स एव
1 This is the 22nd sūtra (p 10) of the printed edition of Jinavijaya.
2 अनेन स्तवेन परम्परानुसारेण श्रीमन्दिषेशमुनिवररचितः स्तव उल्लिखितः स्यादिति प्रतिभाति ।

Page #264

374)
- V.6 Chedasūtras . वि या होज्जा जइ चेयघरे तो परिहायंतीहि थुईहिं चेहयाई बंदिचा आय. - रियसगासे इरियावहियं पडिकमिउं अविहिपरिद्वावणियाए काउस्सग्गं करेंति ।
ताहे मंगलसंतिनिमित्तं अजियसंतित्थ(थ)उ(ओ) तउ(ओ) अन्ने वि दोवए हायंते कडूति उबस्सए वि एवं चेव चेइयवंदणबज्जं । विशेषचर्षिणः पुनरित्थं तओ आगमचेइयघरं गच्छंति चेइयाणि वंदित्ता संतिनिमित्तं अजियसंति स्थ(थ)उ(ओ) परियट्रिज्जइ । तिन्नि वा थुईउ परिहायंतीउ कड्रिज्जति तउ(ओ) आगंतुं अविहिपरिद्वावाणयाए काउस्सग़ो(ग्गो) कीरइ । छ ग्रंथायं ४००० ॥ कल्पवृत्तिखंडं संपूर्ण ॥ छ । ग्रंथायं एवं समग्रं १२५४०
शिवम् । दवे गगा' लषेतः ॥ श्री etc. Reference.-- Only the portion of the text is published. See
No. 568.
There are four Mss. for Ksemakirti Sūri's commentary corresponding to the four khandas in the Limbdi Bhandara. See its Catalogue No. 1854.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
Brbatkalpasūtra (उद्देशक १-२).
.
(Uddesakas 1-2) .. लघुभाष्य
with laghubbāsya तथा टीका
and ţikā
390. No. 574
.
1880-81. Size.- 10% in. by 4} in. Extent.-730 - I - I - I = 727 folios; 13 lines to a page; 45 + letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, tough and white ; quality of
the paper not the same throughout the Ms; Jaina Devanāgari characters with occasional TASTS ; sufficiently big, quite legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered:in both the margins as
__I
This is the same scribe who copied No. 571.
....
...

Page #265

238
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 574.
usual; foll, 18 and 7300 blank; yellow pigment used; edges of the first fol. slightly gone; some foll. slightly worm-eaten ; edges of foll. 394 to 408 slightly damaged ; foll. 410 and 415 partly torn; the edges of the last few foll. somewhat worn out; condition very fair ; fol. 424th wrongly numbered as 224th in the right-hand margin; similary fol. 672 numbered as 172; fol. 541 also numbered as 542; the following hence numbered as 543 etc ; the fol. following the 615th numbered as 617; even then there seems to be no break in the continuity of the subject; foll. 635 and 636 bracketed together; fol. 6645 blank except that its number is written on it; the fol. 664 ends as under :
इति श्रीकल्पाध्ययनटीकायां प्रथम उद्देशकः परिसमाप्तः १ छ श्रीरस्तुः
This Ms. contains the text, its laghubhāşya and the commentary ; they are complete so far as the ist two uddeśakas are concerned. The extent of these two uddesakas along with their exegetical portions is as under :Uddeśaka I with com. foll. to 664 » I »
664 730%. Age.- Old.
Author of the laghubhāşya.
Sanghadāsa Gani Kşamāśramaņa,
of L.
„ „„ commentary.- Malayagiri only so far as a portion
of the Pithikā is concerned i. e. up to fol. 134" and then
for the remaining portion Kşemakirti. Subject.- A Chedasútra along with its elucidations in Präkrit and
Sanskrit. Begins.-- (text ) fol. 1b #t ourfer Ratssiettur etc. » -- ( bhāşya ) fol. 26
#T550T FATFri etc., as in No. 576. » -( bhāşya ) fol. 26

Page #266

574.]
V. 6 Chedasatras
239
सक्कयपाययवयणाण विभासा जत्थ जज्जते जंत॥ अज्झयणनिरुत्ताणि य वक्खाण विही (य) अणुउ(ओ)गो॥
Begins.- ( com.) fol. I'ए ९ ० ॥ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञायाः]
प्रकटीकृतनिःश्रेयस etc., as in No. 571. (com.) fol. Ib (last lines) सूत्रस्पर्शिकनियुक्त) भाष्यस्य च संप्रत्येकग्रंथत्वेन जातत्वात् अथ कः सूत्रमकार्षीत को वा निर्युनि को वा भाष्यमिति? उच्यते इह पूर्वो( वे )षु यन्नवमं प्रत्याख्याननामकं पूर्व तस्य यत्ततीयमाचाराख्यं वस्तु तस्मिन् विंशतितमे प्राभृते मूलगुणेषूत्तरगुणेषु चापराधेषु दशविधमालोचनादिकं प्रायश्चित्तमुपवर्ति(णिोतं कालक्रमेण च दुष्प(प)मानुभावतो धृतिबली(ल)वीर्यबुद्ध्यायुः(युः)प्रभृतिषु परिहीयमानेषु पूर्वाणि दुरवगाहानि जातानि ततो मा भूप्रायश्चित्तछेद इति साधूनामनुग्रहाय चतुर्दशपूर्वधरण भगवता भद्रबाहुस्वामिना कल्पसूत्रं व्यवहारसूत्रं चाकारि उभयोरपि सूत्रस्पार्शकनियुक्ती etc. ( com.) fol. 134 जघन्यं सीवित्वा छित्त्वा वा etc., up to ग्रहणकरणे न as in No. 57I followed by विधेये। ग्रंथाग्रं ४६००. Here ends the commentary of Malayagiri Sūri. Ksemakirti Sūri commences his work hereafter as under:
नमः सर्वज्ञाय नतमघवमौलिमंडलमणिमुकुटमषधौतपदकमलं । सर्वज्ञममृतवाचं श्रीवीरं नौमि जिनराजं १ चरमचतुर्दशपूर्वी कृतपूर्वी कल्पनामकाध्ययनं सुविहितहितैकरसिको जयति श्रीभद्रबाहुगुरुः २ कल्पे )नल्पमनर्ध प्रतिपदमर्पयति यो( ऽर्थनिकुरुंबं । श्रीसंघदासगणये चिंतामणये नमस्तस्मै ३ शिवपदपुरपथकल्पं २' विषममधि(पि) दुःख(प)मारात्रौ । सुमती(?गमी)करोति यच्चूर्णिदीपिका स जयति यतींद्रः ४ आगमदुर्गसं(म)पदसंशयादितापो बिलीयते विदुषां यद्वचनचंदनरसैमलयगिरिः स जयति यथार्थः ५ श्रुतलोचनमुपनीय (व्यपनीय) ममापि जडिमजन्मांध्य(ध्यं) यैरदार्श शिवमार्गः स्वगुरून(न)पि ताम(न)ह बंदे ६
1 'कल्प' इत्यर्थः।

Page #267

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[.514. ऋजुपदपद्धतिरचना बालशिर शेखरो(s)प्यहं कुर्वे यस्याः प्रसादवशतः श्रुतदेवी सा(s)स्तु मे वरदा ७ श्रीमलयागिरिप्रभवो यां कर्तुमुपाक्रमंत मतिमतः । सा कल्पशास्त्रटीका मयाऽनुसंधीयतेऽल्पधिया ।
इह श्रीमदावश्यकादिसिद्धांतप्रतिबद्धनियुक्तिशास्त्रसंसूत्रणसूत्रधारः परोपकारकरणैकदीक्षादीक्षितसुगृहीतनामधेयः श्रीभद्रबाहुस्वामी सकर्णकर्णपुटपीयमानपीयूषायमानललितपदकलितपेशला[ला]लापकं साधुसाध्वीगतकल्पा(ल्प्या )कल्प्यपदार्थसार्थविधिप्रतिषेधरूपकं यथायोगमुत्सर्गापवादपदवीसूत्रकवचनरचनागर्भ परस्परमनुस्यूताभिसंबं(धबं)धुरपूर्वापरसूत्रसंदर्भ प्रत्याख्यानाख्यनवमपूर्वोतर्गता(55)चारनामकतृतीयवस्तुरहस्यनिष्यंदकल्पं कल्पनामधेयमध्ययनं नियुक्तियुक्तं निर्गर्य)हवान् अस्य च स्वल्पग्रंथमहार्थतया प्रतिसमयमवसर्पिणीपरिणतिपरिहीयमाणामि(म )तिमेधाधारणादिगुणग्रामाणामैदंयुगीनसांधूनां दुरवबोधतया च सकंलत्रिलोकीसुभगंकरणक्षमाश्रमणानामधेयो(या)भिधैर्यैः श्रीसंघदासगणिपूज्यैः प्रतिपदप्रकटितसर्वज्ञाज्ञाविराधनासमुद्भतप्रत्यपायजालं निपुणचरणपरिपालनोपायगोचरविचारवाच(चा)लं सर्वथा दूषणकरणाणे)नाप्यदूष्यं भाष्यं विरचयांचक्रे इदमप्यतिगंभीरतया मंदमेधसां दूरवगममवर्गम्य यद्यप्यनुपकृतपरोपकृतिकता चूर्णिकृत्वा(ता) चर्णिरासूत्रिता तथापि सा निबिडजडिमजंबा(ल)जालजला(टा)नामस्मादृशं जंतूनां न तथाविध(धा)वबोधनिबंधनमुपजायते इति परिभाव्य शब्दानुशासनादिविश्वविद्यामयज्योतिःपुंजपरमाणु घटितमूर्तिभिः श्रीमलयगिरिमुनींद्रर्षिपादेविवरणकरणमुपचक्रमे तदपि कुतो(७)पि हेतोरिदानी परिपूर्ण नावलोक्यते इति परिभाव्य मंदमतिमौलिमणिना( 5)पि मया गुरूपदेशं निश्वी(श्री)कृत्य श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितविवरणादूर्द्ध विवरीतुमारभ्यते etc. (com.) fol. 190
चारित्रभूपालनिवासहेतु
प्रासादकल्पे किल कल्पशास्त्रे सुद्धविणबद्वा सुरसा(ड)वगाढा
समर्थिता संप्रति पीठिकेयं इति कल्पपीठिका परिसमाप्ता छ. ( text ) fol. 665* उवस्सयस्स अंतोवगडाए सालीणि वा वीहीण वा . मुग्गाणि वा etc.

Page #268

575.]
V. 6 Chedasatras
241
(com.) fol. 665 कल्पे माणिक्यकोशे जिनपतिनृपते(:) सूरिभिस्तनियुक्त
स्तस्यैवान्यै(1)कतानि(नै)नि(न)यपथनिपुणैश्चित्यमानाधिकारे पेटा उद्देशका(:) स्यु पडिह गहनतामुद्रिता अर्थरत्नैः
__पूर्णास्तत्राद्यपेटाप्रकटनविषये कुंचिकैषास्तु टीका व्याख्यातः प्रथम उद्देशकः संप्रति द्वितीय था(? आ)रभ्यते etc. Ends. -( text ) fol. 729* काइ निग्गंथाण वा (निग्गंथीण वा) इमाइं पंच रय
हरणाई धारित्तए वा (परिहरित्तए वा) तंजहा ओण्णियए उट्रिय(ए) साणए
पञ्चाविप्पए मुंजविप्पए नाम पंचमे (त्ति बेमि)। , - ( bhāsya) fol. 729
रयहरणपंगस्स परिवाडीयाए होति गहणं तु उप्परिवाडीगहणे आवज्जति मासियं लहुअं तिविहो त्ति य असईए उट्टियमादीण गहणधरणं तु
उपरिवाडीगहणे तत्थ वी (वि) सटाणपच्छित fol. 730
उद्दसणा कुत्सं(स्स)ती उल्लाइ परसुमहवणत्थि
तेणोण्णिए पसत्थं असती य उ उक्कम कुज्जा , - (com.) fol. 730 और्णिकस्यासत्यभावे उत्क्रमं कुर्यात् औष्ट्रिकादीन्यपि यथालाभं गृह्णीयादिति भावः ।
इति कल्पाध्ययनटीकायां द्वितीयोदेशका समाप्त छ श्रीरस्तु[:] Reference. The text is published. The commentary up to Pițhika
along with the corresponding laghubhāșya is published.
वृहत्कल्पसूत्र (उद्देशक २) लघुभाष्य तथा टीका
No. 575 Size.- 35} in. by 2 in.
31 [J. L. P.]
Brhatkalpasūtra
( Uddesaka. II) with laghubhāsya and tīkā
6. 1881-82,

Page #269

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1575.
Extent.-- 105+92=197 leaves; 5 to 6 lines to a leaf; about 140
letters to a line. Description. --- Palm-leaf somewhat thick, durable and greyish; Jaina
Devanāgari characters with ents; small, quite legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the first column are continued to the rest ; borders of all the three columns ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in the lower corners of the right-hand margins in a very small hand-writing ; leaf ra blank; this Ms. begins with the 2nd uddeśaka and it ends abruply on leaf 1055, though it is followed by 92 extra blank leaves; there are two holes in each leaf in the space between every two columns; this Ms. is encompassed
by two wooden boards; condition tolerably good. Age. - Fairly old. Author of the laghubhāşya.— Sanghadāsa Gaņi Kșamāśramaņa.
» » » commentary.-- Kşemakirti Sûri. Subject.— The text with its explanations in Prākrit and Sanskrit.
In the latter which is composed in Samvat 1332, as stated in Limbdi Catalogue (p. 108), Višeşacūrni is made use of.
See leaf 986. Begins.--- (text ) leaf Ib SIEHTFF at TTG Fiorât ar fifo at
मुग्गाणि वा मासाणि वा तिलाणि वा कुलत्थाणि वा । गोहूमाणि वा अवाणि
at etc. » bhāșya ) leaf 1b
CRAS ETA sath ...alhasil
gearriga rafaefer F ur I eto. , - ( com.) leaf 1 & Oll ATAT 37
GUTETIA: TUA JÈT*: l infà featur: trei afa..... u u ( com. ) leaf 1 STUTT ETT : HTT I followed by the gāthā of the bhāşya noted above and then we have :--
SEST TEATÊTEICTRacuuiat aterata etc.
I Letters are gone.

Page #270

V. 6 Chedasntras
(com ) leaf 87° तथा च तदालापकः । जाव णं एस जीवे' सयाँ समिय एयइ वेयइ चलइ चलइ फंदइ घेदुइ खुब्भइ । उदीरइ तं तं भावं परिणमइ । तविणं तस्स जीवस्स अंते अंते किरिया न भवति ॥ etc. (com.) leaf 89* सा द्रव्यतो हिंसा भवति । न भावत इति इयं च प्रमावयोगाभावात्तत्त्वतोऽहिंसैव मंतव्या । प्रमत्तयोगात्प्राणव्यपरोपणं हिंसेति वचनात् । भावेन भावतो या हिंसा न तु द्रव्यतः etc. (com.) leaf 98 आत्मा शरीरं स शीतादिनाऽसंस्तरन(न्) विभिर्वनिवारितों
भवति । तथा चात्र विशेषचूर्णिलिखितो भावार्थः ॥ ( bhāsya ) leaf 996
मलेण घत्थं बहुणा उचत्थं
उज्झायमाहिं चिमिणा भवामि । हत्तस्स धोव्वंमि करेमि तत्तिं
वरं न जोगो मालिणाण जोगो ॥ etc. ( com.) leaf Io3° अथ लक्षणालक्षणद्वारमाह ॥ छ ।। ( bhāsya ) leaf ro30
बटुं समचउरंसं होइ थिरं थावरं च वन्नद्धं ।
हुडं वायाइइटुं भिन्नं च अधारणिज्जाइं ॥ etc. ( com. ) leaf IO4' अथ क इति द्वारं विवृणोति ॥ (bhāşya -) leaf 1046
को गिण्हति गीयत्थो असतीए पायकप्पिओ।
उस्सग्गवचाएहिं कहिज्जती पायगहणं से ॥ etc. Ends.-- (bhāșya ) leaf roşb
असइ तिगे पुण जुत्तो जोगे ओहोवही उवग्गहिए ।
सछे(छे)यण भेयण करणे सुद्धो जं निज्जरा विउला(1) , - (com. ) leaf los' अथ पमाणउवओगच्छेयण ति द्वारमाह ॥ छ ।
followed by the bhāșy a noted just above. ( com. ) leaf ros एष ओघोपधौ ओ( औ )पग्रहिकोपधौ च सर्वस्मिन्नपि विधिरवसातव्यः । एवं च क्रमागतमल्पपरिकर्मादि गृहीत्वा तत्रोपयुक्तो यः
च्छे छे)दनभेदने करोति । स This Ms. ends thus. Reference.-- The text is published. See No. 568..

Page #271

24+
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[576. बृहत्कल्पसूत्रलघुभाष्य
Brhatkalpasūtralaghuabhāşya (वुडकप्पसुत्तलघुभास) (Vuddhakappasuttalaghubhasa )
No. 576
129. 1872-73.
Extent.-149-3 = 146 leaves.
Description.-- This work commences on leaf 100; leaves 10a and
158* blank; the 12th, 15 and the 16th missing ; other wise complete. For additional details see No. 569.
Author.- Sanghadasa Gani Ksamasramana.
Subject. This is a laghubhāsya in Prakrit in 6600 gathas elucidating
Bșhatkalpasútra. This bhāşya has successive commentaries such as cārni, visesacārni, brhad-bhāsya, Malayagiri's commentary and Ksemakirti's commentary.
Begins.- leaf 106
काऊण नमोक्कारं तित्थकराणं तिलोगमहियाणं । कप्पव(व)वहाराणं वक्खाणविहिं पवक्खामि ॥ सक्कयपागतवम(योणाण विभासा जत्थ जुज्जए जंतु। अज्झयणणिरुत्ताणि य वखाणविधी य अणुयोगो ॥ गंदी य मंगलछ(ट्ठा) पंच य दुग तिग दु पय चोदसए ।
अंगगयमणंगग(त)ए कायव्व परूवणा पगतं ॥ Ends.-- leaf 1586
एसा तु दुपयजुत्ता होति ठिती थेरकप्पस्स । पलंपा(बा)उ जाब ठिती उस्सग्गववातियं करेमाणो ।। अववाए उस्सग्गं आसादण दीहसंसारी(रो)। छनिबधकप्पस्स ठितिं जाउं जो सहधे करणजुत्तो। पवयणणिधी सुरक्खितो इधह)परभववित्थरप्फलदो। भिव(नरहस्से चरणे णिस्साकरए व मुक्कजोगीव॥ छविधगतिविलंम्मि सो संसारे भमति दीहे । अरहस्स धारए पारए य असढकरणे तुलासमे समिते ।।

Page #272

577.]
___P. 6 Chedasatras
245
- कप्पाणु पा० उणादीवणा य आराधण छिण्णसंसारी ॥
छ । कल्पभाष्यं समाप्त ॥ छ । सर्वसंख्यागाथा ६६०० Reference.- This is partly published. The number of the last
gāthā is 80s and the end is marked as कप्पपढिया समत्ता. See No. 568.
282.(b)
बृहत्कल्पसूत्रलघुभाष्य
Bịhatkalpasūtralaghubhāsya No. 577
A. 1883-84. Extent.- leaf I3° to leaf 187". Description.- Complete ; 3300 (?) gathās. For other details see
No. 570. Begins.-- leaf 13* ६ 0॥ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।।
काऊण नमोक्कारं etc., as in No. 576. leaf 25
सेले य छिद चालिणि मिहो कहा सोउ उट्टियाणं तु। छिद्दा(ड्डाऽऽ)ह तत्थ वेट्टा सरिंच सुमरामि नेदाणि ॥ ६३ (३६३) एगेण विसति वि(बि)तिएण नीति कन्नेण चालणी आह ।
धन्नत्थ आह सेलो जं पविसइ नीति चिय तुझं ॥ ६४ (३६४)
leaf 38 कप्पपेढिया सम्मत्ता ॥ गाथा ९३२ ॥ छ । Ends.--- leaf 187 एसा तु दुपयजुत्ता etc., up to छिण्णसंसारी practically
as in No. 576 followed by the lines as under :-- ..
॥७०० ॥ सर्वसंख्यागाथा ३३००(?) कल्पभाष्यं समाप्तं ।। छ । शुभं भवतु ॥ N. B.-- For other details see No. 576.
-
-
..
1
According to the printed edition this No. is 343.

Page #273

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
{5918
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
Běhatkalpasūtra टब्बासहित
with tabbā
191. No. 578
1873-74. Size.— 104 in. by 4} in. Extent.—(text) 23 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line.
„ -(tabbā), „ ;13 » » » » ; 56 » » » » Description.-- Country paper brittle and grey; Jaina Devanāgari
characters; bold, small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; edges, singly; this. Ms. contains both the text and its commentary in Gujaräti; numbers for føll. written as usual in both the margins; folu ra blank; edges anc corners of foll. 2 to 7 and 11 to 23 more or less worn out; strips of paper pasted to fol. 76, 8, 85, 106 and II; fol. 9th partly torn; so is the fol. 19th; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 235; condition on the whole fair ; red chalk useds both the text and the tabbā almost complete ; the text is divided into six uddeśakas; the extent of each of them is as under :Uddeśaka 1 foll. b to sa
IL » Sb ILL IV , II , 18* V:
18% VI . 22°
2225 235. Age.-- 19th cenury. Author of the tabbā.- Not mentioned. Subject.--- The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins. — ( text ) fol. & 11 sfiqar FATİ(FET)aft TA:
5098 Paprocantor() a etc., as in No. 568. „ - ( ţabba ) fol. 1b ll A: ( FR ) fagi (fran) ll stageomet
FATA):
»
8a
»
89

Page #274

599.1
V.
Chedasitas
Ends
(text ) 10. 231 m etrapt st Text Wing ... pera &C...... fiat ca 4 maart are fossi storitetet 906 3777.......... ( tablă ) fol. 23. forouterraert at HERE WE?)
„
Reference.— The text is pablished. See No. 568.
Brbatkalpasūtuta
with tabbā
एब्वासाहित
No. 579
777. 1092-95.
Size.— Iof in. by 48 in. Extent.—(text) 25 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.
„ -(tabbā), „ ;14 » » » » ; 50 » » » » Description.--- Country paper rough and white; Jainia Devanagari
characters; this Ms. contains the text along with the intetlinear tabbā; the foriner written in a bigger hand-writing; clear and good hand-writing ; numbers for foll. entered as usual in both the margins; white pigment used; edges of the first and the last ( 25th ) foll, slightly damaged ; condition on the whole very good; both the text and 118 abba complete; the text which is styled as Vaitakalps in the tabba, is divided into six uddeśakas as under :Uddeśaka I foll.
to gre .
II
»
III
IV
,
120
196
256.
.
Age. - Not modern. Abhor of the tabbā. Not mentioned

Page #275

248
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
.580.
Subject.--- A chedasūtra along with its explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.- (text ) fol. I ॥ ६ ॥ नो कप्पति निग्गंथाण वा etc.
- ( tabba ) fol. I ॥ ६ ॥ हिवे ईहां वैतकल्पसुतनो अर्थ लिपीयें छ । वैतकल्प एहवो नाम किम कहायुं ते शिष्य पुछयाऽनंतर अत्र गुरु उत्तर कहें छे पापनें विदारे ते भणी वैतकल्प etc. (tabba ) fol. 1. ॐ नम:) सिद्धं
नो० न कल्पइ नि साधुनइ वा अथवा etc. .Ends.- ( text ) fol. 25* इच्छालोलुत्ते मुत्तिमग्ग etc., practically up to
थेरकप्पट्रिति as in No. 568 followed by the lines as under :--
त्ति बेमि ६ छट्टो उद्देशो( सो ) सम्मत्तो ॥६॥ इति श्रीवृहत्कल्पसूत्र(त्रं ) संपूर्णम् । शुभं भवतु ॥ , - (tabba ) fol. 25 श्रीसुधर्मस्वामि जंबूस्वामि प्रति कहई हे जंबु
जिम मइ श्रीमहावीर देव समीपइ सांभल्युं हुंतउ तिम हुं तुज प्रतिइं ' कहुं छंउंः ॥
इति श्रीमहावृहत्कल्पसु(सू)त्रं संपूर्णम् ॥ शुभं भवतु etc. Reference.-See No. 578.
13.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्रचूर्णि
Brhatkalpasūtracūrņi (वुहकप्पसत्तचुण्णि)
(Vuddhakappasuttacunni) No. 580
1880-81. Size.-29 in. by 21 in. Extent.-- 281 + 2 + 2 = 285 leaves; 5 to 7 lines to a page ; 125
___to 130 letters to a line.
Description.-- Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Jaina Devanāgaii
characters with पृष्ठमात्रा; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work

Page #276

ॐ.1
v. 6 Chedasatras
having been written into three separate columns, and the last leaf into II; but, really it is not so, since the lines of the first are continued to the rest; borders of each of the columns ruied in three lines in black ink; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right-hand one as १, २, ३ etc. and in the left-hand one as भी) भी) श्री) श्री'
etc.; 2 extra leaves in the beginning as well as at the end; condition good ; this Ms. does not seem to contain the
complete text (sútra ), complete; extent 16000 ślokas. Age.-- Samvat 1218. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- A commentary in mixed Prakrit and Sanskrit languages
elucidating Bịhatkalpasūtra and its laghubhâsya. Begins.--- ( text ) leaf 10 & ant foronjetinut etc. , - (com.) ,, , ५ 0॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
मंगलादीणि सत्थाणि । मंगलमज्झाणि । मंगलावसाणाणि । मंगलपरिग्गहिया य सिस्सा ॥ सत्थाणं अवग्गहेहावायधारणसमत्था भवंति । तानि चादिमध्यावसानमंगलात्मकानि सर्वाणि लोगे विराजंति । विस्तारं च गच्छति । अनेन कारणेनादौ मंगलं । मध्ये मंगलं । अवसाने मंगलमिति । आदिमंगलगहणेणं । तस्स सत्थस्स अविग्घेणं । लहुं पारं गच्छति । ममी मंगलगहणेणं । तं सत्थं थिरपरिजियं भवति । अवसाणे मंगलगहणेणं । तं । सत्थं सिस्सप[डि]सिस्सेस अव्वोच्छित्तिकर भवइ । तत्रादौ मंगलं पापप्रतिषेध
कत्वादिदे सूत्रं । etc. Ends.-- leaf 281 अप्पमादीणं गुणदीवेति । जो य एयाए कप्पापुपालणाए ।
दीवणाय । बट्टइ । तस्स आराहणा भवति । णाणदसणचरित्तमयी जहणिया । मज्झिमा उक्कोसिया वा तओ य आराहणाओ च्छि(छि)ण्णससारी भवति । संसारसंतई छेत्तुं । मोक्खं पावतीति कल्पचूण्णी समाप्ता[:] ग्रंथ १६००० अंकतो(5)पि ॥छ । ___ संवत् १२१८ वर्षे वि० आषाढशुदि ५ गुरावयेह श्रीमदणहिलपाटके
समस्तराजावलीविराजितसमलंकृतमहाराजाधिराजपरमेश्वरपरमभट्टारकउमा1 See Appendix IV. 32 J.L.P

Page #277

250
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[581.
पतिवरलब्धप्रसादमहाहवसंग्रामनिर्वृढप्रतिज्ञाप्रौढनिजभुजरणांगणविनिजित'शाकंभरी भूपालश्रीमत्कुमारपालदेवकल्याणविजयराज्ये तत्पादपद्मोपजीवित]महामात्यश्रीयशोधवले श्रीश्रीकरणादौ समस्तमुद्राव्यापारान परिपंथयति सतीत्येवं काले प्रवर्ध(त)माने ॥ गंभूता चतुश्चत्वारिंशच्छतपथके देव. श्रीभोपलेश्वरशासनारूढभुज्यमानराजश्रीवैजलदेवेन पट्टित'चाहरपल्लि ग्रामे तद्वास्तव्यश्रे साउकउद्यव° शोभनदेवेन कल्पचूर्णिपुस्तकं पुस्तकसवलकद्रव्यं वृद्धि नीत्वा तेनैव श्रीमज्जिनभद्राचार्याणामर्थे लेखकसोहडपा - ल्लिखापितेति ॥ छ ।
यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्टं तादृशं लिखितं..........
३......शुद्धमशुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥ सुरसरि सुरगिरि सुरतरु सुरनाहो जाव सुरालया संति।
विउसेहि पढिजंतं ताव इमं पुत्थयं होउ ॥
छ ॥ मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ लेखकपा....... Reference. There is a Ms. of Bphatkalpacũrni in the Limbdi
Bhandara. See its Catalogue No. 1852.
130.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्रचूर्णि
Brhatkalpasūtracūrņi No. 581
1872-73. Extent.— Leaf 1596 to leaf 4666. Description. Two extra leaves at the end ; on one of them there
is a note of the missing leaves and on the other the beginnings and ends of the three works are indicated ; leaves 1598 ann 4660 are blank ; extent 14000 ślokas. For other
details see No. 569. Age.--- Samvat 1334. Begins.-- fol. 159 नमः प्रवचनाय ।
____ मंगलादीणि सत्थाणि । मंगलमज्झाणि मंगलावसणाणि ॥ मंगलपरिग्ग
हिया य सिस्सा । मुत्तत्थाणं अवग्गहेहावायधारणासमत्था भवंति । तानि 14 -Lettersfare gone.

Page #278

582.1
V: 6 Chedasatras
281 .. चादिमध्यावसानमंगलात्मकानि सर्वाणि लोके विराजति ॥ विस्तारं च
गच्छंति ॥ etc. Ends.- fol. 465 अप्पमादिणं गुणो etc., up to सो(मोक्खं practically as
in No. 582 followed by वा पावतीति कल्पचूपी समाप्ता ॥ छ । ..
संवत् १३३४ वर्षे मार्गशुदि १३ गुरौ ॥ कल्पचूपी समाप्ताः ॥ शुभं भवतु सर्वजगतः अंकतो(अ)पि ग्रंथ (सहस्राणि)............१४०००
प्रत्यक्षरगणनया निनीत ॥ छ॥ Reference..-- In Jaina Granthāvali (p. 12), it is remarked that on
p..49 of Deccan College (2) Pralamba Suri is mentioned as the author of Bțhatkalpacūrņi.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्र
Byhatkalpasūtraविशेषचूर्णि
višeşacūrņi (वुडकप्पसुत्त
(Vuddhakappasuttaविसहचुण्णि)
visehacunni)
190. No. 582
1873-74.. Size.— 102 in. by 54 in. Extent.-- 282 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper smooth and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; sufficiently big, legible and very fair handwriting; borders not ruled ; foll. I to 198 numbered in both the margins; the rest, in the left-hand margin only ;
foll. I, I76° and 182° blank; foll. I, 67, 78 to 96, 120 etc., .. slightly torn; some of the foll. corrected in the margins%3B
foll. seem to have been pressed against a wooden board having lines drawn at regular intervals; fol. 77th appears to be superfluous; complete so far as it goes; extent T1000
ślokas ; condition poor. Age.-- Not quite modern. Author.- Not mentioned.

Page #279

22 Jaina Literature and Philosophy [583. Subject.-- A commentary to Bịhatkalpasůtra in Präkrit and Sanskrit
languages. This commentary is composed after Brhatkalpasūtracũrņi. In order that these works can be distingui
shed, the word visesa is added. Begins.- fol. b॥ ५० ॥ ॐ नमा(मः) सर्वज्ञाय ।।
नमो अरहंताणं etc., up to पढम हवइ मंगलं as in No. 496. This is followed by the lines as under :
से गामंसि वा णगरंसि वा चत्तारि सत्ताई उचारेयश्चाई ॥ सूत्रमिदमध्यास्य व्याख्यामभिधास्याम इत्यत्राभिधास्यति । भवानथ को(स्याभिसंबंधा ? उच्यते । वुत्तो गाहा । प्रथमसूत्रे आहार उपदिष्टो यादृग्विधो भोक्तव्यः । इह तु
षसहिं वर्णयति etc. Ends.- fol. 282* अप्पमादिणं गुणो दीवेइ सो णाणादिणं, आरारुह मज्झिमाए वा
उनकोसियाए वा आराहओ भवति सो संसारसंततिं छिंदित्ता॥ मोकलं. या पावति ॥ छ । विशेषकल्पचुण्णी सम्मत्ता। छ etc. ग्रंथसंख्या सहा ११००० etc.
12-:
बृहत्कल्पसूत्रंविशेषणिं
Brhatkalpasūtravisesacūrņi
399. No. 583
1880-81. Size. -- Ig.in. by sg.in. Extent.- 175 -3 - 2 - 33 - I - I - I = 134 folios ; 17 lines to a
page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and greyish; Jaina
Devanagari . characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good, hand-writing ; borders - ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand
margin only; fol. I. blank ; a portion of the first two foll. worn out; similar is the case with foll. 47 to 53 and 172 to 173; condition tolerably good; foll. 71 to 73, 75,76, 109 to 141, 143, 150 and 174 missing%3 yellow
TASEE

Page #280

5831
V. 6. Chedasutras
pigment rarely used; this Ms. ends abruptly; the discussion about the utsarga-sūtras and apavāda-sutras forms the last topic of this Ms.
Agç.= Pretty old.
Begins. fol. r एए ँ नमः सर्व्वज्ञाय
253
नमो अरहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं etc., as in No. 582.
Ends. fol. 175 इदाणिं जिण कप्पट्टिती । णिज्जुत्तिगाहा ॥ णिज्ज़ (जु) ती. पंचकम्मे माकप्पे य जो वन्तिओ गमो सेसं कंठ्यं । गंछंमि य गाहा । गच्छति स्मा भो (तो) ते धीरा उप्पत्तिया बुद्धिमंता इत्यर्थः । सुशियपरमच्छ (त्थ) त्रि । अन्भुजय विहारस्स कालो, सांप्रतमित्येवं गृहीतार्थ: । जाहिंज्जति । बि (धि) तिधि(ब)अलिबागाहा ॥ तब सूरो समच्छा । वलवीरियग्गहणं बि (धि) तिसरीरसंघयणाणं । asors गोपदर्शनार्थ परीसहोवसग्गाणं अभीरू ॥ छ ॥
इदाणिं थेरकप(प) द्विती संजम गाहा । संजा (ज) मो से (स) तरसविहो । तं करेंता ति संज[ज] मकरपुज्जोव, त्ति: । तवसा उज्जोवया । अहं (ह) वा सुतेणं । उज्जोवेंति संजमतवाणं णिप्फायप्राणो णादाहिं । तेसिं वा अब्वोछित्ति । कारया ferrrr | डबासेणं । ठायंति तदा एगरे कत्ते बिसबसंता । आ (अ) न्नेहि य दोसेहि ण लिं(लि)प्पति ॥ छ ॥
इदाणिं जिणकप्पहिती मोत्तु ( त्तुं ) गाहा । जिणकप्पतितिग्रहणात् । गच्छविणिग्गया(य) सामायारिं । मोत्तुं । जां(जं) सेसं सा थेरकप्पतिई, सा य दुपदं संजुत्तामउसग्गनुत्ता । अववादजुत्ता य. । पलंबा उ गाहा ॥ प्रलंबसूनादारभ्य जावदिवं पद्विधकल्पस्थितिसूत्रं । उता (स्त)गा (गे) उ(अ) घवायं करेमाणो । अबबादे य उस्तग्गं करेमाणो । अरहंताणं । आसायणाए बट्टइ । अरहंतपन्नत्तस्स । आसायणाए बट्टइ। अरहंतपन्नत्त (त्ता) सायणाय वट्टमाणो दीहसंसारी भवति । तम्हा पलंबसुत्तादि । छम्बिहकप्पाट्टती उवसाणे उस्स ग्गो (ग्गे) पत्ते उ [व] सग्गाविही कायव्वो । अववादे य । [ अबवादे य । ] अबनादे । पत्ते अ. This Ms. ends thus abruptly. N. B. — For other details see No. 582.

Page #281

254
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[584.
पहत्कल्पसूत्र
Brhatkalpasutraबृहदभाष्य
bịhadbhāsya (वुड्डकप्पसुत्त
(Vuddhhakappasuttaवुडभास)
vuddhabhasa) No.584
150.
1881- . Size.- 13} in. by s} in. Extent.-- 128 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 63 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari .. .characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; sufficiently big, legible and good
hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red ; foll. numbered only once and that, too, in the right-hand margin; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour in the centre; the numbered, in each of two margins, too; several foll. worm-eaten here and there; margins of a good many foll. damaged ; a strip of paper pasted to foll. JO3, 107, 109 etc. condition fair ; fol. 1a blank; yellow pigment and red chalk
used; complete ; extent 8600 ślokas. Age.--- Old. Author.--- Not mentioned. Subject. -- This bhäşya is different from the preceding laghubhåşya
and is known as brhadbhāsya. It, too, is, however a metrical composition in Prākrit elucidating Bịhatkalpasūtra.
Since this bhāşya has been composed after laghubhaşya of - Sanghadása Gaņi, it is styted as bịhadbhāșya so that it may
be distinguished from the former. Even the cũrņi and
vićeşacũrni have been composed prior to this bshadbhāşya. Begins.- fol. ए ६00 b नमो जिनाय ॥ .
काऊण ममोक्कारं तित्थकराणं तिलोकमाहिताणं । कप्पव(व्व)वहाराणं वक्वाणविधि(हिं ) पवक्खामि । दुगि कारणत्थो धातू पाययसीलीइ भवति कातूणं कातूणं पि ण णज्जति । घडपडकडमाइयं किमवि । तत्थ विसेस[सत्यमिदं भण्णत्ति(ति) कातूण(तो ण)मोक्कारं । णम इति एसणिवातो पणमच्चणपूयणादीस ॥ etc.

Page #282

585.]
. 6 Chedasatras
Ends.- fol. 1280 - सामी अणुण्णविज्जति दुमस्स जस्सोग्गहो व असधीणे
कूरसुरपरिग्गहिते इणमो गमयो मुणेतब्वो
त्थं ते वा अण्णे इसा खलु सुरेणं जं परिग्गहियं । तत्थ विसेसो चेव गमो सगारपिंडंमि म गणतो जक्खोविया होति पलि। छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ छ श्रीरस्तु । __साहश्री वच्छासतसहसकिरणेन पुस्तकमिदं गृहीतं सुतवर्द्धमान
शांतिदासपरिपालनार्थे' ग्रं० ८६०० माहजनइ ॥ Reference.-- There is a Ms. of Brhatkalpabhāsya in the Limbdi
Bhandara. See its Catalogue No. 1853. Perhaps this is the same work.
बृहत्कल्पसूत्रपर्याय
Bșhatkalpasūtraparyāya No. 585
736 (11).
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 9 to fol. 12'. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Palicavastukaparyaya
No. 736 (1).
___No. 1875-76.
Author.-- Not mentioned. Subject.-Difficult words etc. occurring in Brhatkalpasātra explained
in Sanskrit. Begins.- fol. 9' कल्पपर्याया यथा निर्नय इत्यर्थः । एतद्विभाषा इत्येतस्य पर्यायाः।
अथवा अस्मिन्नेव गच्छाधिवास अस्मिन् कल्पाध्ययनवेदिति etc. Ends.- fol. 12 मुक्कं शुक्लं । रुक्खदुग्गं कडिल्लं भण्यते । एग पोरिसीए ठवि
(यं) भत्तं लब्धामित्यर्थः । छ । इति कल्पपर्यायाः समाप्ताः । छ।
|
Practically this line occurs in Nos. 4672 (p. 45) and 4766p.58).

Page #283

Jaina Eiterature and Philosophy (586. बृहत्कल्पसूत्रपर्याय
Brhatkálpasūtraparyaya
No. 586
789 (11). 1895-1902.
Extent.- fol. 14* to fol. 19%. Description.- Complete. For further details see Pañcavastukaparyaya
No. 789 (11). *. 1895-1902.
Begins. -- fol. 14* nuotrat iete etc., as in No, 585. Ends.-- fol. 19 TH TË I Ragni etc., as in No. 585.
N. B.-- For other details see No. 585.

Page #284

9802.1
FI. 6 Chedasatras
THE SIXTH CHEDASUTRA
पञ्चकल्पसूत्रचूर्णि (पंचकण्यसुत्तचुणि )
No. 587
Size.-97 in. by 44 in.
Extent.- 61 folios; rs lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and grey; Jaina Devanagari characters with ears; small, legible and very fair handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; foll. ra and 6rb blank ; red_chalk_used; complete ; extent 3125 Ślokas ; edges of the first and last foll. slightly damaged; otherwise the condition is very good.
Age.= Pretty old.
Author - Not mentioned.
Subject.
Begins. fol. 1 ॥ ॥ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ॥
Pañcakalpasūtracurņi ( Panca.kappa.suttacunni)
A commentary in two languages viz. Sanskrit and Prakrit on the laghubhāṣya of Pañcakalpasūtra, a work of Bhadrabāhusvāmin, who extracted it from the 9th purva.
33 [J. L. P.1
162. 1873-74.
मंगलादीनि सत्थाणि पूर्वाभिहितानि मंगलानि पूर्वता चास्मिन तंत्रे कल्पाख्यं (ख्ये) ओघनिष्पन्ने निक्षेपे भगवंतः तीर्थकरा ऋषभायाः कृतार्थाः कृतकृत्या इति कृत्वा तेषां नमस्कारः कृतः अधुना (S) स्मिन्नाम निष्पन्ने निक्षेपे मंत्रकल्प संज्ञके येनेदं दशाकल्पसूत्रे प्रवचनहितार्थाय पूर्वादाहृतं तस्य नमस्कारं करोमि प्रत्येकशः गाहासूत्रकर्तुः । तत्राद्या गाथा || वंदामि मद्दबाहुं । वदि स्तुत्यभिवादयोः ।
Ends. -- fol. 614 बहुस्सुओ गीयत्थसंविग्गो नत्थियाणिं कप्पप्पकप्परस गाहाओ
भाणियच्छा (व्वा) उ
कप्पपणयस्स भेयं सोच्चा नच्चा तहेव घेनूण (णं) चरणकरणे विसुद्धे आचरणपडू (रू) वणं कुणह ॥
कप्पफ्णयस्स भेड़ परूबिड मोकरसाहणट्टाए ।

Page #285

P58
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 588.
जं चरिऊण सुविहिया करेंति दुक्खक्खयं धीरा । पंचकल्पचूर्णिणः समाप्ता ॥ छ ।
ग्रंथप्रमाणं सहस्रनयं शतमेकं पंचविंशत्युत्नवं(?) लिखितं श्रीमदाम्रदेवाचार्यकृते पंचकल्पपुस्तकं अंकि(क)तो( 5 )पि ग्रंथप्रमाणं ग्रंथाग्रं ३१२५ । छ etc.
धन्यास्ते ये(७)पि तारुण्ये त्यक्त्वा साम्राज्यसंपदं
दुर्द्धरं च तपस्तप्त्वा पुन यांति संसृतौ ॥ छ ॥ etc.
श्रीजयसोममहोपाध्यायानां प्रतिरियं ॥ Reference.-For an additional:Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1675.
पञ्चकल्पसूत्रबृहइभाष्य (पंचकप्पसुत्तवुडमास)
Pancakalpasūtrabrhadbhāşya ( Pancakappasuttavuddhabhāsa )
_No. 588
1279. 1886-92.
Size.- 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.— 89 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin, rough and grey ; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; fol. I blank; edges of the first two and last foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; com
plete ; 2574 gāthās; extent 3185 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Sanghadāsa Kşamāśramaņa as noted on p. 261.

Page #286

588.]
VI. 6 Chedasatras
159 Subject.- The entire work is composed in Prakrit in verses. It
elucidates the laghubhāşya (?) of Pancakalpasútra which is considered to be the 6th (last) chedasutra'. It is reported in Jaina Granthāvali (p. 16) that now-a-days no manuscript of this chedasūtra is available. It existed up to Samvat 1612. Hence Jītakalpasūtra is substituted in its place.
Sometimes it is found that the bịhadbhāşya of an agama is preceded by its cūrņi. It is on this analogy that the cūrni of Pancakalpasūtra is given a place prior to its bshadbhāşya. So this must be for the present looked upon as a tentative
arrangement. Begins.--- fol. r' ५५ ॥ ॥नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
वंदामि भदवाहुं पाईणं चरिमसम(योलमयणाणी । सत्तत्यकारगमिसिं दसाण कप्पे य [4] ववहारे । __ कंप्पं ति णामणिष्पं(प्पणं महत्थं वनुकामतो। -णिज्जूहगस्स भत्तीप मंगलवाए प संथुति । तित्थगरणमोक्कारो सत्थस्स त आइए समकखाउ(ओ)। इह पुण जेणज्झयणं णिज्जूढं तस्स कीरति । सत्थाणि मंगलपुरस्सराणि मुहसवणगहणधरणाणि । जम्हा भवंति य(ज)ति य सिस्सपसिस्सेहिं पव(चोयं च । भत्तीय सत्थकत्तरि तं (तत्तो) उपओगगोरवं सत्थे । पएण कारणेणं कीरइ आदी णमोक्कारो।
पद अभिवाद थुतीए सुमसहोणेगहा तु परिगीतो। . वंदण पूयण णमणं त्यु(शुणणं सक्कारमेगा ।
भई ति सुंदर त्ति य तुल्लत्यो जत्थ सुंदरा बाहू । सो होत्ति(ति) भद्दबाहू गोण्णं जेणं तु पा(बालत्ते ।
1 Muni Punyavijayají once wrote to me in this connection that Papicakappa formed a topic of the bhāşya of Brhatkalpasůtra and it was somehow looked upon as a separate treatise as was the case with Ohanijjutti and Pindanijjutti. See p. 298 of my article “ The Jaina Commentaries " published in the Annals of the Bhandarkar O. R. Institute (vol. XVI, pts. III-IV). On this page I have further mentioned that Muni Kalyanavijayaji has observed that in Pancakappasutta there is a reference about Kālika Sūri's going to Ajīvika for studying aștānga-nimitta.
2 For a similar remark see Winternitz, Geschichte vol. II, p. 311 and “A History of Indian Literature” vol. II, p. 465.

Page #287

260
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[588.
पाएणं (लोक्विज्जइ पेसलभावो तु पा(बा)हुजुयलस्स । . उववण्णमतो णाम तस्सेयं भद्दबाहु त्ति।
अण्णे वि भद्दबाहू विसेसे(स)णं गोण्णगहण पाईणं' । अण्णेसि पि (प)सिद्धे थि(वि)सेसे(स)णं चरिमसगलसुतं । चरिमो अपच्छिमो खलु चौदस पुत्वा उ होति सगलसुतं । सेसाण दासट्टा सुत्तकरज्झयणमेयस्स । किं तेण कयं तं तू जे भण्णति तस्स कारतो सो उ। भण्णति गणधारीहिं सबसुयं चेष पुटबकतं। तत्तो चिय णिज्जूढं अणुग्गहट्टाए संपयजतीणं। सो मुत्तकारउ(ओ) खलु स भवति दसकप्पचवहरि। वंदे तं भगवंतं बहुभह सउ(सु)भह सव्बउ(ओ) भदं । । पवयणहियमुयकेउ सुयणाणपभावगं धीर। यदि सदो पुव्वभाणिओ । तदि(मि)ती(तितं चै(चे)व णामगोनेहि । इस्सिरियाइ गुण भागा(गो) सो से अत्थि त्ति तो भंगवं । 'भई कल्लाणं ति य एगटुंतं च सुबहुयं जस्स। सो होति बहुभंदो सोभणभदो सभेदो त्ति। खीरासवमादीणि तु सुभाणि भहाणि तस्स तु बहूणि । 'सव्वो इह परलीए महंतो सव्वतो भहो । आमोसहादि इह तू परलोए होत्त(त)ऽणुत्तरसरादी। सुकुलुप्पत्ती य तंओ ततो य पच्छा यणेवाण। भाति ति महमहवा भाईणाणादिएहि सो जम्हा।
सो होति महणांमो कुव(ण)ति भवाणि वा जम्हा ।etc. Ends.-- fol. 89
दसण नाणचरिते जा पुटवपरवणा[यायरणया में। एसो उ मूलसंघो तिविहा थेरा करणजुत्ता। पुष्वंति परूविज्जा । आयारादी सुन्नियचरित्ते। ' सम्ममायरतो हर्वति तु संघो तहा थेरो। जो सो हीणचरित्तो अण्णस्स असतींत पुव्वभाणिताउ । कुलथेराति उविज्जति तस्वदेसो इमो होइ।
होज्ज व वसेप(प्पोत्तो सरीरमायंकता असहुओ वा। .....म चरणकरणे असंतो सेद्धं मग्गं परविज्जा ।।

Page #288

...
VI. 6 Chedasetras ....
बसमं वा जीम(मादी सूलजरादी) पु(तू) होइ आतंको . . ध(घि)तिसरीरबलेणं हीणो असहु मुणेयवा(यो)। एएहिं कारणेहिं अकप्पपडिसेवणं करंतो उ। मुद्धाद्ध) मग्गपरूवे अप्पाहाणिया अओ एत्तो। कप्पषणपस्स भेदो सोचा (नया) तहेब घेरलं । चरणकरणे विसुद्धे आयरणपरूवणं कुणह ।' आयरियसमा(गा)साओ सोच्चा णच्चा य घेत्तुमत्थेणं । हियए ववत्थवेउं आयरणपखवणा कुज्जा। कप्पपणगस्स भेदो परुविउं मोक्खसाहणट्टाए । ज-चरिऊण सुविहिया करेंति दक्खस्वयं धीरा । पंचविहमुत्तकप्पाण विभासा वित्थरं पमोत्तुणं। गहिया सीसहिया अव्वोच्छित्तट्रया चेव । छ ।
महत्पंचकल्पभाष्यं संघदासक्षमाश्रमणविरचितं समासमिति । छना नाहगेण पंचवीसपाई साहत्तराई ।। २५७४ ॥श्यकशासा
Reference.- See Jaina Granthāvali (p. 16 ) and for an extract see
xbhidhanarajendra vol. V (pp.48-49). Forth additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1676.... . .
पञ्चकल्पसूत्रपर्याय .
Pañcakalpasūtraparyāya No. 589
736 (13).
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 13 to fol. 14. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukapar
Viva N.736 (I).
yaya No. 875-76..
Subject:- Difficult words etc., occurring in Pancakalpasutra explain.
ed in Sanskrit.
1-2 See pp. 257-58.

Page #289

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1 590:
Begins. fol. 134 पंचकल्पपर्या (या) यथा दशविधोऽध्याचारः आलोचनादिः । मालसणाणि मालयोग्यपुष्पाणि । उवद्धवीयारलेवपिंडे य इत्यत्र उबद्धं
उपस्थापना | etc.
262
Ends. fol. 14* इति संधिर्विस्मृतस्य संधानं प्रति पृच्छंति वा एते । वसणं (बाजीमाई इति ) वाजीकरणा (दि) कं कामोद्रेककरणमित्यर्थः । कुहंडी अंबिका || छ ।। इति पंचकल्पपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥
पञ्चकल्पसूत्रपर्याय
No. 590
Pañcakalpasūtraparyaya
-789 (13).
1895-1902.
Extent. - fol. 200 to fol. 21.
Description. - Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukapar789 ( 1 ) . 1895-1902.
yaya No.
T
Begins. fol. 20* पंचकल्पपर्याया यथा । दशविधो etc., as in No. 589. Ends. -- fol. 214 इति संधिर्विस्मृतस्य etc. as in No. 589.
N. B. For other details see No. 589.

Page #290

591. 1 Jitakalpasätra
263 JĪTAKALPASŪTRA . Stanete
Jitakalpasūtra ( signee)
(Jiyakappasutta )
-75 (a), No. 591
1880-81, Size.- 13} in. by 2 in. : Extent.-- 18 + 1 = 19 leaves; 5 lines to a leaf; 40 to 45 letters
to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf thin, very durable and greyish; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with TAFS; sufficiently big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance as if the work is divided into two columns; but, really speaking it is not so, since lines of the first column extend to the second ; borders of each of the columns ruled in six lines in black ink; there is a hole in the space between the two columns; red chalk used to bring into prominence the numbering for verses ; leaves numbered in both the margins, but in numbers only as S, etc; leaf' 1a blank; several leaves slightly worm-eaten ; condition tolerably good; this work ends on leaf 12a; complete ; this Ms. contains in addition the two works as under :(1) 194107347
leaves 124 to 13b. (2) facerdotalireretranieraapur , 135 to 186. There is one extra blank leaf at the end. This Ms. is
placed between two wooden boards. Age.- Fairly old. Author.--- Jinabhadra Gaņi Kşamāśramaņa, author of Viseşāvas
yakabhāşya and its svopajña commentary, Visesaņavati and Brhatkşetrasamäsa'. He was alive according to the tradition ir or about Vira Samvat III5 i. e. the Vikrama Samvat 645
I In this work I, 69 ff. word-symbols have been used with the left to right arrangement to express numbers. See “History of Hindu Mathematics” pt I, p. 61.

Page #291

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(.set.
Subject. Penances prescribed for the violations of rules and regulations enjoined for Jaina saints in the canon. This subject is here presented in 103 verses in Prakrit.
Begins. - leaf r* ६० ॥ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
कयपवयणपणामो वोच्छं पच्छित्तदाणसंखेवं । Patoranti जीव (य) स्य विसोहणं परमं ॥ १ संवरविणिज्जराओ मोकखस्त पहो तबो पहो तासि । तवसो य पहाणंगं पच्छित्तं जं च नाणस्स ॥ २ । etc.
Leaf 3
leaf
उद्देस समुद्दे से सत्तावीसं अणुण्णवणियाए । अट्टेव य ज (ऊ) तासा पट्टणपडिकमणमाई ॥ २२ वसग्ग ति दारं ॥
उद्देसन्झयणमुखं धं गेम कमसो माइस्स । नसणायाराइबारे ॥ २३
कालाकमणा
44 ।। २७ नाणायारो ॥ etc.
॥ ३०२ दंसणायारो । etc.
39
load 4 ।। ३४३ इद्रासी (णी)मुत्तर मुणत्लिय (स) यमभिधीयते । leaf s
ور
धावणडे वणसंघ रिसगमण किड्डाकुहावणाई
उक्त डिगीयछेलियजीवरुपाई (य) चत्थं ॥ ४५
leaf 6
मुहणतय [र]स्यहरणे फिडिए निब्वीइयं चत्थं च । नासियहारिविए वा जीएण चउत्थछट्टाई ( इं ) ॥ ४८ leaf 6 कोहे (च) हुदेवासए
अकए पुरिमासणमायामं सव्वसो चउत्थं च । पुव्वमपेहियथंडिलनि सिवोसिरणे दिवा सुविणे ॥ ५३ तिविहोवि (व) हिणो विच्चुयविस्सरियापेहियानिबेयाए ! निaaisi पुरिमेगा सणाइ सव्वंमि चायामं ॥ ४६
1-3 These indicate the nos. of the verses.

Page #292

$91.)
*
Jitakalpasatra
leaf 66 ... कोहे बहुदेवसिए आसवकक्कोलगाइएसुं च ।
ल्ह(लोस(स)णाइस पुरिमर्दू तन्नाइपं(बोधमुयणे य ॥ ५४ Ends.- leaf 12a
अणवटुप्पो तवसा तवपारंचरची) य दो वि विच्छिन्ना। चोहसपुव्वधरंमी । धरंति सेसा सया कालं ॥१०२॥ इय एस जीयकप्पो समासओ सुविहियाणुकंपाए। काहेओ देओ सो पुण पत्तेसु परिच्छियगुणेसु ॥१०३ ॥
llafat gitarauei HATATAPAT III
Reference. This work along with Siddhasena's cũrņi etc. (pp.
1195-1210 ) was edited in Roman characters by Ernst Leumann and published under the title "Jinabhadra's Jitakalpa mit Auszügen aus Siddhasena's Cūrņi” in Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1892. The contents of this edition are noted by A. Guérinot in his work "Essai de Bibliographie Jaina" on p. 156. The text is published in - Devanāgari characters by Jaina Sāhitya Samsodhaka Samiti, Ahmedabad in A. D. 1926, as No. 7 of its series called Jaina Sahitya Samsodhaka Granthamala. In this edition are published Siddhasena Gaņi's cūrņi styled as bệhaccūrņi together with vişama padavyākhyā and introduction in Gujarāti mainly dealing with the life and works of Jinabhadra Gaņi Kşamaśramaņa. In this introduction (p. 16) it is pointed out that instead of 10 kinds of prāyaścitta, 9' are mentioned in Tattvārtha (IX, 21-22 ) and that should be taken into account while deciding the authorship of Tattvārtha. For a Ms. of Jitakalpa with bhāşya see Limbdi Catalogue, No. 982.
1 For the reason why 9 are mentioned see Siddhasena Gani's tikā (p. 253) and my introduction (p. 26).
34 (J. L. P..)

Page #293

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[6592.
जीतकल्पसूत्र
Jitakalpasūtra विवरणलवसहित
with vivaraṇalava No.592
1153.
1887-91. Size.- 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 62 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs; small, legible and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled indifferently in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1* blank; a table representing वर्षासु दानयन्त्र given on fol. 471 and 47°; a similar one for प्रायश्चित्तs on fol. 50°; on fol. 62b . the.title etc. are written ; otherwise it is blank; this Ms. - contains the text having 105 vereses and the commentary; : both complete; condition very good ; some lacune on fol. 45..
. Age.- Samvat 1611. Author of the commentary.-- Śrītilaka Súri. Subject.-The text together with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.- ( text) fol. 2* कयपवयण( ५ )पणामो etc.
( com. ) fol. i ut 0॥ ॐ नमः श्रीपंचपरमेष्टि(ष्टि)भ्यः ।
वंदे वीरं तपोवीरं तपसा दुस्तपेन यः॥ सु(शुद्धं स्वं विदधे स्वर्ण । स्वर्णकार इवाग्निना । जिनप्रवचनं नौमि । नवं तेजस्वि मंडलं . . यतो ज्योतींवि(षि) धावंति हर्तुमंतर्गतं तमः ॥ नि. प )प्रत्यूहं प्रति(णि दधे । न(भ)वानीतनयानहं । सर्वानपि गणाध्यक्षानक्षामोदरसंगतान् । जिनभद्रगाणं स्तौमि । क्षमाश्रमणमुत्तमं । यः श्रुताज्जीतमुदने । सौ(शौ)रिः सिंधोः सुधामिव ।

Page #294

193.]
.
: Jitakalpasatra..
267
प्रणम्यात्मगुस्तान ये(घ)नसारशलाकयेव याचा ..... . ..... अज्ञानतिमिरपूरितमुद्घाटि(त) ममांतर चक्रुः ॥ -
इति नुतिकृतभ्यु(सु)कता(तः) श्रुतरहस्यकल्पस्य जीतकल्पस्य (।) _ विवरणलवं करिष्ये स्वस्मृतिबीजप्रबोधाय ॥ . . इह निशीथकल्पव्यवहारादीनि भूयांसि च्छेदसूत्राणि etc. Ends..- (text ) fol. 61 इय एस जीयकप्पो etc., up to सो पुण as in
No. 589 followed by the line as under:
पत्ते सुपरिच्छियगुणमि ॥ १०५। , - ( com. ) fol. 62 सुविहितानुकंपया शोभनं विहितमनुष्ठानं येषां ते ।
सुविहितास्तेषामनुकंपया कथितः । प्ररूपितो। देयः । पुनरयं पात्रे । सुपरीक्षितगुणे । जात्यकांचनवत्तापच्छेदनिकषसहे। संविग्ने गीतार्थे न पुनरन्यस्मिन् जीतकल्पदायकग्राहकौ द्वावपि कर्मनिर्जरया । शुद्धयतः । सिध्यत:श्वेति । छ । इति श्रीश्रीतिलकाचार्यविरचिता ॥ जीतकल्पवृत्तिः । समाप्तः । संवत् १६११ इग्यारोत्तरावर्षे वैशापशुदि द्वितीया बुद्ध वारे ॥ 'तपा'गच्छनायकभट्टारकश्री२१विजयदानसूरीश्वरस्वहस्तदीक्षितेन परोपकारार्द्रचेतसा जयहर्षगणिना लषितो जीतकल्पवृत्तिरियं । पं०श्री संयमरत्नम(गोणिशिष्यविवेकचंद्रगणिवाचनार्थे । शुभं भवतु । श्री
श्रमणसंघस्य वाच्यमाना चिरं जयतु । इयं वृत्तिरिति भद्रं ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥.श्री॥ Reference. -For an extract of the beginning and the end of vivaraņa
lave see Jinavijaya's introduction (p. 18 ) to his edition of Jitakalpasútra noted in No. 591.
जीतकल्पसूत्र
...
....
.
.
..
* Jītakalpasūtra ... with vivrti
विवृतिसहित....... No. 593
. .. ........... 1895-98. "Size.- IoT in. by 41 in.
Extent. — 120 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters wiih occasional TAETS ; small, legible and very

Page #295

268
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1593
fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in blank ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; a piece of paper of the size of a fol, pasted to fol, 1"; foll. 1,560 and 120° blank; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten ; small bits of paper pasted to some of these foll.; condition fair; fol. 29°_blank except that द्रियाणां is written on it; but this does not affect the continuity; results pertaining to छेदs of स्वगणभिक्षु and others tabulated on fol. 36° ; those regarding पाराश्चिक etc., in the case of ācāryas and others on fol. 101 ; tables beginning with €14 उत्क(टा)पत्तौ गुरुतमं on fol. I04; the original fol. I2oth missing ; a new one is substituted in its place; this Ms.
contains the text and the commentary ; both complete. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.- (text ) fol. 2* कयपवयणप्पणामो etc. ,, - (com. ) fol. 1° 0 ५ ॐ नमः श्रीजिनप्रवचनाय
जयति महोदयशाली etc.' Ends.-- (text) fol. 119
उस्संघट्टिय कम्मिअ भोगेलेवाडसनिहीवमणो।
थंडिल अपेह संखडकोहाइ महव्वयइयारेइ etc. (text) fol. 120*
इय एस जीयकप्पो समासओ सविहियाणुकंपाए।
कहिओ देओ यं पुण पत्ते सुपरिच्छियगुणमि ॥१०७ ॥ Ends.--- ( com. ) fol. 120* अथ ग्रंथसमाप्तिगाथाव्याख्यामाह etc. इत्याद्य
जीतकल्पस्य शुद्धार्थ पालयति धारयति आचार्य शुद्धमपार्जयति तस्मात्
I This is the same verse as occurs in Sădhuratna's vivrti of Yatijītakalpa (see p. 283). So one may be led to believe that this Ms. contains Yatijītakalpa and not Jitakalpa but then there is another fact to be noted that in that case the number of verses cannot be only 107. So this requires a thorough investigation which is not possible at this stage.

Page #296

594.1
Jitakalpasätra
969
शुद्धगोत्रमुपाञ्जयति यावत् सिध्यंति ॥ १०७ ॥ इति श्रीजीतकल्पटीका समाप्ता[:] ॥ ग्रंथाग्रंथ ६७७३॥
N. B.- For other particulars see No. 593.
जीतकल्पसूत्रचूर्णि (जीयकप्पसुत्तचुण्णि)
Jitakalpasūtracūrņi (Jiyakappasuttacunni)
No. 594
1233. 1887-91.
Size.-- Iod in. by 4g in. Extent. -- 21 folios ; IS lines to a page; 52 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva.
nāgari characters; small, legible, uniform and good handwriting; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in the centre in red colour ; and the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; fol. I blank; complete; condition very good ; yellow pigment used while making corrections.
Age.- Old. Author.-- Siddhasena. Subject.--- Perhaps the oldest available commentary ( cārni) in
Prākrit and Sanskrit on Jitakalpasūtra. There is some other cürņi composed prior to this work. See pp. 272-273.
Begins.- fol. I ॥१०॥ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ॥
सिद्धत्थसिद्धसासणसिद्धत्थसुयं मुव(यं) च सिद्धत्थस्स । वीरवरं वरवरयं वरवरएहि महियं णमह जीवहियं ॥१॥

Page #297

270
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[594.
--
एक्कारस वि गणहरे दुद्धरगुणधारए धराहिवसारे जंबुप्पभवाईए पणमह सिरसा समत्तसुत्तत्थधरे दसणवपुज्वी अइसेसिणो व अवसेसणाणिणो प(य) जत्तेणं । सव्वे वि सव्वकालं नि(ति)गरणसुद्धेण णमह जइगुणप्पवरे । एत्तो णिव्वाणगं णिवाणं गमयत्ती(ती) अणिवाणगं। पगयं पसत्थवयणं (पहाणवयणं) व पवयणं (ण)मह सया । णमह य अणुओगधरं । जुगु(ग)प्पहाणं पहाण णे(णा)णी(ण) मयं । सव्वसुइसत्थकुसलं दंसणणाणोवओगम्मयमि? मग्गमि) ठियं । जस्स मुहणिज्झरा[ओ] मयमयवसगंधाहिवासिया इव भमरा । णाणमयं(योख(रंद )तिसिया रत्तिं च दिया मुणिवरा सेवंति सया ससमयपरसमयागमलिविगणियच्छंदसदणिम्माउ(ओ) दसस वि दिसासु जस्स य अणुओगो भमइ अणुग(व)मो जसपडहो । णाणाणं णाणी(ण)य हेउ(ऊ)ण य पमाण(गण)हराण य पुत्था(च्छा)। अविसेसउ(ओ) विसेसा विसोसियावि(व)स्सयंमि अणुवम्म(मोमइणा। जेण य त्थे(च्छे)ए(य)सुयच्छा(स्था) आवत्तीदाणविरया(य)णा जत्तेणं । पुरिसधिसो(से)सेण फुडा णिजू(ज्जू)ढा जीयदाणकप्पमि विही परसमयागमणिउणं सुसमियसमणसमाहिमग्गेण गयं जिणभदखमासमणं खमासम(णा)णं णिहाणमिव एकं
(त) णमिउ मयमहणं माणरिहं लोहवज्जियं जियरोसं । तेण य (जीय)विरइयगाहाणं विवरणं भणिहाभि जहत्थं ।
को वि सीसो विणीओ आवस्सयदस(वे)गालियउत्तरज्झयणायार. णिसीहसूयगडदस(सा)कप्पववाहा(र)माईयं । अंगपरि(वि)द्धं(टुं) । बाहिरं च सुत्तओ अत्थओ व अहिज्जिऊण गुरुमवगम्म । अजाणावेऊण बारसावत्तकयकिइकम्मो। पायपडि(उ)द्धि(ट्ठि)यउ(ओ) करयरलजुवलं मत्थए (ठोबिउं विष्णवेइ । भगवं कप्पववहारकप्पियाकप्पियचुल्लकप्पमहाकप्पा(प्प)सुयाणिसहिाइएस च्छेदसुत्तेसु अइवित्थरेण (पच्छिोतं(तं) । भणियं । etc. fol. 2' जीतववहा(र)स्स एस जोगो त्ति गुरुणा भण्णइ etc. fol. 2 वोत्थं(च्छं) भणामि पावं छिंदतीति पायच्छित्तं चित्तं वा जीवो भणइ पाएण वा वि चित्तं सोधइ अइयारमलमइलियं तेणं पायच्छित्तं पाइवे( ए च )कारस्स च्छकारो लक्खणिओ । तस्स पायच्छित्तस्स दाणं etc,

Page #298

594.1
Jitakalpashtra
fol. 2° गुरू भणइ आमं । अण्णे वि चत्तारि बवहारा अस्थि । तं जहा । आगम । सुय । आणा धारणा । पुवाणु(पु)वीए जीतववहारा एएसिं पंचमो । सीसो भणइ । आगमववहाराईणं । जीतववहारपज्जवसाणाणं। को व(प)इविसेसो (।) गुरू भणइ आगमववहारिणो च्छज्जा(ज्ज)णा तेतिं) जहा । केवलि(लोमणओहिणाणी । चोदसदसणवपुवी। सुयववहारी पुण अवसेसपुब्बी एक्कारसांगणो (आ)कप्पववहार(रा) अवसेससुए य आहिगयसुत्तत्था सुयववहारिणो त्ति etc.
fol. 6" इरियाए कहं वा(कोहंतो गच्छेज्जा। भासाए [एसणाए भिक्खा -] ढ(इ ढएर गिहब्ब(त्थाभासा(इ एसणाए भिक्खाग हणकाले । अगुवउत्तो ण पमज्जइ आदाण णिक्खेवेमु अपडिलेहियथंडिले उच्चारो(रि)इ पडि(रि टवेज्जा । गुरुआसायण त्ति । गिणाइ सम्ब(थ)मिति गुरु । तस्स आसायणा का अवि(धि क्खेवो परिब्भवो वा। जच्चाइगुणहीणस्सं । आउ(ओ) जाणाइतियं तस्स साडणे(णा)। आ(अ)वणयणं विणासो। आसायणा भण्णइ etc. fol. 7. अविहीय कोका सर्जभिय इच्चादि अविहीए हत्थमदाऊण कासइ मुहपोत्तियं वा । एवं जंभाइयछीइएस वि वाय इति । etc. fol. 8° सुआमि उद्देससमुहेसाणुदाणपवणपडिक्कमणसुअक्खधंगपरियट्टणाईएस) सुए काउस्सग्ग(ग्गो) कीरइ । सावज्जमुमिणा(णे) णा(पा)णा(इ)वायाइ। आदिसहेण अणवि(व)ज्जमुमिणे वि कि(क)म्ह(म्हे)ति । तहा दुणिमित्तदुस्सउण पडिहणणणिमित्तं । अदु(ट)स्सामुस्सग्गकरणं ण(णा)वा ब(चोहु(उोविहा समुद्दणावा । उज्जाणी (ओयाणी) तिरित्थ(च्छोगामिणी । आदिमा समुद्दे । पच्छिल्ला वि(ति)णि णईए । उज्जाणी पडिसोत्तगामिणी । उ(ओ)वा(या)णी पुण अणुसोत्तगामिणी। तिरच्छगामिणी दी स्थि(छिदंती गच्छह । णइ(ई)संतारो चउब्विहा । सो पुण पादेहि संघट्टो दृ)लेवउवरिलेवेहि तिविहो होइ। बाहाउच्छवादिईहि य सव(व)च्छ(त्थ)पायच्छित्तं जयणा(णो)वउत्तस्स विहीए । काउस्सग्गो पायच्छित्तं होइ etc. fol. 134 धावणडेवण इच्चादि धावणं गइभेओ । डेवणं ओलंडणं । संघरिसेण गम(मणं) को सिग्घ(गोइ त्ति । जमलिओ वा गच्छइ । किच्चा(ड्डा) अट्टावयचउरंगजूवादि ॥ कुहावणं इंदजालपट्टखेडादि आदिसहेण समासपहेलियकुडेहगा घेप्पंति । उक्विट्रिीट्री) पुक्कारितकलकलो गीयं गीयमेव छ(छे)लियं सेंटियं जी(ब)नु(रु)यं । मयूरतित्तिरसुगसारससारिगादीलवियं
१ 'समुद्देसाणुणापट्ठवण.' इति स्यात् ।

Page #299

272
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [394. सव्वेसेतेस अभत्तहो । आइसहेण । अजीवनु(रु)वे वि । अरहट्टगद्धि(ट्टिीया पाउयासदेस वि ॥ छ ॥ etc. fol. 13°
तिहि य से(दो)णि उ(ओहोवहिम्मि । वाले य सोत्थि(त्तिए चेष सेसतियवासताणे पणय तह चिलिमिलीण इसा(म)। वालमई सुत्तमई वागमई तह य दंडकडयमई। (संथारगदुगमझुसिरं झुसिरं पिय दंडपणगं च (डंडविडंडग ) तह य वि लट्ठि । तहि णालिया य पंचमिया । अवलेहणिमि(म)त्ततियं । पासवणुच्चारखेले य। चम्मतियथु(त्थु)रपाउर तल(लि)यगा। अहवा वि चम्मातविहामिमं कत्तत्तिलिं(लि)गा(वज्झा)। पढ(ट्टोगद्गं चेव होइ इमं । संथारुत्तरपट्टो । अहवा सण्णाहपट्टपं(प)ल(ल्ह)त्थी।
मज्झो अज्जाणं पुण अइरित्ता(तो) वारग्गे(गो) होइ ॥ छ ॥ etc. fol. 14* कक्कोलगलवंगपू[ इ ]गफलजाइफलतंबोलादिमु सम्बत्थ चउत्थं । पुवगाहाओ अणुवट्टाविज्जाइ । लसुणे अचित्ते पुरिमहूं । etc. fol. 14 तूली आलिंगणी । संओगे(गो)वहाणं गंडोवहाणं । मयू(सूरगो य । एयं अपडिलेहियं । दूसपणगं । गंडीपोत्थगो कच्छवीपुत्थओ मुट्ठीपोत्थओ च्छेवाडी (संपुडगं) एयं पोत्थयपणगं । गोमहिसं । अयएला । मियचम्मपणगं एत्थ य तणपणए तदुप्पडिलेहे। दूसपणए चम्मपणए य पु पडिलेहिय दूसपणए एक्कासणं पोत्थगपणगग्गहणे आयामं । बेइंदियाइतसवहे जं च आवज्जइ (तं च दिज्जइ)। प(बिइयर्णिण(ण्णि)कारमएण पोत्थयपणगे वि पुरिमर्दू ।। छ। fol. IS" सा य णिसीहकप्पववहाराभिहिता । सुत्ता(त्त)उ(ओ)। अत्थउ (ओ)आणा । अणवत्थमित्थ(च्छ)त्तविराहणा सविच्छ(त्थ)रा तवसो सो व तओ पणगाई छम्मासा(स)पज्जवसाणो अणेगावत्तिदाण्ण(ण)विरयणा लक्खणो तेस सब्वेस इह पुण जीयववहारे संखेवेणं । आवत्तिदाणं णिरूविज्जइ ॥ छ । fol. IT' जत्थ पुण चणगणिप्फावकंजियादि । लुक्खाहारदुब्बलो दुल्लहो बा । तत्थ जीयदाणं हीणमवि देज्जा ॥ छ ॥ etc. fol. 16 तह द्धि(धि)ति इच्चादि । तहे ति आणंतरिए । धिइसंघयणे चउभंगा । घिईए संघयणेण य पढमो संपण्णो । इह य पढमपच्छिमा

Page #300

594.]
Ends. -
Jitakalpasūtra
भंगा दुबे गहिया ( ) तेण मज्झिल्ला दुवे भाणियव्वा अहवा पी (बी) यभु (चु) (ण्णगा ( रा ) हि (भि) पाएण चत्तारि वि सुत्तेणेव गहिया etc.
fol. 17 आचेल्लुक्कुद्दोसयादि दसविहे कच्ये ठिया । कयरे ते । इमे बक्खमाणे ।
आलुक्कुद्देसिय सेज्जायर रायपिंड किइकम्मे
वय जेट्ट पडिक्रमणे मो (मा) सं पज्जोसवणकप्पे' etc
fol. 174 जं तेण कारणेण जीयववहारे । अट्टमभत्तं अतं णिवीइमाइए । एयं मज्झ गहि (यं) । जंतव(वि) हीए एयरसेय हुंडीकरणत्थं जे ( ज ) न्तविहाणं भणामि । etc.
273
- fol. 21 * तबअणत्रटुप्पो । तवपारंचिओ व भद्दबाहुसामिम्मि चरिमचोधरे दो वि वोच्छिण्णा । लिंगखेत्तकालाणवटू ( ?प्प ) पारंचिया ताब अणुसज्जिस्संति जाव तिच्छं (त्थं) इति एस इच्चादि । इतिकरि (र) णो परिसमत्तिवपणो एस इति अनंतरुहिट्टो जीतकप्पो । जीव (वहारो कप्पो वि (व) ण्णणा (प) रूवण त्ति एग || समासओ संखेबओ सोभणं विहियं जसि णाणाइतियं ते सुबिहिया साहू ति । (ते) सिं अणुकंपाणिमित्तं कहिओ अक्खाओ । देयो दायव्वा (व्वो) । अयं पुण कहियं पत्ते किंविसिह (ट्टे ) । मं( सं ) विग्गबज्जा (ज) भरूि परिणामकडजोगी गीयत्थो आयरियवण्णमा (वा) दी संगहसीलो अपरितंतो । बहुस्सुओ मेहावी । एवमादिगुणसंपन्नो पत्ते पुण सहोऽवधारणे । पत्ते चैव दायsai | नापत्ते परित्थि (च्छि ) य (या) गुण (णा) जस्स एते । चेव संविग्गादी जो भणिया गुणा आदिमज्झावसाणेसु तावत्थे (च्छे ) इणिकसेसु य जच्चासुवणमिव अधिकारि जं तं सुपरित्थि (च्छि )यगुणं । तम्मि सुपरिच्छियगुणे सुत्तत्थयओ देवो (ओ ) यमिति ।
इति (जेण ) जीयदाणं साहूणा (S) तिया रपंकपरि[सद्धिकार] सुद्धिकरं गाहाहि फुडं रइयं महरपयत्थाहि पावणं परमहितं ॥ जिणभद्दखमासमणं णित्थि (च्छि )यसुत्तत्थदायगामलचरणं
तमहं वंदे पययो परम्म (मं) परमोवगा (हा)रकार (रि)णमहप्पं (ग्घं) ॥ छ ॥ जीतकप्पण्णी सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ सिद्धसेनकृतिरेषा ॥ छ ॥ etc.
T For this verse see pp. 103, 119 and 200.
35 [J. L. P. }

Page #301

274
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 595.
Reference Published. See No. 591. Peterson's fifth Report
(p. 128 ) and F. Kielhorn's Report in connection with ancient palm-leaf Mss. acquired for the Government of Bombay, 1881 and Indian Antiquary vol. X (p. 100) may be also consulted. For an extract of a bhāşya said to have been composed after this cūrņi see Jinavijaya's edition (p. 17) of Jitakalpasūtra published by Jaina Sāhitya S. Samiti.
जीतकल्पसूत्रचूर्णि
Jitakalpasūtracūrņi ( 51TA19gayon )
(Jiyakappasuttacumni)
23 No. 595
1880-81. Size. -- 124 in. by 2 in. Extent.-85 leaves ; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf; 38 letters to a line. Description.-- Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish ; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with EATS; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appear ance of the work having been written in two separate columns; but, really it is not so; for, the lines of the ist column extend to the 2nd; borders of each of the columns ruled in six lines, in pairs of three, in black ink; there is a hole between these columns; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as 3, etc ; in the lefthand one as soft 1, 2, 3, etc.; leaf 1* blank except
the title etc. written on it ; a portion of the rst leaf worn out; a strip of white paper pasted to it ; some of the leaves
slightly worm-eaten ; condition tolerably fair ; complete. Age. -- About the 12th century according to Jinavijava. Begins.-- leaf 1 in D llaA: HEITIT
HETTICHIFO etc. Ends.--- leat 836 TOTTIC etc., up to PATATE TUTAETUIE
practically as in No. 594 followed by the lines as under :

Page #302

»96.
Jitakalpasutra
275
FARE !! 3 ll I"
(Agh
arter !
fra hely lle 31 31
Reference.-- This Ms. is utilized by Jinavijaya in his printed edition.
For other details see No. 594.
जीतकल्पसूत्रचूर्णि
Jitakalpasūtracūrni
24. No. 596
1880-81. Size.-- 12 in. by 2} in. Extent.-- 79 + 2 + I = 82 leaves ; 4 to 6 lines to a leaf; so letters
to a line.
Description.- Palm-leaf thin, durable and greyish; Jaina Deva
rāgari characters with eara ; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in two separ. ate columns; but, really it is not so, since lines of the first column extend to the second ; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; each leaf has a hole in the space between the columns; red chalk used; almost every leaf more or less worm-eaten ; edges gone at times; condition tolerably fair; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as 3, P etc., and in the left-hand one as 12, Ra, t, u, etc.; this Ms. ends abruptly, so this work is incomplete ; iwo extra blank leaves in the beginning and one at the end ; marginal notes occasionally given ; leaf , blank.
Age.-- About the 13th century according to Jinavijaya. Begins.-- leaf ab 01 ICAO etc.
Ends.- leaf 79 T AT HTTOETT
poat. I rAFUOTTNET
PUTJU I II STOCA OU #Taror i ga(TOT GFAT)#I JEFTFUT #Tagi i

Page #303

276
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1597.
पडिसेवणा पारंचितो जहण्णेण बारसमासे This Ms ends thus i. e., to say it goes up to the explanation of the rooth gathā. See
p. 29th of the printed edition of Jinavijaya., Reference. - This Ms. which is more correct:than No. 595 is utilized
by Jinavijaya in his printed edition.
जीतकल्पसूत्रचूर्णिगतसिद्धत्थेत्यादिविवरण
Jitakalpacūrņisutragatasiddhatthetyādivivarana
7516). 1880-81.
No. 597
Extent.- leaf 136 to leaf 18b.
Description.- Complete. For other details see Jitakalpasātra
No. 59I.. Subject.- Salutation to sthaviras, eulogy of pravacana etc., expla.
ined in Sanskrit. Begins.-- leaf 13° शास्त्रारंभे विघ्नोपशमनायेष्टदेवता? गणधर२ स्थविर ३प्रवचनानां
यथाक्रमं । वर्णनाद्यरूपकचतुष्टयमाह ॥ सिद्धन्छे(त्थे)त्यादि ॥ सिद्धा निष्पन्ना अर्थाः प्रयोजनानि यस्य ज्ञानावाप्तौ सत्यां समाप्त(प्त) कर्तव्यं इत्यर्थः ।।
etc.
leaf Is' अधुना जीतसूत्रकर्तुर्जिनभद्रगणेवर्णनाय श्लोकषदकमयं कुलकमाह ।
नमह येत्यादि । etc. leaf 16° समयशब्द आचारार्थोऽत्र तत्र स्वाचारपराचारयोः प्रतिपादको(s)
य(यं) आगमः etc. Ends.- leaf I7' तं नत्वा मदमयनं मानारिं हंति मानारिहस्तं शेष सुगम । स्कंधक
छंदः सर्वरूपकेषु आर्यागीतिरित्यपरनामकं ॥छ । कोवीत्यादि. Then we have the following gathās from Acāracula':leat_17° आचारचूलाउ इमा गाथा ॥
पढमं कज्ज नाम निकारणे दप्पओ पढमपय(यं)। पढमे छक्के पढम पाणाइवाओ मुणेयत्रो ॥१
I
For a work styled as Acaraculika see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, No. 1833.

Page #304

598. j
Jitakal pasūtra
एवं मुसावाओ अदिन्नमेहुणपरिग्ग हो (हे) चेव । बी (बी) के पुढवाई तईयछक्के अकप्पाई ॥ २ निक्कारणदप्पेणं अट्ठारसचारियाई एयाई । एवमकप्पाईस वि एक्क्क होंति अट्ठारस ॥ ३ ॥ बीयं कज्ने कारण पढमपयं तत्थ दंसणणिमित्तं । पढमो छक्को बघा(?) इं तत्थ वि पढम तु पाणवहो ॥ ४ ॥ दंसणमघंतेणं पुव्वकमेणं तु चारणीयाई । अट्टारसठाणाई एवं नाणाइपक्के ॥ ५ ॥
चडवीसद्वारसगा एवं एए पति कप्पंमि
दस होंति अप्पम सत्यसमासेण पुण संखं ॥ ६ ॥ 1120
छु ॥ ६० ३॥ ॥ छ ॥
Reference. This work may be compared with Śricandra Suri's Jitakalpabṛhaccurṇivişama padavyäkhyā, since the passages above referred to seem to agree with the corresponding ones therein.
जीतकल्पसूत्रपर्याय
No 598
277
paryāya No. 736(1).
1875-76.
Jitakalpasūtraparyaya
736 (15). 1875-76.!
Extent.— fol. Iya to fol. 1gb. Description. Complete. For other details see Pañcavastuka
Subject. Difficult words etc., occurring in Jitakalpasūtra explained in Sanskrit.
Begins.— fol. rç तहव्त्र विणासणे [ दु ] दुविहभेए इत्यस्य व्याख्यानगाथा यथा
जोग्गं १ अईयभायं २ मूलु ३ त्तरमेवओ २ अहत्र कटुं । जाणाहि दुविहभेयं सपक्खपरपक्खमाई च ॥ १
Ends.--- fol. 15b अन्नोन्नाहिद्वाण सेवण त्ति भाणेयं होड़ इति पुतसेवेत्यर्थः पावण पावनं । इति जीतकल्पपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥ छ ॥

Page #305

278
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
600. जीतकल्पसूत्रपर्याय .
. Jitakalpasutraparyaya
789 (15). No. 599
1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 23° to fol. 24. Description.- Complete. For other details see Paicarastuka
paryaya
NO. 1895-1902.
Begins.- fol. 23* तहबविणासणे दुविह etc., as in No. 598. Ends.-- fol. 24° अन्नोन्नाहिद्वा( द्वाण सेवण त्ति । etc. : .
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 598.
जीतकल्पसूत्रपदपर्याय
Jitakalpasūtrapadaparyāya
No. 600
736(33). 1875-76.
Extent.- fol. 39* to fol. 40P. Description.- Complete. For other
details see
Pancavastuka
paryaya No 736(I).
1875-76.. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.-Explanation in Sanskrit pertaining. to difficult passages
__etc. occurring in Jitakalpa. Begins.- fol. 39* शास्रारंभे विघ्नोपशमनायेष्टदेवतागणधर२स्थविर३प्रवचनानां
४ यथाक्रमं वर्णनाय रूपकचतुष्टयमाह । सिद्धत्थेत्यादि etc........ fol. 39- 'प्रतिदिनाचरणीयमनुष्ठानं तेन क्षमाप्रधाना ये (श्रोमणास्तेषां निधानमिवैकमनेकानेकशिष्यसंपत्समन्वितत्वं तस्याह ॥ छ । fol. 39* तं नत्वा मदमथनं मानारि(रि) हंति मानार(रि)हत(स्तं.) शेष मुगम स्कंधक छंद(ः) सर्वरूपकेषु आर्यागीतिरित्यपरनामकं का(को वित्यादि etc.
1-2
fhe lines here given tally with those on p. 32 of Jinavijaya's edition.

Page #306

602.
.
......
Jitakalhastitra ....
279
Ends.--- fol. 40% आउट्रियाउविवा कज्ज नाणाइयं उस्सग्गववायभवे
। ____ सवांतं तह समायरं तो तं सहलं होइ सव्वं तु । जीतकल्पपदपर्यायाः समाप्ताः । This is followed by three yantras making up one complete. The opening portion is as under:... गुरु ५ । ५ गुरु १० १० गुरु १५ १५ २॥ ल॥
ल १२॥ ! etc.
जीतकल्पसूत्रपदपर्याय
Jita kalpasūtra padaparyāya No. 601 ..... . .... 789 (33).
1895-1902. Extent.-- fol. 64 to fol. 65b. Description.-- Incomplete. For other details see Pancavastuka
paryaya No.
789 ( 1 ). .
paryaya NO. 1895-1902.
Begins.- fol. 64* शास्त्रारंभे विघ्नोपशमनायेष्ट etc., as in No. 600. Ends..-- fol. 65° कल्पसेवनामाश्रित्य ज्ञानादीनि त्रयोविंशतिपदानि तेषु मध्ये एकैक
स्मिन् पदे एवमष्टादशसु चतुर्विशत्या गुणितेषु कल्पा. This Ms. ends thus. N. B.-- For additional information see. No. 600.
जीतकल्पसूत्रपदपर्याय
Jitakalpasūtrapadaparyāya
332(16). No. 602
A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 55° to fol. 586. Description.-:Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisama
padaparyāya No. 3?2 ( 1 ).
padaparyaya NO. A. 1882-83.

Page #307

280
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[602.
Begins.- fol. 55* शास्त्रारंभे विघ्नोपशमनाये etc., as in No. 600. Ends.- fol. 56 प्रतिदिनाचरणीयमनुष्टानं etc. as in No. 600
fol. 56° तं नत्वा मदमवाथानं मानारि(रि) हंति etc., as in No. 600. fol. 58 इयं उस्स(ग्ग )ववाय etc., up to जीतकल्पपद(पर्याया) समाप्ताः || as in No. 6oo followed by the lines as under :--
गुरुमासः ॥ लपा(पं)चमासिकं गुरु पांचमासिकं लघु पाण्मासिकं etc. ............तव यंत्रकमिदं अनेन क्रमेण अन्या अपि सप्त पंक्तयो भाष्या(यो)क्तविधिना द्रष्टव्या(ः) । इह च यंत्रकं खंडत्रयेण लिखितं । तस्यामातं निवृतकादधोः स्थापठित्वा एकमेव यंत्रक अवगंतव्य उ बउ ॥ छ । श्री Then we have the yantra which occupies fol. 594 and a part of the fol. 59 and which ends with the line भो(भा)गो
नास्ति लब्धं शून्य १० लघपगविरुणः (१) N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 600.

Page #308

603.
Yatijitakalpasaira
281
YATIJĪTAKALPASŪTRA यतिजीतकल्पसूत्र
Yatijitakalpasūtra ( जइजीयकप्पसुत)
(Jaijivakappasutta )
1305. No. 603
1891-1895. Size.-- 9 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 15 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with earts at times ; small, clear and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines, in red ink ; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the righthand margin ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre; the numbered, in each of the two
margins, too; fol. IFb blank ; complete; 23 verses in the
beginning are the same as in Jitakalpasūtra. Age.-- Samvat 1621. Author.-- Somaprabha Sūri ( see No. 605 ). Subject. The text consisting of Prakrit gathās borrowed from
the older Jitakalpasātra, Nisithasutra etc. Begins.- tol. 1* ॥ ॥ नमो(s)हंदभ्यः ॥
कयपवयण(पणामो वुछ(च्छं) पछि(च्छि)नदाणसखवं । जीअविश्ववहारगयं जीवस्स विसोहणं परमं ॥१॥ etc. भिन्नं १ लहु २ गुरु ३ लहुगा ४ जागाढे पयबुढिगाढे ।
अप्पे य अप्पत्ताऽपत्ता वत्तवा(वा) यणुद्देसणाईसु य ॥२४॥ Ends..- fol. 15
पडेिक्रमण काल भोयणधी । उदे हे सगमाइभूमि उबहीणं । गुरुगअ अपेहिं पणगं । आवसिनिसीहिया भंगे ५। इय जीयनिसीहाईण । अणुसारेण जईण पच्छित्तं ।
लेसण सयपरदा । भणियं सोहच्छ(तु) गीयत्था । ६ ।। ३०६ ॥ इति श्रीज(योती(ति)जीतप्रायच्छि(श्चित्तविद्धि(धि) अधिकारः समाप्तं ।। 36 1J. L. P..

Page #309

282
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 604.
संवत् १६२१ वर्षे ॥ माहवदि १३ । लक्षते 'गोगंदा मद्धे । लेखकपाठकयोः ।।
PATTUTAFT III Reference. — For additional Ms. see Jaina Granthāvali (pp. 56-57).
यतिजीतकल्पसूत्र
Yatijītakalpasūtra विवृतिसहित
with vivrti
784. No. 604
1895-1902. Size - 109 in. by 4} in. Extent.-- 72 - 33 = 39 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a
line. Description.-- Country paper tough and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with ears; small, not quite legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers for foll. written in both the margins ; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary ; results pertaining to various trufas in connnection with acāryas, upādhyāyas and others tabulated on fol. 606; we come across anothor tabulated form on fol. 63 beginning with 814 362r(a) TETË 333; fol. 726 blank exoept that
E : etc. written on it; both the text and the commentary incomplete as foll. 2 to 34 are missing ; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole good ; the commentator styles the text as Jitakalpa ; see. p.
284. Age.-- Fairly old. Author of the commentary.-- Sādhuratna Sûri, pupil of Devasundara
Sūri. Subject.-- The text together with a Sanskrit commentary composed
in Samvat 1456 (see No. 606). At the time of the composition of this Sanskrit commentary, Somatilaka Sûri's commentary on Yatijitakalpa was extinct. See v. 7.

Page #310

604.]
Yatijitakalpasūtra
Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 12 कयपवयणप्पणामो etc.
"
283
ས
- ( com. ) fol. 14 ए ६० ॐ नमः श्रीजिनप्रवचनाय ॥ जयति महोदयशाली भास्वान् श्रीवर्द्धमानतीर्थपतिः ॥ विशदं चरणपं ( प ) थं सा तपस्थितिर्यदुदिता तनुते ॥ १ ॥ जयति प्रवचनदीप: प्रतिहतदुरपोह मोहतिमिरौघः । चित्रं निरंजनोऽयं जगति गुणग्रामवृद्धिकरः ॥ ( २ ॥ ) सकलत्रिलोक विस्मयविधायिनि निःसीमधीगुणातिशयान् । बहुविधलब्धिससृद्धान्निखिलानपि गणधरान्नौमि ॥ ३ ॥ प्रणमामि विश्रुतश्री जिनभद्रगणिक्षमाश्रमण मुख्यं । संक्षिप्तजीतकल्पं महाश्रुतायः समुद्दधे ॥ ४ ॥ श्री सोमप्रभसूरीन गुरूत्तमान् स्तौमि विश्रुतावि ( ति ) शयान् । सुविहितहिताय विहितः सव्यासौ यैरसावेच ' व ) ॥ ५ ॥ श्री सोमतिलक सूरीन वंदे विख्यातबैभवाभ्युदयान् । यैरस्य जीतकल्पस्य तेने वृत्तिरतिविशदा ॥ ६ ॥ मंदमतिबोधहेतोरतिगहनमहागमा च गाहनया । कालानुभाववशतो व्युच्छिन्ना सा तदैव परं ॥ ७ ॥ युग्मं जगति जयंति गरिष्ठा गुरवः श्रीदेवसुंदरमुनींद्राः । संप्रति निष्प्रतिमगुणप्रभावाद्भुता विदिताः ॥ ८ ॥ ये निजवचनसुधांजनवशेन शिष्यस्य मादृशस्यापि (1) उद्घाटयंति लोचनमांतरमज्ञानतिमिरभृतं । ९ । तस्याः पुनरालोख चित्रकलाकौशलेन विकलो (S) पि । तै (:) स्वविनेयकनिष्ठो (s) प्यादिष्टोऽयं ततो यतते ( । ) १० ( ॥ ) यद्यपि साहसमेवं कुर्वन् हास्यो (S) स्मि तदपि किं कुर्वे । यन्मामत्र प्रसभं प्रेरयति गुरुप्रसादो ( s) यं ११
इह दुःषमांधकारनिमग्नजिनप्रवचनप्रदीपाय मानश्रीजिन भद्रगणिक्षमाश्रमण विरचितो जीतकल्पो (s) तिसंक्षिप्तः निशीथ भाष्यादिछेदग्रंथाश्वातिमहांतो दुरवगाहाश्र्व अतः साध्वनुग्रहाय पूज्यश्री सोमप्रभसूरयः किंचित्सविस्तरप्रायश्चित्तविधिप्रतिपत्तये जीतकल्पनिशीथा यंतर्गतगाथा

Page #311

284
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
। 60.
भिरेव यतिप्रायश्चित्तविभागाविर्भावकं जीतकल्पनामकं प्रकरणं चिरंतनजीतकल्पात्किचित्समधिकगाथाकदंबकं कृतवंतः etc.
Ends.- ( text ) fol. 71b
इअ जीअनिसीहाईअणुसारेण जईण पच्छित्तं ।
लो(लेसेण) सपरट्टी(ट्टा) भणिभं सोहंतु गीअन्धी(त्या) ३०६ -- ( com. ) fol. 72* अब च जीतकल्पसूत्रे पुरातनजीतकल्पसूत्रगता एव तद्रूपाः कियत्यो गाथाः संति कियत्यः श्रीनिशीथादिग्रंथानुगतास्तद्रूपा एव कियत्यस्तु श्रीनिशीथादिमहाग्रंथगतार्थलेशग्रहणेन ग्रथिता(:) कतिपया(:) पुन(:) सुखप्रतिपत्त्यर्थ पुरातनजीतकल्पगतमुकुलितार्थविस्तारेण विरचिता' : ) स्वल्पा( : ) पुन( : ) सुविहितजनाचीर्णजीतानुगतसामाचारीगता एतासां च गाथानां विवरणमपि प्रायस्तद्रूपमेव तत्तद्ग्रंथगतमत्र लिखित्र मत्र लिंखितं मस्तीत्यवगंतव्यं इदं चैवंविधं जीतकल्पसूत्रं कालानुभावतः प्रायो निराधारपारमेश्वरप्रवचनाधारभूतैः(:) निर्मलसंयमकमलाहृदयालंकारहारकल्पै(:) सकलसुविहितवातशिरोमाणिभि(:) विश्वविख्यातश्री तपा'महा. गच्छगगनांगणनभोमणिभिः परमगुरुश्रीसोमप्रभसूरिभि(:) प[रि ]वित्र. चारित्रैकतानमानसै( :) मंदतरमेधाधारणावगमविनेयजनानुग्रहार्थमेवा(s)मुद्रसकलपरमागमसमुद्र महाप्रयलेनावगाह्यामृतकलं प्रकटमकारि छ इति
यतिजीतकल्पवृत्ति(ः) ससूत्रा समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ etc. Reference.- For extracts see P. Peterson's Report III, pp. 277-279.
For the date see C. M. Duff's “ The Chronology of India " p. 238 and Weber II, p. 1210.
यतिजीतकल्पसूत्र विवृतिसहित
Yatijitakalpasūtra
with vivrti
No. 605
1253. 1886-92.
Size.-9} in. by 41 in. Extent.-- 125 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line.

Page #312

605.
Yatijitakalpasutra
285
Description.- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, bold, quite legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foli. numbered in the right-hand margin ; foll. I and I25b blank ; results regarding the प्रायश्चित्तs of äcāryas and others tabulated on foll. 105b and 1062 ; those pertaining to गुरुतर, गुरुतम and commencing with ६५ ओ(उ)स्कृष्टापत्तौ etc., on fol. I09 and 10903; this Ms. contains the text and its commentary in Sanskrit'; both complete; the commentary composed in Samvat I456; its extent is
5700 Slokas : condition excellent. Age.- Thursday, the 13th of the bright half of Phālguna of
Samvat 1745 i. e. 21st February 1689. See “ An Indian Ephemeris” vol. VI, p. 180.
Begins.- ( text ) fol. 2' कय(प)वय णप्पोणामो बुच्छं etc. ___,, - (com.) fol. I' |ए ६०॥ऐं नमः ॐ नमः श्रीजिनप्रवचनाय
जयति महोदयशाली etc. Ends. - ( text ) fol. I 24° इअ जीअभि(निसिहाई etc., up to गीअस्था
,, -- (com.) fol. I 24 अत्र च जीतकल्पसूत्रे etc., up to प्रकटमकारीति
छ as in No. 605 followed by the lines as under:वर्षे तर्कशराब्धिचंद्र१४५६' गणिते श्रीविक्रमाकांगते
गुर्वादेशवशाद्विलोक्य सकलाः कल्पादिशास्त्रावली()। शिष्यः श्रीयुतदेवसुंदरगुरोः सूरिय॑धात श्री तपा'गच्छेदोर्यतिजीतकल्पविवृति श्रीसाधुरत्नः स्फुटं १
प्राज्ञैरुद्देशतो वृत्तौ ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं __ सहस्रा(:) पंच श्लोकानां शतैः सप्तभिरन्विताः ॥२॥
छ संवत् बाणाब्धिसप्तंदु फाल्गुने सितपक्षके त्रयोदशीगुरुवारे लेखिता 'पत्तने पुरे ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ N. B. - For other details see No. 605.
I In Peterson's Report noted on p. 284 there is 1656, which is wrong.

Page #313

286
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 606.
यतिजीतकल्पसूत्र विवृतिसहित
Yatijitakalpsūtra
with vivrti
No. 606
1234. 1887-91.
Size.--- 99 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- (text ) 84 - 1 - 1 = 82 folios ; 3 lines to a page ; 35
letters to a line.
„
–(com.) 82 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters; this is a fare Ms. ; the text written in the centre, in a slightly bigger hand; legible and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink ; space between these pairs coloured red ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only ; information about the various gURMATTS presented in a tabular form on fol. 70b; this Ms. contains the text and the commentary as well ; both practically complete ; for, only foll. I and 68 are missing ; extent of the
commentary 5700 ślokas; condition very good. Age.-- Samvat 1700. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 2* *TTTTO(Q)COA etc. „ - ( com. ) fol. 2" strucalfa greitai aurrera trenda oral उक्तंच
पावं छिदइ जम्हा पायच्छित्तं ति भण्णइ तम्हा ।
पाएण वा वि चित्तं विसोहइ जेण पच्छित्तं । १।
ART ETÄ TR Fiata: etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 836 F3 FISTEENETE etc., up to offerret 30€
as in No. 605 followed by the line as under :
इति श्रीयतिजीतकल्पसूत्र(त्र) समाप्तं ॥ शुभं भवतु etc.

Page #314

606.]
Yatijitakalpasutra
287
Ends.- ( com. ) fol. 83" अत्र च जीतकल्पसूत्रे etc., up to प्रकटम
कारीति छ as in No. 6os followed by इति श्रीयतिजीतकल्पवृत्तिजगत्प्रतीतश्री'तपागच्छाधिरा(ज)मुविहितशिरोमाणभट्टारकप्रभुश्रीदेवसुंदर. सूरिशिष्यश्रीसाधुरत्नस(सू)रिकता[:] followed by वर्षे तर्कशराब्धिetc., up to Fafarroaar: 2 as in No. 606. Then run the lines as under :---
ग्रंथानं ५७०० संवत् व्योमन्न(न)भाश्चाब्जबांधववर्षयुजमासे सितपक्षे पांचमी कर्मवाटयां 'गीपातीदवजयदुर्गे श्रीमल्लुका गच्छमुकुटमाणिक्याधिपश्रीरसान्वितानुयोगकृतकेशवजीशिष्या(य)लधार्षिणा(डोलाख लेखक
पाठकयोः शुभं भवतु etc. श्लोकसंख्या ५७०० etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 605.

Page #315

288
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
SRĀDDHAJITAKALPASŪTRA
श्राद्धजीतकल्पसूत्र (सडुजीयकप्पसुत्त) grafa
No. 607
[ 607.
Sraddhajitakalpasūtra (Saddhajiyakappasutta) with vrtti
Size.- - 93 in. by 48 in.
Extent.-- 63 folios; 15 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; fol. 1a blank; fol. 63rd is also practically so except that area is written on it; श्रुतव्यवहारयन्त्रक tabulated on fol. 6rh, and some details about nivi etc., on fol. 62b; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; both complete; condition good. Age. Old. Author.
Begins. text) fol. 1"
1263. 1887-91.
Dharmaghosa Suri, pupil of Devendra Sūri. He appears to be the same as the author of Girinärakalpa published in "Bhaktamara-stotra-pădapūrtirupa Kavyasaṁgraha" pt. I, pp. 176-180. For his life etc., in Sanskrit see Jaina Sahityoddhara Granthavali No. I, pp. 56--61.
Subject.-- Penances prescribed for violations of vows pertaining to Śrāvakas and Śrāvikās treated in verses in Prakrit and their explanation in Sanskrit.
कयप्प (प) वयमपणामो जीअगयं सङ्घदाणपच्छिन्नं । सुपरहिअधारणट्टा जहासुअं किंपि जंपेमि ॥ १ etc. ( com. ) fol. 1 ए प ० ॥ ॐ नमः श्रीपंचपरमेष्ठेिभ्यः ॥ श्रीवीरं सगणधरं नत्वा श्रुतधरमुनीन् गुरूंश्र्व मुदा । श्राद्धजनजीतकल्पं विवृणोमि स्वपरहितकृतये ॥ १

Page #316

607.]
Śraddhajitakalpasūtra
289
इह हि श्रावकजनप्रायश्चित्तप्रतिपादका विविधसामाचार्यभिप्रायेणानल्पा जीतकल्पाः संति । तेषु च क्वचिद्विस्तरेण क्वचित् संक्षेपेण प्रायश्चित्ता न्यभिधीयते । तत्र च पूर्वाचार्यपरंपरा(?या)ताम्नास्य न नानातिचारानाश्रित्य पुरुषाद्यौचित्ये न का(s)पि का(s)पि प्रायश्चित्तापत्तिरुक्ता। प्रतिदिनं च कस्य सामस्तान तदवगाहनसामर्थ्य भवेत्त(तः) किं कुत्र तपो भवति कथं च सम्यग शुद्धिर्भवतीति व्यामुांत्यंतेवासिनोऽतस्तेषां सुखेन प्रायश्चित्तप्रतिपत्तये परमगुरुश्रीधर्मघोषसूरिषा(पा )दाः समस्तश्राद्धजीतकल्पानामुपनिषत्कल्पं कल्पव्यवहारनिशीथयतिजीतकल्पानुसारेण श्राद्धजीतकल्पं
कृतवंतः ।। अयं च योग्यानामेव विनेयानां प्रदेयो नायोग्यानां । etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 63a
सिरिदेविंदमुणीसरविणेअसिरिधम्मघोससूरीहिं।
इय सपरजाणणहा रइ सोहंतु गीअत्था ॥ (१४१ ) - ( com.) fol. 63* व्याख्या ॥ श्रीदेवेंद्रमुनीश्वराणां विनेयैः शिष्यैः श्रीधर्मघोषसूरिभिरितीदं श्राद्धजीतकल्पशास्त्रं स्वपरज्ञानार्थाय स्वपरपरिज्ञानार्थहेतवे सूत्ररूपतया ग्रथितं । इदं हि यद्यपि श्रुनानुसारादेवोक्तं न पुनर्निजमनीषिकया ' कल्पनाविजृभितं तथापि गीतार्थाः श्रीनिशीथादिछेदग्रंथसूत्रार्थधरा शोधयंतु प्रमादादिजनितं दूषणं व्यपनयंतु शुद्धिं जनयंविति गाथार्थः ॥ १४१
इति श्राद्धजीतकल्पत्तिः समाप्ता) ॥ ॥ Reference.--- See Weber III, No. 1946.
1 See p. 180, foot-note No. 1. 37 1 J. L. P]

Page #317

290
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 608.
V. 2 CŪLIKĀSUTRAS
THE FIRST CŪLIKĀSUTRA नन्दीसूत्र
Nandisutra ( en)
(Nandisutta )
756. No. 608
1899-1915. Size.-- 10} in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 46 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with as; bold, very big, quite legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in three thick lines in red ink; foll. 19 and 461 blank; a portion of fol. 1b kept blank most probably with a view to decorate it with an illustation ; yellow pigment used; numbers for foll. entered twice on one and the same page but in two different margins; in the right-hand margin as , etc., and in the left-hand one as ro, fer, aft, etc.;' some of the foll.
slightly worm-eaten ; condition tolerably good; complete. This Ms. includes Brhannandi useful for Yogakriya. This work, too, is published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series at
the end of Nandisutra (pp. 2535 and 254" ). Age.--- Samvat 1648. Author. - Devarddhi Gani also known as Devavācaka, pupil of
Dūşa Guņi. See No. 629. Jarl Charpentier makes the following observation in his introduction (p. 18 ) to Uttaradhyayanasútra :“ After all, I think that the authorship of Devarddhi is not
I It seems that some believe that only palm-leaf Mss. can have letternumerals; but it is not so as can be seen from this paper Ms. I can point out at least two more such paper Mss. where there are letter-numerals. They are
1275
No.
749
<(Kumārapālaprabhandha) respectively.
1899-1915 Nalayana) and No. 88
Furthermore it may be mentioned that only a majority of palm-leaf Mss. contains letter-numerals. For No. 591 has no letter-numerals, though it is a palmleaf Ms. See p. 263.

Page #318

608.
. 1. 2 Calikasatras
291
very strongly established, and we may regard him as redactor rather than the author of canonical works.”
Subject.... This work known as Nandyadhyayana', too, indulges in
discussion of knowledge and that of its various divisions which forms the main feature of this work. This work is looked upon as one of the 45 āgamas. It is regarded as one
of the two cũlikāsūtras, the other being Anuyogadvārasútra. Begins.--- fol. 1॥६०॥ नमः श्रीप्रवचनाय ।।
जयइ जगज्जी(जी)वजोणी ॥ वियाणओ जगगुरु(रू) जगाणदो ॥ जगणाहो जगबंधू ॥ जयइ जगप्पियामहो भयवं ॥१॥ जयइ सुयाणं पभवो ॥ तित्थयराणं अपच्छिमो जयइ ॥
जयइ गुरू लोगाणं ।। जयह महप्पा महावीरो॥२॥ etc. fol. "
तवणियमसञ्चसंजम । विणयज्जवखंतिमहवरयाणं । सीलगुणगहि(बियाणं ॥ अणओगजुगप्पहाणाणं ॥४८ सुकुमालकोमलतले । तेसिं पणमामि लक्खणपसत्थे । पाए पावयणीणं । पडिच्छगसएहिं पणिवइए ॥ ४९ जे अण्णे भगवते । कालियसुयआणुओगिए धीरे। ते पणमिण सिरसा । णाणस्स परूवणं वोच्छं ॥ ५० थेरावलिया सम्मत्ता।
सेल पण कुडग चालिाण ॥ परिपूणग हंस महिस मेसे य ।
मसग जलूग बिराली । जाहग गो भेरि आभीरी ॥१ से समासओ तिविहा पण्णता ॥ तंजहा । जाणिया १ अजाणिया २ दुन्वियडा ३ ॥ जाणिया जहा ।।
खीरमिब जहा हंसा । जे घुटुंति इह गुरुगुणसामिद्धी ।
देसे य विवज्जती ॥ तं जाणसु जाणियं परिसं ।१। अजाणिया जहा।
जो होइ पगइमहरो । मियछावयसीहकुक्कडयभूया । रयणमिव असंठविया । अजाणिया सा भवे परिसा । २।
::
See Nos. 615, 617 and-620..

Page #319

292
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[608.
दुब्वियड्डा जहा।
ण य कत्थइ णिम्माओ । ण य पुच्छइ परिभवस्स दोसेण
वत्थि व्व वायपुण्णो । फुट्टइ गामल्लयदुवियडो ॥ ३॥ णाणं पंचविहं पण्णत्तं ॥ तंजहा ॥ आभिणिबोहियणाणं १ सुयणाणं २ ओहिणाणं ३ मणपज्जवणाणं ४ केवलणाणं ५॥ etc. fol. 20° सुयणाणपरोक्खं चउद्दसविहं पण्णत्तं । तंजहा । अक्खरसुयं १। अणक्खरसुयं २ । सण्णिसुयं ३ । असण्णिसुयं ४ । सम्मसुयं ५ । मिच्छमयं ६ । साइयं ७ । अणाइयं ८ । सपज्जवसियं ९॥ अपज्जवसिय १० । गमियं ११ । अगमियं १२ । अंगपविढे १३ । अणंगपविटुं १४ ॥ etc. fol. 21 से किं तं सम्मसुयं । सम्मसुयं जं इमं अरहंतेहिं भगवतेहिं उप्पण्णणाणदसणधरेहिं तेलोक्कणिरिक्खियमाहियपूइएहिं तीयपच्चुप्पण्णमणागय. जाणएहिं सब्वण्यहिं सव्वदरिसीहिं पणीयं दुवालसंगं गणिपिडगं । तंजहा ।। आयारो॥१। सूयगडो २। ठाणं ३ । समवाओ ४ । विवाहपण्णत्ती ५। णायाधम्मकहाओ ६। उवासगदसाओ ७। अंतगडदसाओ ८। अणुत्तरोववाइयदसाओ ९। पण्हावागरणं १० । विवागसुयं ११ । दिट्टिवाओ य १२ । इच्चेयं दुवालसंगं गणिपिडगं चउद्दस व्विस्स सम्मसुयं । अभिण्णदसपुस्विस्स सम्मसुयं । तेण परं भिण्णेसु भयणा । से तं सम्मसुयं ५॥
से किं तं मिच्छसुयं । मिच्छसुयं जं इमं अण्णाणिएहिं मिच्छदिट्रीहिं सच्छंदबुद्धिमइविगप्पियं । तं जहा । भारहं । रामायणं । भीमासुरक्खं । कोडिल्लयं । समभद्दियाओ। खोडमुहं । कप्पाणिलियं । णागसुहुमं । कणगसत्तरी। वइसोसयं । बुद्धवयणं । वेसियं । काविलियं । लोगाइयं । सहिततं । माढरं । पुराण । वागरणं । भागवयं । पायंजली । पुस्सदेवयं । लेहं । गणियं । सउणिरुयं । गीयं । णाडयाइं । अहवा बावत्तरि कलाओ। चत्तारि य वेया संगोवंगा एयाई मिच्छदिहिस्स मिच्छत्तपरिग्गहियाई मिच्छसुयं । एयाइं चेव सम्मदिट्टिस्स सम्मत्तपरिगहियाई सम्मसुयं ॥ अहवा मिच्छदिविस्स वि एयाई चेव सम्मसुयं । etc. fol. 23° आवस्सयवहारत्तं दुविहं पण्णत्तं । तं जहा ॥ कालियं । उक्वालियं च ॥ से किं तं उक्वालियं ॥ उक्कालियं अणेगविहं पण्णत्तं। तंजहा । दसवेयालियं । कप्पाकप्पं । चुल्लकप्पसुयं । महाकप्पसुयं । उववाइयं । रायपसेणियं । जीवाभिगमो । पण्णवणा। महापण्णवणा।

Page #320

608.]
- I. 2 Calikasatras
293
पमायप्पमायं । णंदी। अणुओगदाराइं । देविंदत्थओ। तंदुलवेयालियं । चंदावेज्झयं । सूरपण्णत्ती । पोरिसिमंडलं। मंडलपवेलो। विज्जाचरणविणिच्छओ। गणिविज्जा । ज्जा(झा)णविभत्ती। मरणविभत्ती। आयाविसोही। वीयरायसुयं । संलेहणासुयं । विहारकप्पो । चरणविही । आउरपञ्चक्खाणं । महापञ्चक्खाणं । एवमाइयाई । से तं उक्कालियं ॥
से किं तं कालियं । कालियं अणेगविहं पण्णत्तं । तं जहा ॥ उत्तरज्झयणाई । दसाओ । कप्पो । ववहारो । णिसीहं । महाणिसीहं । इसिभासियाइं । जंबुद्दीवपण्णत्ती । दीवसागरपण्णत्ती । चंदपण्णत्ती । खुड्डियाविमाणपविभत्ती । महल्लियाविमाणपविभत्ती। अंगचूलिया। वग्गचूलिया। विवाहचूलिया। अरुणोववाए ! वरुणोववाए । गरुलोववाए। धरणोववाए । वेस मणोववाए । वेलंधरोववाए । देविंदोववाए । उटाणसुए। समुहाणसुए। णागपरियावलियाओ। णिरयावलियाओ । कप्पियाओ। कप्पवडिंसियाओ। पुल्फियाओ । पुप्फचूलियाओ। वहीदसाओ एवमाईयाई चउरासीइपइण्णगसहस्प्ताई। भगवओ अरहओ उसभसामिस्स आइतित्थयरस्स । तहा संखेज्जाइं पइण्णगसहस्साई मज्झिमगाणं जिणवराणं । चउद्दसपइण्णगसहस्साणि भगवओ वद्धमाणसामिस्स । अहवा जस्स जत्तिया सीसा । उप्पत्तियाए । वेणइयाए । कम्मियाए । पारिणामियाए । चउम्विहाए बुद्धीए उववेया । तस्स तत्तियाई पइण्णगसहस्साइं। पत्तेयबुद्धा वि तत्तिया
चेव । से तं कालियं । etc. Ends.-- fol. 45 इमं पुण पट्टवणं पडुच अमुगस्स उद्देसो समुद्दे सो अणुण्णा वा पवत्तई । खमासमणाणं हत्थेण सुत्तेणं अत्थेणं तदुभएणं अणुजाणामि ॥
॥छ ए णंदी संमत्ता ।। आसन्तृद्ध तपोगणे सुगुरवः श्रीधर्मरत्नाह्वया
स्तच्छिष्या विनयादि(दि)मण्डनवरास्तेषां विनेयो(s)न्तिमः । चित्कोशे समलीलिखञ्च गुणसौभाग्यावसूरिर्निजे ।
नदि नंदिमसौ सदा प्रथयतु ज्ञानस्य सद्वाचितः ॥ संवत् १६४८ वर्षे माघसुदि २ बुधे ॥ श्रीरस्तु ।

Page #321

294
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1 609.
Reference. -- Published along with Malayagiri Süri's commentary
in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 16. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 672ff., Indian Antiquary, vol. XXI, p: 224ff and Introduction (pp. 18 and 29ff ) to Uttaràdhyayana by Charpentier. Winternitz, Geschichte vol. II, p. 315, La Religion Djaïna (pp. 72 and 80), A History of Indian Literature vol. II. pp. 429f., 433, 442f., 452, 453n., 456n., 461n. , 472, 473n., 544n. and 592n., and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 79 ) may be also consulted.
The extract containing a list of non-Jaina works given on p. 292 is met with in Anuyogadvārasútra. It is quoted by Weber in Indische Studien vol. XVII, 9. This is reproduced by Jarl Charpentier in his introduction (p. 29) to Uttarādhyayanasūtra. He has tried on pp. 29-30 to identify these works with the well-known ones; but as he himself says he has not completely succeeded therein. Furthermore, he has there referred to Bhagavati 2, 248n.
For additional Mss. and their descriptions see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 393 and G. O Series vol. XXI, p. 38. There are Mss. of the text in the Limbdi Jaina Jñānabhandara, too. See its Catalogue No. 1498.
Nandisutra
109 (b). 1872-73.
नन्दीसूत्र
No. 609 Extent: – fol. 1555 to fol. 1702. Description.- Complete; extent 700 slokas.
Nandīsūtravivarana No. 619.
For other details see
Age.- Samyat 1474. Begins.- fol. 15565 & Il FTTE ANAITATOTT etc. Ends.-- fol. 1709 Fi(d) gor Eau etc., up to UFMOTITA as in No. 608
followed by all curs voo de FFAAT PATTARAI

Page #322

610
1. 2 Calikäsutras
295
श्रीश्रमणसंघस्य ॥ संवत् १४७४ वर्षे फाल्गुनवदि २ भौमे ग्रंथानं सूत्र सप्त शतानि वृत्तिसहितं उभयं ८५३५ संपूर्ण. Then in a smaller and probably different hand-writing we have:
भट्टारकश्रीराजसागरसूरिपट्टालंकरणश्री आचार्यश्री ५श्रीवृद्धिसागरसूरिगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ संवत(त्) १७११ वर्षे महोपाध्यायश्रीलाब्धसागरगणिशिष्यपंडितश्रीविनीतसागरगाणइं प्रति भंडार मुकी हुई । सा. कर्मचंदसत सा रूपा पासवीरहस्ते ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ।
203....
नन्दीसूत्र
Nandisutra No. 610
1871-72. Size.--94 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 29 folios ; II lines to a page ; 39 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with TTAISTS ; bold, big, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines in black ink; the space between these two pairs coloured red; numbers for foll. entered in both the margins as usual; fol. I decorated with a diagram in red colour ; fol. 296 blank; edges of the first fol. worn out to some extent ; condition tolerably good; this Ms. does not contain Brhannandi; in the left
hand margin the title is written as नंदीसूत्र. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. I': ॥ ॐ नमो(मः) श्रीवीतरागाय ॥
जयइ जगजीवजोणी etc. as in No. 608. Ends. - fol. 29a १ अणु(ण)णा १ उण्णमणी २ नमणी ३ नामणी ४ ठवणा ५प्पभावो
६ पभावणं ७ पयारो ८ तदभयहियं ९ मज्जाया १० नाउं ११ मग्गो य १२ कप्पो य १३।२।

Page #323

296
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[61I.
संगह १४ संवर १५ निज्जर १६ ठिबकरणं चेव १७ जीवबुट्टि(प)यं १८ पय १९ पवरं चेव २० तहा वीसमा(ण)णाई(इ) नामाइं । ३ ।
इति श्रीनंदीसूत्रं समाप्तं । N. B.- For further particulars see No. 608.
नन्दीसूत्र
Nandisutra No. 611
204.
1871-72. Size.— 104 in. by.4. in. Extent. — 14 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear and good hand-writing, borders mostly ruled in three lines in red ink; fol. I blank ; some of the unnumbered sides deco. rated with a small disc in red colour in the centre; the numbered, with two more, one in each of the two
margins%3 edges of the last fol. partly damaged ; condition tolearbly good ; complete ; this Ms. does not contain
Brhannandi. Age.- Old.
Begins.- fol. I ए ६ 0 ए श्रीगौतमाय नमः ॥
जयइ जगजीवजोणी etc., as in No. 608. Ends.- fol. 14
१ अणु(पा)णा १ उण्णमणी २ etc., up to बीसमणु(पा)णाइ नामाई ३ as in No. 6ro followed by नंदीसूत्रं सम्मत्तं ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥ N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 608.

Page #324

613.1
1.2 Cilikasutras
297
नन्दीसूत्र
Nandisūtra No. 612
1392().
1891-95. Extent.-- leaf 32s to leaf 354. Description.- Complete so far as it goes. For other details see
अविना 1392 (I)..
अरिहणास्तोत्र NO. 1891--95.
Subject.--- The portion up to a carui forms the Ist sútra of Nandi
sutra. This entire work seems to be a part of Bịhannandi
generally given at the end of Nandisutra. Begins.- leaf 32 अथ नंदिसत्रं ॥ नाणं पंचविहं पन्नत्तं तंजहा ।। आभिणि
बोहियनाणं । सुयनाणं । ओहिनाणं । मणपज्जवनाणं । केवलनाणं नो उब्धि
सिज्जति etc. Ends.- leaf 35 इमें पुण पट्रवणं पडुच इमस्स साहुम्स इमीए साहुणीए वा
अमुग्रस्स सुयक्खंधस्स वा उद्देसस्स अण्णाए वा नंदी पवत्तए ॥छ ।।।
नंदी सम्मत्ता ॥ छ । Reference.--- See No. 608.
नन्दीसूत्र चालावबोधसहित
Nandisutra with bālāvabodha
389. 1871-72.
No. 613
Size.— 1og in. by 41 in. Extent.- (text) 42 folios ; 7 to 11 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line.
" --(com. ) , "; 22' , , , , , 8- ", " Description.-Country paper rough, white and thin: Jaina Deva.
nāgari characters; on the whole this is a पश्चपाटी Ms.; the hand-writing of the text bigger as compared with that of
1-2 These numbers refer to a column. 38 J. L. P.]

Page #325

298
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1614.
the bālāvabodha ; clear and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; condition very good ; the bālāvabodha ends on fol. 386 and it explains the text practically up to से तं परोक्खनाणं से तं नंदी सम्मता।, the following सूत्र being से PÉE sua storaT STAFI quat etc. This Ms. does not contain BỊhannandi.
Age.- Not modern.
Author of the bālāvabodha.- Not mentioned. Subject. The text along with an explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.-- (text) fol. III & OR
FTUE FAITFiTuft etc. js - ( com. ) u ll fol. 14 TA: 11
HE T FATIT I ATAT PE TE FFA (FA)T I ete: Ends.-- (text) fol. 420 TOTUOTI JOTA OTR etc., up to afar($) 11311
as in No. 610 followed by gll si il soft II JllH ,, - com. ) fol. 386 pgo garat atraorTE I TUTTT 1 77: FE
() : Il etc. To tra FFTE I TUPA This Ms. ends here thus.
Reference.--- For a Ms. containing the text and its bālāvabodha see
Limbdi Catalogue No. 1502 and for one having the text and ţabbā see No. 1503.
नन्दीसूत्रचूर्णि
Nandisutracurņi ( anaggio)
( Nandisuttacuņni) No. 614
1197.
1884-87. Size.— 104 in. by 11 in. Extent.-- 29 folios; 15 lines to a page; so letters to a line.

Page #326

614.1
1. 2 Calikasatras
299
Description.-Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. 1a and 296 blank ; foll. 4 to 24 numbered twice on one and the same page but in different margins ; so are the foll. 27 to 29; there is some space kept blank in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well; edges of the 3oth fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good; complete; extent 1400 ślokas; composed(?) in Säka
598..
Age.-- Not modern. Author.-Not mentioned. According to the tradition Jinadasa
Gani Mahattara. Subject. - A commentary to Nanaisútra in Präkrit and Sanskrit
languages. Begins.- fol. 1 ॥ए ६0॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय[:] ॥
__सव्वसुतस्कं( ख )व(ध तादीणं मंगलाधिकारे शंदि ति वत्तव्वा गंदणं
otęî etc. Ends.-- fol. 29* इमा विही सू(मू)यं दु(हुँ)गा(का)रं गाहा ॥ गुरुणो अणुउ(ओ)गकहणे इमा विही सुत्तत्थो खलु गाहा ॥
जन्न(न) भणितमूणं वा अतिरित्तं वा वि अहव विपरीत समा(म्म)णुयोगधरा कहिङ काउं समक्खंति ।
'णिरेण'गामेत्त महासहा [सदा] जिनो(ता)
पम्यती संखजोग द्धि(:)ताकुला॥ कमद्धि(?)ता(ता.) वीसंत चिततक्खरो
अनु(डु) काहयतं आभधाणकमुणो म(सोकराझो पंचस वर्षशतेषु व्यतिकातेषु अष्टनवतिषु ।। नंदिअध्ययनचूर्णिणः समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ पं० ग १५०० ॥ छ ॥ श्री ॥ छ ॥ २॥
1.
In the printed edition it is as under:सकराजातो पंचमु वर्षशतेषु नंयध्ययनचूर्णी सम:प्ता इति॥ ग्रंथा ग्रं ॥१५०० ॥

Page #327

300
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 615
Reference.- Published along with Haribhadra Suri's commentary
on Nandisutra in Rsabhdevji Kesarimalji Samstha, Rutlam in A. d. 1928. For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1499 where the date of composition is recorded as Śaka 598
नन्दीसूत्रविवरण
Nandisūtravivaranã
757. No. 615
1899-1915. Size.-- 11f in. by si in. Extent.-- 120+1+1=122 folios ; g lines to a page ; 32 letters to a
line. Description. - Country paper thick, tough and white; Laina Deva
nāgaricharacters; big, not quite legible and very fair handwriting; borders not ruled; toll. mostly numbered in both the margins; fol. 1a blank; fol. 21 repeated; fol. 112 practically doubly copied ; thus there is a dittographical error;
complete ; extent 2336 ślokas ; condition very good. Age.- Modern. Author - Haribhadra Sūri, who is well-known as Yäkini-mabattara
súnu, a devotee of Jinabhadra (2). Subject - A commentary in Sanskrit on Nandisútra, wherein we
find quoations in Prakrit and Sanskrit as well. It is said that Haribhadra has utilized Jinadāsa Gani's curņi on the
Nandisutra. Begins. -- fol. 1 TA: Father
जयति भुवनैकभानुः सर्वथा विहितकेवलालोकः ।।
नित्योदितः स्थिरस्तापवर्जितो वद्धमानजिनः ।। इह सर्वेणैव संसारिणा सरेवन नारकतिर्यङ्नरामरगतिनिबंधनाऽनेकशारीरमानसा अतितीव्रतरदुक्खोखो)ऽघसंस्थानपीडितेन जातिजरामरणशोकstorytmat(a)aranemaeraatoritatea mar [37]or(a) topma Hiwi Pa

Page #328

616.1
1. 2 Calikāsätras
301
पीडानिर्वेदात्तत्परित्यागाय निरातिशयालोकसुखााभलाषाच तदवाप्तये आत्म
परतुल्यचित्तेन सर्वथा स्तु( स्व )परोपकाराय प्रवर्तितव्यामिति etc. Ends.- fol. 120* आह परिनिष्टा(ष्टा) सप्तम इत्युक्तं त्रयश्वानुयोगप्रकारास्तदेतत्कथ
मित्यत्रोच्यते विनेयगणं विज्ञाय त्रयाणामन्यतमप्रकारेण सप्तवारका(रणादविरोध(धा)दित्या(त्यो)घविनेयविषयं तावत् सूत्रं न पुनः स एव नियमविधिरुद्धटितसविनेयानां सकल्ल(च्छ)क्ष(ब)ण एवाशेषग्रहणदर्शनादलं विस्तरेण सेत्तमी(मि)त्यादि तदेतत् कु(श्रुति(नि)ज्ञानमिति (नि)गमनं स(से)त्त(त)मित्यादि तत्परोक्षमिति निगमनमेव नयध्ययनविवरणं समाप्तम् ॥ छ ।
यदिहोत्सूत्रमज्ञानात् व्याख्यातं तद् बहुश्रुतेः(तैः)
क्षतव्यं कस्य सम्मोह(6) लघण्य(?)स्तस्य जायते नंद्यध्ययनविवरणं कृत्वा यदवाप्तमिह मया पुण्यं
तेन खलु जीवलोको लभतां जिनशासने नंदी(दी) कृतिः से(सि)तांबराचार्यजिनभद्रपादसेवकस्य हरिभद्रेस्यति ग्रंथाग्रं २३३६
शुभं भवतु ।। छ छ छ छ छ Reference.- Published by Rsabhadevji Kesarimalji Saristhā,
Rutlam in A. D. 1928.
नन्दीसूत्रविवरण
Nandisutravivarana
110 No. 616
1872-73. Size.- IoT in. by 4, in. Extent.— 89 - I = 88 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a
line.
Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; big, legible and fair hand-writing ; borders indifferently ruled in two lines in red ink ; yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; un
१. 'छद्मस्थस्य न जायते' इति स्यात् ।

Page #329

302
Jarna Literature and Philosophy
[617. numbered sides have a very small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; the first fol. missing ; otherwise complete ; this Ms. contains the affres of text; extent 3:36 ślokas; condi
tion good. Age.- Samvat 1650. Begins.-- fol. 2- विज्ञार्थादेव दस्मादभिलिखितार्थावाप्तिः प्राणिनामित्यतः प्रारभ्यते
अर्हद्वचनानुयोगः । अयं च परमपदप्राप्तिहेतुत्वात् श्रेयोभूतो वर्त्तते श्रेयांसि बहुविघ्नानि भवंति यथोक्तं
श्रेयांसि बहुविघ्नानि भवंति महतामपि
अश्रेयसि प्रवृत्तानां क्वापि यांति विनायकाः ।' etc. Ends.- fol. 89b पर(रि)निष्टा सप्तम इत्युक्तं etc., up to जिनभद्रपादसेवकस्य
हरिभद्रस्येति as in No. 615 followed by the lines as under :
ग्रंथाग्रं ३३३६ श्रीरस्तु शुभं भवतु श्रीसंघस्य संवत् १६५० वर्षे अश्वनिवदि १५ दिने 'उसमापुर'मध्ये लषिता ग. दर्शनसागरेण । श्री ॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 615. ..
नन्दीसूत्रविवरण
Nandisutravivarana
1270. No. 617
1886-92. Size:-- 10, in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 164 + 1 = 165 folios, 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a
line. Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Jaina Deva
nagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs%3 bold, sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; mostly the numbers for the foll. are entered twice, once
1:
1 This verse is quoted by Haribhadra Sūri in his svopajña commentary to Anekāntajayapatākåprakaraña. See also Sīlānka Sūri's commentary on the Ācārāngasutra.

Page #330

617.1
1. 2 Calikasftras
303
in each of the two margins ; foll. 146 and 163 also numbered at the top as%, R etc; fol. 1a blank ; the first two foll. slightly torn in more than one place%3; the ath and the sth foll. have their edges damaged ; yellow pigment used; condition tolerably good ; fol. 154 repeated ; complete ;
7732 Slokas. Age.--- Pretty old. Author.--- Malayagiri Suri.
Subject.- Nandisutra explained in Sanskrit with the help of the
cārni and Haribhadra Suri's commentary. Begins.--. fol.
I 0 ॐ नमः ॥ जयति भुवनैकभानुः सर्वत्रा(था) विहितकेवलालोकः । नित्योदितः स्थिरस्तापवजितो वर्द्धमानजिनः ॥१॥ जयति जगदेकमंगलमपहतनिःशेषदुरितघनतिमिर(रं)।
रविबिंबमिव यथास्थितवस्तुविकाशं जिने वचः ॥२॥ इह सर्वेणैव संसारमध्यमध्यासीनेन जंतुना नारकतिर्यग्नरामरगतिबंधनविविधशारीरमानसानेकदुःखोपनिपातपीडितेन पीडानिर्वेदितः संसारपरिजिहीर्षया जन्मजरामरणरोगशोकाद्यशेषोपद्रवाऽसंस्पृश्यपरमानंदरूपनिःश्रेयसपदमधिरोदु(दु)कामेण तदवाप्तये स्वपरसममानसीभूय स्वपरोपकाराप(य) यतितव्यं ।। तत्रापि महत्यामांशप( ? य )विशुद्धौ परोपकृतिः कर्तुं शक्यते । इत्याशयविशुद्धिप्रकर्षसंपदे(? पाद)नाय विशेषतः परोपकारे यत्न आस्थेयः परोपकारश्च द्विधा द्रव्यतो भावतश्वं । तत्र द्रव्यतो विविधान् पानधनकांचनादिप्रदानज[य]नितः स चानकांतिकः कदाचित्ततो विशूच(चि)कादिदोषसंभवत उपकारासंभव...' व्यात्पतिकः क्रियत्कालमात्रपावित्वात । भावतो जिनप्रणीत. धर्मसंपादनजनितः स चैकांतिकः कदाचिदपि ततो दोषाऽसंभवात् आत्यं तिकश्च परंपरया शाश्वतिका मोक्षसौख(ख्य )संपादकत्वात् । जिनप्रणतो(5)पि च धर्मो द्विधा श्रुतधर्मश्चारित्रे(त्र)धम(म)श्च तत्र श्रुतधर्मः स्वाध्यायश्वारित्रधर्मः क्षात्यादिरूपो दशधा श्रमणधर्मः (1) उक्तं च ।
सुसुयधम्मो सज्जाउ(ओ) चारतधम्मो समणधम्मो ।
i See No. 615. 2 Letters are gone since the corresponding portion of the paper is worn out.

Page #331

304
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 617.
तत्र श्रुतधर्म संपत्समन्विता एव प्रायश्चारित्रधर्माभ्युपगमयथावत्परिपालनसमा भवतीति प्रथमतस्तत्प्रदानमेव न्याय्यं तत्र परमाहत्यमहिमोपशोभितभगवद्वर्धमानस्वामिनिवेदितमर्थमवधार्य गणभृतसुधर्मस्वामिना तत्संतानवर्तिभिश्चान्यैरपि सूत्रप्रदानमकारि । न च सूत्रादविज्ञातादभिलिखि(षि)तार्थावाप्तिरुपजायते । ततः प्रारंभणीयः प्रवचनानुयोगः स च परमपदप्राप्तिहेतुत्वात् श्रेयोभूतः । श्रेयांसि च बहुविघ्नानि भवति । यत उक्तं
श्रेयांसि बहुविध्नानि भवंति महतामपि ।
अश्रेयसि प्रवृत्तानां क्वापि यांति विनायकाः ॥' इति ततोऽस्य प्रारंभ एव सकलप्रत्यूहोपशमनाय मंगलाधिकारे नंदिर्वक्तव्यः
अथ नंदिरिति कः शब्दार्थः उच्यते etc. Ends.- fol. 164 अथवा कंचिन्मंदमतिविनेयमाधकृत्य तदुक्तं द्रष्टव्यम् । न पुनरेष
एव श्रवणविधिनियम उद्घटितज्ञविन(ने)यानां सकृत् श्रवणत एवावशेषग्रहणदर्शनादिति कृतं प्रसंगेन । सेतमित्यादि । तदेतत् श्रुतज्ञानं तदेतत् परोक्षमिति ।। छ ।
नंद्यध्ययनं पूर्व प्रकाशितं येन विषमभावार्थम् । तस्मै श्रीचूर्णिकृते नमोऽस्तु विदुषे परोपकते ॥१॥
मध्ये समस्तभूपीठं यशो यस्याभिवर्द्धत ।।
तस्मै श्रीहरिभद्राय नमष्टीकाविधायिने ॥२॥ वृत्तिर्वा चूर्णिा रम्या( 5)पि न मंद(मे)धसां योग्या । अभवदिह न तेषामुपकृतये यत्न एष कृतः।३॥ बह्वर्थ नंद्यध्ययनं तित्थए(?) विवृण्वता कुशलम् । यदवापि मलयगिरिणा सिाद तेनाश्नुतां लोकः ॥ ४ ॥
अर्हतो मंगलं मे स्युः सिद्धाश्च मम मंगलम् ।
साधवो मंगलं सम्यग् जैनो धर्मश्च मंगलम् ॥ ५॥ इति श्रीमलयगिरिवरचिता नंद्यध्ययनटीका संपूर्णा ग्रंथायं ७७३२
शिवमस्तु सव(वोजीवानां । छ । Reference. - Published. See No. 608. For an additional Ms. see
Limbdi Catalogue No. 1500.
1.
See p. 302.

Page #332

618.]
1. 2 Calikasutras
305
नन्दीसूत्रविवरण
Nandisutravivarna
276. No. 618
1885-1884. Size.- II in. by 4g in. Extent. -98 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 70 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्रा; small, bold, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; the ist, in both the margins; there is some space kept blank in the centre of the numbered and unnumbered sides as well so that it forms a pattern so to say ; fol. ta blank; edges of the first and the last three foll. slightly worn out ; foll. SI to 73 more or less worm-eaten; condition very fair ; complete.
Age.-- Samvat 1682. Begins.- fol. I ॥ ६ 01 ॐ नमो जिनाय ।
जयति भुवनैकभानुः सर्वत्राविहतकेवलालोकः । नित्योदितः स्थिरस्तापवर्जितो वर्द्धमानाजनः ॥ (१) etc.
ततोऽस्य प्रारंभ एव सकलप्रत्यूहोपशमनाय मंगलाधिकारे नंदिवक्तव्यः ।
अथ नंदिरिति कः शब्दार्थ उच्यते etc. Ends.--fol. 98 न पुनरेष एव सर्वत्र श्रवणविधिनियम उद्घटितविनेयानां सचन्द्रवणत
एवाशेषग्रहणदर्शनादिवि(ति) कृतं प्रसंसे(गे)न से तू(त्त )मित्यादि तदेतच्छ्रुतज्ञानं तदेतत्परोक्षमिति । छ।
नंद्यध्ययनं पूर्व प्रकाशितं येन विषमभावार्थ । तस्मै श्रीचूर्णिकृते नमोऽस्तु विदुषे परोपकते १ मध्येसमस्तभूपीठं यशो यस्याभिवर्द्धते । तस्मै श्रीहरिभद्राय नमष्टीकाविधायिने । २॥ वृत्तिर्वा चूर्णि; रम्या(s)पि न मंदमेधसं(सां) योग्या।
अभवदिह तेन तेषां उपकृतये यत्न एष कृतः (॥३॥) 39 U. L. P.1

Page #333

300
Juina Literature and
hilosophy
[619
बह्वर्थमल्पता(श)ब्दं नंद्यध्य पनं विवृण्वता कुशलं।' यदवापि मलयांगरिणा सिद्धिं तेनाश्नुतां लोकः ॥ ४॥ अर्हतो मंगलं मे स्युः सिद्धाश्च मम मंगलं (।) साधवो मंगलं सम्यक् जि(जै)नो धर्मश्च मंगलं
छ इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितम नंद्यध्ययनीका समाप्तः । छ शुभं भवतु
संवत् १६८२ वर्षे कार्तिकमासे शुक्लपक्षे चतुर्थीतिथौ. सोमदिने मंह गोवर्धनेन लिपीकृतः । छ etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 617.
नन्दीसूत्रविवरण
Nandisūtravivarana
109 (al. No. 619
1872-73. Size.-- 12 in. by 4g in. Extent. — 170 folios; 14 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a lire. Description.--- Country paper rough and greyish ; Jaina Devanagari
characters wkh पृष्टमात्राs, big, legible, good and uniforny hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between these pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used : foll. numbered in the right-band margin; annumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre; the numbered, in each of the two margins, too; foll. 14 and 1700 blank; this Ms. contains garies of the text; complete; extent 7832 ślokas; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. Nandisútra which begins on fol. 1556 and
ends on fol. 170* ; condition good. Age.-- Samvat I474. Begins.-- fol.
1 0 0 नमो जिनाय॥
जयति भुवनैकानुः etc.

Page #334

620.1
1. 2 Calikasutras
307
Ends.- fol. 155 अथवा किंचिन्मंदमति etc., up to नंद्यध्ययनटीका
practically as in No. 617 fallewed by the lines as under:--
समाप्ता ॥ छ । ग्रंथा ७८३२ ॥छ ॥ शुभं भवतु चतुर्वधश्रश्रिक (म)गमंघस्य ॥छ ॥ कल्याणमस्तु लेखकपाठकयोः शिवमस्तु ॥छ॥ N. B.---. For further particulars see No. 618.
नन्दीसूत्रविवरणदुर्गपदव्याख्या
Nandisūtravivaranadurgapadavyākhyā
No.620
"730. 1892-95.
Size.— 93 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 6 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.---Country paper very thin and whitish; Jaina Devana
gari characters with पृष्ठमात्रा; bold, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; there is some space kept blank in the centre of the numbered and the unnumbered sides as well; this is so done that it forms a pattern ; fol. 6a blank ; in the left hand margin the title.is
written as action to condition very good. Age.-Old. Author-Sricandra Süri, pupil of Dhanesvara Suri. His earlier
name was Parsvadeva Gani. See G.O. Series vol. XXI,
p. 21. Subject.— A small gloss on Nandisūtra styled as Durgapadavyakhya. Begins.- fol. 1 सम्यागित्येवं गुाराधनविषयत्वेनाष्टावपि गुणा व्याख्यायते श्रुताबाप्तौ मूलोपायात्वदुर्वाराधनाया इति गाथार्थः
श्रीधनेश्वरसूरीणां पादपद्मोपजीविना । नदिवृत्तौ कता ब्या(ख्या) श्रीमच्छ्रीचंद्रसूरिणा।

Page #335

308
[ 621 -
समाप्ता चेयं नद्यध्ययनटीकायां
श्रीशीलभद्रप्रभुश्री धनेश्वरसूरि
शिष्यश्री चंद्रसूरिविरचिता दुर्गपदव्याख्या छ । स(से) तत्तं नंदी सम ति वचनादाचार्य पदस्थापनायानु| ग्योमतु ] योगानुज्ञात्रिषये () यं नंदिरेतावप्रमाणा समर्थितेति । etc.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends. --- fol. st अनुज्ञा १ उन्नमना २ नमनीश । नामनी ४ स्थापना ५ प्रभवः ६ प्रभावना ७ । प्रचार । ८ तदुभयं । ९ हितं १० मर्यादा ११ न्याय्य १२ मार्गश्व १३ | कल्पव १४ । संग्रह १५ । संवरः १६ । निर्जरा १७ स्थितिकरणं १८ जीवतिवृद्धिपदं १९ पदप्रवरं २० इति विंशतिरेतेषां च पदानामर्थः संप्रदायाभावान्नोच्यते ॥ छ ॥
इति समाप्ता श्रीशील भद्रप्रभुश्रीधनेश्वरसूरिशिष्य श्री चंद्रसूरिविरचिता नंदिटीकायां दुर्गपदव्याख्या ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ छ ॥ स्व (स्वे) कष्टे ( ( ) ति ( भि) निधाय कष्टमधिकं मा स्म (मेऽन्यदा जायतां व्याख्यानेऽस्य तथाविधे सुमनसामललश्रुतानाममुं ।
इत्यालोचयता तथापि किमपि प्रोक्तं मया तत्र च
दुर्व्याख्यानविशोधनं विदधतु प्राज्ञाः परार्थोयताः ॥ १ ॥ इति श्रीनंदीहि (टिप्पन का संपूर्णः (र्णा ) ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
Reference. — For another Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III - IV, p. 397 and see for extracts Peterson, Reports V,
Pp. 202-203.
नन्दी सूत्रविषमपदपर्याय
No. 621
Nandisūtraviṣamapadaparyaya
736 (17).
1875-76.
Extent. -- fol. 16 to fol. 174.
Description. Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukapar
736 (1). 1875-76.
yāya No.
Subject. Difficult words etc., occurring in Nandisutra explained
in Sanskrit.

Page #336

1623.]
1. 2 Calikashtras
309
Begins.--- fol. 16 , ० ए ॐ नमो जिनाय ।
जयतीति जेतव्यजयेन विजयते । ऐकांतिक इति नैश्चयिकः । आत्यंतिक
इति अव्यवच्छेदपरः etc. IEnds.--- fol. I7° शार्दूलादि करोति पउप्पए पछोपको । सगरसुयाण इति पर्यते
यतः। सगरस्य जितशत्रुभ्रातृजः । इति नदिविषमपदपर्यायाः सम थिताः । छ।
नन्दीसूत्र
Nandisutraविषमपदपर्याय
vişamapadaparyāya
789 (17). No. 622
1895-1902. 'Extent.-- foi. 24 to fol. 260. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukapar
789 (1).
yaya No. 1895-1902
Begins.--- fol. 24° ॐ नमो जिनाय ।
जपतीति जेतव्य etc., as in No. 621. Ends.--- fol. 26° शार्दूलादि करोति पउप्पर पछोपको etc., as in No. 621.
N. B.-- For other details see No. 621.
नन्दीसूत्र
Nandisutraविषमपदपर्याय
vişamapadaparyāya
332 (1). No. 623
A 1882-83. Size.-- 98 in. by 4t in. Extent.-- 61 folios; 15 lines to a page; 43 letters to a line.

Page #337

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[623
Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 1 blank except that the title farefaf: is written there; results pertaining to gurupăñcamāsika etc. tabulated on foll. 58 and 592; yellow pigment used; complete so far as it goes; some of the foll. of this Ms. have stuck together probably owing to the presence of gum in the ink used; so unless they are separated, it is not possible to mention all the additional works contained here. So a tentative list is being given as under: --
310
( 1 ) दशवैकालिकसूत्रपर्याय
( 2 ) ओघनिर्युक्तिपर्याय
( 3 ) पिण्डनिर्युक्तिविषमपदपर्याय (4) पिण्डनिर्युक्तिविषमगाथाविवरण
5) उत्तराध्ययनबृहदवृत्तिपर्याय 6) आचाराङ्गसूत्रपर्याय (7) सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रयय ( 8 ) स्थानाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
( 9 ) समवायाङ्गस्त्रपर्याय
( 10 ) भगवती सूत्रपर्याय
( 11 ) जीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय
(12) जीवाभिगमसूत्रवृत्तिपर्याय
( 13 ) प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय
( 14 ) प्रज्ञापनासूत्र विवरण विषम पर्याय (15) जीतकल्पसूत्रपदपर्याय
No. 27
""
""
در
در
در
25288
""
57
123 210 >> 213 » 230 ,, 233 602
74
86
foll. ? to 22b
226
Age. Samvat 1672.
Begins.-- fol. 1 नमः श्रीवीतरागाय | नमः ॥
zgaita Haze etc., as in No. 621. Ends. fol. 3 qq etc., as in No. 621. N. B.-- For other details see No. 621.
در
""
:>
""
دو
""
در
رد
در
39
232
23b
29a
51a
532
53a "" 542
55a
""
342
36b
412
44b
472
""
333333
232
23b
292
34a
36b
41
44b
472
Sia
53a
54a
55a
58b

Page #338

625.
I. 2 Calikasutras
311
स्थविरावली (थेरावली)
Sthavirāvali (Theravali)
No 624
641(d). 1892-95.
Extent.--- fol. 21 to fol. 220.
Description.--- Complete. For other details see Upadesamala
641 (a).
1892-95.. Author.- Devarddhi Gani alias Deva Vācaka. Subject.-- List of the sthaviras. This work is a part and parcel of
Nandisutra. Compare the beginning of Avaśyakasūtra
niryukti, Begins.- fol. 21
जयइ जगजीवजोणी विआणओ जगगुरु(रू) जगाणंदो।
जगनाहो जगबंधू जयइ जगपियामहो भयवं ॥१॥ Ends..- fol. 220
मे अन्ने भगवंते कालियसुअ( आ )ण(ण)ओगिए धीरे । ते पणमिऊण सिरसा नाणस्स परूवणं बुच्छं॥५०॥
इति श्रीस्थाविरावली समाप्ता । छ Reference.--- Published. See No. 608. Cf. a Ms. numbered as
3128 in the Limbdi Catalogue.
स्थविरावली
Sthavirāvali
No. 625
826 (). 1892-95.
Extent.-- fol. 3372 to fol. 339* Description.--- Complete. For other details see Sasvatacaityastotra
No 826 (a).
- 1892-95.
I
This is the 43rd verse in the printed edition.

Page #339

312
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[626.
Begins.--- fol. 337° ५ ६ ॥
जयइ जगजीवजोणी वियाणओ जगगुरू जगाणंदो।
जगनाहो जगबंध जयइ जगपियामहो भयवं ॥१॥ etc.. Ends.--- fol. 339
जे अन्ने भगवते कालियसुयअ(? आ )णुओगिए धीरे। ते पणमिऊण सिरसा नाणस्स परूवणं बुच्छं. ॥ ५० ॥
थिरावालया सम्मत्ता । N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 624.
स्थविरावली
Sthavirāvali
No. 626
73 (). 1880-81.
Extent.-- leaf 640 to leaf 674,
Description.-- Incomplete; according to the printed edition, it ends
with the 24th verse and not the 26th. For further parti
culars see opadesamala NO. 1880-81.. Begins.--- leaf 64
जयइ जगजीवजोणी etc. Ends. -~-leaf 67* जसभई ओ(तुं )गियं बंदे संभूयं चेव माढरं
मद्दबाहुं च पाइन्न । थूलभदं च गोयमं ॥ २६ ॥
छ । इति थिरावली समाप्ता ॥ N. B.--- For other details see No. 624.Cf.a Ms. numbered as
3129 in the Limbdi Catalogue.

Page #340

628.]
1.2 Calikasatras
313
स्थविरावली
Stha virāvali No. 627
652.
11884-86. Size.-- 9 in. by 4 in. Extent. - 3 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. Description.--- Country paper rough and white; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with occasional TEATS; big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; complete; condition very
good.
Age.-- Pretty old. Begins. — fol. roll toll flerard FA !!
Hur straie etc. Ends.-- fol. 36 strat etc., up to ges as in No. 624 followed by
80 II • at spilret sarlferrafsh HATT lliri galet rofara t i
etc. N. B.--- For other details see No. 624.
स्थविरावली
Sthavirāvali No. 628
610 (o).
1884-86. Extent.— fol. 66 to fol. 76. Description.- Incomplete ; it ends abruptly with the eulogy of
the sangha; this Ms. contains only the first ten verses which, too, are not free from mistakes. For other details see प्रतिलेखनकुलक No. -
610 (a).
1884-86. 40 (J. L. P.)

Page #341

314
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 629.
Begins.- fol. 6°
जांजगजोणीवीयाणा जगगळं जग्गाणंना etc. Ends:-- fol. 70
तब संजनीय लंका रीयरामोहरीय दधनीचं जा संघचंद नीमल समतत्रीसुधजीनाथां ? परीतथगय संगसय तवतीयदीतलेसस
नाणंजुश्मजगे तदंतमसंघमुरस १० लगक्रीत नेमचनी आतमाअरथे ॥ श्रीसरसती ममो नमनी N. B.- For other details see No. 624.
स्थविरावली
Sthavirāvali अवचू रेसहित
wit! av.cari
390 No. 629
1871-72. Size.--- Iol in. by 41 in. Extent.- (text) 3 folios ; 6 to to lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line.
, - (com.),, ,, 21',, ,, ,, , , 10° , , , Description.-Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs: this is a पश्चगटी Ms; this Ms. contains the tex: and a small commentary; the text is written in a bigger hand-writing as compared with one for avacůri ; legible, fairly uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; both the text and the avacúri complete ; condition very good except that
edges ot some of the foll. are slightly damaged. Age.--.Pretty old. , Author of the avacari- Not mentioned. Subject. The text along with a brief explanation in Sanskrit.
1-2
These numbers reler to a column.

Page #342

630.1
I. 2 Culikasutras
315
Begins.- (text ) fol. 1॥६० ॥ ओ (3)।
जयइ जगजीवजोणी etc. ,, -( com. ) fol. I॥ ६०॥ नमः श्रीवर्द्ध मानाय । श्रीगच्छेशभी मेरुतुंग
सूरिगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ ___ श्रीआवश्यकसूत्रनियुकिविषयः प्रायो दुर्गपदार्थः कथामा नियुक्त्युक्तं च लिख्यते । इह श्रीदेववाचकेत्यपरनामा देवद्धिंगाणानपचकरूपं
नंदिग्रंथं वक्तुकामा मंगलार्थपूर्वमावलिका(का) अभिधित्सु' etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 3'जे अन्ने etc., up to तुच्छं as in No. 624 follow
ed by the lines as under:
॥४९॥ आर्भािगबोही(हि)नाणं० ५० इति स्थविरावली श्रीरत्नचंद्रोपाध्यायानां ॥ __ -- ( com. ) fol. 3' जे अन्ने० ये अन्येऽतीता भाविनश्च
भगवंतः श्रुतालेश्वर्यभाजः कालिक:श्रुतानुयोगिनो धीराः etc. नंदिनामकमध्ययनमहं दूष्यगणिशिष्यो देववाचक(को) वक्ष्ये ॥ ५० ॥ इति स्थविरावलीविवरण ॥ अर्ह इह हि श्रीभद्रबाहुः श्रीआवश्यकनियुक्तिं विरचयनादौ मंग ठार्थ etc. भावनंदिस्तु ज्ञानपंवकं तच्चेदं । आनिणियो० ॥५०॥ शुभं भवतु | etc.
स्थविरावली
Sthavirāvali टब्बासाहित
with tabbā No. 630
713 (8).
... . 1899-105.89 Size. - 9 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- (text) 7 folios ; 4 to 5 lines to a page ; 4n to 42 letters to
a line. , -(rabia), ,; 10 , ,,,, ; 58 , ,
a line.

Page #343

316
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 630.
Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
någari characters with ATETIS ; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear tabbā; the former written in bigger hand-writing as compared with that of the tabba ; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; condition very good ; incomplete though the numbering of toll. is continuous; for, hand-writing etc. differ and over and above the work on fol. 3a is altogether different; it is a portion of Catuḥśaraṇa with tabbā noted in the first part of D. C. J. M. (vol. xvii ) as No. 281.
Age.- Old. . Author of the tabbā.- Not mentioned. Subject. - About - 15 gåthās of the Sthavirävali along with its
explanation in Gujarati, Begins.-- (text) fol. 1 ...... जय जगजीवजोणी etc. , (com.) fol. 1. HTVA TATT ET T Sera Teri Tutto
fra TOTT staatsaft of grafoa etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 20
जीवदयासंदरकंदर(क)(हरोयमुणिवरमइंदअ( इ )न्नस्स हेउस्स( स )यघाउपगलंतरत्त(?)दित्तोसहिगुहस्स १४
TEAT. This work ends thus abruptly. »--com. ) fol. 26 F RE SET TS atait tout sureste ani.
This work ends thus abruptly. Reference. See No. 613.

Page #344

63
1. 2 Calikasatras
317
स्थविरावलीवृत्ति बालावबोधसहित
Sthavirāvalīvrtti with bálāvabodha
No. 631
1347 (8). 1891-95.
Size.— 104, in: by 44 in. Extent. -85 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 64 letter; to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters; very small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled mostly in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; yellow pigment used profusely at the end ; this Ms. contains mostly the gates of the text; both the Sanskrit and Gujarati commentaries end on fol. 33; both complete; condition very good ; this Ms. contains in addition the following 12 works:( 1 ) आवश्यकपीठिकाविवरण (बालावबोध ) foll 3 to 13° (2) लघुवरवरिका
., 13, 22 (3) वृद्धारबारकादीपिका
,, 22, 32 (4) उपसर्ग (5) समवसरणावचूरि (6) गणधरावल्यवरि (7) सामाचारीदीपिका
, 420, 450 (8) उपोद्धातनियुक्ति
, 45° ,, 6r* (9) नमस्कारनियुक्ति -
61,700 ( 10 ) सामायिकनियुक्त्यवचूरि ( 1 ) चतुर्विशतिस्तवदीपिका
, 75°,, 78° ( 12 ) वन्दनकनियुक्तिदीपिका
32,360
366
। 400
"20
22 NA+ Aww
.
.
..
70,75
175b.
... 786,850.
This is followed by a commentary on saatagit but its portion on fol. 856 is less legible on account of yellow pigment profusely used there ; moreover, this commentary.. ends abruptly.

Page #345

318
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[632.
Age.- Pretty old. Author of balavabodha-Not mentioned. Subject.-- Explanations in Sanskrit and Gujarati pertaining to Stha
virāvali. Begins.-- fol. I जर(इ) जगजीवजाणी०।१। भगवान् जयते । भगवंत परमेश्वर
जयवंत वर्तइ । विशिटो भगवान् । जगज्जीवयोनिविज्ञायकः । पुनः किंविशिष्टः । जगद्मः । पुनः किं० । जगदानंदः पुनः किं० । जगन्नाथः । पुन: किं । जगन्पितामहो यो भगवान् ॥१॥ जयड सुयाणं ।
महात्मा महावीरो जयाते। etc. Ends.-- ( text) fol. 30
जे अन्ने भगवते । कालियसुअ(आ)णु ओगिए धीरे।
ते पणमिऊण सिरसा । नाणस्स परूवणं वुत्थं(च्छं) ॥ ५० ॥ ,, –'com.) fol. 3° येऽन्ये अतीता मा वनश्च भगवंतः । श्रुतरत्ने(न्न)श्वर्यभाजः
काश्रुिनु गगिर धीराः तान् शिरसा प्रणम्य । ज्ञानस्य मन्यादिपंच. भेदस्य । प्ररूपणां प्रसाणाकारि । नदिनामकमध्ययनं । अहं दूधगणिशिष्यो देववाचका(को) वक्ष्ये - balan ) fol. 3" जे ओरा अतीत तथा भावी विद्यमान भगवतं । कालिक श्रुाना अनुयोगधारी । आचार्य गगधर ते मस्तकई करीनइ प्रणमउं । ते प्रणमीनइ हूं दूष्यगाणनु शिष्य । देवद्धिंगाण वाचक इस्यइ नामइ । नंदीसूत्रनइ आदि । तथा श्रीआवाकनी आदि भद्रबाहुस्वामिइ १ पंच ज्ञान तणी प्ररूपणा बोलइ छइ । मंगलीकनइ आर्थि ज्ञान पंचना विचार जूजूआ कहेसि । शिष्यना अनुग्रह साटिइं । सर्व मंगलीक माहि सारमंक(ग)लीकतिछा? रइ ज्ञानप्रधान मंगलीक जाणिवू ॥ छ॥
इति श्रीस्थविरावली श्रीदेवद्धगणिना कृता समाप्तेयम् । Reference. - For a Ms. having Sthavilavali and an anonymous
commentary see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3130.
स्थविरावल्यवरि
Sthavirāvalyavacūri
1381. 1886-92.
.
.
No. 6323. : ... .. Size. - Top in. by 4g in...

Page #346

633.]
I. 2 Calikasatras
319
Extent.-- 3 folios ; 21 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with guaraS; small, legible, uniform and good hand--writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; this Ms. contains the stars of the text;
complete3; condition very good. Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.- A small commentary in Sanskrit dealing with the eulogy
of sthaviras.
Begins.-- fol. I. ५ ६ 0 ए जर जा. जगति इंद्रियविषयगायघातिकर्मादिशत्रगण
पराजयात् सर्वानप्यतिशेते जगर धर्माधमोकाशपुद्रलास्तिकायरूपं जीव(वोति प्राणान धारयंतीति जीवा इति जीवास्तिकायग्रहणं । युरू मिश्रणे ।युवति तेजसफार्मगशरीरवंतः संत औदारिकेण वैक्रियेण वा शरीरेण अस्ति(स्ती)ति योनगे जीवोत्पतिस्थानानि तासां विविधमकप्रकारमुत्पादायनंतधर्मात्मकतया
जानातीति। etc. Ends.- fol. 30 एवमावलिकाक्रमेण महापुरुषाणां स्तवमभिधाय संप्रति सामान्येन
श्रुतधरनमस्कारमाह । जे अ० । येऽन्येऽतीता भाविनश्च भगवंत श्रु(रतरत्ननिकरपूरत-बात् । समौश्वदिनंतः कालिक : श्रुगानुयोगिनः। तान् प्रणम्य ज्ञा स्याभिनिबोधिकादेः पू( प्र )रूपणाकारकमध्यय..(i) वक्ष्ये क (एव)माह उच्यते । दूषगणिनामा'......शिष्यो देववाचकः ।। इति स्थिरस्थ)विरावलिकावचूरिः ॥छ॥
स्थविरारल्यवरि No.633
Sthavirāvalyavacūri
260. 1873-74
Size.- 10] in. by 48 in.
1
The correrponding portion is gone.

Page #347

320
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1634.
Extent.-- 4 folios ; 74 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish; Jaina Deva
Dāgari characters with TTATGT; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ; condition very fair ; fol. 40 blank ; this Ms. contains the gres of the Stha virāvali; complete ; the scribe has styled this work as Stha
virävalikāvacũri Age.- Fairly old. Author.- Not mentioned. Subject.– A small commentary in Sanskrit to Sthavirāvali. Begins.- fol. 1 g 0 g Toto stufat staafar Teramanlfsstraina
पराजयात् । etc. Ends. — fol. 4* *Ta guerra antaraalpara: TETOTTETCAETT (41) * __ क (एव)माह उच्यते दूषगणिनामाचार्यशिष्यो देववाचकः ॥
a Ferracrefcantaret: ll 3 ll etc.
स्थविरावल्यवर्णि
Sthavirävalyavacūrņi
261. No. 634
1873-74. Size.- 11 in. by 65 in. Extent.-- 6 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Jaina Devanagari
characters; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; condition very good; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin ; complete ; this Ms. appears to be a copy of a Ms. as old as stated here ; this work styled by the scribe as Sthavirävalikávacůrņi appears to agree to a great extent with No. 633.

Page #348

634.1
1. 2 Culikasutras
21
Age.-- Saṁvat 1518. Author. - Not mentioned. Subject.-- A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining Sthavirävali. Begins.- fol. I* ए ६० ॥ जयइ ज० ।। जयति इंद्रियविषयकषाय etc. Ends.-- fol. 6° तान् प्रणम्य ज्ञानस्याभिनिबोधिकादेः प्ररूपणां प्ररूपणाकारकमध्य
यनं वक्ष्ये क एवमाह ॥ उच्यते दूषगाणिनामाचार्यशिष्यो देववाचकः । इति स्थविरावलिका(व)चूर्णिः समाप्ता । छ । संवत् १५१८ वर्षे का ॥
4.
J.L. P.1

Page #349

322
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
| 635.
THE SECOND CŪLIKĀSŪTRA
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्र
Anuyogadvārasūtra ( STOSTITEITEET) .
(Aņuogaildārasutta) वृत्तिसाहत
with vrtti
1078. No. 635
1887-91. Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- (text) 133 folios ; 1 to 6 lines to a page ; so letters to
a line. „ – ( com. ) 133 folios ; 11 to 14 lines to a page ; 60 letters to
a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with Valas; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; it is a fagret Ms.; the hand-writing of the text bigger than that for the commentarybeautiful, bold and clear but at times misleading hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers for foll. entered twice on one and the same page but in two different margins; most of the foll. have their edges and corners worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent ; condition poor; yellow pigment used; soll. 1' and 1336 blank ; very incorrect; both the text and the commentary complete ; extent of the text 1900 ślokas and that of vrtti 5700 ślokas.
Age.-- Fairly old.
Author of the text.-- A Jaina Saint. See p. 326.
,, ,, commentary.-- Maladharin Hemacandra Sûri, pupil of Abhayadeva Suri of Harsapuriya gaccha of Praśnavābasa kula. This Hemacandra is the author of Bhavabhāvana and its commentary composed in Samvat 1 170.' He has commented upon Viśeşāvaśyakabhāșya in Samvat 1175. As regards his other works mention may be made of Upadeśa
I
Sec Peterson, Reports III, p. 156.

Page #350

635.1
II. 2 Caltkasatras
323
mala and its vịtti and commentaries on Jivasamäsa, Sataka and Haribhadra Súri's vịtti on the Avaşyakasūtra and its niryukti. Hemacandra was honoured at the court of King Jayasimha of Gujarat. See Peterson, Reports, V. p. 14,
v. 42-55, p. 90, v. 16-19 and p. 96. Subject.-- In this work which forms one of the 45 āgamas and
which is regarded as one of the two culikāsūtras, there are treated various topics worth knowing. It starts by mentioning the five types of knowledge, and deals in details with śruta-jñana, the 2nd type. Then follow the various ānüpūrvis, ten types of nāman, tables of measurement of corn, space, time etc., the number of human beings, the 21 kinds
of number etc. Begins.-- (text ) fol. अनमो वीतरा(गा )य
नाणं पंचविहं पन्नत्तं ॥ ॥ तंजहा आभिणिबोहियनाणं etc. ,, ... (com.) fol. 1९६0 ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
सम्पबुभ(क् सुरेंद्रकृतसंस्तुति(तपादपद्म
मुद्दामकामकारराजकठोरसिंह। सद्धर्मदेशकब(व)रं वरदं नतो( )स्मि
वीरं विशुद्धतरबोधनिधि(धि ) सुधीरं ॥ १॥ अनुयोगभृता( तां) पादान्वंदे श्रीगौतमादिसूरीणां । निष्कारणबंधूनां विशेषतो धर्मदातृणां २ etc.
fol. 5 अयमत्र भावार्थोऽनुयोगस्य प्रक्रांतत्वाद्वक्तव्यताप्रतिव( ब )द्धाया अस्या गाथाया इहावसरस्तद्यथा
निक्खेवेगट्ट निरुत्त विहि पविनी य केण वा कस्स। तहार भेय लक्खण तदरिह परिसा य सुत्तत्थो
अस्य विनेयानुग्रहार्थे व्याख्या इहानुयोगस्य निक्षेपो नामस्थापनादिको वक्तव्याः(व्यः) १ तथाऽनुयोगस्यैकार्थिकानि वक्तव्यानि यदाह
अणुओगो य नियोगो भास विभासा [ व भासा ] य वत्तिय(यं) चेव
एते अणुओगस्स य नामा एगट्टिया पंच २ तथा अनुयोगनिरुतं वक्तव्यं । तद्यथा । अ( ? )भिधायिकसूत्रेण सहार्थस्यानु नियतः (अ)लुकलो वा योगोऽस्येदमभिधेयमित्येवं संयोज्य शिष्येभ्यः प्रतिपादनमनुयोगः सूत्रार्थकथनमित्यर्थः अथवा एकस्यानंतो(s)र्थ इत्यर्थो महान् सूत्रं त्वणु । ततश्वाणुना सूत्रेण सहार्थस्य योगोऽणुयोगस्तदुक्तं

Page #351

324
13
तथा अनुयोगस्य विधिर्वक्तव्यो यथा प्रथमं सू( त्रा ) र्थ एव शिष्यस्य कं ( क )थनीय द्वितीयवरायां सो ( 5 ) पि निर्युक्त्यर्थ ( थ ) कथनमिश्रस्तृतीयबा ( वा )रायां तु प्रसंगानुप्रसंगागतः सर्वो (S) प्यर्थो वाच्यस्तदुक्त ( क्तं )
सुत्तत्थो खलु पढमोवी (बी) ओवि (निज्जुत्तिमीसओ भणिओ तइओ य निरवसेसो एस विही होइ अणुओगो (गे) । इत्याद्यन्यो(S)प्यत्र विधिर्वाच्यो दिग्मात्रत्वादस्येति । ४ etc. Ends.--- ( text ) fol. 1324
I
Jaina Literature and hilosophy
निययाणुकुलो जोगो सुत्थस्सायेण जो स ( य ) अपयोगो सुत्तवअणं जोगो अत्थस्स अणुओगो ३ ।
सपि नयाणं बहुविहवत्तव (त्र ) यं निसामे ( मि )त्ता तं सव्वनयावसुद्धं जं चरणगुणाट्टओ साहू |
से तं( त्तं ) गए छ | अनुयोगद्वाराणि च समाप्तानि ॥ छ ॥ अनुयोगसूत्रं छं ग्रंथाग्रं १३९९ छ श्री
" छ ॥
( com. ) fol. 132° तदेवं समर्थितं नयद्वारं तत्समर्थने च समर्थितानि चत्वार्यप्युपक्रम(मा)दीमि(नि) द्वाराणि । तत्समर्थने चानुयोगद्वारं समा
प्रायो ( s)न्यशास्त्रदृष्टः सर्वो ( 5 )प्यर्थो मया (S) (क)लितः न पुनः स्वमनीषिकया तथापि यत्किंचिदिह वितथं । १ सूत्रमि ( ? ) तिलंघ्य लिखितं तच्छोध्यं मय्यनुग्रहं कृत्वा परकीयदोषगुणयोस्त्यागोपादानाविधिकुशलैः २
छद्मस्थस्य हि बुद्धिः स्खलति न कस्येह कर्मवशगस्य । स च बुद्धिविरहितानां विशेषतो मद्विधामु (सु) मता (म ) ॥ ३
F635
कृत्वा यद् वृत्तिमिमां पुण्यं समुपार्जितं मया तेन मुक्तिमचिरेण लभतां क्षपितरजा (:) सर्वभव्यजनः ४
श्री 'वाहन' कुलांबुन (नि) पि( धि प्रसूत (:)
क्षोणीतलप्रथितकीर्त्ति [तj रुदीर्णशाखा : ( ख ) विश्वप्रसाधित विकल्पितवस्तुरुच्चैश्छायाशतप्रचुरनिर्वृतभव्यजंतुः १४ (५
For this verse see D. C. J. M. vol. XVII, pt. I, p. 25.

Page #352

635.1
II. 2 Culikāsätras
329
ज्ञानादिकुसुमनिचितः फलितः श्रीमन्मुनींद्रफलदैः । कल्पद्रुम इव गच्छः श्री हर्षपुरीय'नामा(s)स्ति[:]। ६
(युग्मम्) एतस्मिन्गुणरत्नरोहणगिरिभीर्यपाथोनिधि
स्तुंगत्वानुकृतः क्षमाधरपतिः सौम्यत्वतारापतिः । सम्यग्ज्ञानविशुद्धसंयमतपःस्वाचारचर्यानिधिः शांत(:) श्रीजयसिंहमूरिरभवन्नि(:)संगचूडामणि(:) ॥ ७
रत्नाकरादिवैतस्माच्छिष्यरत्न बभूव तत्
स वागीशो(5)पि ना मन्ये यद्गुणग्रहणप्रभु(:) ८ श्रीवारदवविबुधैः सन्मंत्राद्यतिशयप्रवरतायैः
द्रुम इव यः संसिक्तः कस्तद्गुणवर्णने विबुधः? ॥ ९ तथाहि। आज्ञा यस्य नरेश्वरैरपि शिरस्यारोप्यते सादरं
यं दृष्ट्वा । 5)पि मुदं ब्रजंति परमां प्रायो(डाप दुष्टा अपि यद्वक्वांबुधिनियंदुज्ज्वलवचःपीयूषपानोद्यत
गीर्वाणे(णे)रिव दुग्धसिंधुमथने तृप्तिन लेभ जनैः १० कृत्वा येन तपः सुदुः()करतरं विश्व (प्र)बोध्य प्रभो
स्तार्थं सर्वविदः प्रभावितमिदं तैस्तैः स्वकीयैर्गुणैः । शुक्लीकुर्वदशेषविश्वकुहरं भव्यैर्निबद्धस्पृह
यस्या(55)शास्वनिवारित विचरात श्वेतांशुमौ(गौरं यश(ः) । ११ 'यमुना'प्रवाहविमलश्रीमन्मुनिचंद्रमरिसंपर्कान(त)। अमरसरितेव सकलं पवित्रितं येन भुवनतलं १२ विस्फूर्जत्कलिकालदुस्तरतमःसंतानलुप्तस्थितिः
सूयणेव विवेकभूधरशिरस्यासाय येनोदयं सम्यग्ज्ञानकरौश्चिरंतनमुनिक्षुब्धुः(ण्णः) समु(द)योतितो
मार्गः सो(s)भयदेवमरिरभवत्तेभ्यः प्रसिद्धो भुवि १३ तच्छिष्यलवप्रायैरवगीतार्था(रोपि शिष्टजनतुष्टयै । श्रीहेमचंद्रमरिभिरियमनुरचिता प्रकृतवृत्तिः १४
योगदारं समाप्त छ छ । अत्र प्रत्यक्षरगणनया ग्रंथाग्र शतं ५७०० छ ॥ श्री शिवमस्तु

Page #353

326
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(635.
यादृशं पुस्तकं दृष्टं तादृशं लिषितं मया । यदि शुद्धमशु(शुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ।
Hyll sirea 11 STIUTATET II 3 il : 117 lg 1 Reference. The text along with the Sanskrit commentary of Mala
dhärin Hemacandra Suri and the Gujarati gloss of Mohan(?) published at Calcutta in 1879 A. D. and by D. L. J. P. F. Series as Nos. 31 and 37 in 1915-16. For contents etc. see Ind. Stud. XVII, pp. 17-40, Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 301 ff., Weber, II, p. 692, Winternitz, Geschichte vol. II, p. 315, La Religion Djaīna p. 80, A History of Indian Literature vol. II, pp. 429f., 4sin., 472, 473n., 522 and 589, Die Lehre der Jainas pp. 79-80 and Maxmüler's work viz. "India, what can it teach us” (p. 362 ) London 1883.
A Hindi translation of the Sthănakavāsin version of this text is published. See J. T. P. p. 4.
A. B. Dhruva's introduction to his edition of Syadvādamañjari of Mallisena with the Anyayoga-Vyavaccheda-Dvåtrimśikä may be also consulted. Therein on pp. xlviii-li he has discussed the date of the composition of Anuyogadvāra. On p. xlix he has made the following remark in a foot-note:--
“The Jaina tradition ascribes not only the divisions of Anuyoga, but also the compilation or composition of Anuyogadvāra to Aryarakṣīta (see Avaśyaka I. 774).”
For description of additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 381 and Keith's Catalogue No. 7483.
Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 76 and 78 muy be also referred to; the former contains the text only like No. 7483 noted above, whereas the latter, the text and its bālāvabodha as well.

Page #354

636. ]
11. 2 Calikasutras
327
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्र
Anuyogadvārasūtra वृत्तिसाहित
with vrtti
1230. No, 636
1891-95. Size.- 10g in. by 44 in. Extent. (text) 153 folios; 1 to 13 lines to a page ; 28 letters to
a line. »-(com.) „, ;.74 lines to a page ; 102 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick and white ; Jaina Devanăgari
characters with HAITTS; bold, clear and good hand-writing; this is a raret Ms., it contains both the text and the commentary; the former written in a comparatively bigger hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; each of the foll. 18 and 153. decorated with the same design which is beautiful and variegated in colours ; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1'; red chalk and yellow pigment used; both the text and the vștti complete ; extent of the latter 5700 ślokas; the space meant for the commentary not utilized for writing it even when there is nothing to be
written there ; vide foll. 104 to 108 ; condition good. Age.-- Old. Begins. — ( text ) fol. 10 sflygaara TEST TA:
Arui arg etc., as in No. 635. » -- ( com. ) fol. 105 01 Nity( Ti siqarea a#:
FATEUFSA etc. as in No. 635. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 1500 para fa terror etc., up to groficat ar as
in No. 635 followed by the lines as under :अणुओगहारा सम्मत्ता छ
सोलस सयाणि चउरुत्तराणि (१६०४) गाहाण जाण सव्यग्गं दुसहस्समणुहस( टुभ ) छंद वित्तपरिमाणओ भाणियं
1-2 These numbers refer to a column.

Page #355

328
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[637.
नगरमहादाराइं व कंमहारो(5)णुओगवरदारा अक्वरबिंदूमत्ता लिहिया दुक्खक्खयट्टाए
श्रीअनुयोगद्वारसूत्रवृत्ति संपूर्ण छ सूत्रग्रंथान १८०० Ends.-( com. ) fol. IS24 तदेवं समर्थितं नयद्वारं etc., up to प्रकृतवृत्तिः
as in No. 635. The fifth verse and the following verses of the colophon are here numbered as १,२ etc., and the last is hence numbered as १०.. Then run the lines as under :
ग्रंथानं ५७०० छ छ छ विशुद्धावधिपक्षपाः क्षपितकि( क )ल्मि(ल्म )षाः सच्छ्रियो
भवन्नवनिधिश्रुताः गुणनिधानसूरीश्वरा ) सुवाचकाशिरामाणिः प्रवरतद्विनेयाग्रणीः
स्फुरत्सकलस(श )क्तिमानजनि पुण्यचंद्राभिधः ॥१॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 635.
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्रवृत्ति
Anuyogadvārasūtravrtti
572. , 1884-86.
No. 637
Size.- 101 in. by 41 in. Extent.— 89 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 58 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin and greyish; Jaina Deva
nägari characters ; clear, small and tolerably good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; fol. 1a blank; this Ms. contains the states of the original text; edges of the first fol. slightly worn-out; condition good; practically complete; this Ms. is however, lacking in the colophon.

Page #356

638.]
II. 2 Calikasatras
329
Age.- Not modern. Author.- Maladhārin Hemacandra Sûri. Subject.--- A Sanskrit commentary elucidating Anuyogadvära. Begins.- fol. 10 ए ५० ॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।
___सम्यक सुरेंद्र etc., as in No. 635. Ends.- fol. 89" यथा प्रत्येकमसत् समुदितेष्वपि सिकताकणेषु तैलं प्रत्येकमसतीव
ज्ञानक्रिययोर्मुक्त( क्त्य )वापिका शाक्तरुक्तं वा (च)।
पत्तेयमभावाउ(ओ) निवा(वा)णं समुदियास वि न जुत्तं नाणकिरियासु वोतुं(त्तुं) सिकतासमुदायतेल्लं च (व) उच्यते स्यादेतद्यदि सर्वथा प्रत्येकं तयोर्मुक्त्यनुपकारिताऽभिधीयेत । यदा नु (तु) तयोः प्रत्येक देशापकारिता समुदाये तु संपूर्ण( ) हेतुता तदा न कश्चिदोषः । आह च।
वीसं न सबह चिय सिकयातेल्लं व साहणाभावे(? वो)।
देशो(सो)बगारिया जा सा समवायमि संपुन्ना। अतः स्थितमिदं । ज्ञानक्रिये समुदिते एव मुक्तिकारणं । न प्रत्येकमिति तत्त्वं । तथा च पूज्याः
नाणाहीणं सवं नाणा(ण)नओ भणइ किं च (ब) किरियाए । (किरियाए ) चरणनउ(ओ) तदुभयगाहो य सम्म' This Ms. ends
thus abruptly. Reference.-- Published. See No. 635. For additional Mss. see
Limbdi Catalogue No. 79.
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्रवृत्ति
Anuyogadvārasūtravrtti
412. No. 638
1882-83. Size.— 101 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 162 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line.
I 42
The missing letter ought to be .. See p. 270b of the printed edition.
J. L. P.

Page #357

33.0
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1639
Description.- Country paper thin and grey; Jaiņa Deva någari
characters with occasional UAS; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; yellow. pigment used; numbers for foll. entered twice as usual ; foll. 14 and 1626 blank; a portion of fol. 1b kept blank most probably with a view to decorate it with an illustration of a Tirthamkara ; fol. 35th wrongly numbered as 34th in the right-hand margin ; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ; fol. 16Ist slightly torn ; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 162"; conditiony tolerably good'; complete ;
extent 6000 ślokas. Age.- Samvat r652. Begins.- fof. 1 UQ UNIT: statatore
Forester etc., as in No. 635. Ends.- fol. 16150 FATCA etc., up to FATTOTATF as im No. 635
This is followed by the lines as under:ग्रंथानं ६००० इति श्रीमदनुयोगद्वारसूत्रवृत्तिः समाप्तः । छ । श्री
यांदृश प(पुस्तके दृष्ट्वा तादृशं लिष्यतं मया।
जदि सयमसचं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ।।
छ॥ संवत् १६५२ वर्षे जे(ज्येष्ट)वदि ३त्रीज दिने बारशके। 'मोढ ज्ञातीयपंड्याराजसतवणाझा लष्यत N.B.- For other details see No. 637.
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्रवृत्ति
Aruyogadvārasūtravrtti
543. No. 639
1895-98. Size.- 119 in. by 41 in. Extent:-- 107 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 59 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish; Jaina Devanagari
characters with Taras; bold, big, uniform, legible and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; toll. numbered in the right-hand inargin; fol. 1 blank; the first fol.

Page #358

640. 1
11. 2 Calikasätras
331
damaged in more than one place ; foll. 57 to 62 slightly worm-eaten; so are foll. 69 to 85; condition tolerably
good ; complete ; extent 5700 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.— fol. roy Q 0 THT sariaren
FETETT etc., as in No. 635. Ends.- fol. 1078 a Faida etc., up to tor : f ( the number
of verses not continuously written; otherwise this is the
14th ) as in No. 635 followed by got y ou! N. B.- For other details see No. 637
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्रवृत्ति
Anuyogadvārasūtravrtti No. 640
1170.
1886-92. Size.-- 102 in. by 4.3 in. Extent.— 107 folios; 15 lines to a page; 58 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish; Jaina Deva
nāgari characters with HTETTS; bold, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; this Ms. seems to be a part of anothor Ms.; for, its first fol. and the following are numbered in the right-hand margin as 38, 39 etc; the 38th fol. slightly torn; some of the foll. have their edges somewhat damaged ; strips of paper pasted to the edges of several foll. ; condition not satisfactory; a tabular representation on foll. 64 and 65 ; complete ; extent 5700
ślokas. Age.- Fairly old. Begins.-- fol. 38a 11 t on THT tartott
FATET etc. , as in No. 635.

Page #359

332
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 641.
Ends.-- fol. 144 a FATCA etc., up to toda: 3. as in No. 639
followed by j. 4900 FTO TETO Perendi. N. B.- For other details see No. 637.
Anuyogadvārasūtravrtti
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्रवृत्ति No. 641
1881-82.
Size.-30.4 in. by 14 in. Extent. - About 300 leaves; 5 lines to a leaf ; 120 letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf brittle and yellowish in colour ; Jaina
Devanagari characters with ErTs; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this work appears to be written into three separate columns; but, really speaking it is not so, since the lines of the first column are continued in the rest; borders of every column ruled in three lines in black ink; most of the leaves are broken in several pieces; moreover they are not arranged in order ; to do so would mean breaking more leaves as the condition of the leaves is very fragmentary ; every leaf is numbered in two places once in the right-hand margin and once in the left-hand one practically as in the case of Ācārarāngasūtracūrņi No. 8; it is difficult to say where this Ms. begins and where it ends ; on leaf 291 we have references to TTTTTTTOT, 38
करण and अनिवृत्तिकरण; सम्यक्त्वलाभादिति गाथादशकार्थः॥२०४॥ Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.--- leaf 2410 ( A )' TEC s fa eta: 1 # TCUTE #1
होज्ज व नोआगमओ सुओनउत्तो विजं सदेसम्मि ।।
उबजुज्ज हून उ सजे ते णायं मीसभावमि ॥
i HATTHAT WIT : (s) ETEREST...(C)... I A, B and C indicate the ist, and and the 3rd columns. The matter written here from the 3rd column does not seem to belong to the same leaf but to another one which has got stuck in its place. This is what the assistant informs me. It has not been possible to verify the above passage copied out by him.

Page #360

612.
II.2 Calikasatras
333
... ... ... ... ... ... ...नमाहा । श्रीगमउ उवउ गोशुद्धोबि( A 1. 2 ) र्वस्यापि श्रुतस्यानंताभिलाप्याविषयत्वादेतदुपयोगस्य चैकदा संभवात्ततश्चैकदेशव वन( B वेनोपशब्दस्यायं नोआगमस्तस्म द्येनैवं सत्यागमनोआगमभावश्रुतयोरविशे ... ... (C)... ... ... ... शब्देन द्रव्यश्रुतमागमतो भावश्रुतं नोआ(A l. 3) भिहिओ य नोसट्टो !! देसे तदस्य भावे दव्वे किरियाए भावे य । आह प्रतिषेधवाचकत्व । न्न । शब्दो मि (B)......वेन क्वचिदभिहितः । किं तर्हि देशादिषु पंचस्वथे(2)षु (अभिहितस्तत्र दश नोघटो घटैकदेश... ... (C)... ... ... दिन्नस्य श्रुतोपयोगस्य विवक्षा क्रियते इदमुक्तस्य ( A 1. 4 ) रघटत्वे तदन्य देशानामपि तद्धदेनाघटत्वात्सर्वघटाभावप्रसंगः ॥ एवं पटशकटा......दप्य( B )भावप्रसंगेन सर्वशून्यतापत्तिः । नापि घटैकदेशघटः । एवं हि प्रत्यवयवं घटप्राप्त्या एकस्मि ( A 1. 5 ) श्यं ते (B) यथा नाघट इत्युक्ते तदन्यपटादिः प्रतीयते यथा अब्राह्मण इत्यभिहिते
क्षत्रियादिर्गम्यते द्रव्ये ... ... N. B.-. For other details see No. 637.
अनुयोगद्वारसूत्र वार्तिकसहित
Anuyogadvārasūtra
with vārtika
No. 642
122. 1873-74.
Size.-- 10 in. by 41 in. Extent.--(text) 175 folios; I to 6 lines to a page; 4 letters to
a line. , -(com.) , ,, ,10,15 " "" ",57 " "
a line.
Description. Country paper thin and greyish ; Jaina Devanāgari
characters with ease; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarāti styled as vārtika ; this is a fetare Ms; the hand-writing of the text distinctly
J
See p. 332 foot-note.

Page #361

334
Age:-- Not modern..
Author of the vārtika. -- Molha, disciple of Sobharsi.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[642
bigger than that of the commentary; clear, bold, and fair hand-writing; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin; foll. 1 and 175 blank ; borders ruled in two pairs of lines. in black ink; the intervening space between these pairs. coloured red up to the 35th fol; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the fol. Goth slightly torms; so is the fol. 62nd ; edges of the 175th (last) fol. somewhat damaged; condi-tion good; both the text and the vārtika complete; the latter is styled as bālāvabodha, too.
Subject.
Begins. - ( text ) fol. b६ । अहे नमः ।
5
The text with its explanation in Gujarati.
$9
णाणं पंचविहं etc., as in No. 635
( com. ) fol. rb अहे नमः ।
प्रणिपत्य जिनं मूर्दध्ना सर्वज्ञं सर्वदर्शिनं बालानामुपकाराय वक्ष्येऽनुयोगवार्त्तिकं १
श्रीदेव गुरु (रू) व (न्) नमस्कृत्या (S) नुयोगद्वार सिद्धांतस्य बालावबोधोऽल्पमतिनापि मया मत्तो हीनतर प्राज्ञानामुपकाराय कथंचित् ष ( टू ) कायस्याऽप्युपकाराय विधीयते इति श्री अनुयोगद्वारसूत्रनउ अर्थ संस्कृत भाषाई केतलाएकनई प्रच्छत्ता दुहिलउ छइ etc.
Ends.— ( text ) fol. 174° सञ्चेसि पि नयागं etc., up to दुक्खख (कख) पट्टाए
as in No. 635 followed by the lines as under :
२ गाहा १६०४ अनुष्टुप् ग्रंथाग्रं २००५ अणुआ (ओग ) दा (द्दा ) रं सुत्त समत्तं छ ।
( com. ) fol. 175* इति ते इम नयद्वार समाप्त कीधु तेहना समाप्ति करतां समाप्त कीधां चारेइ अनुयोगद्वार परि अनुयोगद्वारनी समाप्ति थातां श्री अनुयोगद्वारसूत्र पणि समाप्त थयं इति श्री जावर्षिक्रमांमोजमधुलिहा शोभर्षिदीक्षितेन मोहलनाम्ना विरचितोऽयं ( य ) मनुयोगद्वार सिद्धांतबालावबोधः तथा सर्व्वे (व) प्यत्र मया वृत्तिदृष्टोऽर्थो लिखितो ( 5 ) स्ति न तु स्वमनीषिकया तथापि किंचिदिह वितथं भवति तद् बुद्धिमद्भिः शोध्यं उक्तं हि

Page #362

9543.)
II. 2. Culikäsairas
सूत्रमतिलंध्य लिखितं तच्छोध्यं मय्यनुग्रहं कृत्वा
परकीयदोषगुणयोः साध्वो( 'त्यागो)पादानविधिकुशलैः १ इति वृत्तिवाक्यमवापि ज्ञेयमिति । इति श्रीअनुयोगद्वारसूत्रकाला
Ta aru( : ) FHIF: Reference. For a Ms. having the text and a bālavabodha see
. Limbdi Catalogue No. 79. For further details see No. 635
अनुयोगद्वारान्तर्गतसाधूपमाद्वादशी टीकासहित
Anuyogadvārāntargata sādhūpamādvādas
with tikā
No. 643
1162. 1884-87.
Size.-10 in. by 48 in. Extent.- (text) 2 folios ; 1 line to a page ; 38 letters to a line.
„ -- (com.), „; 17 » » » » ; 54 » » » » Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish : Jaina Devanāgari
characters; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a greit Ms.; bold, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; foll, numbered in the right hand margin ; fol. 26 blank; both the text and ţikä сomplete so far as they go; condition good,
Age.-- Pretty old.
Author of the text.--- A Jaina saint.
» » » commentary.---Not known. Subject -- The twelve upamās given to a sådhu are mentioned in
a verse and are explained in Sanskrit in prose. This verse
See p. 271 of the printed edition published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series
in A. D. 1924. See p. 324.
2

Page #363

336
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
| 643.
forms only a part of Anuyogadvāra as it is the 131st sútra. See the printed edition ( p. 256a).
Begins.-- (text) fol. I॥५॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ।।
उरग १ गिरि २ जलण ३ सागर ४ नहयल ५ तरुगण ६ समो य जो होई ॥ भमर ७ भिय ८ धरणि ९ जलरुह १० रवि ११ पवण १२ समो य
सो समणो ॥ १॥' ,, - (com. ) fol. I* ॥ ५ ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नम(:)॥
अत्रानुयोगद्वारे चत्वारि सामायिकान्युक्तानि तानि कानीत्याह । प्रथम सम्यक्त्वसामायिकं । द्वितीयं श्रुतसामायिकं । तृतीयं देश(वि)त्ति(रति)सामायिकं । चतुर्थ सर्व(वित्तिरतिसामायिकं । एषां चतुण्णी लक्षणान्याहुः। सम्यक्त्वसामायिकस्य श्रद्धाल(लक्षणं । श्रुतसामायिकस्य तत्त्वज्ञानलक्षणं । देशव(वि)त्ति(रति)सामायिकस्य विरताविरतलक्षणं । सर्ववित्ति(रतिसामायिकस्य सर्वसावद्ययोगनिवृत्तिलक्षणं तेषां मध्ये सर्वत(वित्तिरतिसामायिकमंत(१) उपमाद्वारेण लक्षणानि वर्णयन्नाह
etc. Ends.--- ( text ) fol. 2* इति श्रीअनुयोगद्वारे साधूनां द्वादशोपमा । लि. क.
रवजी॥ , - ( com. ) fol. 2* साधवः एताभिरुपमाभिः गुणैर्युक्तो(क्ता ) भवंति स श्रमणेति । एतद्विपरीतस्तु लिंगभारवाहकै(रे)वेति । १२ ।
इति श्रीअनुयोगद्वारे क. श्री ५ भिखूजीपठनाय । श्री ॥
1 This very gātha is found in the niryukti of Dasavaikälikasūtra (ch. 2, . 161).

Page #364

ADDENDA TO PARTS I & II
Under this heading I have furnished such additional information about the Mss. already described, as could be given by consulting printed works on hand.
PART I
No. 1, page 1.Author.- Add : For information about him see p. CXXXIII of “A fourth Report of operations in search of Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay Circle, April 1886-March 1892 ": by Professor Peter Peterson and p. LXXXI of “A fifth Report of operations in search of Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay Circle, April 1872-March 1895 » by the same scholar.
No. 1, page 1. Subject.- Add after “ long ago. ”: Names of all of these 25 adhyayanas are mentioned in Samävāyāngasūura (the 25th samavāya ).
No. 1, page 2. Reference. - After “ Jacobi,” add: Pali Text Society.
After “ Schubring,” add : Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes, XII, 4.
No. 1, page 3. Reference.-Before "For contents" add : The text together with Silāňka Sūri's commentary and Gujarati translation was published in five parts by Hiralal Hamsarāj, Jamnagar.
This Acārāngasútra is referred to by Hemacandra Súri in his svopajña laghuvștti of Siddhahaima (V. 2. 25 ) as under:
"धारयन् आचाराङ्गम्, अधीयन् द्रुमपुष्पीयम्".
In Ardhamāgadhi-Reader (pp. 45-48) Banārasi Das Jaina has given as extracts the 1st and 4th uddeśakas of T y , and the 6th of FATTEET
1-2 In this addenda these will be hereafter referred to as Peterson IV and Peterson V repectively.
43 (J.L.P.

Page #365

338
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
H. Jacobi, Archiv für Religionswiss XVIII (1915, p. 283ft. , Bambhacerium by Schubring given in “Worte-Mahäviras” (Quellen der Religionsgeschichte, vol. XIV, Göttingen, 1926 ) p. 66ff., and the review of the translation etc. by Leumann in “Zeitschrift für Indologie und Iranistik”, Leipzig, VII, pp. 157162, Die Lehre Der Jainas nach den Alter Quellen dargestellt' (p. 61 ) by W. Schubring, La Religion Djaïna ( pp. 30, 37, 73, 74, 83, 91, 211, 212 and 214 ) by Guérinot, Geschichte der Indischen Litteratur". (vol. II, pp. 295-297 ) by Maurice Winternitz, and A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, p. 428,431, 435-438, 4410., 463n. , 506 and 577 ) by the same author may be also consulted.
In the last line add : For additional Mss. of the text see "the Catalogue of the Limbdi Jaina Jñana-bhandara ” : Nos. 155 and 159. For a Ms. of the text with a Gujarāti gloss see the same Nos. 157, 160, 161 and 3264, and Keith's “ Catalogue of Sanskrit and Prākrit Manuscripts in the Library of the India Office ” + (vol. II, pt. II ) No. 7441. For a palm-leaf Ms. having the text, its niryukti and Śılāňka's commentary sec p. 39 of “ the catalogue of the palmleaf Mss. in the temple of Śäntināth, Cambay” given as Appendix I by Peterson in his first “Detailed Report of operations in search of Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay circle, August 1882- March 18835. On pp. 39 and 40 opening and concluding lines of all these works viz., the text etc. are given. On p. 89 of the same catalogue given as Appendix I in "A Third Report of operations in search of Sanskrit Mss. in the Bombay circle, April 1884- March 1886” 6 by Peterson mention is made of a palm-leaf Ms. having the text and its niryukti. For other details see Weber XVI, 26c.
No. 1, page 3. Foot-nole I.-- Add : Sten Konow supports this view. See his Review of “Die Lehre der Jainas” published in " Ex Actorum Orientalism volumine XIV Excerptum” pp. (154-155)7.
In this work information about exegetical literature and articles pertaining to the Jaina canonical treatises etc., is given.
2-6 In this addenda these will be hereafther referred to as Die Lehre der Jainas, Winternitz, Geschichte, Līmbdi Catalogue, Keith's Catalogue, Peterson I and Peterson III respectively.
7 Vide the issue dated 2-3-36 of " Jaina " ! p. 161 ), a weekly of Bhavnagar.

Page #366

Addenda to Parts I & II
339
No. 6, page 7. Author.- Add : See Peterson IV, p. LXXXIV and V, p. XLVIII.
No. 6, page 8. Reference.- Add : For additional Mss. of Acārāngasütraniryukti see Limbdi Catalogue No. 158 and Peterson 1, App. p. 39 and III, App. p. 89.
No. 9, page 11. Reference. Add : Limbdi Catalogue No. 156 and Peterson III, App. p. 131 may be also consulted.
No. 11, page 12. Author.- Add : For other details see Peterson IV, pp. CXX-CXXI and V, p. LXXII. Ć No. 11, page 13. Reference - Add : For a palm-leaf Ms. of the ţikā see Peterson I, App. p. 39. This Ms. was written for the great minister Tejah pala. See Peterson I, p. 68.
In connection with Fleet's note see Peterson III, pp. 36-37. On p. 90 ( App.) of this report the following lines are no:ed:
"शकतृपकालातीतसंवत्सरशतेषु सप्तम चतुरशीत्यधीकेषु वैज्ञावपंचम्यां SITETITEIT gaudia II".
For a discussion about the date of the composition of Acårångasútraţikå see Jinavijaya's Gujarati introduction ( pp. 11-14) and its appendix (pp. 19-20 ) to his edition of Jitakalpasūtra. Hercin a question about the iden:ity of Šilānkācirya with Kotyācārya and Tattvåcārya referred to in Kuvalayamala is tried to be established. Furthermore there it is pointed out that he cannot be a pupil of Jinabhadra Gaņi.
Śilanka Suri's date is discussed by H. Jacobi in his introduction (pp. 10 and 12 ) to Samaraiccakaha.
No. 16. page 16. Author.-- Add : See also Peterson V, pp. XXIV and XXV.
No. 17, page 19. Reference.-- Extracts from this very Ms. are given in Peterson IV, p. 73.
No. 28, page 25 Subject. - Names of the 16 adhyayanas of the first śrutaskandha are mentioned in Samavāyāngăsútra ( 16th samavāya, p. 31) whereas these along with the names of the second
1 Four dates are recorded : (i) sāka 772, (ii) sāka 784, (iii) gāka 798 and (iv) Gupta 772. Out of this the third is supported by Bfhastippanikā and a palmleaf Ms in the Santinath temple at Cambay.

Page #367

340
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
śrutáskandha, in the 23rd samavāya (p. 42). See also Weber's Indischen Studien XVI, p. 259.
No. 28, page 26. Reference.--Before the English translation" add : The text along with its Gujarati translation by Muni Māneka is published in 1922, Surat. The rith adhyayana of the ist śrutaskandha is reproduced as an extract in Ardhamāgādhi-Reader (pp. 52-55 ), whereas its English translation from the Sacred Books of the East ” vol. XLV, on pp. 139-141. The 14th adhyayana and the Ist uddeśaka of the 3rd adhyayana are given here on pp. 58-61 and 61-62 respectively. Their English translation reproduced from S. B. E. vol. XLV appears on pp. 147-153.
Before “ For the discussion” add : Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 62), La Religion Djaina (pp. 38, 73, 213 and 214), Winternitz, Geschichte (p. 291f., and pp. 297-299 ) and A History of Indian Literature vol. II (pp. 428, 431, 438-441 and 476n.) may be also consulted.
No. 28, page 27. Reference. In the last line add : See Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 3035, 3037 and 3042. For a palm-leaf Ms. having the text, its niryukti and ţikā by Silanka see Peterson III, App. p. 70. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 259.
No. 30, page 28. Reference.- Add : Limbdi Catalogue No. 3047 may be also consulted. For a palm-leaf Ms. having niryukti and ţikā see Peterson I, App. p. 37 where extracts are given.
No. 32, page 30. Subject.--Add : This commentary is composed with the help of Vähari Gaại.
No. 32, page 30. Reference. — Add: Limbdi Catalogue No. 3046 may be also consulted. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson V. App. p. 71. On this page and the next we have a colophon of the scribe.
No. 36, page 34. Reference. - For Mss. of the text with dipika see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 3039 and 3043.
No. 46, page 46. Author.- Pasacandra, pupil of Sădhuratna. He wrote a vārtika on Catuhsaraņa in Samvat 1597. See Peterson III, App. p. 214. He is the author of the bālavabodha of Acäränga

Page #368

Addenda to Parts: 1 & II
341
sútra and that of Tandulavaicārika. See D. C. J. M. vol. XVII, pt. I, Nos. 4, 5 and 331.
No. 46, page 46. Reference.- For Mss. of the text with bālāvabodha see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 3038, 3040 and 3044, and for those with tabbā see the same Nos. 3045 and 3047 (2nd entry). For an additional Ms. of the text with a commentary in vernacular and that of the text with Pasacandra's Gujarati commentary see Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7442 and 7443.
No. 48, page 48.; Reference. — Add : For a Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3041.
No.52, page 51. Keference.-- For a Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3036.
No.58, page 55. Reference. After “p. 300." add : La Religion Djaina (p. 73), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 65n. 4281f., 441f., 446n., 450, 452, 456n., and 457n.), and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 62) may be also consulted. For Mss. of ihe text see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3131 and Keith's Catalogue No. 7444. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 267.
No. 61, page 57. Author.- This Någarşi should not be confounded with one referred to in Peterson III, p. 256 ( v. 86 of Rayamallābhyudayakāvya ).
No. 61, page 59. Reference -- Add : For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3132.
No. 62, page 60. Reference.-- For a Ms. of the text with bālāvabodha etc, see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 3134, 3137 and 3141, and Keith's Catalogue No. 7445.
No. 65, page 63. Author.- Add : For additional information see Peterson IV, pp. IV-V, 70 and 88 and V, pp. 34 and 149.
No. 65, page 63. Reference.- Add : For Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 3138 and 31.40. The latter contains the text, too. For a palm-leaf Ms. of the ţikā see Peterson, III, App. p. 100. See also Weber II, p. 401 and XVI, p. 277. .
For a vivaraṇa on gāthas occurring in this Sthānārgasútrațīkā see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3139. The authorship of this vivarana is attributed to Sumatikallola and Harşanandana.

Page #369

342
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 75, page 70. Reference. - Nos. 3133, 3135 and 3136 of Limbdi Catalogue may be compared with this work. . .
No. 76, page 72. Reference.-- After “(p. 311ff.).” add : Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 291 and 300 ), La Religion Djaina (pp. 72 and 73), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 65n, 429, 441f., and 497n. ) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 6263 ) may be consulted. There are Mss. of this work in the Limbdi Bhaņdāra. See its Catalogue Nos. 2721-2723. Out of them the last two contain tabbā, too. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 176. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 277.
No. 79, page 75. Reference.-- For a palm-leaf Ms see Peterson III, App. p. 176. For other details see Weber II, p. 420.
No. 87, page 81. Subject. -- In Ardhamägadhi-Reader ( p. XLVIII) it is said that the first 20 sayas ( śatakas ) are a record of conversation between Mahavira and his senior disciple Indrabhūti, and that sayas 21 to 41 contain legends which throw great light on the life of Mahāvira.
No. 87, page 8L. Reference. After "p. 300.” add : La Religion Djaïna (pp. 22, 37 and 74), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 388, 398f., 429, 442, 445, 459n., and 473n.) and Die Lehre der Jainas ( p. 63 ) may be consulted. For a passage from Bhagavatisutra (VII. 13 ) see Nyàyāvatära No. 741. _ .
1892-95.
Before “ For a” add : For additional Mss. see Límbdi Catalogue Nos. 1887-1890, 1894 and 1896', and Keith's Catalogue Nos. 2476 and 7447. In the Limbdi Bhandara there are Mss. fox भगवतीसम्रगमा, भगवतीसत्रबीजक, भगवतीसूत्रस्वाध्याय, भगवतीसूत्रस्वाध्याय and worura Tregret. See Nos. 1891, 1892, 3415, 34163 and 1897. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. pp. 34 and 41. For addi. tional information see Weber XVI, p. 294.
1 This contains a țabbā, too.
2-3 The authors of these two svădhyāyas are Devacandra and Vinayavijaya respectively.

Page #370

Addenda to Parts I & II
343
No. 92, page 88. Reference. Add: Limbdi Catalogue No. 1893 and 1895 may be consulted. The latter No. contains the text, too. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. p. 172 and V, App. p. 57. On pp. 58-59, some account of the doner, the donee and others is given. For other details see Weber II, p. 464.
No. 97, page 93. Reference.-- Add: Each of the three works परमाणुखण्डपत्रिंशिका. पुद्गलपत्रिंशिका and निगोदपत्रिंशिका along with Ratnasimha Sûri's Sanskrit commentary and the Gujarati translation is published by the Jaina ātmānanda Sabha as w urgSTATUT (fatarugo ) in A. D. 1917, as No. 34 of its Series.
No. 101, page 96. Author of the com.- Add : According to Klate's conjecture, this Ratnasimha Sūri is guru of Vinayacandra Sūri and pupil of Saiddhantika Municandra'. Cf. Weber II, p. 1209 and Peterson IV, pp. CIII and CIV.
No. 101, page 97. Reference.- For an additional Ms. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1649.
No. 106, page 101. Reference.- Add : For an additional Ms. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1394. The text with the vștti is referred to in Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 134). For a paper Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 212. Compare Weber II, p. 937.
No. 110, page 103. Author of the balavabodha.- Add : Is he the one mentioned among the pupils of Jayacandra and Municandara, in Pererson IV, p. 110 (Bharateśvarabāhubalivịtti by Subhaśīla Gani) ?.
No. III, page 104. Reference.-- Add: For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1686 and 1687. The latter contains avacūri, too.
No. 116, page 108, Author of the balavabodha-- Add : •For other details see Peterson IV, p. CI and VI, p. XIV. Also see my bhumika (p. 96-111 Stuticaturvimśatika by Sobhana Muni.
No. 124, page 113. Subject.-- After “as vargas.” add: Names of the 19 adhyayanas of this sixth anga are noted in Samavāyangasútra ( 19th samavāya, p. 36). .
1
See p. 198.

Page #371

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
As regards discussion of the title etc., see Weber, vol. XVI, p. 307f., Steinthal's specimen p. 4f., and Hüttemann Jñata-Erzht. p. Iff.
3:44
No. 124, page 114. Reference.-- After "p. 301." add.: La Religion Djaïna (p. 74, A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 131. 132n., 429, 445-449 and 514n.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 63-65) may be also consulted..
1
In the last line add: For additional Mss. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1042, 1045 and 10462, and Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7448 and 7450, and for one having the the text and Kanakakusala Gani's Gujarati gloss as well, see the latter Catalogue No. 7449. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 60. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 306.
No. 129, page 120. Reference.-- Add: For an additional Ms. having both the text and the commentary see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1044.
No. 130, page 122. Reference.---Add: For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1043. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. pp. 60, 73 and 146. On pp. 60-62 an extract is given. See also Weber II, p. 482.
No. 135, page 127. Reference.-Before" A Gujarāti translation" add: The text is published in Arhatamataprabhakara Series, too.
The seventh adhyayana (lecture) is given as an extract in Roman characters in "Introduction to Prakrit" (pp. 161-165) by Alfred C. Woolner. He has given foot-notes and English translation on pp. 165-168.
After "p. 303ff." add : A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 428n., 429n., 445n., 449, 450n., and 636), La Religion Djaina (pp. 74, 80 and 252) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 65) may be also consulted. For additiona IMss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 337 and 3393, and Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7451 and 7452. For a palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. p. 73. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 315.
1-3 Each of these contains a tabbā, too.

Page #372

Addenda to Parts I & II
345
No. 139, page 131. Reference. Add : For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 338. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. pp. 73 and 146. On p. 73 puspika is given. For other details see Weber II, pp. 490 and 191 notes.
No. 143, page 135. Reference.- Add : The text along with in. troduction, gloss, notes and an appendix was published by P. L. Vaidya, Poona, in A. D. 1932.
The text of this anga and that of the next with introduction, translation, nutes, appendices and Abhayadeva Sūri's commentary are published by Shambhulal Jagsi (Gurjara-grantha-ratna-karyalaya). For detailed information reg.irding the subject matter etc., Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 304 305), La Religion Djaina (p. 74), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429 and 450f.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 65 and 66 ) may be consulted.
For additional Mss. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 414, 415' and 417', and Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7553 and 7454. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 73.
No. 145, page 136. Reference. Add : For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 416. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. pp. 73 and 146.
No. 150, page 140. Reference.--After “Winternitz" add : La Religion Djaïna (pp. 74-75), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429 and 450-452 ) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 66 ).
After “p. 381." add : Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 70, 71, 734, 745 and 32466, and Keith's Catalogue No. 7455 inay be also referred to. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 73
No. 154, page 142. Reference. - Add : For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 72. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. pp. 73 and 146.
1-2 These contain Gujarāti paryaya and vivaraṇa respectively.
3-6 These contain over and above the text Gujarati paryāya, ţippaņa, ţabba and tabbā respectively.
44 (J.L.P.)

Page #373

346
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 159, page 145. Subject.-Add: Thus the contents of this work differ from those noted in Sthānāngasútra according to which the tenth anga deals with palmistry or so. This made Weber believe that this roth anga and the 8th and the 9th as well, were for the similar reason compositions of a date later than one for the redaction of the canon. Jarl Charpentier, however, does not endorse this opinion. See his introduction (p. 17) to Uttaradhyayanasútra.
No. 159, page 145. Reference. After “1919.” add: In Ardhamågadhi-Reader (pp. 49-51 ) there is given an extract of the ist dvāra (pāņavaho). Its English translation appears on pp. 133-136. For subject-matter etc., La Religion Djaina (pp. 75 and 211), Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 305-306) and A History of Indian Literature (pp. 429 and 452) may be consulted
No. 159, page 146. Reference.- Add : See Limbdi Catalogue No. 1783, 1784' 1786", 17883 and 17894. For a palm-leaf Ms. having the text and the commentary see Peterson III, App. p. 73.
No. 162, page 148. Reference.-- For palm-leaf Mss. having this commentary see Peterson III, App. pp. 73 and 146.
No. 163, page 149. Reference. ---Add : For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1785. See also Weber II, p. 524.
No. 170, page 157.. Reference.--For a Ms. of the bālāvabodha see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1787.
No. 173, page 159. Reference. Before “For contents” add : An extract of the ist chapter of the ist part along with its English translation is given in Ardhamāgadhi-Reader on pp. 1-12 and 80-93 respectively.
After “p. 306.” add : La Religion Djaina (p. 77 ), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 429 and 452f.) and Die Lehre der Jainas ( pp. 66-67 ) may be also consluted.
After“ p. 395.” add : See Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 2337, 2339 and 2341, and Keith's Catalogue No. 7456 which has the text along
1-4 In addition to the text these contain Gujarāti and Sanskrit paryāya, paryaya, țabba and tabbā respectively.

Page #374

Addenda to Parts I & II
347
with glosses in bhașă. For a palm-leaf Ms. having both the text and vṛtti see Peterson III, App. p. 73.
No. 176, page 161. Reference.-For a Ms. having both the text and the tabba see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2340.
No. 177, page 163. Reference. Add: For palm-leaf Mss. of the vṛtti see Peterson III, App. pp. 73 and 146.
No. 182, page 167. Subject.-Moreover, therein are described in full a city, a sanctuary, a garden, a king, a queen and Lord Mahavira, to name a few out of many. Thus, this is a store-house of duras (वर्णकs ). These descriptions are reproduced or indicated with the ending word, where required.
No. 182, page 167. Reference.-After Samiti." .add: In Ardhamagadhi-Reader on pp. 38-44, the 39th sūtra is given as an extract. Its English translation occupies pp. 120-126.
After "p. 367ff." add: For further particulars see Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292 and 307), La Religion Djaina (p. 75), and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 67). For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 405 and 407. The latter contains tabba, too. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 59. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 377.
No. 184, page 169. Reference.- Add: For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 59. For a paper Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 406. For other details see Weber II, p. 444.
No. 189, page 174. Subject.--As regards this dialogue Winternitz has made the following note-worthy observation in his article viz. "The Jainas in the History of Indian Literature " (p. 147) published in "Indian Culture" vol. I, No. 2 :--
"One of the most interesting places in the Jaina angas (?upangas) is the Paësi dialogue in the Rayapaseṇaijja, a Buddhist version of which is the Päyäsisutta of the Dighanikäya Nr. 23. The original may in this case be the Jaina dialogue, but it is also possible that both have to be derived from an older itihasa-samvada, forming part of the ancient ascetic literature."

Page #375

348
Jarna Literature and Philosophy
No. 189, page 175. Reference.-After “ p. 307." add : La Religion Djaina (p. 76), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429, 443 and 455ff.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 67-68) may be also consulted. For Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 2190, 2191" 21942 and 21953 and Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7457 and 7458, too. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 79.
Add after "pp. 145-149": See also Indischen Studien vol. XVI, p. 382ff. and Leumann the Aupapatikasūtra p. if.
No. 193, page 178. Author of the commentary.-Add : For details see Peterson IV, p. LXXXVIII and V, p. L.
No. 193, page 178. Reference. -Add : Şee also Linibdi Catalogue No. 2193.
No. 194, page 179. Reference. -Add : Limbdi Catalogue · No. 2192 may be also consulted. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 59.
No. 198, page 184. Reference. After "p. 371." add: Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, p. 292 ), La Religion Djaina (p. 76), A
History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429, 442 and 446 ) and 1. Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 68-69) may be also consulted. For Mss.
see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1004 and 1006. The latter contains vivsti, too.
No. 200, page 186. Reference. --Add : For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1007.
No. 201, page 188. Reference. After “ ( p. 42)." add : Limbdi Catalogue No. 1005 may be also referied to.
No. 214, page 195. Author.- Add: For additional information about him see Peterson IV, p. CXXII.
No. 214, page 196. Reference.-Add after “respectively ” : The text along with Malayagiri Suri's commentary and Gujarāti translation is published in 3 parts by Bhagvandas Harak hcand, Ahmedabad.
1-3 In addition to the text, these contain paryāya, tabb, and tabbà respectively.

Page #376

Addenda to Parts I & II
"C
After 'p. 373ff." add: For subject-matter etc. Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, p. 292), La Religion Djaïna (p. 76), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429, 442 and 456) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 69-70) may be also consulted.
Add at the end: For additional Mss of the text styled as Prajñapanã Bhagavati see Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7459(?) and 7460. Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1730 and 1734' may be also referred to. In No. 1731 is mentioned a work viz. màqingaiaga. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p 183. An extract is given here. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 392.
No. 218, page 200. Reference. - For Limbdi Catalogue No. 1733.
an
349
additional Ms.
No. 223, page 203. Reference.-Add: Limbdi Catalogue No.1732 may be also consulted. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 100.
see
No. 221, page 204. Author.-For additional information about him see Peterson IV, pp. CXXXVII-CXXXIX, V, p. LXXXIV and VI, p. XXIV.
No 234, page 213. Reference.-After "1899." add: For contents etc. of this Süryaprajñapti see Winternitz, Geschichte ( vol. II, pp. 292, 307f., and 316), La Religion Djaina (pp. 37, 76, 80, 83 and 140), A History of Indian Literature (vol. II, pp. 429, 457 and 476n.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 70-72).
I This contains tabbā, too.
Add at the end: Limbdi Catalogue No. 3049 and Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7461 and 7462 may be also referred to. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 173. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 401.
cc
No. 235, page 214. Reference.- Add: For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3050. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, p. 173. As an extract, the opening lines are given here.
No. 236, page 216. Reference.-After 35-41." add: Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292, 308 and 316), La Religion

Page #377

350
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Djaïna (p. 76 ), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 429 and 456f.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 72-73) may be also consulted.
At the end add : See also Limbdi Catalogue No. 1015. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson I, App. p. 39. Here a few lines from the beginning and end are given. For other details see Weber XVI, .p. 416.
No. 238, page 217.4Author of the commentary. For other details see Pererson V, p. LXXXV.
No. 238, page 218. Reference. For an additional Ms. see Limbđi Catalogue No. 1020.
No. 241, page 223. Author of the commentary. - For other details see Peterson IV, p. CXVIII.
No. 241, page 229. Reference. For an additional Ms. See Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1017'-1019. For other details see Weber II, p. 587.
No. 242, page 230. Reference.- Add : For a Ms. having the text and a tabbă see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1022.
No. 246, page 234. Reference.- Add : For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 144.
No. 249, page 237. Reference.- Add : For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1016. - No. 251, page 242. Reference:--After “p. 20." add : Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292 and 316), La Religion Djaina (p. 76), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 429 and 456f.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 73 ) may be also consulted.
After “p. 31; "add : Limbdi Catalogue No. 922 may be also referred to. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 154. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 416.
. This does not contain the text.
2-3 These contain over and above the text, vrtti and respectively.
Sanskrit paryaya

Page #378

Addenda to Parts 1 & II
351
No. 254, page 244. Reference.- Add : For an additional Ms. having both the text and the commentary see Keith's Catalogue No. 7463, and for one having only a commentary see Limbdi Catalogue No. 923. On p. 154 (App.) of Peterson III, a palm-leat Ms. is noted.
No. 255, page 248. Reference. - After “1922. ”add : Nirayavaliyå was edited by S. J. Warren, Amsterdam, 1879 (Prakrit and Sanskrit glossary). It is published by P. L. Vaidya.
After “ p. 178.” add : For subject-matter etc. Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292 and 308 ), La Religion Djaina (p.76), A History of Indian Literature (vol., pp. 429, 457 and 458) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 73-74) may be also consulted. For additional Mss. of the text see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1397 and for a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, p. 109. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 418.
No, 256, page 249. Author of the com.-- Add : For information regarding a saint of the same name see Peterson IV, p. CXXII, V, p. LXXIV and VI, p. XXII.
No. 262, page 253. Reference.-Add : For a Ms. having the text and a tabbā see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1398. See also Keith's Catalogue No. 7464 which has both the text and a few glosses,
No. 266, page 258. Reference--Before. “ For contents” add : An attempt to collect references about narratives, legendary ancedotes etc. is made by Kurt von Kamptz in his monograph "Uber die vom Sterbfasten handelner ältern Païņņa des Jaina-Kanon", Hamburg, 1929.
In La Religion Djaina (pp. 77-78), the following 10 prakīrņakas are dealt with:
(1) Catuḥsaraṇa, (2) Aturapratyakhyana, (3) Bhaktaparijñā, (4) Saṁstāraka, () Tandulavaicārika, (6) Candravedhyaka, (7) Devendrastava, ( 8 ) Gaộividyā, (9) Mahāpratyākhyāna and (10) Virastava.
1-3 Over and above the the text these contain Gujarāti paryāya and ţabba by Rājacandra Sūri and Megharāja respectively.

Page #379

352
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 75-76) too, deal with not only these ten prakirņakas but with two more viz. Tīrthodgālika and Aradhanāpatākā. It may be noted that the order of the ten prakirnakas followed here differs from the one mentioned above. For, (1) to (10) of La Religion Djaina correspond to (1), (4), (2), (3), (8), (6), (9), (7), (5) and ( 10 ) of Die Lehre der Jainas.
In Winternitz, Geschichte, prakirņakas are referred to on pp. 292, 308 and 316. On p. 292 the same ten prakirņakas as noted. La Religion Djaina are mentioned and that, too, in the same order. As expected these very prakirņakas are dealt with in the same order by Winternitz in his another work viz. "A History of Indian Literature ” (vol. II, p. 429 ). For other details regarding the prakirņakas see the same work (pp. 448r.., 458-461, 461n. 472 and 473 ).
No. 266, page 258. Reference. After “ p. 389.” add : Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 815 and 816 may be also consulted.. For palmleaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. p. 85 and III, App. pp. 11 and 27. Out of the last two the first contains 27 gāthås and the second, 63. For other details see Weber XVI, p. 433.
No. 275, page 264. Reference - Add : For a Ms. having this text and an avacũri see Limbi Catalogue No. 823' and Keith's Catalogue No. 7465.
No. 276, page 265. Reference. The question of the authorship 2 of Catuḥśaraņa, its last verse and the translation pertaining to the commentary of this verse are given in Peterson I, App. pp. 50-51. Extracts from this very Ms. are given here on pp. 89-90. My entry about the author seems to be an error.
No. 280, page 269. Reference.- Add : For a Ms having the text and a tabbā see Limbdi Catalogue No. 822. No. 821 mentions one with bālāvabodha and No. 820, bālāvabodha only.
No. 283, page 271. Reference. - Add : For an avacūri by Mahendra Suri see Limbdi Catalogue No. 817. For anonymous avacūris see the same Catalogue Nos. 818 and 8193.
1, 3 These contain bälävabodha of the avacũri and the text respectively. 2 Compare Weber II, p. 608.

Page #380

Addenda to Parts I & II
353
No. 285, page 273. Reference- After "p. 382." add : Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 168-171 may be also consulted.
No. 292, page 277. Reference-- Add: For a Ms. of an anonymous avacuri see Limbdi Catalogue No. 172.
No. 298, page 282. Reference-- Add: For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1870.
No. 307, page 286. Re'erence- Add: For an anonymous avacuri see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1871.
No. 309, page 287. Reference- Add: For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 3108.
No. 319, page 293. Author of avacari.- Add: For information about saints of the same name see Peterson IV, p. XXV and V, p. XIV.
No. 323, page 297. Reference. Add: Jarl Charpentier says on p. 10 of his introduction to Uttaradhyayanasūtra that the Sanskrit equivalent of Taṇḍulaveyaliya is uncertain; probably it is Tandulaväitälika.
No. 331, page 302. Reference- Add: For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1129 and 130.
No. 333, page 304. Reference- Add: For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 930.
No. 339, page 307. see Limbdi Catalogue No.
No. 344, page 310. see Limbdi Catalogue No.
No. 349, page 312. see Limbdi Catalogue No.
Reference- Add: For an additional Ms. 1223.
Reference- Add : For an additional Ms. 675.
Reference- Add: For an additional Ms. 1980.
No. 355, page 315. Reference- Add: For an additional Ms.
see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2391.
1
The former seems to have only balavabodha. 45 [J. L. P. 1]

Page #381

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 360, page 318. Reference- Add: For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 408. For other details see Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 83).
354
No. 364, page 323. Reference. of this Report extracts are given. puspikäs of the sections. For other
PP. 43-44.
No. 365, page 324. Reference.- Peterson III, App. p. 217 notes a Ms. at Cambay. It probably deals with this very work.
For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 33.
No. 369, page 326. Reference. See Weber XVI, p. 436. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 13. Here one verse from the beginning and one from the end are given.
Description.
Instead of Samvat 1078
No. 372, page 328.
it should be 1008.
Add: On pp. 232-234 (App.) Most of them pertain to the details see the same Report
No. 372, page 328. Author.- See Peterson V, p. LXIX. Cf. Weber, p. 826, l. 6.
No. 372, page 329. Reference- Add: An extract from this very Ms. is given in Peterson IV, App. p. 74.
No. 374, page 331. Reference- Add : For Mss. Limbdi Catalogue No. 657 may be also consulted.
No. 382, page 342. Reference. For extracts from a Ms., having vivṛti see Peterson V, App. pp. 161-162.
No. 386, page 346. Reference- For a Ms. having the text and an anonymous commentary see Limbdi Catalogue No. 658.
No. 388, page 348. Author.- Add: For additional information about him or his namesake see Peterson IV, p. LXXV.
No. 395, page 357. Reference-- For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1121.
I
Tirthodgära' is referred to in the svopajña vṛtti to Tattvatarangiņi (v. 29).
This is styled as Tirthoddhära in the printed edition on p. 23.

Page #382

Addenda to Parts I & II
355
Four gāthās from Tīrthodgālika are quoted in Gathāsahasri and they are published by Jacobi in his Kalpasútra, p. 115. They are quoted in Samdehavişausadhi and Kalpasūtradurga pada nirukta'. See Peterson III, App. 285 and 303.
No. 398, page 359. Reference - Add: For an additional Ms.. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1255.
No. 399, page 361. Refirence. — After “p. 69." Add: On this page this work is styled as Ārådhanäkulaka. A few lines from a Ms. of this work at Cambay are given in Peterson III, App. p. 214 and V, App. p. 69.
Add in the last line Limbdi Catalogue No. 1533 may be also consulted.
No. 408, page 367. Author.- For details about him see Bhandarkar Report, 1882-83, p. 47 ff., Peterson IV, pp. XLI-XLII, V, p. XXIII, and VI, p. IX. Also see pp. 1-37 of the bhūmikä of Apabhramsakāvyatrayi (G. O. Series No. XXXVII).
No. 408, page 367. Reference- Add : Limbdi Catalogue No. 1630 mentions 4 Mss. of the text and No. 1611 one having the text and the panjikā.
For, palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. pp. 63, 71 and 101 and III, App. pp. 9 and 31. On page 63 of the ist report are given the ist verse and the last ( 103rd. ), and on each of the pages 71 and 101 only the first verse is given. On p. 31 of the third Report the number of gathās is mentioned as 104.
No. 415, page 371. Author of the commentary.- Add : For his other work and spiritual lineage see his Pākṣikasútravịtti noted on pp. 128-130 of Peterson III. For details about him see Peterson IV, p. C. Here his guru is mentioned as Candrasûri and not Sricandrasūri. See also Peterson VI, p. XI.
No. 417, page 374. Author of the commentary.-- Add : For other details about Udayasimha see Peterson V, p. VIII.
See D. C. J. M. vol. XVII, pt. II, pp. 197-199.

Page #383

356
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 423, page 381. Reference- Add : For an additional Ms. see Līmbdi Catalogue No. 1971.
No. 427, page 384. Reference. - See Peterson I, p. 53. Here it is stated that Sri Harişena in his Jagatsundarivogamälā speaks in the most enthusiastic terms about Yoniprābhịta, an encyclopædia.
No. 428, page 383. Reference. - Cf. the description of Vaggaculiya given in Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 83 8.4).
No. 429, page 386. Recrence.- For an additional Ms. at Cambay see Peterson III, App. p. 217, and for one at Limbdi see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2846.
No. 430, page 387. Reference- Add : There is a work named Siddhaprāblistasútra mentioned in Limbdi Catalogue No. 2864. In No. 2865 its tika is referred to.
For a palm-leaf Ms. containing both the text and the ţikä see Peterson III, App. p. 143. Here the extracts are given,
PART II
No. 434, page 2'. Subject.-- After “well.” add: Niśitha is wrong but traditional translation of Niiha is the view expressed by Jarl Charpentier in his introlution (p. 1o' to Uttarādhyaganasútra. He has there cited Web.r's Ind. Stud. XVI, p. 452.
No. 434 page 24. Rit:rence - Asier "p. 88." Add : La Religion Djaina (p. 78 ). Weber XVI, p. 452 and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 77 and 78) may be also consulted. For an additional Ms. of the text see Keith's Catalogue No. 7466. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peter son V, App. p. 100. The later contains the first five uddesakas of the text, bhâsya and cúrni. Extracts from each of these three are given on pp. 100-101.
No. 440, page 12 Relerence- Add : For an additional Ms. see Limbui Catalogue No. 1401. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson I, App. p. 6.
1
Henceforth this page-number refers to this second part.

Page #384

Addenda to Parts I & II
357
No. 443, page 15. Author.--- Add : He is said to be an author of Anuyogadvārasútracũrņi', Bșhatkal pasūtracũrņi and Avaśyakasūtracúrni. See Indian Antiquary vol. XI p. 253a, and Weber II, P. 1004.
No. 443, page 17. Reference- Add : As regards some of the important extracts from Niśithasūtraviśeşacũrni, see pp. 299-300 of my article viz. “ The Jaina commentaries” published in the Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute vol. XVI, pts. III-IV.
How the name Jinadāsa is suggested by the Niśithasútraviśeşacürņikära himself is explained by me in my note “ Methods adopted by Jaina writers for recording their own names and those of their gurus in the works composed by them” (p. 84 published in the Annals of B. O. R. I, vol. XVII, pt. I. I have now come to know that Dr. F. Kielhorn, too, has suggested in his Report for 1880-81 on p. 24, the method of determining the name Jiņadása.
Nisithal sůtratrāvišeşa )cúrni (Uddeśaka XVII) is referred to by Mallişeņa Sūri in his Syādvädamañjari ? ( com. to v. I of Anyayogavyavacchedadvåtrimśikā ) where he says that in the curņi, it is said that from the upalakaşaņa of 1008 exterior lakşanas, an infinite number of the interior ones follows.
At the end add : For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, Āpp. p. 25.
No. 449, page 23. Author.- Add: Is he also the author of Titakalpasútravrtti and Pratisthākalpa referred to in Peterson V, p. LXXIV ?
No. 457, page 31, Reference- Add : Weber XVI, p. 455, La Religion Djaina (p. 78 ) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 78 ) may be consulted. For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue Nos. 1977 and 1978.
1 See Peterson III, App. p. 186. 2 See p. 5 of the Bombay Sanskritfand:(Prakrit Series No. LXXXIII.

Page #385

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 462, page 39. Reference- After "1872-73." Add : Weber XVI, p. 465, La Religion (vol. II, pp. 292 and 311 ), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 529, 401, 464, 476n. and 592n.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (p. 77) may be also consulted.
In the last line add : For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. p. 13 and III, App. p. 157. The latter contains only the tenth uddesaka.
No. 466, page 43. Reference For a Ms. of the text with a tabbā see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2427.
No. 467, page 45. Reference— Add : For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2325.
No. 470, page 49. Reference For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2426. For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. 13 and III, App. pp. 63 and 157.
No. 476, page 58. Reference- Add : For an additional Ms. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 2423.
No. 479, page 62. Reference- After“ consulted. " Add : See Winternitz, Geschichte (vol. II, pp. 292 and 307), La Religion Djaina (p. 78), A History of Indian Literature ( vol. II, pp. 429, 462 and 476n.) and Die Lehre der Jainas (pp. 76 and 77 ). Weber
XVI, p. 467 may be also consulted. There is a palm-leaf Ms. for this work at Cambay, and under the title “Dasasrutaskandhachurni,” extracts from this' are given in Peterson III, App. p. 181.
No. 485, page 68. Reference.- For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 182. The opening and concluding lines are given on pp. 182-183. The opening lines are also given in Peterson IV, p. 100; but through oversight he has taken them as belonging to curņi.
1 This does not only contain curņi as noted by Peterson, but it contains its text, too.

Page #386

Addenda to Parts I & Il
359
No. 488, page 72. Reference.-- For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson III, App. pp. 142 and 181.' On pp. 181-182 extracts are given
from the second Ms.
For the concluding lines see Peterson IV, App. p. 100.
No. 492, page 76. Reference
see Limbdi Catalogue No. 1183.
Add: For additional Mss.
No. 496, page 82. Reference.
For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. pp. 19, 29', 422, 683, 694, 83, 86, III, App. pp. 16, 20 and 51, and V, App. pp. 53 and 109. On p. 4 of III, a passage from Kalpasūtra is quoted and its English translation is given.
For additional Mss. see Limbdi Catalogue No. 493.
No. 500, page 89. Reference For illustrated Mss. of Kalpasutra see Limbdi Catalogue No. 509 and the 14 Mss. utilized by Prof. W. Norman Brown in his work entitled as "A Descriptive and illustrated Catalogue of Miniature Paintings of the Jaina Kalpasūtra' (pp. 2-3). This Catalogue contains 45 plates having 152 illustra tions. Miniatures from the Kalpsutra have been previously published chiefly by Dr. W. Hüttemann, who gave examples from a single Ms. in the Museum für Völkerkunde, Berlin, and by Dr. A. K. Coomaraswamy from Mss. belonging to the museum of Fine Arts, Boston. Jaina Citrakalpadruma, too, contains illustrations from Kalpasūtra etc.
No. 502, page 91. Author of the commentary. Add: For some details see Peterson IV, p. XXXVII, and V, p. XXII.
No. 507, page 100. Reference. Add: For an extract from the the end see Peterson IV, pp. 80 and 81.
No. 520, page 128. Author of the commentary.of Aştalakşi. For other details see Peterson IV, F. CXXVI.
Add: Author
1-3 There are two works noted on each of these pages.
4 On this page as well as on pp. 19, 23, 42 and 68 a few lines from Kalpasútra are given.
5 See preface (p. I) to Brown's work above referred to.

Page #387

360
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
No. 547, page 197. Reference. - For palm-leaf Mss. see Peterson I, App. p. 69', III, App. p. Is and for a paper Ms. III, App. P. 307. In each of the last two cases the colophon is given.
No 548, page 199. Reference. For additional Mss. see Peterson III, pp. 302 and 304. From each of these two Mss. extracts are given.
No. 567, page 223. Reference. - Cf. the work Paryusaņaśataka ( 110 gāthās ) with svopajña vivaraņa noted on p. 465 in B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV as No. 1847.
No. 568, page 227. Reference. After “p. 30." Add : For palm-leaf Mss. at Cambay see Peterson I, App. p. 6 and III, App. p. 153.
No. 572, page 233. Author of the commentary.-Add: He is one of the 3 pupils of Vinayendu (Vinayacandra ). For other details about him see Peterson V, p. XII.
No. 572, page 233. Begins— The two gāthas of the bhäşya given here are numbered as 2125 and 3635 respectively in the edition in press.
No. 572, page 234. Ends.- The two găthas given here are numbered as 3653 and 3654 respectively in the above mentioned edition.
No. 572, page 234. Reference- In the edition above referred to, the last gātha pertaining to the ist uddeśaka is numbered as 3289, and the last gātbā pertaining to the 2nd uddeśaka as 3678. Bțhatkalpasūtra with laghubhāșya etc. is printed up to four parts. Out of them the first is already published. The second is likely to be very shortly published. This second part and the third part deal with the first uddeśaka, whereas the fourth deals with the second and the third uddeśaka. This is what Muni Punyavijayaji informs me in his letter dated 23-1-36.
1 The author's name is here wrongly given as Devasenagaņi.

Page #388

Addenda to Parts I & II
361
For a palm-leat Ms. of the commentary at Patan and for the cxtracts from it see Peterson V, p. 101 and pp. 101-104" respectively.
No. 573, page 235. Begins-- The two gäthäs here given are respectively numbered as 3655 and 3656 in the edition above referred to.
No: 576, page! 245. Reference.-- Add : For palm-leaf Mss. at Cambay see Peterson I, App. p. 6 and III, App. p. 153.
No. 580, page 250. Reference.- Add : For palm-leaf Mss. at Cambay see Peterson I, App. p. 6 and III, App. pp. 170 and 177%, and for one at Patan see V, p. 101.
No. 587, page 258. Reference.- For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 179. Extracts from this very Ms. are given on pp. 179-180.
No. 588, page 258. Author.- Add : See Weber II, p. 826. Peterson in his Reports IV, p. CXXV identifies this Samghadāsa with the author of the first khanda of Vasudevahindi3. Is our author the same as the laghubhāsyakāra of Brhatkalpasūtra ?
No. 588; page 261. Reference.- Add : For extracts from this very Ms. see Peterson IV, pp. 103-104. For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 178 and, for extracts from it see pp. 178 and 179.
No. 591, page 263. Author.- Add: For some other details about Jinabhadra see Peterson IV, p. XXXIX.
No. 591, page 265. Reference. - Add : For a palm-leaf Ms. of the text see Peterson I, App. p. 70.
No. 592, page 267. Reference. - Add: For a palm-leaf Ms. having the text and vivaranalava see Peterson V, App. p. 130. For extracts from this Ms. see pp. 130-132.
I The concluding lines of the 2nd khanda, the beginning and the end of the third and a big colophon of Ksemakirti are given here.
2 An extract from the end of the curņi on the ist uddešaka is given on pp. 177-178.... .
3 Cf. Weber II, p. 919. 46 ( J.L.P.)

Page #389

362
Jaina Literature and Fhilosophy
The ending portion can be given as under :श्रीमान चन्द्रप्रभः सूरिर्युगप्राधान्यभागभूत् । तदासनमलश्चक्रुः श्रीधर्मघोषसूरयः ॥ १ ॥ तत्पदृश्री भुजोऽभूवन् श्रीचक्रेश्वरसूरयः । श्रीशिवप्रभसूरिस्तत्पट्टीहारनायकः ॥ २ ॥ तदीयशिष्यलेशोऽहं सूरिश्रोतिलकाभिधः । अनन्य समसौरभ्यश्रुताम्भौजमधुव्रतः ॥ ३ ॥ इमामग्विधां चूर्णेस्तस्याश्वोपनिबन्धतः । गुरूणां सम्प्रदायाच्च विज्ञायार्थं स्वशक्तितः ॥ ४ ॥ अकार्ष जीतकल्पस्य वृत्तिमत्यल्पधीरपि । सा विशोध्या श्रुतवरैः सर्वैर्मयि कृपापरैः ॥ ५ ॥ वृत्तिं रचतया चैतां यन्मया सुकृतं क्रतम् । भवे भवेऽहं तेन स्यां श्रुताराधनलालसः ॥ ६ ॥ शतद्वादशकेऽब्दानां गते विक्रमभूभुजः । विहिता स्वहितार्थेयं चतुःसप्ततिवत्सरे ॥ ७ ॥ सहस्रमेकं श्लोकानामधिकं सप्तभिः शतैः ।
66
प्रत्यक्षरेण सङ्ख्याया मानमस्य विनिश्वितम् ॥ ॥ ८ ॥ "
No. 604, page 284. Reference. — Add : For a summary of verses 4 to 7 etc. given on p. 283 see: Peterson III, p. 29.
No. 608, page 290. Foot-note I. - After “ respectively". Add : Recently I have come across four more paper Mss. of this kind. 552 They are : ( 1 ) No. (? Upadeśamañjari ), No. 1315 1895-98. 1887-91 23
8263
(Saptatikā) and (4)
1877--78
1892-95
(Nandayantīkathā ), (3)
{ śāśvatacaityastotra etc. ).
There are ordinary numerical characters on both sides of a palmleaf Ms. of Niśīthacūrni noted in Peterson III, App. p. 25.
2
I From this it follows that vivaranalava was composed in Samvat 1274.
No. 8217 deals with Nirayāvalisūtra.
3 This Ms. contains foll. 291-339. Out of them letter-numerals are given for foll. 294-324.

Page #390

Addenda to Parts I & II
363
No. 608, page 294. Reference. For a palm-leaf Ms. at Cambay see Peterson III, App. p. 35, and for description of a Ms. see Keith's Catalogue Nos. 7482' and 8218. For other details see Indischen Studien vol. XVII, p. 4. For a facsimile of a Ms. pertaining to Nandisutra see Weber III, plate 3 (given at the end ).
No. 617, page 304. Reference.- For a palm-leaf Ms. see Peterson III, App. p. 35. Extracts are given on pp. 35-36.
No. 635, page 326. Reference.-- Add : For a palm-leaf Ms. of the text see Peterson III, App. 186', and for those containing the vịtti see III, App. p. 362 and V, App. p. 52.
ΙΟΙ Appendix II, page 14, Foot-note 3.- Add : No.
1872-73 (Upadeśamālāprakarana ) may be also consulted for ekāra and ikära as well.
1 On pp. 186-187 extracts are given from this Ms. 2 On p. 37 extracts are given from this Ms.

Page #391


Page #392

Appendix 1 Jaina and Non-Jaina characters
Vowels
Jaina
Non-Jaina 37
chus
hox
WD
Jaina
TĘ Non-Jaina
Consonants
Jaina
Non-Jaina
DET 517
لم rر |
Jaina
Æ
Non-Jaina
I alla
1-5
95
7, 14
The corresponding Hindi letters are respectively as under:
94, #, #, and T. For variants see Appendix II (p. 4) and my third Kiraņāvali (p. 13, 1. 3) forming the 3rd part of Arhata jīvana jyoti and published by Babu Jivanlal Panalal, Bombay, 1935. In Jaina MSS. each of these is mostly written as shown in Appendix II (p. 4). In Hindi 3 stands for . At times this is also written as one below it. Compare 3. The corresponding Hindi letters are #i and y respectively. For a variant see Appendix II (p. 5).
8
10
11, 12 13

Page #393

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Consonants (cantinued)
Jaina
Non-Jain
Jajna Non-Jaina
1919
Pranava and Ligatures
Jaina Non-Jaina 3
Jaina
Sila
$40
5 TT
Non-Jaina
1
In Jaina MSS. this is at times written as shown in Appendix II (p. 5).
2, 3, 7
In Hindi, these are respectively written as a tu and T.
It seems that this is not the way in which this letter is written in Jaina MSS. Some write it as indicated in the 3rd Kiraņāvala (p. 13, 1. 4). Some believe that in the Jaina soript there is no letter corresponding to . In Jaina Mss., each of there is also written as shown in Appendix II, pp. 595 and 4 rospoetively.
5, 6, 8

Page #394

Appendix 1
Miscellaneous Letters
Jaina
hogy
Ig
Gh| 5 | 6 | 5 | 6 | 8 Non-Jaina 5 g | T
Jaina u 155555 Non-Jaina 5
اما اول
is has
5 lataa
Jaina Non-Jaina
Numerals
Jaina 323 yugowo Non-Jaina
2,4
For variants see Appendix I (p. 2) and Appendix II (p.5). In this connection the following remark has been made by the late Prof. William Dwight Whitney in his work entitled "A Sanskrit Grammar" (p. 4):
"The hook above, turning to the left or to the right, is historically the essential part of the character, having been originally the whole of it; the hooks were only later prolonged, so as to reach all the way down beside the consonant. In the MSS., they almost never have the horizontal stroke drawn across them above, though this is added in all the printed forms of the characters." See fol. 10 of No. 687 of 1899-1915 (Suretzaftoft fafa). The corresponding numerals in Hindi are 3, 4, 5 and respectively.
5-8

Page #395

Appendix II Typical Symbols and Characters from Jaina Mss.
8.14
|पएफ उघ ६
।
15-21
ग
22-28
| B | श्च |
छ
। फ| क|
29-35
*
These marginal figures denote the serial numbers of the large squares facing them.

Page #396

36-42
43-49
50-56
57-63
64-70
居
ווד.
粥
商
帚發
刘
8
5
ज्ज्ञा
5
辰
办
國
1481
厉
29
Oc
內
Appendix II (Supplement)
邪節
री
來
The
ì
9
g"
મ
M
&
18
ゆ
t
研
TTC
品
H
IF
豆
It
心
ww
जड
ལ
I
分
点 13
uns
牌”
55
苏
食
魚
紅茶刀
5

Page #397

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
List of Manuscripts from which the symbols and characters
in Appendix II have been reproduced
The symbols and characters here given have been mostly' reproduced from the following Mss. of the Government Mss. Library deposited at the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute:--- ... Sq. No. Name of the work Collection No. Folio Line
756 नन्दीसूत्र 1899-1915 1 1 गौतमपृच्छा
776 बालावबोधसहित
- 1899-1915 14 1 .. अजितशान्तिस्तव विवरणसहित 1871-72
11 आलापक
1887-91
266
3
1088
141 गुरुतत्त्वप्रदीप
1881-82 कल्पसूत्र
1126 कल्पद्रुमकालिकासहित 1887-91 21- 4 सहित
82 समरादित्यकथा
1898-99 128668
618 अस्मच्छब्दस्तव
1892-95 24
1 This word is used to point out that in some cases letters have not been reproduced exactly but in a slightly modified form. For instance, instead of the letters given in the Sq. Nos. II, 13, 15, 19, 20, 21, 22, 26, 28, 29, 31, 55, 55and 56 the following are to be found in the Mss. :
श्रा, ध्र, का, ग्गि, डे, यां, सू, ब्धि, कैः, ष्ट्ये, स्था, ज, ज्जे and झं.
2 This stands for the number of the squares occurring in the two plates. They arecounted horizontally in succession.

Page #398

Appendix II
Sq. No. Name of the work Collection No. Folio Line
मूलशुद्धि
1232
18
1887-91
1768
82
समरादित्यकथा
1898-99
7012
" 10
1223
बृहत्कल्पादि
1887-91
107b 1
82
समरादित्यकथा
1898-99
12245
1223
• 13
बृहत्कल्पादि
1887-91
1786 9
अस्मच्छब्दस्तव
24 14
कल्पसूत्र
कल्प
1254 3
178b 11
618 1892-95
833 1875-76
1223 1887-91
409 1880-81
1232 1887-91
605 1895-98
1223 1887-91
1756 17
बृहत्कल्पादि सम्मतिप्रकरण (प्रथम खण्ड) मूलशुद्धि भववैराग्यशतक
टब्बासहित बृहत्कल्पादि कर्पूरप्रकर गुरुतत्त्वप्रदीप सम्मतिप्रकरण .. (द्वितीय खण्ड) पश्चाशक
__165
1786
..
- 266
1873-74
141 1881-82
409. 1880-81
197 1873-74

Page #399

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Sq. No. Name of the work Collection No. Folio Line 25
1232 मूलशुद्धि
1887-91 17646
कर्पूरप्रकर
84 1.
अञ्चलमतदलन
360 1880-81
5- 14
प्रायश्चित्त
1110 1891-95
266 1873-74
कर्पूरप्रकर बृहत्कल्पादि
1223 1887-91
1074
1070 13
17b1
102
नमस्कारमन्त्रादि
575
1895-98 सम्मतिप्रकरण
409 (प्रथम खण्ड) 1880-81
1220 प्रत्याख्याननिर्युक्त्यादि 1884-87
1051 गोम्मटसार
1884-87 (कर्मकाण्ड)
166 ईर्यापथिकीषत्रिंशिका 1873-74 तथा पर्युषणादशशतक
14237
1341
1367
1468
उत्तमकुमाररास
1318 1891-95
11

Page #400

Appendix II
Sg. No.
Name of the work
Collection No. Folio Line
1318 1891-95
4b 1
उत्तमकुमाररास
561
661
उपदेशमाला
101 1872-73
15- 1
15b 1
16- 1
2201
1991
उत्तमकुमाररास
301
1318 1891-95
1316 1891-95
सिद्धान्तरत्न
706
5*
1
287
कल्पसूत्रवृत्ति तथा कालिकाचार्यकथावरि
A. 1883-84283
154 कुवलयमाला
1881-82 165
107 प्रव्रज्याविधान
1872-73
1056 11
1299 कथोद्धार 1887-91 183

Page #401

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
. Sq. No. Name of the work: Collection No. Folio Line
154
कुवलयमाला
-1881-82
10.9
कथासङ्ग्रह
1325 1891-95
34 16
प्रवज्याविधान
10647
107 1872-73
659 1892-95
1154 1:
कल्पसूत्र कल्पद्रुमकलिकासहित जीवविचार
698 1892-95
14 10
"
129
उत्तमकुमाररास
10- 12
1318 1891-95
1298 1887-91
कथासङ्ग्रह
2b 1
"
10 1
14b4
1b 1
1270 श्रावकविधि
1887-91
654 कयवन्नारास
1899-1915
687 आदीश्वरजीनी विनति 1899-1915
1442 पद्मनन्दिपञ्चविंशतिका 1886-92
1b 1
1' 1
I The letters given in squares Nos. 60 and 61 are taken from Jaina Mss which do not belong to the Government Mss. Library deposited at the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute.

Page #402

p".
Appendix II
:... Explanatory Notes to Appendix II
As regards the symbols and characters given in the two plates above, there are good many points worth noting; however, I reserve them for the future. I shall here deal with only a few. To begin with I may say that some of the characters given here are likely to be mistaken for something else. As a matter of fact a few scholars have been already misled, and this has added to the errors' of ignorant scribes. For instance, it appears that the corresponding Jaina character for g was mistaken for by the late Prof. Bühler. This caused the late historian Vincent A. Smith make the following wrong statement in his article “The Jain Teachers of Akabar” published in R. G. Bhandarkar Commemoration Volume (p. 273 ):
“ No. CXVIII commemorates one of these pilgrimages, which was undertaken by Vimalaharsa and 200 others. The same inscription states that Hiravijaya belonged to the Sapha race.”
Here the word Sadhu is mistaken for Sapha.
The late Prof. A. Weber was misled by the corresponding Jaina ligature for ti. He mistook it for . See his Catalogue (Verzeichniss der Sanskrit und Prakrit-handschriften der Königlischen Bibliothek zu Berlin), vol. II, pt. II, p. 525, 1. 13, p. 576, 1. 93 etc. There is another Jaina ligature viz, one for 5 which was mistaken for og by this same veteran scholar and pioneer of Jaina studies in Europe. See his catalogue of Mss. in the Berlin Library (above referred to ) vol. II, pt. II, p. 577, l. 254.
By the by I may point out that one more ligature of the Jaina script is likely to be mistaken so much so that it may not be even suspected to be a ligature. One conversant with the Jaina script
1 Several of them are due to an interchange of letters, some of them being as-under:
and ; and; and at; and ; and 7; 7 and 7; and 4; 7 and मत्त and न्व; त्म and न्य ; and न्न; 4 and ; and स; भि and वि; म and स; स and स्व ; स्त and सू ; स्य and स्स ; ष्ट and ब्द ; and ह and ब्द.
2-3 Miyagrāme is written for miyaggāme and pograla for poggala. 4 Vaddeyyā is written for vadejjā.

Page #403

IZ
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
knows it full well that when written with its circular bottom to its left stands for in the Jaina' script. The late Babu Rajendralal Mitra mistook the Jaina character for as a as can be seen from his work “A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of His Highness the Maharāja of Bikanera " ( Calcutta, 1880), No. 1537" (p. 702 ) and No. 17802 (p. 719 ) respectively.
Now I may say a few words about some of the symbols given in the two plates of this appendix. The very first symbol given in the first square of the first plate is read as bhale (3) in Gujarätī. It may be ornamented at times for which the reader is referred to the 68th and the 69th squares occurring in the last line of the second plate. Bhale occurs in the beginning of Jaina Mss. in various ways, some ofwhich are as under :
& II, 11 & 0 II, II OII, IIY & Oll, Ol, y & Oll, yt Ol 4, 4ť ll, IIT 0, 11 & 0011, 11 & 0 and iyi 013
The second symbol occurring in the second square of the first plate appears to be the same as one evaluated as it by Pandit Gauri. shankar Hirachand Ojha in his work The Palæography of India, plate XXVII. It is sometimes found in the beginning of Jaina Mss. 4, like the one preceding it and the one following it. Usually we have the first symbol noted above. At times this (6), too, appears without a portion above the horizontal stroke i. e. as Q. S Thus Jaina Mss. begin in a number of ways.
In Prof. A. B. Keith's Catalogue of the Sanskrit and Prakrit Manuscripts from the Library of the India Office (vol. II, pt. II one comes across the phrase " Jaina diagram ” 6.
A question is likely to be raised here as to what is meant by this Jaina diagram. My surmise is that it stands for (i) any one of the
1-2 Vāņānga-sútra is written for Thānănga-sútra and Vāņānga-tripājha for Thānānga-tripātha. 3 See the following pages in order :
23, 2, 127, 4, 16, 61, 63, 95, 83, 111, 38 and 118. 4 See p. 204.
See p. 181. 6 See vol. II, pt. II, pp. 1241, 1243 etc.

Page #404

Appendix 11
first three symbols given in the first three squares of the 1st plate, (ii) one of its variants or (iii) the combinations of one of them with or without a danda or dandas and a cipher or ciphers.'
The sign placed by the letter g in the 34th square, the last but one in the ist plate is generally regarded as one for anusvära. * But it appears that in this Ms. and some ofbers as well, it is used for a dash and for ornamentation, too. It seems it is used for upadhmo. niya also as can be seen from “The Palæography of India. ", plate XXVII.
Various signs have been used up till now while combining vowels with consonants. In plate No. XX given in The Palæography of India there are four distinct ways to be noticed regarding a sign for 3. One of them (the sign used for at in ) can be compared with what is used here above q* in the 35th square, the last in the first plate. Pandit Ohja has observed on p.3 that this is a matra of 31 and it belongs to the Kuțila script.
The sign occurring in the 52nd square (i. e. the 17th of the 2nd plate ) is one we meet with for jihvámūliya and upadhmänīya spirants, the Ist when a visarga is followed by and a, and the 2nd, when it is followed by q and g respectively.
The sign given in the 53rd square (i. e. the 18th of the 2nd plate) stands for the sign of avagraha (separator') which is used in the Mss. for three different purposes: (i) to mark the elision of initial
1 While going through this proof-sheet I learn that Prof. A. B. Keith has kindly replied to the Curator through whom I had inquired about the Jaina diagram. His reply is as under :
“..... the Jaina diagram referred to normally resembles the first form (6) given in Prof. Kapadia's letter and is sometimes held to be intended as an abbreviation of arham.”
2. Compare the Bengali method of writing anusvāra. 3. On fol. 3b of No.1086_(
F u rat), in the end we have in.
1887-91 4 For additional examples see the sign above on fol. le of No. 237
1873-74 (agresi ffrt), the sign on on fol. 36 of No._1403
- (Turcia) .
1886-92 and the sign on Ton fol. 1534 of No: 309 ( 1291 OTA FT).
1883-84... ..

Page #405

14
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
34 after final ç or st, (ii) to indicate a hyphen and (iii) to denote a mark of hiatus,
The object in giving the squares Nos. 36-46, 65 and 66, 47-49 and so is to show how the signs for ikära?, ikara, ekaraz and anusvāra of the Devanagari script are written in an ornamental way in Mss.
The sign ✓ placed above the känă of it given in the 67th square occurring in tne last line of the 2nd plate suggests that this kana is to be deleted. Generally, when a letter is not to be taken into account, a dot is placed above it.4
It is said that at times a circles is drawn circumscribing a letter to indicate that it is not wanted. I do not remember to have noticed it up till now but I have come across Mss. 6 where the redundent portion is placed in brackets.
I Cf. William Dwight Whitney's A Sanskrit Grammar (p. 7).
2 Some of the ornamentations pertaining to this are found on p. 16 of the prastāvanā of Sanmati prakarana (Sri Puñjābhai Jaina Granthamālā, No. 6). 3 See also No. 318
- (RAERITIF ). 1871-72 130
578 4. See v. 142 given on fol. 400b of Gommațasāra No.
5 This circle is called " kundalanā ". See “A Sanskrit English Dictionary ” (p. 235 ) by Monier Williams. Prin. K. K. Handiqui has made a similar remark in his foot-note on kundalanä (p. 548 ) occurring in Naişadhacarita (I, 14). Vidyadhara in his commentary to this verse (fol. sb of No.
No. 454 1)
) makes the
1895-1902 following observation regarding kundalanā:
“अन्यदपि यदाधकं शब्दादि भवति तस्य निरर्थकत्वाद् रेखया कुण्डलना क्रियते। ...iaraforayfarfar $0541..." Nārāyaṇa in his commentary (p. 13 ) of the Nirnayasagar edition says :-.
"a fra USTT OT: " 6 See leaf 1478 of over No. 92 (B. O. R. I. ), and leaf 2105 of Fogia, a Ms. belonging to Yadugiriyatirāja magha.

Page #406

| EE
| T
rou
reversty w so
prišli
w o
y
22 qonal 004212121
Appendix III Typical Letter-numerals from No 36 of 1880-81
er
viestin
TEU = Page #407

Appendix III
(Continued)
m
g stye(199矿日R=mG
| jie | as | per wong m. We
| cros g*pi/現。1mous
| Op | Boys plue wps-
1
6
阮一众
司 558
式 8月
( 400 1401
N. B.-- Figures in inset squares represent numerical values of
the corresponding letter-numerals.

Page #408

Appendix IV (Variants of Typical Letter-numerals)
.
.
-
।
कि
ra
शी
له ما سریع |
४
| Awaa..
|
FERNE
का
McFE
هو
|
मूर
क
र्क
क
...

Page #409

Appendix IV
- ( Continued)
.
Con
CRUETut
Voty
usiy
by
0
१४
.
१५/
१५
-
-
ग्राम
81
झो
CE
K

Page #410

: 19
K
थो
११K
१५
wo
१४/
Hy.
.
.
Appendix IV
( Continued )
DEO
| m4
| 40
43o
न
rev०
०
०
६५०
30l
40

Page #411

02
2
W
Appendix IY
:( Continued)
Inloomhall
Olmigo
30
ya ng
30
.
m
l El Corte I.
o
G
Pos
Oo o
vous vos
oro
3.0
ore
· 50

Page #412

100
200
300
400
我
20
g忌、羽。
及至。」呃。
良。叉 02
·和
O
Appendix IV
(Continued)
Dan
♡♡
मु
सू
04
120
स
演: 02 80
..
典
४
一
Jo.3
सां
པ་
१०
१०
21

Page #413

Jaina Literature and Fhilosophy
List of Manuscripts from which the letter-numerals i
Appendix IV have been reproduced
58
_119 (1)
12
The following Mss. of the Government Mss. Library deposited at the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute have been utilized for preparing the five plates of Appendix IV :
No. Name of the work Collection No. Samvat 1 निशीथसूत्र( उ. १४-२०)- 36 " विशेषचूण्यादि
1880-81 1146. . विशेषावश्यकभाष्यवृत्ति 57
'1880-81
1138 (शिष्याहता) ..
41 3 पञ्चवस्तुक
- 1880-81 1179 - विशेषावश्यकमाण्यवृत्ति 1880-81
. 13 5 बृहत्कल्पसूत्रचूाण .. ... .... 1880-81
8 6 ऋषिदत्ताचरित्र
1880-81 . निशीथसूत्र(उ. ११-२०)-_38
विशेषचूयादि । 1880-81 • पिण्डविशुद्धि
1880-81
1300 . उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र
1880--81
1332
128 10 बृहत्कल्प ।
1872-73
1334
129 , बृहत्कल्पसूत्रलघुभाष्य 1072-73
130 , बृहत्कल्पसूत्रचूर्णि 1872-73
1218
1264
1294
3
1-3 The Mss. for all these three works are placed in the same box. That is why the same number ( 10 ) is placed in front of each of them, though their Collection Nos. differ. The first is utilized for a variant of the letter-numeral for 1, the second for 100, and the third for 300 and 400.

Page #414

Appendix It ! No. Name of the work Collection No. Sarivat
.
20
21
11. उत्तराध्ययनसूत्र.
1880 -8i..1342 1. उत्तराध्ययनसूत्रवृत्ति 1880-81 ___13 चैत्यवन्दनसूत्रवृत्ति ....... " (ललितविस्तरा)
1880--81 .. 14 ललितविस्तरापत्रिका
1880--81
61 . 15: मल
हानुशासन 1880--81
66 16 सप्ततिका
1880-81 17 व्यवहारसूत्रमाण्यटीका
1881
12 18 व्यवहारसूत्रादि
1881--2 19 आचारासूबचूर्णि
1881-82 20 कल्पसूत्रादि
1880-81
14
14

Page #415

Jaina Litterature Wind-Philosophy
Explanatory Notes on "Appeñaik iv
Figures to o in inset squares occurring in the five plates of Appendix IV stand for the serial numbers of Mss. referred to in the list of Mss. given on pp. 22 and 23. The marginal numbers denote the values of the letter-numerals facing them.
K is an abbreviation used for Kielhorn's Report for 1880-81 and 1873-74.
As far as possible, lester-numerals have been entidely reproduced from Mss., but in a few cases they are only partially reproduced. For instance, from Ms. No. 38, 4 is taken but of 64 ; from Ms. No. 88, 46 and 9 are taken out of 204, 166 and 219; from Ms. No. 34, 4, 6, 6, 9 and so are taken from 24. 26, 46, 19 and 52, and from Ms. No. Po, 9 is taken out of 39.

Page #416
_